;


Sūkta 10.1 

ágre bṛhánnuṣásāmūrdʰvó astʰānnirjaganvā́ntámaso jyótiṣā́gāt |
agnírbʰānúnā rúśatā sváṅga ā́ jātó víśvā sádmānyaprāḥ || 1||











sá jātó gárbʰo asi ródasyorágne cā́rurvíbʰṛta óṣadʰīṣu |
citráḥ śíśuḥ pári támāṃsyaktū́nprá mātṛ́bʰyo ádʰi kánikradadgāḥ || 2||











víṣṇurittʰā́ paramámasya vidvā́ñjātó bṛhánnabʰí pāti tṛtī́yam |
āsā́ yádasya páyo ákrata sváṃ sácetaso abʰyàrcantyátra || 3||











áta u tvā pitubʰṛ́to jánitrīrannāvṛ́dʰaṃ práti carantyánnaiḥ |
tā́ īṃ prátyeṣi púnaranyárūpā ási tváṃ vikṣú mā́nuṣīṣu hótā || 4||











hótāraṃ citráratʰamadʰvarásya yajñásyayajñasya ketúṃ rúśantam |
prátyardʰiṃ devásyadevasya mahnā́ śriyā́ tvàgnímátitʰiṃ jánānām || 5||











sá tú vástrāṇyádʰa péśanāni vásāno agnírnā́bʰā pṛtʰivyā́ḥ |
aruṣó jātáḥ padá íḷāyāḥ puróhito rājanyakṣīhá devā́n || 6||











ā́ hí dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ agna ubʰé sádā putró ná mātárā tatántʰa |
prá yāhyácʰośató yaviṣṭʰā́tʰā́ vaha sahasyehá devā́n || 7||












Sūkta 10.2 

piprīhí devā́m̐ uśató yaviṣṭʰa vidvā́m̐ ṛtū́m̐rṛtupate yajehá |
yé daívyā ṛtvíjastébʰiragne tváṃ hótṝṇāmasyā́yajiṣṭʰaḥ || 1||











véṣi hotrámutá potráṃ jánānāṃ mandʰātā́si draviṇodā́ ṛtā́vā |
svā́hā vayáṃ kṛṇávāmā havī́ṃṣi devó devā́nyajatvagnírárhan || 2||











ā́ devā́nāmápi pántʰāmaganma yácʰaknávāma tádánu právoḷhum |
agnírvidvā́nsá yajātsédu hótā só adʰvarā́nsá ṛtū́nkalpayāti || 3||











yádvo vayáṃ praminā́ma vratā́ni vidúṣāṃ devā áviduṣṭarāsaḥ |
agníṣṭádvíśvamā́ pṛṇāti vidvā́nyébʰirdevā́m̐ ṛtúbʰiḥ kalpáyāti || 4||











yátpākatrā́ mánasā dīnádakṣā ná yajñásya manvaté mártyāsaḥ |
agníṣṭáddʰótā kratuvídvijānányájiṣṭʰo devā́m̐ ṛtuśó yajāti || 5||











víśveṣāṃ hyàdʰvarā́ṇāmánīkaṃ citráṃ ketúṃ jánitā tvā jajā́na |
sá ā́ yajasva nṛvátīránu kṣā́ spārhā́ íṣaḥ kṣumátīrviśvájanyāḥ || 6||











yáṃ tvā dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ yáṃ tvā́pastváṣṭā yáṃ tvā sujánimā jajā́na |
pántʰāmánu pravidvā́npitṛyā́ṇaṃ dyumádagne samidʰānó ví bʰāhi || 7||












Sūkta 10.3 

inó rājannaratíḥ sámiddʰo raúdro dákṣāya suṣumā́m̐ adarśi |
cikídví bʰāti bʰāsā́ bṛhatā́siknīmeti rúśatīmapā́jan || 1||











kṛṣṇā́ṃ yádénīmabʰí várpasā bʰū́jjanáyanyóṣāṃ bṛhatáḥ pitúrjā́m |
ūrdʰváṃ bʰānúṃ sū́ryasya stabʰāyándivó vásubʰiraratírví bʰāti || 2||











bʰadró bʰadráyā sácamāna ā́gātsvásāraṃ jāró abʰyèti paścā́t |
supraketaírdyúbʰiragnírvitíṣṭʰanrúśadbʰirvárṇairabʰí rāmámastʰāt || 3||











asyá yā́māso bṛható ná vagnū́níndʰānā agnéḥ sákʰyuḥ śivásya |
ī́ḍyasya vṛ́ṣṇo bṛhatáḥ svā́so bʰā́māso yā́mannaktávaścikitre || 4||











svanā́ ná yásya bʰā́māsaḥ pávante rócamānasya bṛhatáḥ sudívaḥ |
jyéṣṭʰebʰiryástéjiṣṭʰaiḥ krīḷumádbʰirvárṣiṣṭʰebʰirbʰānúbʰirnákṣati dyā́m || 5||











asyá śúṣmāso dadṛśānápaverjéhamānasya svanayanniyúdbʰiḥ |
pratnébʰiryó rúśadbʰirdevátamo ví rébʰadbʰiraratírbʰā́ti víbʰvā || 6||











sá ā́ vakṣi máhi na ā́ ca satsi diváspṛtʰivyóraratíryuvatyóḥ |
agníḥ sutúkaḥ sutúkebʰiráśvai rábʰasvadbʰī rábʰasvām̐ éhá gamyāḥ || 7||












Sūkta 10.4 

prá te yakṣi prá ta iyarmi mánma bʰúvo yátʰā vándyo no háveṣu |
dʰánvanniva prapā́ asi tvámagna iyakṣáve pūráve pratna rājan || 1||











yáṃ tvā jánāso abʰí saṃcáranti gā́va uṣṇámiva vrajáṃ yaviṣṭʰa |
dūtó devā́nāmasi mártyānāmantármahā́m̐ścarasi rocanéna || 2||











śíśuṃ ná tvā jényaṃ vardʰáyantī mātā́ bibʰarti sacanasyámānā |
dʰánorádʰi pravátā yāsi háryañjígīṣase paśúrivā́vasṛṣṭaḥ || 3||











mūrā́ amūra ná vayáṃ cikitvo mahitvámagne tvámaṅgá vitse |
śáye vavríścárati jihváyādánrerihyáte yuvatíṃ viśpátiḥ sán || 4||











kū́cijjāyate sánayāsu návyo váne tastʰau palitó dʰūmáketuḥ |
asnātā́po vṛṣabʰó ná prá veti sácetaso yáṃ praṇáyanta mártāḥ || 5||











tanūtyájeva táskarā vanargū́ raśanā́bʰirdaśábʰirabʰyàdʰītām |
iyáṃ te agne návyasī manīṣā́ yukṣvā́ rátʰaṃ ná śucáyadbʰiráṅgaiḥ || 6||











bráhma ca te jātavedo námaśceyáṃ ca gī́ḥ sádamídvárdʰanī bʰūt |
rákṣā ṇo agne tánayāni tokā́ rákṣotá nastanvò áprayucʰan || 7||












Sūkta 10.5 

ékaḥ samudró dʰarúṇo rayīṇā́masmáddʰṛdó bʰū́rijanmā ví caṣṭe |
síṣaktyū́dʰarniṇyórupástʰa útsasya mádʰye níhitaṃ padáṃ véḥ || 1||











samānáṃ nīḷáṃ vṛ́ṣaṇo vásānāḥ sáṃ jagmire mahiṣā́ árvatībʰiḥ |
ṛtásya padáṃ kaváyo ní pānti gúhā nā́māni dadʰire párāṇi || 2||











ṛtāyínī māyínī sáṃ dadʰāte mitvā́ śíśuṃ jajñaturvardʰáyantī |
víśvasya nā́bʰiṃ cárato dʰruvásya kavéścittántuṃ mánasā viyántaḥ || 3||











ṛtásya hí vartanáyaḥ sújātamíṣo vā́jāya pradívaḥ sácante |
adʰīvāsáṃ ródasī vāvasāné gʰṛtaíránnairvāvṛdʰāte mádʰūnām || 4||











saptá svásṝráruṣīrvāvaśānó vidvā́nmádʰva újjabʰārā dṛśé kám |
antáryeme antárikṣe purājā́ icʰánvavrímavidatpūṣaṇásya || 5||











saptá maryā́dāḥ kaváyastatakṣustā́sāmékāmídabʰyàṃhuró gāt |
āyórha skambʰá upamásya nīḷé patʰā́ṃ visargé dʰarúṇeṣu tastʰau || 6||











ásacca sácca paramé vyomandákṣasya jánmannáditerupástʰe |
agnírha naḥ pratʰamajā́ ṛtásya pū́rva ā́yuni vṛṣabʰáśca dʰenúḥ || 7||












Sūkta 10.6 

ayáṃ sá yásya śármannávobʰiragnérédʰate jaritā́bʰíṣṭau |
jyéṣṭʰebʰiryó bʰānúbʰirṛṣūṇā́ṃ paryéti párivīto vibʰā́vā || 1||











yó bʰānúbʰirvibʰā́vā vibʰā́tyagnírdevébʰirṛtā́vā́jasraḥ |
ā́ yó vivā́ya sakʰyā́ sákʰibʰyó'parihvṛto átyo ná sáptiḥ || 2||











ī́śe yó víśvasyā devávīterī́śe viśvā́yuruṣáso vyùṣṭau |
ā́ yásminmanā́ havī́ṃṣyagnā́váriṣṭaratʰa skabʰnā́ti śūṣaíḥ || 3||











śūṣébʰirvṛdʰó juṣāṇó arkaírdevā́m̐ ácʰā ragʰupátvā jigāti |
mandró hótā sá juhvā̀ yájiṣṭʰaḥ sámmiślo agnírā́ jigʰarti devā́n || 4||











támusrā́míndraṃ ná réjamānamagníṃ gīrbʰírnámobʰirā́ kṛṇudʰvam |
ā́ yáṃ víprāso matíbʰirgṛṇánti jātávedasaṃ juhvàṃ sahā́nām || 5||











sáṃ yásminvíśvā vásūni jagmúrvā́je nā́śvāḥ sáptīvanta évaiḥ |
asmé ūtī́ríndravātatamā arvācīnā́ agna ā́ kṛṇuṣva || 6||











ádʰā hyàgne mahnā́ niṣádyā sadyó jajñānó hávyo babʰū́tʰa |
táṃ te devā́so ánu kétamāyannádʰāvardʰanta pratʰamā́sa ū́māḥ || 7||












Sūkta 10.7 

svastí no divó agne pṛtʰivyā́ viśvā́yurdʰehi yajátʰāya deva |
sácemahi táva dasma praketaíruruṣyā́ ṇa urúbʰirdeva śáṃsaiḥ || 1||











imā́ agne matáyastúbʰyaṃ jātā́ góbʰiráśvairabʰí gṛṇanti rā́dʰaḥ |
yadā́ te márto ánu bʰógamā́naḍváso dádʰāno matíbʰiḥ sujāta || 2||











agníṃ manye pitáramagnímāpímagníṃ bʰrā́taraṃ sádamítsákʰāyam |
agnéránīkaṃ bṛhatáḥ saparyaṃ diví śukráṃ yajatáṃ sū́ryasya || 3||











sidʰrā́ agne dʰíyo asmé sánutrīryáṃ trā́yase dáma ā́ nítyahotā |
ṛtā́vā sá rohídaśvaḥ purukṣúrdyúbʰirasmā áhabʰirvāmámastu || 4||











dyúbʰirhitáṃ mitrámiva prayógaṃ pratnámṛtvíjamadʰvarásya jārám |
bāhúbʰyāmagnímāyávo'jananta vikṣú hótāraṃ nyàsādayanta || 5||











svayáṃ yajasva diví deva devā́nkíṃ te pā́kaḥ kṛṇavadápracetāḥ |
yátʰā́yaja ṛtúbʰirdeva devā́nevā́ yajasva tanvàṃ sujāta || 6||











bʰávā no agne'vitótá gopā́ bʰávā vayaskṛ́dutá no vayodʰā́ḥ |
rā́svā ca naḥ sumaho havyádātiṃ trā́svotá nastanvò áprayucʰan || 7||












Sūkta 10.8 

prá ketúnā bṛhatā́ yātyagnírā́ ródasī vṛṣabʰó roravīti |
diváścidántām̐ upamā́m̐ údānaḷapā́mupástʰe mahiṣó vavardʰa || 1||











mumóda gárbʰo vṛṣabʰáḥ kakúdmānasremā́ vatsáḥ śímīvām̐ arāvīt |
sá devátātyúdyatāni kṛṇvánsvéṣu kṣáyeṣu pratʰamó jigāti || 2||











ā́ yó mūrdʰā́naṃ pitrórárabdʰa nyàdʰvaré dadʰire sū́ro árṇaḥ |
ásya pátmannáruṣīráśvabudʰnā ṛtásya yónau tanvò juṣanta || 3||











uṣaùṣo hí vaso ágraméṣi tváṃ yamáyorabʰavo vibʰā́vā |
ṛtā́ya saptá dadʰiṣe padā́ni janáyanmitráṃ tanvè svā́yai || 4||











bʰúvaścákṣurmahá ṛtásya gopā́ bʰúvo váruṇo yádṛtā́ya véṣi |
bʰúvo apā́ṃ nápājjātavedo bʰúvo dūtó yásya havyáṃ jújoṣaḥ || 5||











bʰúvo yajñásya rájasaśca netā́ yátrā niyúdbʰiḥ sácase śivā́bʰiḥ |
diví mūrdʰā́naṃ dadʰiṣe svarṣā́ṃ jihvā́magne cakṛṣe havyavā́ham || 6||











asyá tritáḥ krátunā vavré antáricʰándʰītíṃ pitúrévaiḥ párasya |
sacasyámānaḥ pitrórupástʰe jāmí bruvāṇá ā́yudʰāni veti || 7||











sá pítryāṇyā́yudʰāni vidvā́níndreṣita āptyó abʰyàyudʰyat |
triśīrṣā́ṇaṃ saptáraśmiṃ jagʰanvā́ntvāṣṭrásya cinníḥ sasṛje tritó gā́ḥ || 8||











bʰū́rī́díndra udínakṣantamójó'vābʰinatsátpatirmányamānam |
tvāṣṭrásya cidviśvárūpasya gónāmācakrāṇástrī́ṇi śīrṣā́ párā vark || 9||












Sūkta 10.9 

ā́po hí ṣṭʰā́ mayobʰúvastā́ na ūrjé dadʰātana |
mahé ráṇāya cákṣase || 1||











yó vaḥ śivátamo rásastásya bʰājayatehá naḥ |
uśatī́riva mātáraḥ || 2||











tásmā áraṃ gamāma vo yásya kṣáyāya jínvatʰa |
ā́po janáyatʰā ca naḥ || 3||











śáṃ no devī́rabʰíṣṭaya ā́po bʰavantu pītáye |
śáṃ yórabʰí sravantu naḥ || 4||











ī́śānā vā́ryāṇāṃ kṣáyantīścarṣaṇīnā́m |
apó yācāmi bʰeṣajám || 5||











apsú me sómo abravīdantárvíśvāni bʰeṣajā́ |
agníṃ ca viśváśambʰuvam || 6||











ā́paḥ pṛṇītá bʰeṣajáṃ várūtʰaṃ tanvè máma |
jyókca sū́ryaṃ dṛśé || 7||











idámāpaḥ prá vahata yátkíṃ ca duritáṃ máyi |
yádvāhámabʰidudróha yádvā śepá utā́nṛtam || 8||











ā́po adyā́nvacāriṣaṃ rásena sámagasmahi |
páyasvānagna ā́ gahi táṃ mā sáṃ sṛja várcasā || 9||












Sūkta 10.10 

ó citsákʰāyaṃ sakʰyā́ vavṛtyāṃ tiráḥ purū́ cidarṇaváṃ jaganvā́n |
pitúrnápātamā́ dadʰīta vedʰā́ ádʰi kṣámi prataráṃ dī́dʰyānaḥ || 1||











ná te sákʰā sakʰyáṃ vaṣṭyetátsálakṣmā yádvíṣurūpā bʰávāti |
mahásputrā́so ásurasya vīrā́ divó dʰartā́ra urviyā́ pári kʰyan || 2||











uśánti gʰā té amṛ́tāsa etádékasya cittyajásaṃ mártyasya |
ní te máno mánasi dʰāyyasmé jányuḥ pátistanvàmā́ viviśyāḥ || 3||











ná yátpurā́ cakṛmā́ káddʰa nūnámṛtā́ vádanto ánṛtaṃ rapema |
gandʰarvó apsvápyā ca yóṣā sā́ no nā́bʰiḥ paramáṃ jāmí tánnau || 4||











gárbʰe nú nau janitā́ dámpatī kardevástváṣṭā savitā́ viśvárūpaḥ |
nákirasya prá minanti vratā́ni véda nāvasyá pṛtʰivī́ utá dyaúḥ || 5||











kó asyá veda pratʰamásyā́hnaḥ ká īṃ dadarśa ká ihá prá vocat |
bṛhánmitrásya váruṇasya dʰā́ma kádu brava āhano vī́cyā nṝ́n || 6||











yamásya mā yamyàṃ kāma ā́gansamāné yónau sahaśéyyāya |
jāyéva pátye tanvàṃ riricyāṃ ví cidvṛheva rátʰyeva cakrā́ || 7||











ná tiṣṭʰanti ná ní miṣantyeté devā́nāṃ spáśa ihá yé cáranti |
anyéna mádāhano yāhi tū́yaṃ téna ví vṛha rátʰyeva cakrā́ || 8||











rā́trībʰirasmā áhabʰirdaśasyetsū́ryasya cákṣurmúhurúnmimīyāt |
divā́ pṛtʰivyā́ mitʰunā́ sábandʰū yamī́ryamásya bibʰṛyādájāmi || 9||











ā́ gʰā tā́ gacʰānúttarā yugā́ni yátra jāmáyaḥ kṛṇávannájāmi |
úpa barbṛhi vṛṣabʰā́ya bāhúmanyámicʰasva subʰage pátiṃ mát || 10||











kíṃ bʰrā́tāsadyádanātʰáṃ bʰávāti kímu svásā yánnírṛtirnigácʰāt |
kā́mamūtā bahvètádrapāmi tanvā̀ me tanvàṃ saṃ pipṛgdʰi || 11||











ná vā́ u te tanvā̀ tanvàṃ saṃ papṛcyāṃ pāpámāhuryáḥ svásāraṃ nigácʰāt |
anyéna mátpramúdaḥ kalpayasva ná te bʰrā́tā subʰage vaṣṭyetát || 12||











bató batāsi yama naívá te máno hṛ́dayaṃ cāvidāma |
anyā́ kíla tvā́ṃ kakṣyèva yuktáṃ pári ṣvajāte líbujeva vṛkṣám || 13||











anyámū ṣú tváṃ yamyanyá u tvā́ṃ pári ṣvajāte líbujeva vṛkṣám |
tásya vā tváṃ mána icʰā́ sá vā távā́dʰā kṛṇuṣva saṃvídaṃ súbʰadrām || 14||












Sūkta 10.11 

vṛ́ṣā vṛ́ṣṇe duduhe dóhasā diváḥ páyāṃsi yahvó áditerádābʰyaḥ |
víśvaṃ sá veda váruṇo yátʰā dʰiyā́ sá yajñíyo yajatu yajñíyām̐ ṛtū́n || 1||











rápadgandʰarvī́rápyā ca yóṣaṇā nadásya nādé pári pātu me mánaḥ |
iṣṭásya mádʰye áditirní dʰātu no bʰrā́tā no jyeṣṭʰáḥ pratʰamó ví vocati || 2||











só cinnú bʰadrā́ kṣumátī yáśasvatyuṣā́ uvāsa mánave svàrvatī |
yádīmuśántamuśatā́mánu krátumagníṃ hótāraṃ vidátʰāya jī́janan || 3||











ádʰa tyáṃ drapsáṃ vibʰvàṃ vicakṣaṇáṃ vírā́bʰaradiṣitáḥ śyenó adʰvaré |
yádī víśo vṛṇáte dasmámā́ryā agníṃ hótāramádʰa dʰī́rajāyata || 4||











sádāsi raṇvó yávaseva púṣyate hótrābʰiragne mánuṣaḥ svadʰvaráḥ |
víprasya vā yácʰaśamāná uktʰyàṃ vājaṃ sasavā́m̐ upayā́si bʰū́ribʰiḥ || 5||











údīraya pitárā jārá ā́ bʰágamíyakṣati haryató hṛttá iṣyati |
vívakti váhniḥ svapasyáte makʰástaviṣyáte ásuro vépate matī́ || 6||











yáste agne sumatíṃ márto ákṣatsáhasaḥ sūno áti sá prá śṛṇve |
íṣaṃ dádʰāno váhamāno áśvairā́ sá dyumā́m̐ ámavānbʰūṣati dyū́n || 7||











yádagna eṣā́ sámitirbʰávāti devī́ devéṣu yajatā́ yajatra |
rátnā ca yádvibʰájāsi svadʰāvo bʰāgáṃ no átra vásumantaṃ vītāt || 8||











śrudʰī́ no agne sádane sadʰástʰe yukṣvā́ rátʰamamṛ́tasya dravitnúm |
ā́ no vaha ródasī deváputre mā́kirdevā́nāmápa bʰūrihá syāḥ || 9||












Sūkta 10.12 

dyā́vā ha kṣā́mā pratʰamé ṛténābʰiśrāvé bʰavataḥ satyavā́cā |
devó yánmártānyajátʰāya kṛṇvánsī́daddʰótā pratyáṅsvámásuṃ yán || 1||











devó devā́nparibʰū́rṛténa váhā no havyáṃ pratʰamáścikitvā́n |
dʰūmáketuḥ samídʰā bʰā́ṛjīko mandró hótā nítyo vācā́ yájīyān || 2||











svā́vṛgdevásyāmṛ́taṃ yádī góráto jātā́so dʰārayanta urvī́ |
víśve devā́ ánu tátte yájurgurduhé yádénī divyáṃ gʰṛtáṃ vā́ḥ || 3||











árcāmi vāṃ várdʰāyā́po gʰṛtasnū dyā́vābʰūmī śṛṇutáṃ rodasī me |
áhā yáddyā́vó'sunītimáyanmádʰvā no átra pitárā śiśītām || 4||











kíṃ svinno rā́jā jagṛhe kádasyā́ti vratáṃ cakṛmā kó ví veda |
mitráściddʰí ṣmā juhurāṇó devā́ñcʰlóko ná yātā́mápi vā́jo ásti || 5||











durmántvátrāmṛ́tasya nā́ma sálakṣmā yádvíṣurūpā bʰávāti |
yamásya yó manávate sumántvágne támṛṣva pāhyáprayucʰan || 6||











yásmindevā́ vidátʰe mādáyante vivásvataḥ sádane dʰāráyante |
sū́rye jyótirádadʰurmāsyàktū́npári dyotaníṃ carato ájasrā || 7||











yásmindevā́ mánmani saṃcárantyapīcyè ná vayámasya vidma |
mitró no átrā́ditiránāgānsavitā́ devó váruṇāya vocat || 8||











śrudʰī́ no agne sádane sadʰástʰe yukṣvā́ rátʰamamṛ́tasya dravitnúm |
ā́ no vaha ródasī deváputre mā́kirdevā́nāmápa bʰūrihá syāḥ || 9||












Sūkta 10.13 

yujé vāṃ bráhma pūrvyáṃ námobʰirví ślóka etu patʰyèva sūréḥ |
śṛṇvántu víśve amṛ́tasya putrā́ ā́ yé dʰā́māni divyā́ni tastʰúḥ || 1||











yamé iva yátamāne yádaítaṃ prá vāṃ bʰaranmā́nuṣā devayántaḥ |
ā́ sīdataṃ svámu lokáṃ vídāne svāsastʰé bʰavatamíndave naḥ || 2||











páñca padā́ni rupó ánvarohaṃ cátuṣpadīmánvemi vraténa |
akṣáreṇa práti mima etā́mṛtásya nā́bʰāvádʰi sáṃ punāmi || 3||











devébʰyaḥ kámavṛṇīta mṛtyúṃ prajā́yai kámamṛ́taṃ nā́vṛṇīta |
bṛ́haspátiṃ yajñámakṛṇvata ṛ́ṣiṃ priyā́ṃ yamástanvàṃ prārirecīt || 4||











saptá kṣaranti śíśave marútvate pitré putrā́so ápyavīvatannṛtám |
ubʰé ídasyobʰáyasya rājata ubʰé yatete ubʰáyasya puṣyataḥ || 5||












Sūkta 10.14 

pareyivā́ṃsaṃ praváto mahī́ránu bahúbʰyaḥ pántʰāmanupaspaśānám |
vaivasvatáṃ saṃgámanaṃ jánānāṃ yamáṃ rā́jānaṃ havíṣā duvasya || 1||











yamó no gātúṃ pratʰamó viveda naíṣā́ gávyūtirápabʰartavā́ u |
yátrā naḥ pū́rve pitáraḥ pareyúrenā́ jajñānā́ḥ patʰyā̀ ánu svā́ḥ || 2||











mā́talī kavyaíryamó áṅgirobʰirbṛ́haspátirṛ́kvabʰirvāvṛdʰānáḥ |
yā́m̐śca devā́ vāvṛdʰúryé ca devā́nsvā́hānyé svadʰáyānyé madanti || 3||











imáṃ yama prastarámā́ hí sī́dā́ṅgirobʰiḥ pitṛ́bʰiḥ saṃvidānáḥ |
ā́ tvā mántrāḥ kaviśastā́ vahantvenā́ rājanhavíṣā mādayasva || 4||











áṅgirobʰirā́ gahi yajñíyebʰiryáma vairūpaírihá mādayasva |
vívasvantaṃ huve yáḥ pitā́ te'smínyajñé barhíṣyā́ niṣádya || 5||











áṅgiraso naḥ pitáro návagvā átʰarvāṇo bʰṛ́gavaḥ somyā́saḥ |
téṣāṃ vayáṃ sumataú yajñíyānāmápi bʰadré saumanasé syāma || 6||











préhi préhi patʰíbʰiḥ pūrvyébʰiryátrā naḥ pū́rve pitáraḥ pareyúḥ |
ubʰā́ rā́jānā svadʰáyā mádantā yamáṃ paśyāsi váruṇaṃ ca devám || 7||











sáṃ gacʰasva pitṛ́bʰiḥ sáṃ yaméneṣṭāpūrténa paramé vyoman |
hitvā́yāvadyáṃ púnarástaméhi sáṃ gacʰasva tanvā̀ suvárcāḥ || 8||











ápeta vī̀ta ví ca sarpatā́to'smā́ etáṃ pitáro lokámakran |
áhobʰiradbʰíraktúbʰirvyàktaṃ yamó dadātyavasā́namasmai || 9||











áti drava sārameyaú śvā́nau caturakṣaú śabálau sādʰúnā patʰā́ |
átʰā pitṝ́nsuvidátrām̐ úpehi yaména yé sadʰamā́daṃ mádanti || 10||











yaú te śvā́nau yama rakṣitā́rau caturakṣaú patʰirákṣī nṛcákṣasau |
tā́bʰyāmenaṃ pári dehi rājansvastí cāsmā anamīváṃ ca dʰehi || 11||











urūṇasā́vasutṛ́pā udumbalaú yamásya dūtaú carato jánām̐ ánu |
tā́vasmábʰyaṃ dṛśáye sū́ryāya púnardātāmásumadyéhá bʰadrám || 12||











yamā́ya sómaṃ sunuta yamā́ya juhutā havíḥ |
yamáṃ ha yajñó gacʰatyagnídūto áraṃkṛtaḥ || 13||











yamā́ya gʰṛtávaddʰavírjuhóta prá ca tiṣṭʰata |
sá no devéṣvā́ yamaddīrgʰámā́yuḥ prá jīváse || 14||











yamā́ya mádʰumattamaṃ rā́jñe havyáṃ juhotana |
idáṃ náma ṛ́ṣibʰyaḥ pūrvajébʰyaḥ pū́rvebʰyaḥ patʰikṛ́dbʰyaḥ || 15||











tríkadrukebʰiḥ patati ṣáḷurvī́rékamídbṛhát |
triṣṭúbgāyatrī́ cʰándāṃsi sárvā tā́ yamá ā́hitā || 16||












Sūkta 10.15 

údīratāmávara útpárāsa únmadʰyamā́ḥ pitáraḥ somyā́saḥ |
ásuṃ yá īyúravṛkā́ ṛtajñā́sté no'vantu pitáro háveṣu || 1||











idáṃ pitṛ́bʰyo námo astvadyá yé pū́rvāso yá úparāsa īyúḥ |
yé pā́rtʰive rájasyā́ níṣattā yé vā nūnáṃ suvṛjánāsu vikṣú || 2||











ā́háṃ pitṝ́nsuvidátrām̐ avitsi nápātaṃ ca vikrámaṇaṃ ca víṣṇoḥ |
barhiṣádo yé svadʰáyā sutásya bʰájanta pitvástá ihā́gamiṣṭʰāḥ || 3||











bárhiṣadaḥ pitara ūtyàrvā́gimā́ vo havyā́ cakṛmā juṣádʰvam |
tá ā́ gatā́vasā śáṃtamenā́tʰā naḥ śáṃ yórarapó dadʰāta || 4||











úpahūtāḥ pitáraḥ somyā́so barhiṣyèṣu nidʰíṣu priyéṣu |
tá ā́ gamantu tá ihá śruvantvádʰi bruvantu tè'vantvasmā́n || 5||











ā́cyā jā́nu dakṣiṇató niṣádyemáṃ yajñámabʰí gṛṇīta víśve |
mā́ hiṃsiṣṭa pitaraḥ kéna cinno yádva ā́gaḥ puruṣátā kárāma || 6||











ā́sīnāso aruṇī́nāmupástʰe rayíṃ dʰatta dāśúṣe mártyāya |
putrébʰyaḥ pitarastásya vásvaḥ prá yacʰata tá ihórjaṃ dadʰāta || 7||











yé naḥ pū́rve pitáraḥ somyā́so'nūhiré somapītʰáṃ vásiṣṭʰāḥ |
tébʰiryamáḥ saṃrarāṇó havī́ṃṣyuśánnuśádbʰiḥ pratikāmámattu || 8||











yé tātṛṣúrdevatrā́ jéhamānā hotrāvída stómataṣṭāso arkaíḥ |
ā́gne yāhi suvidátrebʰirarvā́ṅsatyaíḥ kavyaíḥ pitṛ́bʰirgʰarmasádbʰiḥ || 9||











yé satyā́so havirádo haviṣpā́ índreṇa devaíḥ sarátʰaṃ dádʰānāḥ |
ā́gne yāhi sahásraṃ devavandaíḥ páraiḥ pū́rvaiḥ pitṛ́bʰirgʰarmasádbʰiḥ || 10||











ágniṣvāttāḥ pitara éhá gacʰata sádaḥsadaḥ sadata supraṇītayaḥ |
attā́ havī́ṃṣi práyatāni barhíṣyátʰā rayíṃ sárvavīraṃ dadʰātana || 11||











tvámagna īḷitó jātavedó'vāḍḍʰavyā́ni surabʰī́ṇi kṛtvī́ |
prā́dāḥ pitṛ́bʰyaḥ svadʰáyā té akṣannaddʰí tváṃ deva práyatā havī́ṃṣi || 12||











yé cehá pitáro yé ca néhá yā́m̐śca vidmá yā́m̐ u ca ná pravidmá |
tváṃ vettʰa yáti té jātavedaḥ svadʰā́bʰiryajñáṃ súkṛtaṃ juṣasva || 13||











yé agnidagdʰā́ yé ánagnidagdʰā mádʰye diváḥ svadʰáyā mādáyante |
tébʰiḥ svarā́ḷásunītimetā́ṃ yatʰāvaśáṃ tanvàṃ kalpayasva || 14||












Sūkta 10.16 

maínamagne ví daho mā́bʰí śoco mā́sya tvácaṃ cikṣipo mā́ śárīram |
yadā́ śṛtáṃ kṛṇávo jātavedó'tʰemenaṃ prá hiṇutātpitṛ́bʰyaḥ || 1||











śṛtáṃ yadā́ kárasi jātavedó'tʰemenaṃ pári dattātpitṛ́bʰyaḥ |
yadā́ gácʰātyásunītimetā́mátʰā devā́nāṃ vaśanī́rbʰavāti || 2||











sū́ryaṃ cákṣurgacʰatu vā́tamātmā́ dyā́ṃ ca gacʰa pṛtʰivī́ṃ ca dʰármaṇā |
apó vā gacʰa yádi tátra te hitámóṣadʰīṣu práti tiṣṭʰā śárīraiḥ || 3||











ajó bʰāgástápasā táṃ tapasva táṃ te śocístapatu táṃ te arcíḥ |
yā́ste śivā́stanvò jātavedastā́bʰirvahainaṃ sukṛ́tāmu lokám || 4||











áva sṛja púnaragne pitṛ́bʰyo yásta ā́hutaścárati svadʰā́bʰiḥ |
ā́yurvásāna úpa vetu śéṣaḥ sáṃ gacʰatāṃ tanvā̀ jātavedaḥ || 5||











yátte kṛṣṇáḥ śakuná ātutóda pipīláḥ sarpá utá vā śvā́padaḥ |
agníṣṭádviśvā́dagadáṃ kṛṇotu sómaśca yó brāhmaṇā́m̐ āvivéśa || 6||











agnérvárma pári góbʰirvyayasva sáṃ prórṇuṣva pī́vasā médasā ca |
néttvā dʰṛṣṇúrhárasā járhṛṣāṇo dadʰṛ́gvidʰakṣyánparyaṅkʰáyāte || 7||











imámagne camasáṃ mā́ ví jihvaraḥ priyó devā́nāmutá somyā́nām |
eṣá yáścamasó devapā́nastásmindevā́ amṛ́tā mādayante || 8||











kravyā́damagníṃ prá hiṇomi dūráṃ yamárājño gacʰatu ripravāháḥ |
ihaívā́yámítaro jātávedā devébʰyo havyáṃ vahatu prajānán || 9||











yó agníḥ kravyā́tpravivéśa vo gṛhámimáṃ páśyannítaraṃ jātávedasam |
táṃ harāmi pitṛyajñā́ya deváṃ sá gʰarmáminvātparamé sadʰástʰe || 10||











yó agníḥ kravyavā́hanaḥ pitṝ́nyákṣadṛtāvṛ́dʰaḥ |
prédu havyā́ni vocati devébʰyaśca pitṛ́bʰya ā́ || 11||











uśántastvā ní dʰīmahyuśántaḥ sámidʰīmahi |
uśánnuśatá ā́ vaha pitṝ́nhavíṣe áttave || 12||











yáṃ tvámagne samádahastámu nírvāpayā púnaḥ |
kiyā́mbvátra rohatu pākadūrvā́ vyalkaśā || 13||











śī́tike śī́tikāvati hlā́dike hlā́dikāvati |
maṇḍūkyā̀ sú sáṃ gama imáṃ svàgníṃ harṣaya || 14||












Sūkta 10.17 

tváṣṭā duhitré vahatúṃ kṛṇotī́tīdáṃ víśvaṃ bʰúvanaṃ sámeti |
yamásya mātā́ paryuhyámānā mahó jāyā́ vívasvato nanāśa || 1||











ápāgūhannamṛ́tāṃ mártyebʰyaḥ kṛtvī́ sávarṇāmadadurvívasvate |
utā́śvínāvabʰaradyáttádā́sīdájahādu dvā́ mitʰunā́ saraṇyū́ḥ || 2||











pūṣā́ tvetáścyāvayatu prá vidvā́nánaṣṭapaśurbʰúvanasya gopā́ḥ |
sá tvaitébʰyaḥ pári dadatpitṛ́bʰyo'gnírdevébʰyaḥ suvidatríyebʰyaḥ || 3||











ā́yurviśvā́yuḥ pári pāsati tvā pūṣā́ tvā pātu prápatʰe purástāt |
yátrā́sate sukṛ́to yátra té yayústátra tvā deváḥ savitā́ dadʰātu || 4||











pūṣémā́ ā́śā ánu veda sárvāḥ só asmā́m̐ ábʰayatamena neṣat |
svastidā́ ā́gʰṛṇiḥ sárvavīró'prayucʰanpurá etu prajānán || 5||











prápatʰe patʰā́majaniṣṭa pūṣā́ prápatʰe diváḥ prápatʰe pṛtʰivyā́ḥ |
ubʰé abʰí priyátame sadʰástʰe ā́ ca párā ca carati prajānán || 6||











sárasvatīṃ devayánto havante sárasvatīmadʰvaré tāyámāne |
sárasvatīṃ sukṛ́to ahvayanta sárasvatī dāśúṣe vā́ryaṃ dāt || 7||











sárasvati yā́ sarátʰaṃ yayā́tʰa svadʰā́bʰirdevi pitṛ́bʰirmádantī |
āsádyāsmínbarhíṣi mādayasvānamīvā́ íṣa ā́ dʰehyasmé || 8||











sárasvatīṃ yā́ṃ pitáro hávante dakṣiṇā́ yajñámabʰinákṣamāṇāḥ |
sahasrārgʰámiḷó átra bʰāgáṃ rāyáspóṣaṃ yájamāneṣu dʰehi || 9||











ā́po asmā́nmātáraḥ śundʰayantu gʰṛténa no gʰṛtapvàḥ punantu |
víśvaṃ hí ripráṃ praváhanti devī́rúdídābʰyaḥ śúcirā́ pūtá emi || 10||











drapsáścaskanda pratʰamā́m̐ ánu dyū́nimáṃ ca yónimánu yáśca pū́rvaḥ |
samānáṃ yónimánu saṃcárantaṃ drapsáṃ juhomyánu saptá hótrāḥ || 11||











yáste drapsá skándati yáste aṃśúrbāhúcyuto dʰiṣáṇāyā upástʰāt |
adʰvaryórvā pári vā yáḥ pavítrāttáṃ te juhomi mánasā váṣaṭkṛtam || 12||











yáste drapsá skannó yáste aṃśúraváśca yáḥ paráḥ srucā́ |
ayáṃ devó bṛ́haspátiḥ sáṃ táṃ siñcatu rā́dʰase || 13||











páyasvatīróṣadʰayaḥ páyasvanmāmakáṃ vácaḥ |
apā́ṃ páyasvadítpáyasténa mā sahá śundʰata || 14||












Sūkta 10.18 

páraṃ mṛtyo ánu párehi pántʰāṃ yáste svá ítaro devayā́nāt |
cákṣuṣmate śṛṇvaté te bravīmi mā́ naḥ prajā́ṃ rīriṣo mótá vīrā́n || 1||











mṛtyóḥ padáṃ yopáyanto yádaíta drā́gʰīya ā́yuḥ prataráṃ dádʰānāḥ |
āpyā́yamānāḥ prajáyā dʰánena śuddʰā́ḥ pūtā́ bʰavata yajñiyāsaḥ || 2||











imé jīvā́ ví mṛtaírā́vavṛtrannábʰūdbʰadrā́ deváhūtirno adyá |
prā́ñco agāma nṛtáye hásāya drā́gʰīya ā́yuḥ prataráṃ dádʰānāḥ || 3||











imáṃ jīvébʰyaḥ paridʰíṃ dadʰāmi maíṣāṃ nú gādáparo ártʰametám |
śatáṃ jīvantu śarádaḥ purūcī́rantármṛtyúṃ dadʰatāṃ párvatena || 4||











yátʰā́hānyanupūrváṃ bʰávanti yátʰa ṛtáva ṛtúbʰiryánti sādʰú |
yátʰā ná pū́rvamáparo jáhātyevā́ dʰātarā́yūṃṣi kalpayaiṣām || 5||











ā́ rohatā́yurjarásaṃ vṛṇānā́ anupūrváṃ yátamānā yáti ṣṭʰá |
ihá tváṣṭā sujánimā sajóṣā dīrgʰámā́yuḥ karati jīváse vaḥ || 6||











imā́ nā́rīravidʰavā́ḥ supátnīrā́ñjanena sarpíṣā sáṃ viśantu |
anaśrávo'namīvā́ḥ surátnā ā́ rohantu jánayo yónimágre || 7||











údīrṣva nāryabʰí jīvalokáṃ gatā́sumetámúpa śeṣa éhi |
hastagrābʰásya didʰiṣóstávedáṃ pátyurjanitvámabʰí sáṃ babʰūtʰa || 8||











dʰánurhástādādádāno mṛtásyāsmé kṣatrā́ya várcase bálāya |
átraivá tvámihá vayáṃ suvī́rā víśvā spṛ́dʰo abʰímātīrjayema || 9||











úpa sarpa mātáraṃ bʰū́mimetā́muruvyácasaṃ pṛtʰivī́ṃ suśévām |
ū́rṇamradā yuvatírdákṣiṇāvata eṣā́ tvā pātu nírṛterupástʰāt || 10||











úcʰvañcasva pṛtʰivi mā́ ní bādʰatʰāḥ sūpāyanā́smai bʰava sūpavañcanā́ |
mātā́ putráṃ yátʰā sicā́bʰyenaṃ bʰūma ūrṇuhi || 11||











ucʰváñcamānā pṛtʰivī́ sú tiṣṭʰatu sahásraṃ míta úpa hí śráyantām |
té gṛhā́so gʰṛtaścúto bʰavantu viśvā́hāsmai śaraṇā́ḥ santvátra || 12||











útte stabʰnāmi pṛtʰivī́ṃ tvátpárīmáṃ logáṃ nidádʰanmó aháṃ riṣam |
etā́ṃ stʰū́ṇāṃ pitáro dʰārayantu té'trā yamáḥ sā́danā te minotu || 13||











pratīcī́ne mā́máhanī́ṣvāḥ parṇámivā́ dadʰuḥ |
pratī́cīṃ jagrabʰā vā́camáśvaṃ raśanáyā yatʰā || 14||












Sūkta 10.19 

ní vartadʰvaṃ mā́nu gātāsmā́nsiṣakta revatīḥ |
ágnīṣomā punarvasū asmé dʰārayataṃ rayím || 1||











púnarenā ní vartaya púnarenā nyā́ kuru |
índra eṇā ní yacʰatvagnírenā upā́jatu || 2||











púnaretā́ ní vartantāmasmínpuṣyantu gópatau |
ihaívā́gne ní dʰārayehá tiṣṭʰatu yā́ rayíḥ || 3||











yánniyā́naṃ nyáyanaṃ saṃjñā́naṃ yátparā́yaṇam |
āvártanaṃ nivártanaṃ yó gopā́ ápi táṃ huve || 4||











yá udā́naḍvyáyanaṃ yá udā́naṭ parā́yaṇam |
āvártanaṃ nivártanamápi gopā́ ní vartatām || 5||











ā́ nivarta ní vartaya púnarna indra gā́ dehi |
jīvā́bʰirbʰunajāmahai || 6||











pári vo viśváto dadʰa ūrjā́ gʰṛténa páyasā |
yé devā́ḥ ké ca yajñíyāsté rayyā́ sáṃ sṛjantu naḥ || 7||











ā́ nivartana vartaya ní nivartana vartaya |
bʰū́myāścátasraḥ pradíśastā́bʰya enā ní vartaya || 8||












Sūkta 10.20 

bʰadráṃ no ápi vātaya mánaḥ || 1||











agnímīḷe bʰujā́ṃ yáviṣṭʰaṃ śāsā́ mitráṃ durdʰárītum |
yásya dʰármansvàrénīḥ saparyánti mātúrū́dʰaḥ || 2||











yámāsā́ kṛpánīḷaṃ bʰāsā́ketuṃ vardʰáyanti |
bʰrā́jate śréṇidan || 3||











aryó viśā́ṃ gātúreti prá yádā́naḍdivó ántān |
kavírabʰráṃ dī́dyānaḥ || 4||











juṣáddʰavyā́ mā́nuṣasyordʰvástastʰāvṛ́bʰvā yajñé |
minvánsádma purá eti || 5||











sá hí kṣémo havíryajñáḥ śruṣṭī́dasya gātúreti |
agníṃ devā́ vā́śīmantam || 6||











yajñāsā́haṃ dúva iṣe'gníṃ pū́rvasya śévasya |
ádreḥ sūnúmāyúmāhuḥ || 7||











náro yé ké cāsmádā́ víśvétté vāmá ā́ syuḥ |
agníṃ havíṣā várdʰantaḥ || 8||











kṛṣṇáḥ śvetò'ruṣó yā́mo asya bradʰná ṛjrá utá śóṇo yáśasvān |
híraṇyarūpaṃ jánitā jajāna || 9||











evā́ te agne vimadó manīṣā́mū́rjo napādamṛ́tebʰiḥ sajóṣāḥ |
gíra ā́ vakṣatsumatī́riyāná íṣamū́rjaṃ sukṣitíṃ víśvamā́bʰāḥ || 10||












Sūkta 10.21 

ā́gníṃ ná svávṛktibʰirhótāraṃ tvā vṛṇīmahe |
yajñā́ya stīrṇábarhiṣe ví vo máde śīráṃ pāvakáśociṣaṃ vívakṣase || 1||











tvā́mu té svābʰúvaḥ śumbʰántyáśvarādʰasaḥ |
véti tvā́mupasécanī ví vo máda ṛ́jītiragna ā́hutirvívakṣase || 2||











tvé dʰarmā́ṇa āsate juhū́bʰiḥ siñcatī́riva |
kṛṣṇā́ rūpā́ṇyárjunā ví vo máde víśvā ádʰi śríyo dʰiṣe vívakṣase || 3||











yámagne mányase rayíṃ sáhasāvannamartya |
támā́ no vā́jasātaye ví vo máde yajñéṣu citrámā́ bʰarā vívakṣase || 4||











agnírjātó átʰarvaṇā vidádvíśvāni kā́vyā |
bʰúvaddūtó vivásvato ví vo máde priyó yamásya kā́myo vívakṣase || 5||











tvā́ṃ yajñéṣvīḷaté'gne prayatyàdʰvaré |
tváṃ vásūni kā́myā ví vo máde víśvā dadʰāsi dāśúṣe vívakṣase || 6||











tvā́ṃ yajñéṣvṛtvíjaṃ cā́rumagne ní ṣedire |
gʰṛtápratīkaṃ mánuṣo ví vo máde śukráṃ cétiṣṭʰamakṣábʰirvívakṣase || 7||











ágne śukréṇa śocíṣorú pratʰayase bṛhát |
abʰikrándanvṛṣāyase ví vo máde gárbʰaṃ dadʰāsi jāmíṣu vívakṣase || 8||












Sūkta 10.22 

kúha śrutá índraḥ kásminnadyá jáne mitró ná śrūyate |
ṛ́ṣīṇāṃ vā yáḥ kṣáye gúhā vā cárkṛṣe girā́ || 1||



1.  kuhaa śrutajmsn indraNmsn kasr3msl adyaa  
    jananmsl mitranmsn nac śrūyatevp·A·3s«√śru |
    ṛṣinmpgc yasr3msn kṣayanmsl  
    guhānfslc carkṛṣeva·U·3s«√kṛ girnfsi 



1.  Where [is] listened-to Indra? In which person
    nowadays he is being listened to as if a patron,
    [where is a person,] who in the abode of seers,
    or in a secret place praises [him] with a chant?



ihá śrutá índro asmé adyá stáve vajryṛ́cīṣamaḥ |
mitró ná yó jáneṣvā́ yáśaścakré ásāmyā́ || 2||



2.  ihac śrutajmsn indraNmsn vayamr1mpl adyaa  
    stavanmsl vajrinnmsn (ṛcnfsl-iṣamanns)jmsn |
    mitranmsn nac yasr3msn jananmpl āp  
    yaśasnnsa cakrevp·I·3s«√kṛ asāmijnsa āp 



2.  Here [is] listened-to Indra nowadays, in us¹.
    In [the] eulogy [he is] a thunderbolt-wielder [who is] sought with a verse,
    who, as if a patron, has produced in [these] folks
    the [sense of] worth [that is,] moreover, not premature,



mahó yáspátiḥ śávaso ásāmyā́ mahó nṛmṇásya tūtujíḥ |
bʰartā́ vájrasya dʰṛṣṇóḥ pitā́ putrámiva priyám || 3||



3.  mahjnsg yasr3msn patinmsn śavasnnsg asāmijnsn āp  
    mahjnsg nṛmṇannsg tūtujijmsn |
    bʰartṛnmsn vajranmsg dʰṛṣṇujmsg  
    pitṛnmsn putranmsa ivac priyajmsa 



3.  who [is] overseer of great power to change [that is,] moreover, not premature,
    [who is] having ways to promote great courage,
    [who is] a bearer of the daring thunderbolt
    like a father [is] of a dear son.



yujānó áśvā vā́tasya dʰúnī devó devásya vajrivaḥ |
syántā patʰā́ virúkmatā sṛjāná stoṣyádʰvanaḥ || 4||



4.  yujānajmsn aśvanmda vātaNmsg dʰunijmda  
    devanmsn devanmsg vajrivatjmsv |
    syantjmda patʰinnmsi virukmantjmsi  
    sṛjānajmsn stoṣivp·U·3s«√stu adʰvannmpa 



4.  Yoking two tumultuous horses of Wind,
    the deva, [yoking] two flowing through brilliant path
    [horses] of deva, O thunderbolt-bearer,
    releasing [them] towards pathways, he is praised.



tváṃ tyā́ cidvā́tasyā́śvā́gā ṛjrā́ tmánā váhadʰyai |
yáyordevó ná mártyo yantā́ nákirvidā́yyaḥ || 5||



5.  tvamr2msn tyadr3mda cidc vātaNmsg aśvanmda āp agāsvp·U·2s«√gā  
    ṛjrajmda tmanāa vahadʰyaiv···D··«√vah |
    yasr3mdg devanmsn nac martyajmsn  
    yantṛnmsn nakisc vidāyyajmsn 



5.  Thou approached the two horses of Wind,
    going-straight ones in order to really convey [thee],
    [the two horses] which [neither] a deva, nor a mortal,
    will tame --- no one [such] is to be found.



ádʰa gmántośánā pṛcʰate vāṃ kádartʰā na ā́ gṛhám |
ā́ jagmatʰuḥ parākā́ddiváśca gmáśca mártyam || 6||



6.  adʰac gmanttp·Amda«√gam uśanasNmsn pṛcʰateva·A·3s«√pracʰ tvamr2mda  
    kadartʰajmdn vayamr1mpg āp gṛhanmsa |
    āp jagmatʰurvp·I·2d«√gam parākāta  
    dyunmsb cac kṣamnfsb cac martyajmsa 



6.  Now, Uśanas asks you two² who are approaching,
    ``Having what purpose [are you coming] to our house?
    You two came from a distance,
    from the Heaven and from the Earth to a mortal.''



ā́ na indra pṛkṣase'smā́kaṃ bráhmódyatam |
táttvā yācāmahé'vaḥ śúṣṇaṃ yáddʰánnámānuṣam || 7||



7.  āp vayamr1mpa indraNmsv pṛkṣasevp·Ae2s«√pracʰ  
    vayamr1mpg brahmannnsa udyatajnsa |
    tadr3nsa tvamr2msa yācāmaheva·A·1p«√yāc avasnnsa  
    śuṣṇaNmsa yadc hanvp·UE2s«√han amānuṣanmsa 



7.  [But if] thou, O Indra, would ask us
    about our undertaken formulation,
    [we will answer,] ``We implore thee for that favour
    that thou shall slay unintelligent Śuṣṇa.''



akarmā́ dásyurabʰí no amantúranyávrato ámānuṣaḥ |
tváṃ tásyāmitrahanvádʰardāsásya dambʰaya || 8||



8.  akarmanjmsn (dasnfs-yujms)nmsn abʰip vayamr1mpa  
    amantujmsn (anyajms-vratanns)jmsn amānuṣajmsn |
    tvamr2msn tasr3msg (amitrajms-hanjms)jmsv  
    vadʰarnnsa dāsanmsg dambʰayavpCAo2s«√dambʰ 



8.  ``Not-performing-good-works unthinking unintelligent opposed to (self-imposed) constraints
    impulse to suffer want is against us.
    Do thou, O slayer of hostiles,
    make his, demon's, destructive weapon to abandon [him]!''



tváṃ na indra śūra śū́rairutá tvótāso barháṇā |
purutrā́ te ví pūrtáyo návanta kṣoṇáyo yatʰā || 9||



9.  tvamr2msn vayamr1mpd indraNmsv śūranmsv śūranmpi  
    utac (tvamr2msi-ūtajms)jmpn barhaṇāa |
    purutrāa tvamr2msd vip pūrtijmpn navantavp·AE3p«√nu kṣoṇijmpn yatʰāc 



9.  [Be] thou with agents of change for us, O agent of change Indra,
    and [we will be] certainly helped by thee.
    In many ways those desirous of reward as [well as] trembling ones
    shall find their way to thee.



tváṃ tā́nvṛtrahátye codayo nṝ́nkārpāṇé śūra vajrivaḥ |
gúhā yádī kavīnā́ṃ viśā́ṃ nákṣatraśavasām || 10||



10. tvamr2msn tasr3mpa (vṛtranns-hatinfs)nfsd codayasvpCUE2s«√cud nṛnmpa kārpāṇannsl śūranmsv vajrivatjmsv |
     guhānfsl yadic kavinmpg viśnfpg (nakṣatranns-śavasnns)jmpg 



10. Thou should have impelled those men [who were] in misery
    to slay Vṛtra, O thunderbolt-bearing agent of change!
    If in a secret place of poets, [formulations of those members] of clans
    who attained some degrees of the power-to-change, [would be undertaken],



makṣū́ tā́ ta indra dānā́pnasa ākṣāṇé śūra vajrivaḥ |
yáddʰa śúṣṇasya dambʰáyo jātáṃ víśvaṃ sayā́vabʰiḥ || 11||



11. makṣūa tadr3npn tvamr2msg indraNmsv (dānanns-apnasnns)jmsg  
     ākṣāṇajmsl śūranmsv vajrivatjmsv |
     yadc hac śuṣṇaNmsg dambʰayasvpCAE2s«√dabʰ  
     jātajmsn viśvajmsa sayāvanjmpi 



11. they³ [will] promptly [become] of thee, O Indra, [who is] abounding in gifts,
    in him who has attained [the power-to-change], O thunderbolt-bearing agent of change,
    when thou would make everything born of Śuṣṇa
    together with accompanying [effects] to abandon [him].



mā́kudʰryàgindra śūra vásvīrasmé bʰūvannabʰíṣṭayaḥ |
vayáṃvayaṃ ta āsāṃ sumné syāma vajrivaḥ || 12||



12. māc akudʰryaka indraNmsv śūranmsv vasujfpn  
     vayamr1mpl bʰūvanvp·AE3p«√bʰū abʰiṣṭinfpn |
     (vayamr1mp-vayamr1mp)a tvamr2msg ayamr3fpg sumnannsl syāmavp·Ai1p«√as vajrivatjmsv 



12. May not [thy,] O agent of change Indra, 
    beneficial assistances become going-nowhere in us!
    May we, each one of us, be in the favour 
    of these thy [powers], O thunderbolt-bearer!



asmé tā́ ta indra santu satyā́hiṃsantīrupaspṛ́śaḥ |
vidyā́ma yā́sāṃ bʰújo dʰenūnā́ṃ ná vajrivaḥ || 13||



13. vayamr1mpd tadr3npn tvamr2msg indraNmsv santuvp·Ao3p«√as satyajnpn  
     ahiṃsantījfpn upaspṛśnfpn |
     vidyāmavp·Ao1p«√vidr3fpg bʰujnfpn  
     dʰenunfpg nac vajrivatjmsv 



13. May those [formulations] of thee, O Indra, be true for us!
    Trials [are] not hurting.
    Let us find out advantages of which [thy powers]
    [are] as if of milch-cows, O thunderbolt-bearer!



ahastā́ yádapádī várdʰata kṣā́ḥ śácībʰirvedyā́nām |
śúṣṇaṃ pári pradakṣiṇídviśvā́yave ní śiśnatʰaḥ || 14||



14. ahastājfsn yadc apadījfsn vardʰatava·AE3s«√vṛdʰ  
     kṣānfsn śacīnfpi vedyājfpg |
     śuṣṇaNmsa parip pradakṣiṇita  
     (viśvanns-āyujns)nnsd nip śiśnatʰasvp·U·2s«√śnatʰ 



14. When the Earth that is without hands and feet⁴ shall become strong
    by means of enabling powers of to-be-found-out [advantages],
    thou has fully transfixed Śuṣṇa from left [side of head⁵] to the right [side⁶] ---
    for the sake of agitating everything [energy].



píbāpibédindra śūra sómaṃ mā́ riṣaṇyo vasavāna vásuḥ sán |
utá trāyasva gṛṇató magʰóno maháśca rāyó revátaskṛdʰī naḥ || 15||



15. (pibavp·Ao2s«√pā-pibavp·Ao2s«√pā)a idc indraNmsv śūranmsv somanmsac riṣaṇyasvp·AE2s«√riṣaṇya (vasunns-ānanms)jmsv vasujmsn santtp·Amsn«√as |
     utac trāyasvava·Ao2s«√trai gṛṇanttp·Ampa«√gṝ magʰavanjmpa  
     mahjmpa cac rainmpa revatjmsb kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ vayamr1mpd 



15. Just drink and drink Soma, O agent of change Indra!
    Being beneficial, do not fail, O whose wealth is breath one!
    And, do protect extolling [thee] generous [institutors of the sacrifice]⁷,
    and effect for us great riches from the opulent one!


1 or, ``among us''
2 Indra and Bṛhaspati
3 the formulations
4 that is, the torso
5 left side is perceived as driving reactive behavior
6 right side is perceived as driving deliberate behavior
7 on the basis of 1.54.11cd


Sūkta 10.23 

yájāmaha índraṃ vájradakṣiṇaṃ hárīṇāṃ ratʰyàṃ vivratānām |
prá śmáśru dódʰuvadūrdʰvátʰā bʰūdví sénābʰirdáyamāno ví rā́dʰasā || 1||



1.  yajāmaheva·A·1p«√yaj indraNmsa (vajranms-dakṣiṇajms)jmsa  
    harijmpg ratʰyajmsa vivratajmpg |
    prap śmaśrunnsl dodʰuvattpIAmsn«√dʰū ūrdʰvatʰāa bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū  
    vip senānfpi dayamānata·Amsn«√day vip rādʰasnnsi 



1.  We honor¹ Indra whose thunderbolt is dexterous,
    a charioteer of reluctant tawny ones,
    Blowing into beard², he shall become elevated³,
    being liberal with missiles, with satisfaction of [his] desire.



hárī nvàsya yā́ váne vidé vásvíndro magʰaírmagʰávā vṛtrahā́ bʰuvat |
ṛbʰúrvā́ja ṛbʰukṣā́ḥ patyate śávó'va kṣṇaumi dā́sasya nā́ma cit || 2||



2.  harijmdn nuc ayamr3msg yasr3mdn vanannsl videv···D··«√vid vasunnsn  
    indraNmsn magʰannpi magʰavanjmsn (vṛtranns-hanjms)jmsn bʰuvatvp·AE3s«√bʰū |
    ṛbʰujmsn vājanmsn (ṛbʰunms-kṣānfs)jmsn patyateva·A·3s«√pat śavasnnsa  
    avap kṣṇaumivp·A·1s«√kṣṇu dāsanmsg nāmannnsa cidc 



2.  Now then, two tawny ones of this one which [are active], when [there is] an earnest desire, are known as a beneficial [presence].
    [In that case,] generous with rewards Indra shall become Vṛtra-slayer.
    Skillful rush of vigour, being a basis of Ṛbʰu-s, governs the impulse to change.
    [Thus] I blunt the very nature of the savage one.



yadā́ vájraṃ híraṇyamídátʰā rátʰaṃ hárī yámasya váhato ví sūríbʰiḥ |
ā́ tiṣṭʰati magʰávā sánaśruta índro vā́jasya dīrgʰáśravasaspátiḥ || 3||



3.  yadāc vajranmsa hiraṇyajmsa idc atʰāc ratʰanmsa  
    harijmda yasr3msa ayamr3msg vahatasvp·A·3d«√vah vip sūrinmpi |
    āp tiṣṭʰativp·A·3s«√stʰā magʰavanjmsn sanaśrutajmsn  
    indraNmsn vājanmsg (dīrgʰajns-śravasnns)jmsg patinmsn 



3.  Whenever he, generous, famed from old times, contended for by institutors of sacrifice,
    resorts to the golden thunderbolt,
    he also resorts to a chariot which its two tawny ones draw.
    Indra is overseer of a rush of vigour of which auditory impression is long-lasting.



só cinnú vṛṣṭíryūtʰyā̀ svā́ sácām̐ índraḥ śmáśrūṇi háritābʰí pruṣṇute |
áva veti sukṣáyaṃ suté mádʰū́díddʰūnoti vā́to yátʰā vánam || 4||



4.  sasr3msn uc cidc nuc vṛṣṭinfsn yūtʰyajnpa svajnpa sacāa  
    indraNmsn śmaśrunnpa haritajnpa abʰip pruṣṇuteva·A·3s«√pruṣ |
    avap vetivp·A·3s«√vī sukṣayajnsa sutajmsl madʰunnsa  
    udp idc dʰūnotivp·A·3s«√dʰū vātanmsn yatʰāc vanannsa 



4.  Also, by accompanying his own [means of helping], that are part of the herd, he at once [becomes] [like] rain.
    Indra sprinkles hairs of the beard with enchanted [verses].
    He seeks to snatch well-sheltered⁴ in extracted [Soma] honey,
    he just shakes [it] out the way the wind [shakes] a thicket.



yó vācā́ vívāco mṛdʰrávācaḥ purū́ sahásrā́śivā jagʰā́na |
táttadídasya paúṃsyaṃ gṛṇīmasi pitéva yástáviṣīṃ vāvṛdʰé śávaḥ || 5||



5.  yasr3msn vācnfsi vivācjmpa (mṛdʰranns-vācnfs)jmpa  
    purua sahasrau aśivajnpa jagʰānavp·I·3s«√han |
    (tadr3ns-tadr3ns)a idc ayamr3msg pauṃsyannsa gṛṇīmasivp·A·1p«√gṝ  
    pitṛnmsn ivac yasr3msn taviṣīnfsa vavṛdʰeva·I·3s«√vṛdʰ śavasnnsa 



5.  Who by means of speech has slayed making diverging statements [all-consuming fears = atriṇas], [demons] whose speech is insulting,
    many thousands inciting reactive impulsiveness [mental defenses⁵],
    it is just this his manly deed that we extol,⁶
    [his,] who, like a father [strengthens his] power to control, has strengthened the power to change.



stómaṃ ta indra vimadā́ ajījanannápūrvyaṃ purutámaṃ sudā́nave |
vidmā́ hyasya bʰójanaminásya yádā́ paśúṃ ná gopā́ḥ karāmahe || 6||



6.  stomanmsa tvamr2msd indraNmsv vimadāNmpn ajījananvp·U·3p«√jan apūrvyajmsa purutamajmsa sudānujmsd |
    vidmavp·I·1p«√vid hic ayamr3msg bʰojanannsa inajmsg  
    yadr3nsa paśunmsa nac (gonfs-pājms)nmsn karāmaheva·Ue1p«√kṛ 



6.  Vimada-s have produced an original best-among-many
    hymn of praise to thee, O Indra, to munificent one ---
    since we know the source of pleasure of him, of infusing strength one,
    which [source of pleasure] we would bring near [thee] like cowherd [brings] kine [near cowshed].



mā́kirna enā́ sakʰyā́ ví yauṣustáva cendra vimadásya ca ṛ́ṣeḥ |
vidmā́ hí te prámatiṃ deva jāmivádasmé te santu sakʰyā́ śivā́ni || 7||



7.  mākisa vayamr1mpg idamr3msi sakʰyannpn vip yauṣurvp·UE3p«√yu  
    tvamr2msg cac indraNmsv vimadaNmsg cac ṛṣinmsg |
    vidmavp·I·1p«√vid hic tvamr2msg pramatinfsa devanmsv jāmivata  
    vayamr1mpd tvamr2msg santuvp·Ao3p«√as sakʰyannpn śivajnpn 



7.  Let not our --- of thee, O Indra, and of seer Vimada ---
    fellowships become deprived of this [source of thy pleasure].
    Since we know thy, O deva, foreseeing care [to be] like a sister,
    may thy fellowships be for us destroying reactive impulsiveness!


1 or, ``make a sacrifice to''
2 making exhalation strong and extending to move hairs of the beard
3 lit. ``upwards''
4 that is, ``well mixed''
5 rákṣāṃsi
6 this line is the same as 1.155.4a


Sūkta 10.24 

índra sómamimáṃ piba mádʰumantaṃ camū́ sutám |
asmé rayíṃ ní dʰāraya ví vo máde sahasríṇaṃ purūvaso vívakṣase || 1||



1.  indraNmsv somanmsa ayamr3msa pibavp·Ao2s«√pā madʰumatjmsa camūnfsl sutajmsn |
    vayamr1mpl rayinmsa nip dʰārayavpCAo2s«√dʰṛ  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl  
    sahasrinjmsa (purua-vasujms)jmsv  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



1.  O Indra, drink this Soma, 
    [which was] pressed out into bowl, [which is] rich in honey!
    Make the treasure to be established in us ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    [the treasure] leading to a thousand different things, O one of many benefits,
    so that thou would intensify thyself.



tvā́ṃ yajñébʰiruktʰaírúpa havyébʰirīmahe |
śácīpate śacīnāṃ ví vo máde śréṣṭʰaṃ no dʰehi vā́ryaṃ vívakṣase || 2||



2.  tvamr2msa yajñanmpi uktʰannpi  
    upap havyannpi īmaheva·A·1p«√i |
    (śacīnfs-patinms)nmsv śacīnfpg  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl  
    śreṣṭʰajmsa vayamr1mpd dʰehivp·Ao2s«√dʰā vāryajmsa  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



2.  We betake ourselves to thee with fire offerings
    with recited verses, with oblations,
    O master of enabling powers, of enabling [thy worshipers] powers ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    set up for us most excellent, to-be-chosen [treasure],
    so that thou would intensify thyself.



yáspátirvā́ryāṇāmási radʰrásya coditā́ |
índra stotṝṇā́mavitā́ ví vo máde dviṣó naḥ pāhyáṃhaso vívakṣase || 3||



3.  yasr3msn patinmsa vāryajmpg  
    asivp·A·2s«√as radʰrajmsg coditṛnmsn |
    indraNmsv stotṛnmpg avitṛnmsn  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl  
    dviṣnfsb vayamr1mpa pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā aṃhasnnsb  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



3.  Thou, who [are] the overseer of the to-be-chosen [treasure],
    are inciter of a meek [man],
    O Indra, [thou are] a helper of praisers ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    protect us from hatred, from anxiety,
    so that thou would intensify.



yuváṃ śakrā māyāvínā samīcī́ níramantʰatam |
vimadéna yádīḷitā́ nā́satyā nirámantʰatam || 4||



4.  tvamr2mdn śakrajmdn māyāvinjmdn  
    samyañcjfda nisp amantʰatamvp·Aa2d«√mantʰ |
    vimadaNmsi yadc īḷitajmdn nāsatyaNmdv niramantʰatamvp·Aa2d«nis~√matʰ 



4.  You two, empowering, possessing the power to configure [one's cognition],
    churned out the two¹ going along with another.
    When implored by Vimada,
    O two Nāsatya-s, you churned [them] out.



víśve devā́ akṛpanta samīcyórniṣpátantyoḥ |
nā́satyāvabruvandevā́ḥ púnarā́ vahatādíti || 5||



5.  viśvajmpn devanmpn akṛpantavp·Aa3p«√kṛp samīcījfdl niṣpatantījfdl |
    nāsatyaNmda abruvanvp·Aa3p«√brū devanmpn  
    punara āp vahatātvp·Ae3s«√vah itia 



5.  Between the two² flying out, going along with another,
    all deva-s lamented.
    Deva-s said to two Nāsatya-s,
    ``Would you two bring [them] back!''



mádʰumanme parā́yaṇaṃ mádʰumatpúnarā́yanam |
tā́ no devā devátayā yuváṃ mádʰumataskṛtam || 6||



6.  madʰumatjnsn ahamr1msd parāyaṇannsn  
    madʰumatjnsn punara āyanannsn |
    tasr3mdn vayamr1mpa devanmdv devatānfsi  
    tvamr2mdn madʰumatjmpa kṛtamvp·Ao2d«√kṛ 



6.  ``Sweet is my departure.''³
    ``Sweet is [my] coming back.''⁴
    [Being] such, O two deva-s, using [your] divinity,
    make us rich in honey!


1 the Night and the Dawn --- naktoṣasā -- see 9.5.6
2 that is, during the day
3 spoken by the Dawn
4 spoken by the Night


Sūkta 10.25 

bʰadráṃ no ápi vātaya máno dákṣamutá krátum |
ádʰā te sakʰyé ándʰaso ví vo máde ráṇangā́vo ná yávase vívakṣase || 1||



1.  bʰadrajnsa«√bʰaj vayamr1mpd apip vātayavp·Ao2s«√vāt  
    manasnnsa«√man dakṣanmsa«√dakṣ utac kratunmsa«√kṛ |
    adʰaa tvamr2msg sakʰyannsl«√sac andʰasnnsg«√andʰ  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    raṇanvp·AE3p«√raṇ gonfpa nac yavasanmsl  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



1.  Would thou also fan for us an auspicious state of mind,
    mental power and resourcefulness!
    Then in-tune with thee, [with] the herb ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    they¹ shall rejoice like cows on a grassy mead,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.



hṛdispṛ́śasta āsate víśveṣu soma dʰā́masu |
ádʰā kā́mā imé máma ví vo máde ví tiṣṭʰante vasūyávo vívakṣase || 2||



2.  (hṛdnnsl«√hṛd-spṛśjms«√spṛś)jmpn tvamr2msg āsateva·A·3p«√ās  
    viśvajnpl«√viś somaNmsv«√su dʰāmannnpl«√dʰā |
    adʰaa kāmanmpn«√kam ayamr3mpn ahamr1msg  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    vip tiṣṭʰanteva·A·3p«√stʰā (vasunns«√vas-yujms«√yu)jmpn  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



2.  Thine touching in the heart [drops] abide,
    O Soma, in every abode.
    Thus these my desires ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    stand still, [they that are] seeking wealth ---
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.
------



utá vratā́ni soma te prā́háṃ mināmi pākyā̀ |
ádʰā pitéva sūnáve ví vo máde mṛḷā́ no abʰí cidvadʰā́dvívakṣase || 3||



3.  utac vratannpa«√vṛ2 somaNmsv«√su tvamr2msg  
    prap ahamr1msn mināmivp·A·1s«√mī pākyāa«√pac |
    adʰaa pitṛnmsn ivac sūnunmsd«√sū  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    mṛḷavp·Ao2s«√mṛḷ vayamr1mpd abʰip cidc vadʰanmsb«√vadʰ  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



3.  When in ignorance I violate 
    thine, O Soma, observances
    then as father [would] a son ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    spare us even from a deadly weapon,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.



sámu prá yanti dʰītáyaḥ sárgāso'vatā́m̐ iva |
krátuṃ naḥ soma jīváse ví vo máde dʰāráyā camasā́m̐ iva vívakṣase || 4||



4.  samp uc prap yantivp·A·3p«√i dʰītinfpn«√dʰī  
    sarganmpn«√sṛj avatanmpa ivac |
    kratunmsa«√kṛ vayamr1mpg somaNmsv«√su jīvasev···D··«√jīv  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    dʰārayavp·Ao2s«√dʰṛ camasanmpa«√cam ivac  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



4.  Visions come forth together 
    like streams [that comes together] to hollows [in the ground].
    Do maintain, O Soma, our resourcefulness to live ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    as [we maintain] cups [with Soma full]
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.



táva tyé soma śáktibʰirníkāmāso vyṛ̀ṇvire |
gṛ́tsasya dʰī́rāstaváso ví vo máde vrajáṃ gómantamaśvínaṃ vívakṣase || 5||



5.  tvamr2msg syar3mpn somaNmsv«√su śaktinfpi«√śak  
    nikāmajfpn«ni~√kam vip ṛṇvireva·A·3p«√ṛ |
    gṛtsajmsg«√gṛdʰ dʰīrajfpn«√dʰī tavasjmsg«√tu  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    vrajanmsa«√vṛj gomatjmsa aśvinjmsa«√aś  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



5.  They², dispassionate 
    through thine, O Soma, powers,
    facilitating contemplations of judicious, energetic [worshiper] ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    reveal the enclosure [of the Heaven]³ rich in cows, possessed of horses,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.
------



paśúṃ naḥ soma rakṣasi purutrā́ víṣṭʰitaṃ jágat |
samā́kṛṇoṣi jīváse ví vo máde víśvā sampáśyanbʰúvanā vívakṣase || 6||



6.  paśunmsa«√paś2 vayamr1mpg somaNmsv«√su rakṣasivp·A·2s«√rakṣ  
    purutrāa«√pṝ viṣṭʰitajnsa«vi~√stʰā jagatjnsa«√gam |
    samākṛṇoṣivp·A·2s«sam-ā~√kṛ jīvasev···D··«√jīv  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    viśvajnpa«√viś sampaśyanttp·Amsn«sam~√paś bʰuvanannpa«√bʰū  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vac 



6.  Thou guard our kine;
    in many ways thou bring together for the sake of life
    the stationary and the moving.
    Versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    [thou are] surveying all places of existence,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.



tváṃ naḥ soma viśváto gopā́ ádābʰyo bʰava |
sédʰa rājannápa srídʰo ví vo máde mā́ no duḥśáṃsa īśatā vívakṣase || 7||



7.  tvamr2msn vayamr1mpd somaNmsv«√su viśvatasa«√viś  
    (gonfs-pājms«√pā2)nmsn adābʰyajmsn«a~√dabʰ bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū |
    sedʰavp·Ao2s«√sidʰ rājannmsv«√rāj apap sridʰnfpa«√sridʰ  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√madc vayamr1mpa duḥśaṃsajmsn«dus~√śaṃs īśatavp·AE3s«√īś  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



7.  O Soma, everywhere do become for us
    a cowherd worthy of trust!
    Remove failings, O king!
    Versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    may not he⁴, malevolent, reign over us,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.



tváṃ naḥ soma sukráturvayodʰéyāya jāgṛhi |
kṣetravíttaro mánuṣo ví vo máde druhó naḥ pāhyáṃhaso vívakṣase || 8||



8.  tvamr2msn vayamr1mpd somaNmsv«√su sukratujmsn«su~√kṛ  
    (vayasnns«√vī-dʰeyajms«√dʰā)jmsd jāgṛhivp·Ao2s«√jāgṛ |
    (kṣetranns«√kṣi2-vittarajms«√vid)jmsn manuṣanmsn«√man  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    druhnmsb«√druh vayamr1mpa pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā2 aṃhasnnsb«√aṃh  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



8.  For our sake, thou, O Soma, skillful
    familiar with localities⁵, favourable to men, do be awake ---
    for the sake of to-be-maintained mental and bodily vigour!
    Versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    do protect us from spite [and] anxiety,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.
------



tváṃ no vṛtrahantaméndrasyendo śiváḥ sákʰā |
yátsīṃ hávante samitʰé ví vo máde yúdʰyamānāstokásātau vívakṣase || 9||



9.  tvamr2msn vayamr1mpd (vṛtranns«√vṛ-hantamajms«√han)jmsv  
    indraNmsg«√ind indunmsv«√ind śivajmsn«√śī sakʰinmsn«√sac |
    yadc sīma havanteva·A·3p«√hū samitʰanmsl«sam~√i  
    vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
    yudʰyamānata·Ampn«√yudʰ (tokanns«√tuc-sātinfs«√san)nfsl  
    vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



9.  Thou, O best slayer of Vṛtra-s for us,
    [are], O Indu, the benevolent friend of Indra
    when they call upon him in a hostile encounter ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    [when] those fighting during acquisition of offsprings [call upon Indra] ---
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.
------



ayáṃ gʰa sá turó máda índrasya vardʰata priyáḥ |
ayáṃ kakṣī́vato mahó ví vo máde matíṃ víprasya vardʰayadvívakṣase || 10||



10. ayamr3msn gʰaa sasr3msn turajmsn«√tur madanmsn«√mad  
     indraNmsg«√ind vardʰatava·AE3s«√vṛdʰ priyajmsn«√prī |
     ayamr3msn kakṣīvatNmsg mahjmsg«√mah  
     vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
     matinfsa«√man viprajmsg«√vip vardʰayatvp·AE3s«√vṛdʰ  
     vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



10. This one⁶ indeed --- he is an overpowering intoxication,
    the favorite of Indra, he shall augment [himself].
    This one⁷ of great Kakṣīvat ---
    versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    shall make a mental gesture of the inspired [worshiper] robust,
    so that [in your Vimada] thou would intensify.



ayáṃ víprāya dāśúṣe vā́jām̐ iyarti gómataḥ |
ayáṃ saptábʰya ā́ váraṃ ví vo máde prā́ndʰáṃ śroṇáṃ ca tāriṣadvívakṣase || 11||



11. ayamr3msn viprajmsd«√vip dāśvaṅstp·Imsd«√dāś  
     vājanmpa«√vāj iyartivp·A·3s«√ṛ gomatjmpa |
     ayamr3msn saptanu āp varanmsa«√vṛ2  
     vip tvamr2mpg madanmsl«√mad  
     prap andʰajmsa«√andʰ śroṇajmsa cac tāriṣatvp·UE3s«√tṝ  
     vivakṣaseva·Ae2s«vi~√vakṣ 



11. This one⁸ for the inspired worshiper
    gives rise to possessing of cows rushes of vigour,
    this one is better than seven.
    Versus [how it is] in your intoxication ---
    he should have carried the blind and lame over [the barriers causing blindness and lameness]
    so that [in your Vimada] thou⁹ would intensify.


1 worshipers
2 dʰītayas --- the visions
3 on the basis of 9.102.8b
4 Vṛtra --- on the basis of 1.23.9
5 of our beings
6 extract of Soma plant
7 extract of Soma plant
8 extract of Soma plant
9 the inner Soma


Sūkta 10.26 

prá hyácʰā manīṣā́ spārhā́ yánti niyútaḥ |
prá dasrā́ niyúdratʰaḥ pūṣā́ aviṣṭu mā́hinaḥ || 1||











yásya tyánmahitváṃ vātā́pyamayáṃ jánaḥ |
vípra ā́ vaṃsaddʰītíbʰiścíketa suṣṭutīnā́m || 2||











sá veda suṣṭutīnā́míndurná pūṣā́ vṛ́ṣā |
abʰí psúraḥ pruṣāyati vrajáṃ na ā́ pruṣāyati || 3||











maṃsīmáhi tvā vayámasmā́kaṃ deva pūṣan |
matīnā́ṃ ca sā́dʰanaṃ víprāṇāṃ cādʰavám || 4||











prátyardʰiryajñā́nāmaśvahayó rátʰānām |
ṛ́ṣiḥ sá yó mánurhito víprasya yāvayatsakʰáḥ || 5||











ādʰī́ṣamāṇāyāḥ pátiḥ śucā́yāśca śucásya ca |
vāsovāyó'vīnāmā́ vā́sāṃsi mármṛjat || 6||











inó vā́jānāṃ pátirináḥ puṣṭīnā́ṃ sákʰā |
prá śmáśru haryató dūdʰodví vṛ́tʰā yó ádābʰyaḥ || 7||











ā́ te rátʰasya pūṣannajā́ dʰúraṃ vavṛtyuḥ |
víśvasyārtʰínaḥ sákʰā sanojā́ ánapacyutaḥ || 8||











asmā́kamūrjā́ rátʰaṃ pūṣā́ aviṣṭu mā́hinaḥ |
bʰúvadvā́jānāṃ vṛdʰá imáṃ naḥ śṛṇavaddʰávam || 9||












Sūkta 10.27 

ásatsú me jaritaḥ sā́bʰivegó yátsunvaté yájamānāya śíkṣam |
ánāśīrdāmahámasmi prahantā́ satyadʰvṛ́taṃ vṛjināyántamābʰúm || 1||



1.  asatvp·AE3s«√as sua ahamr1msd jaritṛnmsv sasr3msn abʰiveganmsn  
    yadc sunvanttp·Amsd«√su yajamānatp·Amsd«√yaj śikṣamvpDA·1s«√śak |
    (āśirnfs-dājms)jmsa ahamr1msn asmivp·A·1s«√as prahantṛnmsn  
    (satyanns-dʰvṛtjms)jmsa vṛjinayanttp·Amsa«√vṛjinay ābʰujmsa 



1.  Such violent burst shall be easy for me, O invoker,
    when I wish to help pressing[-Soma] sacrificer.
    I am a destroyer of not-giving-the-mixture¹ one,
    of bending-the-truth, of assisting to employing-deceit one.
    [Invoker:]



yádī́daháṃ yudʰáye saṃnáyānyádevayūntanvā̀ śū́śujānān |
amā́ te túmraṃ vṛṣabʰáṃ pacāni tīvráṃ sutáṃ pañcadaśáṃ ní ṣiñcam || 2||



2.  yadic idc ahamr1msn yudʰayev···D··«√yudʰ samnayānivp·Ae1s«sam~√nī  
    (adevajms-yujms)jmpa tanūnfsi śūśujānata·Impa«√śuj |
    amāa tvamr2msd tumrajmsa (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa pacānivp·Ae1s«√pac  
    tīvrajmsa sutajmsa pañcadaśajmsa nip siñcamvp·AE1s«√sic 



2.  If only I, in order to wage war, would bring together
    non-seeking-deva, [but] recklessly bold by themselves ones,
    for thee I will cook at home concentrated² resembling-a-bull one³,
    I shall pour into [thee] pungent extracted [consisting of] fifteen [portions] [drink].
    [Indra:]



nā́háṃ táṃ veda yá íti brávītyádevayūnsamáraṇe jagʰanvā́n |
yadā́vā́kʰyatsamáraṇamṛ́gʰāvadā́díddʰa me vṛṣabʰā́ prá bruvanti || 3||



3.  nac ahamr1msn tasr3msa vedavp·I·1s«√vid yasr3msn itia bravītivp·A·3s«√brū  
    (adevajms-yujms)jmpa samaraṇannsl jagʰanvaṅstp·Imsn«√han |
    yadāc avākʰyatvp·Aa3s«ava~√kʰya samaraṇannsa ṛgʰāvatjnsa  
    ātc idc hac ahamr1msd (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmpa prap bruvantivp·A·3p«√brū 



3.  I do not know him, who,
    having slain non-seeking-deva ones in a combat,
    when he related [account of] the violent combat, [would] say thus,
    ``Surely, afterwards they [will] proclaim for me two resembling-a-bull ones⁴''



yádájñāteṣu vṛjáneṣvā́saṃ víśve sató magʰávāno ma āsan |
jinā́mi vétkṣéma ā́ sántamābʰúṃ prá táṃ kṣiṇāṃ párvate pādagṛ́hya || 4||



4.  yadc ajñātajnpl vṛjanannpl āsamvp·Aa1s«√as  
    viśvajmpn satasa magʰavanjmpn ahamr1msd āsanvp·Aa3p«√as |
    jināmivp·A·1s«√jic idc kṣemanmsl āp santtp·Amsa«√as ābʰujmsa  
    prap tasr3msa kṣiṇāmvp·AE1s«√kṣi parvatanmsl (pādanms-gṛhyaa)a 



4.  When I was in non-experienced-[me] enclosures,
    all were equally ``generous'' to me.
    Either I win over assisting [me man] when [he is] dwelling in peace,
    or I shall wear [him] out him on a mountain by seizing [him] by the foot⁵.



ná vā́ u mā́ṃ vṛjáne vārayante ná párvatāso yádaháṃ manasyé |
máma svanā́tkṛdʰukárṇo bʰayāta evédánu dyū́nkiráṇaḥ sámejāt || 5||



5.  nac vaic uc ahamr1msa vṛjanannsl vārayantevaCA·3p«√vṛ  
    nac parvatanmpn yadc ahamr1msn manasyeva·A·1s«√manasy |
    ahamr1msg svananmsb kṛdʰukarṇajmsn bʰayāteva·Ae3s«√bʰī  
    evac idc anup dyunmpa kiraṇanmsn samp ejātvp·Ae3s«√ej 



5.  They certainly do not restrain me in a sacrificial enclosure,
    neither [do mountains restrain me]. If I intend [so],
    deficient-in-ear one would be afraid of my roar,
    just so that the dust⁶ shall be raised throughout the days.



dárśannvátra śṛtapā́m̐ anindrā́nbāhukṣádaḥ śárave pátyamānān |
gʰṛ́ṣuṃ vā yé ninidúḥ sákʰāyamádʰyū nvèṣu paváyo vavṛtyuḥ || 6||



6.  darśanvp·UE3p«√dṛś nuc atrac (śṛtanns-pājms)jmpa anindrajmpa  
    (bāhunms-kṣadjms)jmpa śarunfsd patyamānata·Ampa«√pat |
    gʰṛṣujmsac yasr3mpn ninidurvp·I·3p«√nid sakʰinmsa  
    adʰip uc nuc ayamr3mpl pavinfpn vavṛtyurvp·Ai3p«√vṛt 



6.  Here at this time, they shall see at once [those] lacking Indra, drinking boiled milk
    as becoming fit for an arrow, offering [their] arm.
    Metal points [of spears] might as well turn at those
    who ridiculed [my] spirited companion.



ábʰūrvaúkṣīrvyù ā́yurānaḍdárṣannú pū́rvo áparo nú darṣat |
dvé paváste pári táṃ ná bʰūto yó asyá pāré rájaso vivéṣa || 7||



7.  abʰūsvp·U·2s«√bʰū uc aukṣījfpa vip uc āyusnnsn ānaṭvp·U·3s«√naś  
    darṣatvp·Ue3s«√dṝ nuc pūrvajmsn aparajmsn nuc darṣatvp·Ue3s«√dṝ |
    dvau pavastanndn parip tasr3msa nac bʰūtasvp·AE3d«√bʰū  
    yasr3msn ayamr3msg pārannsl rajasnnsb viveṣavp·I·3s«√viṣ 



7.  Thou have pervaded coming from the bull⁷ [waters], the life-force has met with [thee].
    At once a former one⁸ shall burst, at once a latter one⁹ shall burst!
    Two covers¹⁰ shall not contain him who has done the work
    on the opposite side of the region [of impartiality].
    [Indra:]



gā́vo yávaṃ práyutā aryó akṣantā́ apaśyaṃ sahágopāścárantīḥ |
hávā ídaryó abʰítaḥ sámāyankíyadāsu svápatiścʰandayāte || 8||



8.  gonfpn yavanmsa prayutajfpn arijmsg akṣanvp·U·3p«√gʰasr3fpa apaśyamvp·Aa1s«√paś (sahajms-gopānms)jfpa carantījfpa |
    havanmpn idc arijmsg abʰitasa samp āyanvp·Aa3p«√i  
    kiyata ayamr3fpl svapatijmsn cʰandayāteva·Ae3s«√cʰand 



8.  Confused cows¹¹ consume barley of the rising upwards one¹² ---
    I saw them roaming with the cowherd¹³.
    Invocations came together in the presence of the rising upwards one.
    How much he¹⁴, who is his own master, would impress himself upon them?



sáṃ yádváyaṃ yavasā́do jánānāmaháṃ yavā́da urvájre antáḥ |
átrā yuktò'vasātā́ramicʰādátʰo áyuktaṃ yunajadvavanvā́n || 9||



9.  samp yadc vayamvp·AE1s«√ve (yavasanms-adjms)jmpn jananmpg  
    ahamr1msn (yavanms-adjms)jmpa (urujms-ajranms)nmsl antara |
    atrac yuktajmsn avasātṛnmsa icʰātvp·Ae3s«√iṣ  
    atʰāc ayuktajmsa yunajatvp·AE3s«√yuj vavanvaṅstp·Imsn«√van 



9.  If I would intermix¹⁵ fodder-eating ones¹⁶ of the folks,
    [and] barley-eating¹⁷ in the middle of wide field,
    then in this case a harnessed one¹⁸ would seek the liberator¹⁹.
    Then he, who has placed [me, Indra,] within [his] reach, shall yoke non-harnessed one.



átrédu me maṃsase satyámuktáṃ dvipā́cca yáccátuṣpātsaṃsṛjā́ni |
strībʰíryó átra vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ pṛtanyā́dáyuddʰo asya ví bʰajāni védaḥ || 10||



10. atrac uc ahamr1msg maṃsaseva·U·2s«√man uktajnsa satyajnsa  
     dvipādnnsa cac yadc catuṣpādnnsa saṃsṛjānivp·Ae1s«sam~√sṛj |
     strīnfpi yasr3msn atrac vṛṣannmsa pṛtanyātvp·Ae3s«√pṛtany  
     ayuddʰajmsn ayamr3msg vip bʰajānivp·Ae1s«√bʰaj vedasnnsa 



10. In this matter thou regard what is said by me as true,
    ``When I would cast together a two-footed one [creature] [and] a four-footed one,
    [if I am] not being fought²⁰ [by the bull], I would distribute the property of him,
    who in this case would fight against the bull [just] by means of females²¹.''



yásyānakṣā́ duhitā́ jā́tvā́sa kástā́ṃ vidvā́m̐ abʰí manyāte andʰā́m |
kataró meníṃ práti táṃ mucāte yá īṃ váhāte yá īṃ vā vareyā́t || 11||



11. yasr3msg anakṣājfsn duhitṛnfsn jātua āsavp·I·?s«√as  
     kasr3msnr3fsa vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid abʰip manyāteva·Ae3s«√man andʰājfsa |
     katarar3msn meninfsa pratip tasr3msa mucātevp·Ae3s«√muc  
     yasr3msn īmr3fsa vahāteva·Ae3s«√vah yasr3msn īmr3fsac vareyātvp·Ae3s«√varey 



11. [Imagine a man,] whose daughter has been without eyes from birth.
    Who, knowing her [as] blind, would have designs on [her]?
    Which of two would release at that [man] denigrating [speech],
    he who would convey her [home as a wife] or he who would ask her in marriage [for him]?



kíyatī yóṣā maryató vadʰūyóḥ páriprītā pányasā vā́ryeṇa |
bʰadrā́ vadʰū́rbʰavati yátsupéśāḥ svayáṃ sā́ mitráṃ vanute jáne cit || 12||



12. kiyatīc yoṣānfsn maryatasa (vadʰūnfs-yujms)jmsg  
     pariprītājfsn panyaṃsjnsi vāryannsi |
     bʰadrājfsn vadʰūnfsn bʰavativp·A·3s«√bʰū yadc supeśāsjfsn  
     svayamar3fsn mitranmsa vanuteva·A·3s«√van jananmsl cidc 



12. What kind of a girl, on account of [being pursued by] young men,
    [is] gratified by a more admirable wealth of [one] seeking-a-bride [man] [as compared to wealth of other suitors]?
    A bride becomes blessed, when, handsome by herself,
    she also places within her reach a benefactor in a person.



pattó jagāra pratyáñcamatti śīrṣṇā́ śíraḥ práti dadʰau várūtʰam |
ā́sīna ūrdʰvā́mupási kṣiṇāti nyàṅṅuttānā́mánveti bʰū́mim || 13||



13. pattasa jagāravp·I·3s«√jāgṛ pratyañcjmsa attivp·A·3s«√ad  
     śīrṣannnsi śirasnnsa pratip dadʰauvp·I·3s«√dʰā varūtʰannsa |
     āsīnajmsn ūrdʰvājfsa upasnnsl kṣiṇātivp·A·3s«√kṣi  
     nyañcjmsn uttānājfsa anup etivp·A·3s«√i bʰūminfsa 



13. He²² has become awake at the feet, he consumes what turns against [him],
    using head²³ he has put an armor upon the head²⁴.
    Residing [there], he weakens [the influence] [of] the upper [part of body] at the pelvic region.
    Turned into [it²⁵], he goes alongside [that part of] the body [that is] stretched upwards [from the pelvic region ].



bṛhánnacʰāyó apalāśó árvā tastʰaú mātā́ víṣito atti gárbʰaḥ |
anyásyā vatsáṃ rihatī́ mimāya káyā bʰuvā́ ní dadʰe dʰenúrū́dʰaḥ || 14||



14. bṛhatjmsn acʰāyajmsn apalāśajmsn arvannmsn  
     tastʰauvp·I·3s«√stʰā mātṛnfsn viṣitajmsn attivp·A·3s«√ad garbʰanmsn |
     anyājfsg vatsanmsa rihatītp·Afsn«√rih mimāyavp·I·3s«√mir3fsi bʰūnfsi nip dadʰeva·I·3s«√dʰā dʰenunfsn ūdʰarnnsa 



14. The courser²⁶ that is without shadow or leafs [is] abundant.
    The mother²⁷ have taken up a position. Let loose, the embryo²⁸ consumes [being-absorbed-into-the-body Soma].
    Licking the calf of another²⁹, she³⁰ has meted [him] out.
    Through arising of what the milch-cow³¹ has put in the udder [for him]?



saptá vīrā́so adʰarā́dúdāyannaṣṭóttarā́ttātsámajagmiranté |
náva paścā́tātstʰivimánta āyandáśa prā́ksā́nu ví tirantyáśnaḥ || 15||



15. saptau vīranmpn adʰarāta udp āyanvp·Aa3p«√i  
     aṣṭau uttarāttāta samp ajagmiranvp·Aa3p«√gam tasr3mpn |
     navau paścātāta stʰivimantjmpn āyanvp·Aa3p«√i  
     daśau prāñca sānunnsa vip tirantivp·A·3p«√tṝ aśannmsg 



15. Seven heroes came up from the south,
    those eight have came together from the north,
    nine having sacs came from the west,
    ten in the east traverse surface of the rock.



daśānā́mékaṃ kapiláṃ samānáṃ táṃ hinvanti krátave pā́ryāya |
gárbʰaṃ mātā́ súdʰitaṃ vakṣáṇāsvávenantaṃ tuṣáyantī bibʰarti || 16||



16. daśau ekajmsa kapilajmsa samānajmsa  
     tasr3msa hinvantivp·A·3p«√hi kratunmsd pāryajmsd |
     garbʰanmsa mātṛnfsn sudʰitajmsa vakṣaṇājfpl  
     avenantjmsa tuṣayantītp·Afsn«√tuṣ bibʰartivp·A·3s«√bʰṛ 



16. To [get] an effective³² plan, they urge the red-haired one
    of the ten [who is] holding the middle between two extremes.
    The mother, being satisfied, carries well-contrived
    lacking-yearnings embryo³³ into nourishing [waters].



pī́vānaṃ meṣámapacanta vīrā́ nyuptā akṣā́ ánu dīvá āsan |
dvā́ dʰánuṃ bṛhatī́mapsvàntáḥ pavítravantā carataḥ punántā || 17||



17. pīvanjmsa meṣanmsa apacantavp·Aa3p«√pac vīranmpn  
     nyuptajmpn akṣanmpn anup dīvnfsd āsanvp·Aa3p«√as |
     dvau dʰanunfsa bṛhatījfsa apnfpl antara  
     pavitravantjmdn caratasvp·U·3d«√car punanttp·Amdn«√pū 



17. Heroes cooked fat ram,
    afterwards dice were thrown to gamble.
    The two, having means to purify, purifying,
    roam vast drysand bank midst waters.



ví krośanā́so víṣvañca āyanpácāti némo nahí pákṣadardʰáḥ |
ayáṃ me deváḥ savitā́ tádāha drvànna ídvanavatsarpírannaḥ || 18||



18. vip krośanajmpn (viṣua-añcjms)jmpn āyanvp·Aa3p«√i  
     pacātivp·Ae3s«√pac nemajmsn nahic pakṣatvp·AE3s«√pakṣ ardʰajmsn |
     ayamr3msn ahamr1msd devanmsn savitṛNmsn tadr3nsa āhavp·I·3s«√ah (drunms-annanns)jmsn idc vanavatvp·Ae3s«√van (sarpisnns-annanns)jmsn 



18. Yelling, turned-in-all-directions, they go apart 
    so that several would develop [a plan] --- since no party would side [with the other].
    This deva --- Savitṛ --- told me this,
    ``Just he³⁴ whose food is wood, [and] ghee would place [a plan] within [one's] reach.''
    ``Just he³⁵ whose food is wood, [and] ghee would conquer.''



ápaśyaṃ grā́maṃ váhamānamārā́dacakráyā svadʰáyā vártamānam |
síṣaktyaryáḥ prá yugā́ jánānāṃ sadyáḥ śiśnā́ praminānó návīyān || 19||



19. apaśyamvp·Aa1s«√paś grāmanmsa vahamānatp·Amsa«√vah ārāta  
     acakrājfsi svadʰānfsi vartamānajmsa |
     siṣaktivp·A·3s«√sac arijmsb prap yugannpa jananmpg  
     sadyasa śiśnannpa praminānata·Amsn«pra~√mī navīyaṃsjmsn 



19. I observed a troop [of Marut-s³⁶] transporting themselves from a distant place
    by [their] [requiring]-no-wheel inherent power, revolving.
    It³⁷ accompanies teams of men --- from tending upwards one³⁸ forth ---
    at once, being newer, diminishing tails³⁹ [of previous intentions].



etaú me gā́vau pramarásya yuktaú mó ṣú prá sedʰīrmúhurínmamandʰi |
ā́paścidasya ví naśantyártʰaṃ sū́raśca marká úparo babʰūvā́n || 20||



20. etasr3mdn ahamr1msd gonmdn pramaranmsg yuktajmdnc uc sua prap sedʰīsvp·UE2s«√sidʰ muhura idc mamandʰivp·Ao2s«√mand |
     apnfpn cidc ayamr3msg vip naśantivp·A·3p«√naś artʰanmsa  
     sūranmsn cac markanmsn uparajmsn babʰūvaṅstp·Imsn«√bʰū 



20. These two oxen of death are yoked for me.
    Do not thou drive fast! Tarry just for a moment!
    Even its⁴⁰ waters permeate [one's] purpose!
    Situated-below vital breath, which pervades the body, has become an inciter.



ayáṃ yó vájraḥ purudʰā́ vívṛtto'váḥ sū́ryasya bṛhatáḥ púrīṣāt |
śráva ídenā́ paró anyádasti tádavyatʰī́ jarimā́ṇastaranti || 21||



21. ayamr3msn yasr3msn vajranmsn (purua-dʰājms)a vivṛttajmsn  
     avasa sūryanmsg bṛhatjmsb purīṣanmsb |
     śravasnnsn idc enāc parasa anyatjnsn astivp·A·3s«√as  
     tadc avyatʰinjnpa jarimannmpn tarantivp·A·3p«√tṝ 



21. This [is] the thunderbolt that [was] frequently flying in different directions
    down from the vast loose soil⁴¹ of the sun⁴².
    Beyond this, just the fame is different.
    Now effects of old age cross over [what was thought as] unfailing [defenses].



vṛkṣévṛkṣe níyatā mīmayadgaústáto váyaḥ prá patānpūruṣā́daḥ |
átʰedáṃ víśvaṃ bʰúvanaṃ bʰayāta índrāya sunvádṛ́ṣaye ca śíkṣat || 22||



22. (vṛkṣanmsl-vṛkṣanmsl)a niyatānmsn mīmayatvp·AE3s«√mā gonfsn  
     tatasc vinmpn prap patānvp·Ae3p«√pat pūruṣadjmpn |
     atʰāc ayamr3nsn viśvajnsn bʰuvanannsn bʰayāteva·Ae3s«√bʰī  
     indraNmsd sunvatjnsa ṛṣinmsd cac śikṣattp·Ansa«√śikṣ 



22. [If] the evocative expression⁴³ would sound [being] tied to a-tree-after-tree⁴⁴,
    then man-eating birds would [just] fly by⁴⁵.
    Therefore, this entire place of existence would be afraid
    of [that place of existence that is] pressing [Soma] for Indra and desiring to empower for seer's sake.



devā́nāṃ mā́ne pratʰamā́ atiṣṭʰankṛntátrādeṣāmúparā údāyan |
tráyastapanti pṛtʰivī́manūpā́ dvā́ bṛ́būkaṃ vahataḥ púrīṣam || 23||



23. devanmpg mānanmsl pratʰamajmpn atiṣṭʰanvp·Aa3p«√stʰā  
     kṛntatrannsb ayamr3mpg uparajmpn udc āyanvp·Aa3p«√i |
     trijmpn tapantivp·A·3p«√tap pṛtʰivīnfsa anūpānmpn  
     dvau bṛbūkajmsa vahatasvp·A·3d«√vah purīṣanmsa 



23. Foremost ones adhered to the conception of deva-s,
    from separation of these [from the pursuit of their goal] lower ones did rise.
    Three basins⁴⁶ heat the Earth⁴⁷,
    two⁴⁸ [streams⁴⁹] convey thick soil.



sā́ te jīvā́turutá tásya viddʰi mā́ smaitādṛ́gápa gūhaḥ samaryé |
āvíḥ svaḥ kṛṇuté gū́hate busáṃ sá pādúrasya nirṇíjo ná mucyate || 24||



24. sār3fsn tvamr2msd jīvātunfsn utac tasr3msg viddʰivp·Ao2s«√vidc smac etādṛśnnsa apap gūhasvp·AE2s«√guh samaryannsl |
     āvisa svarnnsn kṛṇuteva·A·3s«√kṛ gūhatevp·A·3s«√guh busannsa  
     sasr3msn pādunmsn ayamr3msg nirṇijnfsb nac mucyatevp·A·3s«√muc 



24. And that [is] a life-giving drug for thee. Become acquainted with this.
    Do not ever hide something like this at a contest!
    sva`r effects itself manifestly, it hides [mental] fog.
    That foot of his is as if released from a garment.


1 mixture of milk, Soma juice, and honey
2 lit. ``strong''
3 Soma
4 prob. two steeds
5 prob. ``giving cramps in the left foot and calf muscles''
6 ``to raise the dust'' prob. means ``to challenge to a fight''
7 Soma
8 lacking Indra, drinking boiled milk one
9 one who ridiculed
10 prob. ``The Heaven and the Earth''
11 here ``inner waters''
12 inner Soma
13 either Soma on the basis of 10.25.7b or Tvaṣṭṛ per 9.5.9a
14 an adept Indra
15 lit. ``interweave''
16 those of low social status
17 those of high social status
18 subservient to others' will
19 Indra
20 that is, if it is not Indra in the guise of yoked-as-a-chariot man who is being fought by the bull but just a man
21 inner waters
22 Bṛhaspati
23 mental presence/manifestations
24 = mental faculties
25 the part of the body that is above the pelvic region
26 extract of Soma
27 prob. the Earth
28 of Indra
29 that is, of Pṛśni
30 prob. the Earth
31 prob. Pṛśni
32 helping-through
33 Indra
34 sacrificial fire
35 sacrificial fire
36 aspirations, yearnings, daydreams, charged with desires/emotions ideas, captivating plans, fancy, life-changing intentions that make one go on a quest
37 the troop of Marut-s
38 inner Soma
39 residual memories
40 death's
41 soft tissues of the body
42 maṇipūra cakra
43 lit. ``cow''
44 that is, to sacrifice-after-sacrifice
45 lit. ``forth''
46 may be, the heart, the belly, and the head
47 = the body
48 prob. streams of blood and lymph
49 sargau
50 prob. a body liquid that can coagulate
51 prob. Viṣṇu
52 that is, it is ready to make a wide step


Sūkta 10.28 

víśvo hyànyó arírājagā́ma mámédáha śváśuro nā́ jagāma |
jakṣīyā́ddʰānā́ utá sómaṃ papīyātsvā̀śitaḥ púnarástaṃ jagāyāt || 1||



1.  viśvajmsn hic anyajmsn arinmsn ājagāmavp·I·3s«ā~√gam  
    ahamr1msg idc ahac śvaśuranmsn nac āp jagāmavp·I·3s«√gam |
    jakṣīyātvp·Ii3s«√gʰas dʰānānfpa utac somanmsa papīyātvp·Ii3s«√pā  
    svāśitajmsn punara astannsa jagāyātvp·Ii3s«√gā 



1.  Surely the other all-pervading rising upwards one has come,
    and just my father-in-law has not come here.
    He might have consumed grains and drank Soma.
    He might have went back home well-fed.
    [Indra:]



sá róruvadvṛṣabʰástigmáśṛṅgo várṣmantastʰau várimannā́ pṛtʰivyā́ḥ |
víśveṣvenaṃ vṛjáneṣu pāmi yó me kukṣī́ sutásomaḥ pṛṇā́ti || 2||



2.  sasr3msn roruvattpIAmsn«√ru (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn (tigmajms-śṛṅganns)jmsn  
    varṣmannnsl tastʰauvp·I·3s«√stʰā varimannnsl āp pṛtʰivīnfsg |
    viśvajnpl enar3msa vṛjanannpl pāmivp·A·1s«√pā  
    yasr3msn ahamr1msg kukṣinmda (sutajms-somanms)jmsn pṛṇātivp·A·3s«√pṝ 



2.  He¹, bellowing, resembling a sharp-horned bull,
    stationed himself at the height and the expanse of the Earth.
    In all enclosures I protect that one,
    who, having Soma pressed, sates my two cavities.
    [Invoker:]



ádriṇā te mandína indra tū́yānsunvánti sómānpíbasi tvámeṣām |
pácanti te vṛṣabʰā́m̐ átsi téṣāṃ pṛkṣéṇa yánmagʰavanhūyámānaḥ || 3||



3.  adrinmsi tvamr2msd mandinjmpa indraNmsv tūyajmpa  
    sunvantivp·A·3p«√su somanmpa pibasivp·A·2s«√pā tvamr2msn ayamr3mpg |
    pacantivp·A·3p«√pac tvamr2msd (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmpa atsivp·A·2s«√ad tasr3mpg  
    pṛkṣanmsi yadc magʰavanjmsv hūyamānatp·Amsn«√hve 



3.  With the stone they press for thee possessing-of-delight
    strong drops of Soma, thou drink those.
    They cook for thee resembling-a-bull ones²; thou eat those,
    when, O generous one, summoned by [such] feast.
    [Indra:]



idáṃ sú me jaritarā́ cikiddʰi pratīpáṃ śā́paṃ nadyò vahanti |
lopāśáḥ siṃháṃ pratyáñcamatsāḥ kroṣṭā́ varāháṃ níratakta kákṣāt || 4||



4.  ayamr3nsa sua ahamr1msg jaritṛnmsv āp cikiddʰivp·Io2s«√cit  
    pratīpajmsa śāpanmsa nadīnfpn vahantivp·A·3p«√vah |
    lopāśanmsn siṃhanmsa pratyañcjmsa atsārvp·U·3s«√tsar  
    kroṣṭṛnmsn varāhanmsa nisp ataktava·Aa3s«√tak kakṣanmsb 



4.  Thou should have really understood this my [story], O invoker!
    ``Streams carry obstructing [them afterwards] flotsam³=flotsam is following p.1419 J&B2014,
    fox sneaked upon facing [him] lion,
    jackal rushes out at a boar from a hiding place.''
    [Invoker:]



katʰā́ ta etádahámā́ ciketaṃ gṛ́tsasya pā́kastaváso manīṣā́m |
tváṃ no vidvā́m̐ ṛtutʰā́ ví voco yámárdʰaṃ te magʰavankṣemyā́ dʰū́ḥ || 5||



5.  katʰāc tvamr2msg etadr3nsa ahamr1msn āp ciketamvp·Ie1s«√cit  
    gṛtsajmsg pākajmsn tavasjmsg manīṣānfsa |
    tvamr2msn vayamr1mpg vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid ṛtutʰāa vip vocasvp·AE2s«√vac  
    yasr3msa ardʰanmsa tvamr2msg magʰavanjmsv kṣemyājfsn dʰūrnfsn 



5.  How I, of immature [mind]⁴, would have understood this thy [story] ---
    a conception of a clever and a strong one?
    Thou, having become properly acquainted with us,
    shall explain --- which region thy, O generous one, giving peace and tranquility pole [shall yoke].
    [Indra:]



evā́ hí mā́ṃ tavásaṃ vardʰáyanti diváścinme bṛhatá úttarā dʰū́ḥ |
purū́ sahásrā ní śiśāmi sākámaśatrúṃ hí mā jánitā jajā́na || 6||



6.  evac hic ahamr1msa tavasjmsa vardʰayantivpCA·3p«√vṛdʰ  
    dyunmsb cidc ahamr1msg bṛhatjmsb uttarājfsn dʰūrnfsn |
    purua sahasrau nip śiśāmivp·A·1s«√śo sākama  
    aśatrujmsa hic ahamr1msa janitṛnmsn jajānavp·I·3s«√jan 



6.  Since they really make me to grow strong,
    the pole [is] superior to even my lofty Heaven,
    I ``grind down'' many thousands at the same time,
    since the progenitor has created me without a rival.



evā́ hí mā́ṃ tavásaṃ jajñúrugráṃ kármankarmanvṛ́ṣaṇamindra devā́ḥ |
vádʰīṃ vṛtráṃ vájreṇa mandasānó'pa vrajáṃ mahinā́ dāśúṣe vam || 7||



7.  evac hic ahamr1msa tavasjmsa jajñurvp·I·3p«√jñā  
    ugrajmsa (karmannnsl-karmannnsl)a vṛṣannmsa indraNmsv devanmpn |
    vadʰīmvp·U·1s«√vadʰ vṛtraNnsa vajranmsi mandasānajmsn  
    apap vrajanmsa mahimannmsi dāśvaṅstp·Imsd«√dāś vamvp·UE1s«√vṛ 



7.  Since deva-s have really experienced me in every action
    as strong [and] ferocious bull, [admiring me,] ``O Indra!'',
    [and,] becoming exhilarated, I have destroyed Vṛtra with a thunderbolt,
    with the power to increase in size I shall uncover for a worshiper the enclosure [of cows]⁵.
    [Invoker:]



devā́sa āyanparaśū́m̐rabibʰranvánā vṛścánto abʰí viḍbʰírāyan |
ní sudrvàṃ dadʰato vakṣáṇāsu yátrā kṛ́pīṭamánu táddahanti || 8||



8.  devanmpn āyanvp·Aa3p«√i (parajms-śujms)nmpa abibʰranvp·Aa3p«√bʰṛ  
    vanannpa vṛścanttp·Ampn«√vṛśc abʰip viśnfpi āyanvp·Aa3p«√i |
    nip sudrunmsa dadʰattp·Ampn«√dʰā vakṣaṇānfpl  
    yatrac kṛpīṭannsa anup tadr3nsa dahantivp·A·3p«√dah 



8.  Deva-s came; they brought axes.
    Felling desires⁶, they approached with [celestial]⁷ tribes.
    Depositing good fuel into udders wherein steering-to-grief one⁸ [is],
    they afterwards burn that [too].
    [Indra:]



śaśáḥ kṣuráṃ pratyáñcaṃ jagārā́driṃ logéna vyàbʰedamārā́t |
bṛhántaṃ cidṛhaté randʰayāni váyadvatsó vṛṣabʰáṃ śū́śuvānaḥ || 9||



9.  śaśanmsn kṣuranmsa pratyañcjmsa jagāravp·I·3s«√gṝ  
    adrinmsa loganmsi vip abʰedamvp·Aa1s«√bʰid ārāta |
    bṛhatjmsa cidc ṛhanttp·Amsd«√rah randʰayānivpCAe1s«√randʰ  
    vayatvp·AE3s«√vī vatsanmsn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa śūśuvānata·Imsn«√śvi 



9.  A hare has eaten facing [him] thorn;
    with a lump of clay I split a rock from a distance.
    Even growing-stronger one I might make to subject to an abandoning [fighting contests] one.
    [Even] a calf, having swelled [with daring], shall set in motion resembling a bull one.



suparṇá ittʰā́ nakʰámā́ siṣāyā́varuddʰaḥ paripádaṃ ná siṃháḥ |
niruddʰáścinmahiṣástarṣyā́vāngodʰā́ tásmā ayátʰaṃ karṣadetát || 10||



10. suparṇanmsn ittʰāa nakʰannsa āp siṣāyavp·I·3s«√si  
     avaruddʰajmsn paripadjmsa nac siṃhanmsn |
     niruddʰajmsn cidc mahiṣanmsn tarṣyāvantjmsn  
     godʰānfsn tasr3msd ayatʰannsa karṣatvp·AE3s«√kṛṣ etadr3nsa 



10. Thus having-beautiful-wings [hawk] has cast like a lion [his] talon
    at moving hither and thither [snake] [while] kept at a distance [by the threat of a bite].
    Even restrained buffalo, [when] thirsty,
    [and] a strap for him [in place], shall tear this gate.
------
    [Instructor:]



tébʰyo godʰā́ ayátʰaṃ karṣadetádyé brahmáṇaḥ pratipī́yantyánnaiḥ |
simá ukṣṇò'vasṛṣṭā́m̐ adanti svayáṃ bálāni tanvàḥ śṛṇānā́ḥ || 11||



11. tasr3mpd godʰānfpn ayatʰannsa karṣatvp·AE3s«√kṛṣ etadr3nsa  
     yasr3mpn brahmannmpa pratipīyantivp·A·3p«prati~√pī annannpi |
     simajmpn ukṣannmpa avasṛṣṭajmpa adantivp·A·3p«√ad  
     svayama balannpa tanūnfsg śṛṇānata·Ampn«√śṝ 



11. One shall tear this gate, for those [are] the straps
    who revile formulators because of the food [they eat] ---
    same [folks] eat let-off oxen
    [thus] themselves breaking body powers.



eté śámībʰiḥ suśámī abʰūvanyé hinviré tanvàḥ sóma uktʰaíḥ |
nṛvádvádannúpa no māhi vā́jāndiví śrávo dadʰiṣe nā́ma vīráḥ || 12||



12. etasr3mpn śamīnfpi suśamīa abʰūvanvp·Aa3p«√bʰū  
     yasr3mpn hinvireva·I·3p«√hi tanūnfpa somanmsl uktʰannpi |
     nṛvata vadanttp·Amsn«√vad upap vayamr1mpd māhivp·Ao2s«√mā vājanmpa  
     dyunmsl śravasnnsa dadʰiṣeva·I·2s«√dʰā nāmannmsn vīranmsn 



12. These here through [their] efforts diligently became 
    [those] who have impelled themselves with recited verses when Soma [was consumed].
    Speaking like a man, apportion to us rushes of vigour!
    In the Heaven thou have setup the name ``hero'' as an auditory impression.


1 Soma
2 prob. calves
3 śāpa
4 on the basis of 7.104.8a
5 on the basis of 1.10.7c
6 lit. ``thicket''
7 on the basis of 3.34.2cd
8 prob. Vṛtra


Sūkta 10.29 

váne ná vā yó nyadʰāyi cākáñcʰúcirvāṃ stómo bʰuraṇāvajīgaḥ |
yásyédíndraḥ purudíneṣu hótā nṛṇā́ṃ náryo nṛ́tamaḥ kṣapā́vān || 1||



1.  vanannsl nacc yasr3msn nip adʰāyivp·U·3s«√dʰā cākanvp·IE3s«√kan  
    śucijmsn tvamr2mdd stomanmsn bʰuraṇajmdv ajīgarvp·U·3s«√jāgṛ |
    yasr3msg idc indraNmsn purudinannpl hotṛnmsn  
    nṛnmpg naryajmsn nṛtamajmsn kṣapāvantnmsn 



1.  Whether he¹, who was established in a desire,
    should have been satisfied with [it] or not,
    an illuminating hymn of praise to you two, O two bustling ones, made [him] awake.
    Just [he,] whose invoker for many days [is] Indra,
    [is] agreeable-to-men most manly of men one, accompanied by the protector of the land.



prá te asyā́ uṣásaḥ prā́parasyā nṛtaú syāma nṛ́tamasya nṛṇā́m |
ánu triśókaḥ śatámā́vahannṝ́nkútsena rátʰo yó ásatsasavā́n || 2||



2.  prap tvamr2msg ayamr3fsg uṣasnfsg prap aparājfsg  
    nṛtinfsl syāmavp·Ai1p«√as nṛtamajmsg nṛnmpg |
    anup triśokaNmsn śatau āp avahanvp·Aa3p«√vah nṛnmpa  
    kutsaNmsi ratʰanmsn yasr3msn asatvp·AE3s«√as sasavaṅstp·Imsn«√san 



2.  Before this dawn and before next one
    we could be at the grand appearance of thee --- of the most manly of men.
    After [that] --- triśoka,². They brought here a hundred men.
    The chariot with Kutsa shall be obtaining [the prize].
------



káste máda indra rántyo bʰūddúro gíro abʰyùgró ví dʰāva |
kádvā́ho arvā́gúpa mā manīṣā́ ā́ tvā śakyāmupamáṃ rā́dʰo ánnaiḥ || 3||



3.  kasr3msn tvamr2msd madanmsn indraNmsv rantyanmsn bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū  
    durnfpa girnfpa abʰip ugrajmsn vip dʰāvavp·Ao2s«√dʰāv |
    kadr3nsn vāhasnnsn arvāka upap ahamr1msa manīṣānfsn  
    āp tvamr2msa śakyāmvp·Ai1s«√śak upamajnsa rādʰasnnsa annannpi 



3.  Which exhilarating drink shall become a delight for thee, O Indra?
    Do thou, ferocious, trickle through the doors towards chants!
    Which conveying [would bring thee] hither, towards me, [what] conception?
    I might be able [to bring to] thee the most excellent satisfaction of [thy] desire by means of [this] food.



kádu dyumnámindra tvā́vato nṝ́nkáyā dʰiyā́ karase kánna ā́gan |
mitró ná satyá urugāya bʰṛtyā́ ánne samasya yádásanmanīṣā́ḥ || 4||



4.  kadr3nsn uc dyumnannsn indraNmsv tvāvatjmpa nṛnmpar3fsi dʰīnfsi karaseva·A·2s«√kṛ kadr3nsn vayamr1mpd āp aganvp·Aa3s«√gam |
    mitranmsn nac satyajmsn (urua-gāyajms)jmsv bʰṛtinfsd  
    annannsl samajmsg yadc asanvp·AE3p«√as manīṣānfpn 



4.  Which power to illuminate [would create] men like thee, O Indra?
    What vision thou effect? What has come to us in everyone's food
    like a true benefactor, O wide-ranging one,
    for a support, if conceptions should be [such support]?



préraya sū́ro ártʰaṃ ná pāráṃ yé asya kā́maṃ janidʰā́ iva gmán |
gíraśca yé te tuvijāta pūrvī́rnára indra pratiśíkṣantyánnaiḥ || 5||



5.  prap īrayavpCAo2s«√īr sūranmsn artʰanmsa nac pārajmsa  
    yasr3mpn ayamr3msg kāmanmsa janidʰājfpn ivac gmanvp·AE3p«√gam |
    girnfpa cac yasr3mpn tvamr2msd (tuvia-jātajms)jmsv pūrvījfpa  
    nṛnmpn indraNmsv pratiśikṣantivpDA·3p«prati~√śak annannpi 



5.  Do thou stimulate as the inciter³ [stimulates men] towards bringing-across cause⁴,
    those who would each approach his own longing as matchmakers [would],
    and those men who for thy sake, O manifested-often one,
    seek with the help of [this] food to be a match for many chants, O Indra!
------



mā́tre nú te súmite indra pūrvī́ dyaúrmajmánā pṛtʰivī́ kā́vyena |
várāya te gʰṛtávantaḥ sutā́saḥ svā́dmanbʰavantu pītáye mádʰūni || 6||



6.  mātrānfdn nuc tvamr2msd sumitajfdn indraNmsv pūrvījfdn  
    dyunmsn majmannnsi pṛtʰivīnfsn kāvyannsi |
    varanmsd tvamr2msd gʰṛtavantjmpn sutajmpn  
    svādmannnsn bʰavantuvp·Ao3p«√bʰū pītinfsd madʰunnpn 



6.  Two measures [are] now well proportioned for thee, O Indra, [and are] plentiful,
    the Heaven and the Earth --- majestically, by means of poetry.
    For thee to choose [are] rich in ghee Soma juices.
    Let honeyed [Soma drops] be a dainty drink to drink!



ā́ mádʰvo asmā asicannámatramíndrāya pūrṇáṃ sá hí satyárādʰāḥ |
sá vāvṛdʰe várimannā́ pṛtʰivyā́ abʰí krátvā náryaḥ paúṃsyaiśca || 7||



7.  āp madʰunnsg ayamr3msd asicanvp·Aa3p«√sic amatrannsa  
    indraNmsd pūrṇajnsa sasr3msn hic (satyajms-rādʰasnns)jmsn |
    sasr3msn vavṛdʰeva·I·3s«√vṛdʰ varimannnsl āp pṛtʰivīnfsg  
    abʰip kratunmsi naryajmsn pauṃsyajmpi cac 



7.  Pour in for him, for Indra, a tankard full of honey
    since he is the one whose satisfaction of one's desire is real.
    He has grown stronger in the expanse of the Earth
    [becoming] superior through [his] resourcefulness and manly strengths.



vyā̀naḷíndraḥ pṛ́tanāḥ svójā ā́smai yatante sakʰyā́ya pūrvī́ḥ |
ā́ smā rátʰaṃ ná pṛ́tanāsu tiṣṭʰa yáṃ bʰadráyā sumatyā́ codáyāse || 8||



8.  vip ānaṭvp·U·3s«√naś indraNmsn pṛtanānfpa svojasjmsn  
    āp ayamr3msd yatantevp·A·3p«√yat sakʰyannsd pūrvījfpn |
    āp smac ratʰanmsa nac pṛtanānfpl tiṣṭʰavp·Ao2s«√stʰā  
    yasr3msa bʰadrājfsi sumatinfsi codayāsevaCAe2s«√cud 



8.  Indra, having much vigour, has permeated battles.
    Many [clans] here are eager for this like-mindedness [with him].
------
    Do thou resort --- as if to a chariot during battles ---
    to [him] whom thou would urge on with an auspicious effective mental gesture!


1 adept of Indra
2 prob. a kind of contest
3 the sun
4 prob. fording mountain stream before sun gets too high


Sūkta 10.30 

prá devatrā́ bráhmaṇe gātúretvapó ácʰā mánaso ná práyukti |
mahī́ṃ mitrásya váruṇasya dʰāsíṃ pṛtʰujráyase rīradʰā suvṛktím || 1||











ádʰvaryavo havíṣmanto hí bʰūtā́cʰāpá itośatī́ruśantaḥ |
áva yā́ścáṣṭe aruṇáḥ suparṇástámā́syadʰvamūrmímadyā́ suhastāḥ || 2||











ádʰvaryavo'pá itā samudrámapā́ṃ nápātaṃ havíṣā yajadʰvam |
sá vo dadadūrmímadyā́ súpūtaṃ tásmai sómaṃ mádʰumantaṃ sunota || 3||











yó anidʰmó dī́dayadapsvàntáryáṃ víprāsa ī́ḷate adʰvaréṣu |
ápāṃ napānmádʰumatīrapó dā yā́bʰiríndro vāvṛdʰé vīryā̀ya || 4||











yā́bʰiḥ sómo módate hárṣate ca kalyāṇī́bʰiryuvatíbʰirná máryaḥ |
tā́ adʰvaryo apó ácʰā párehi yádāsiñcā́ óṣadʰībʰiḥ punītāt || 5||











evédyū́ne yuvatáyo namanta yádīmuśánnuśatī́rétyácʰa |
sáṃ jānate mánasā sáṃ cikitre'dʰvaryávo dʰiṣáṇā́paśca devī́ḥ || 6||











yó vo vṛtā́bʰyo ákṛṇodu lokáṃ yó vo mahyā́ abʰíśasterámuñcat |
tásmā índrāya mádʰumantamūrmíṃ devamā́danaṃ prá hiṇotanāpaḥ || 7||











prā́smai hinota mádʰumantamūrmíṃ gárbʰo yó vaḥ sindʰavo mádʰva útsaḥ |
gʰṛtápṛṣṭʰamī́ḍyamadʰvaréṣvā́po revatīḥ śṛṇutā́ hávaṃ me || 8||











táṃ sindʰavo matsarámindrapā́namūrmíṃ prá heta yá ubʰé íyarti |
madacyútamauśānáṃ nabʰojā́ṃ pári tritántuṃ vicárantamútsam || 9||











āvárvṛtatīrádʰa nú dvidʰā́rā goṣuyúdʰo ná niyaváṃ cárantīḥ |
ṛ́ṣe jánitrīrbʰúvanasya pátnīrapó vandasva savṛ́dʰaḥ sáyonīḥ || 10||











hinótā no adʰvaráṃ devayajyā́ hinóta bráhma sanáye dʰánānām |
ṛtásya yóge ví ṣyadʰvamū́dʰaḥ śruṣṭīvárīrbʰūtanāsmábʰyamāpaḥ || 11||











ā́po revatīḥ kṣáyatʰā hí vásvaḥ krátuṃ ca bʰadráṃ bibʰṛtʰā́mṛ́taṃ ca |
rāyáśca stʰá svapatyásya pátnīḥ sárasvatī tádgṛṇaté váyo dʰāt || 12||











práti yádā́po ádṛśramāyatī́rgʰṛtáṃ páyāṃsi bíbʰratīrmádʰūni |
adʰvaryúbʰirmánasā saṃvidānā́ índrāya sómaṃ súṣutaṃ bʰárantīḥ || 13||











émā́ agmanrevátīrjīvádʰanyā ádʰvaryavaḥ sādáyatā sakʰāyaḥ |
ní barhíṣi dʰattana somyāso'pā́ṃ náptrā saṃvidānā́sa enāḥ || 14||











ā́gmannā́pa uśatī́rbarhírédáṃ nyadʰvaré asadandevayántīḥ |
ádʰvaryavaḥ sunuténdrāya sómamábʰūdu vaḥ suśákā devayajyā́ || 15||












Sūkta 10.31 

ā́ no devā́nāmúpa vetu śáṃso víśvebʰisturaírávase yájatraḥ |
tébʰirvayáṃ suṣakʰā́yo bʰavema táranto víśvā duritā́ syāma || 1||











pári cinmárto dráviṇaṃ mamanyādṛtásya patʰā́ námasā́ vivāset |
utá svéna krátunā sáṃ vadeta śréyāṃsaṃ dákṣaṃ mánasā jagṛbʰyāt || 2||











ádʰāyi dʰītírásasṛgramáṃśāstīrtʰé ná dasmámúpa yantyū́māḥ |
abʰyā̀naśma suvitásya śūṣáṃ návedaso amṛ́tānāmabʰūma || 3||











nítyaścākanyātsvápatirdámūnā yásmā u deváḥ savitā́ jajā́na |
bʰágo vā góbʰiraryamémanajyātsó asmai cā́ruścʰadayadutá syāt || 4||











iyáṃ sā́ bʰūyā uṣásāmiva kṣā́ yáddʰa kṣumántaḥ śávasā samā́yan |
asyá stutíṃ jaritúrbʰíkṣamāṇā ā́ naḥ śagmā́sa úpa yantu vā́jāḥ || 5||











asyédeṣā́ sumatíḥ papratʰānā́bʰavatpūrvyā́ bʰū́manā gaúḥ |
asyá sánīḷā ásurasya yónau samāná ā́ bʰáraṇe bíbʰramāṇāḥ || 6||











kíṃ svidvánaṃ ká u sá vṛkṣá āsa yáto dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ niṣṭatakṣúḥ |
saṃtastʰāné ajáre itáūtī áhāni pūrvī́ruṣáso jaranta || 7||











naítā́vadenā́ paró anyádastyukṣā́ sá dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ bibʰarti |
tvácaṃ pavítraṃ kṛṇuta svadʰā́vānyádīṃ sū́ryaṃ ná haríto váhanti || 8||











stegó ná kṣā́mátyeti pṛtʰvī́ṃ míhaṃ ná vā́to ví ha vāti bʰū́ma |
mitró yátra váruṇo ajyámāno'gnírváne ná vyásṛṣṭa śókam || 9||











starī́ryátsū́ta sadyó ajyámānā vyátʰiravyatʰī́ḥ kṛṇuta svágopā |
putró yátpū́rvaḥ pitrórjániṣṭa śamyā́ṃ gaúrjagāra yáddʰa pṛcʰā́n || 10||











utá káṇvaṃ nṛṣádaḥ putrámāhurutá śyāvó dʰánamā́datta vājī́ |
prá kṛṣṇā́ya rúśadapinvatódʰarṛtámátra nákirasmā apīpet || 11||












Sūkta 10.32 

prá sú gmántā dʰiyasānásya sakṣáṇi varébʰirvarā́m̐ abʰí ṣú prasī́dataḥ |
asmā́kamíndra ubʰáyaṃ jujoṣati yátsomyásyā́ndʰaso búbodʰati || 1||



1.  prap sup gmanttp·Amdn«√gam dʰiyasānajmsg sakṣaṇinmsl  
    varajnpi varanmpa abʰip sua prasīdanttp·Ampa«pra~√sad |
    vayamr1mpg indraNmsn ubʰayajmsa jujoṣativp·A·3s«√juṣ  
    yadc somyajmsg andʰasnnsg bubodʰativp·Ie3s«√budʰ 



1.  Two easily setting forth ones¹ in a companion of being visualized one,
    approach easily-taking-their-seats suitors with choicest [offerings].
    Indra enjoys both our [eulogy and a hymn of illumination]
    when he becomes aware of containing Soma herb.



vī̀ndra yāsi divyā́ni rocanā́ ví pā́rtʰivāni rájasā puruṣṭuta |
yé tvā váhanti múhuradʰvarā́m̐ úpa té sú vanvantu vagvanā́m̐ arādʰásaḥ || 2||



2.  vip indraNmsv yāsivp·A·2s«√yā divyajnpa rocanannpa  
    vip pārtʰivajnpa rajasnnsi (purua-stutajms)jmsv |
    yasr3msn tvamr2msa vahantivp·A·3p«√vah muhura adʰvaranmpa upap  
    tasr3mpn sua vanvantuvp·Ao3p«√van vagvanajmpa arādʰasjmpa 



2.  Thou, O Indra, traverse celestial luminous spheres,
    [thou traverse] earthly ones through the airy realm, O much-eulogized one!
    Those who are conveying thee to proceeding on their way [sacrifices] [even] for a moment,
    may they easily become masters of [just] chattering but not satisfying [Indra's] desire ones.



tádínme cʰantsadvápuṣo vápuṣṭaraṃ putró yájjā́naṃ pitróradʰī́yati |
jāyā́ pátiṃ vahati vagnúnā sumátpuṃsá ídbʰadró vahatúḥ páriṣkṛtaḥ || 3||



3.  tadr3nsn idc ahamr1msd cʰantsatvp·Ae3s«√cʰad vapusnnsb vapuṣṭarajnsn  
    putranmsn yadc jānannsa pitṛnmdg adʰīyanttp·Amsl«adʰi~√i |
    jāyānfsn patinmsa vahativp·A·3s«√vah vagnunmsi sumata  
    puṃsnmsg idc bʰadrajmsn vahatunmsn pariṣkṛtajmsn 



3.  That indeed would appear to me as more wondrous than [any] wonder ---
    when the son [is] in him who is studying the birth of [his] parents².
    A wife³ leads home the husband⁴ along with the talk⁵ [it causes]
    [while] just the man's lovely wedding procession⁶ was fit out.



tádítsadʰástʰamabʰí cā́ru dīdʰaya gā́vo yácʰā́sanvahatúṃ ná dʰenávaḥ |
mātā́ yánmánturyūtʰásya pūrvyā́bʰí vāṇásya saptádʰāturíjjánaḥ || 4||



4.  tadc idc (sadʰaa-stʰajms)nnsa abʰip cārujnsa dīdʰayavp·I·1s«√dʰī  
    gonfpn yadc śāsanvp·AE3p«√śas vahatunmsa nac dʰenunfpn |
    mātṛnfsn yadc mantunfsn yūtʰannsg pūrvyājfsn  
    abʰip vāṇanmsg (saptau-dʰātunns)jmsn idc jananmsn 



4.  Only then I have reflected upon the favorite meeting place⁷,
    when cows⁸ would restrict the wedding procession as milch-cows [would restrict ordinary wedding procession],
    when the mother⁹, the former counsel of the herd, [counseled thus,]
    ``A person [can be seen as] just having-seven-elements-of-the-music [space].''



prá vó'cʰā ririce devayúṣpadáméko rudrébʰiryāti turváṇiḥ |
jarā́ vā yéṣvamṛ́teṣu dāváne pári va ū́mebʰyaḥ siñcatā mádʰu || 5||



5.  prap tvamr2mpa acʰāp ririceva·I·3s«√ric (devanms-yujms)jmsn padannsa  
    ekajmsn rudraNmpi yātivp·A·3s«√yā turvaṇijmsn |
    jarānfsnc yasr3mpl amṛtajmpl dāvannnsd  
    parip tvamr2mpg ūmanmpi siñcatava·Ao2p«√sic madʰunnsa 



5.  ``[Moving] towards you, he¹⁰, seeking-deva, empties the track¹¹.
    He, one and the same, overpowering, journeys with Rudra-s.
    Optionally, an invocation midst those unceasing [Rudra-s], in order to receive [that emptying of the track], [might be uttered].
    Using your helpers¹², do spread the honey¹³ throughout [the track]!''



nidʰīyámānamápagūḷhamapsú prá me devā́nāṃ vratapā́ uvāca |
índro vidvā́m̐ ánu hí tvā cacákṣa ténāhámagne ánuśiṣṭa ā́gām || 6||



6.  nidʰīyamānajmsa apagūḷhajmsa apnfpl  
    prap ahamr1msd devanmpg (vratanns-pājms)jmsn uvācavp·I·3s«√vac |
    indraNmsn vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid anup hic tvamr2msa cacakṣavp·I·3s«√cakṣ  
    tasr3msi ahamr1msn agniNmsv anuśiṣṭajmsn āp agāmvp·Aa1s«√gam 



6.  The protector¹⁴ of deva-s' spheres of action announced to me
    [that] hidden away in the waters one¹⁵ [is] being installed.
    ``Since having experienced [thee] Indra kept thee in his sight,
    being instructed by him, I have come here, O Agni!''



ákṣetravitkṣetravídaṃ hyáprāṭ sá praíti kṣetravídā́nuśiṣṭaḥ |
etádvaí bʰadrámanuśā́sanasyotá srutíṃ vindatyañjasī́nām || 7||



7.  (akṣetranns-vidjms)jmsn (kṣetranns-vidjms)jmsa hic aprāṭvp·UE3s«√pracʰ  
    sasr3msn prap etivp·A·3s«√i (kṣetranns-vidjms)jmsi anuśiṣṭajmsn |
    etadr3nsn vaic bʰadrannsn anuśāsanannsg  
    utac srutinfsa vindativp·A·3s«√vid añjasīnājfsa 



7.  Since he, who does not know a locality, would ask him knows,
    one would proceed as taught by him who knows.
    This [is] truly a good fortune of an instruction,
    and one would find [thus] a straightforward course [of actions].



adyédu prā́ṇīdámamannimā́hā́pīvṛto adʰayanmātúrū́dʰaḥ |
émenamāpa jarimā́ yúvānamáheḷanvásuḥ sumánā babʰūva || 8||



8.  adyaa idc uc prap ānītvp·U·3s«√an amamanvp·U·3s«√mand ayamr3npa aharnnpa  
    apīvṛtajmsn adʰayatvp·Aa3s«√dʰe mātṛnfsg ūdʰarnnsa |
    āp īmc enamr3msa āpavp·I·3s«√āp jarimannmsn yuvannmsa  
    aheḷanttp·Amsn«a~√heḷ vasujmsn sumanasjmsn babʰuvavp·I·3s«√bʰū 



8.  Just today he¹⁶ has inhaled --- he did tarry [all] these days,
    shrouded, he sucked mother's udder.
    Aging one has gained him, youthful one.
    Non-angry, he has became welldisposed, beneficial.
------



etā́ni bʰadrā́ kalaśa kriyāma kúruśravaṇa dádato magʰā́ni |
dāná ídvo magʰavānaḥ só astvayáṃ ca sómo hṛdí yáṃ bíbʰarmi || 9||



9.  etadr3npa bʰadrajnpa kalaśaNmsv kriyāmavp·Ai1s«√kṛ  
    kuruśravaṇaNmsv dadattp·Amsg«√dā magʰannpn |
    dānanmsn idc tvamr2mpg magʰavanjmpv sasr3msn astuvp·Ao3s«√as  
    ayamr3msn cac somanmsn hṛdnnsl yasr3msa bibʰarmivp·A·1s«√bʰṛ 



9.  We can effect these auspicious [things], O [receiving Soma]¹⁷ jar¹⁸, 
    [They are], O Kuruśravaṇa, gifts of the bestowing one.
    May he be for your, O generous ones, just what gives,
    and [may] this Soma that I carry in the heart [be just what gives].


1 prob. eulogy and a hymn of illumination
2 prob. Rudra and Pṛśni
3 the Earth
4 Indra
5 lit. ``noise'' --- stands for mental chatter likely to be unleashed during the process
6 ascension up the spine
7 prob. throat cakra
8 evocative expressions
9 Pṛśni
10 inner Soma
11 the space of the spine
12 here prob. the sounds that are the seven elements of the music, sounds that are in tune with the seven cakras
13 extract of Soma being absorbed into body
14 prob. inner Soma on the basis of 9.70.4cd
15 inner fire
16 inner Agni
17 on the basis of 6.69.2b
18 Indra


Sūkta 10.33 

prá mā yuyujre prayújo jánānāṃ váhāmi sma pūṣáṇamántareṇa |
víśve devā́so ádʰa mā́marakṣanduḥśā́surā́gādíti gʰóṣa āsīt || 1||











sáṃ mā tapantyabʰítaḥ sapátnīriva párśavaḥ |
ní bādʰate ámatirnagnátā jásurvérná vevīyate matíḥ || 2||











mū́ṣo ná śiśnā́ vyadanti mādʰyà stotā́raṃ te śatakrato |
sakṛ́tsú no magʰavannindra mṛḷayā́dʰā pitéva no bʰava || 3||











kuruśrávaṇamāvṛṇi rā́jānaṃ trā́sadasyavam |
máṃhiṣṭʰaṃ vāgʰátāmṛ́ṣiḥ || 4||











yásya mā haríto rátʰe tisró váhanti sādʰuyā́ |
stávai sahásradakṣiṇe || 5||











yásya prásvādaso gíra upamáśravasaḥ pitúḥ |
kṣétraṃ ná raṇvámūcúṣe || 6||











ádʰi putropamaśravo nápānmitrātitʰerihi |
pitúṣṭe asmi vanditā́ || 7||











yádī́śīyāmṛ́tānāmutá vā mártyānām |
jī́vedínmagʰávā máma || 8||











ná devā́nāmáti vratáṃ śatā́tmā caná jīvati |
tátʰā yujā́ ví vāvṛte || 9||












Sūkta 10.34 

prāvepā́ mā bṛható mādayanti pravātejā́ íriṇe várvṛtānāḥ |
sómasyeva maujavatásya bʰakṣó vibʰī́dako jā́gṛvirmáhyamacʰān || 1||











ná mā mimetʰa ná jihīḷa eṣā́ śivā́ sákʰibʰya utá máhyamāsīt |
akṣásyāhámekaparásya hetóránuvratāmápa jāyā́marodʰam || 2||











dvéṣṭi śvaśrū́rápa jāyā́ ruṇaddʰi ná nātʰitó vindate marḍitā́ram |
áśvasyeva járato vásnyasya nā́háṃ vindāmi kitavásya bʰógam || 3||











anyé jāyā́ṃ pári mṛśantyasya yásyā́gṛdʰadvédane vājyàkṣáḥ |
pitā́ mātā́ bʰrā́tara enamāhurná jānīmo náyatā baddʰámetám || 4||











yádādī́dʰye ná daviṣāṇyebʰiḥ parāyádbʰyó'va hīye sákʰibʰyaḥ |
nyùptāśca babʰrávo vā́camákratam̐ émī́deṣāṃ niṣkṛtáṃ jāríṇīva || 5||











sabʰā́meti kitaváḥ pṛcʰámāno jeṣyā́mī́ti tanvā̀ śū́śujānaḥ |
akṣā́so asya ví tiranti kā́maṃ pratidī́vne dádʰata ā́ kṛtā́ni || 6||











akṣā́sa ídaṅkuśíno nitodíno nikṛ́tvānastápanāstāpayiṣṇávaḥ |
kumārádeṣṇā jáyataḥ punarháṇo mádʰvā sámpṛktāḥ kitavásya barháṇā || 7||











tripañcāśáḥ krīḷati vrā́ta eṣāṃ devá iva savitā́ satyádʰarmā |
ugrásya cinmanyáve nā́ namante rā́jā cidebʰyo náma ítkṛṇoti || 8||











nīcā́ vartanta upári spʰurantyahastā́so hástavantaṃ sahante |
divyā́ áṅgārā íriṇe nyùptāḥ śītā́ḥ sánto hṛ́dayaṃ nírdahanti || 9||











jāyā́ tapyate kitavásya hīnā́ mātā́ putrásya cárataḥ kvà svit |
ṛṇāvā́ bíbʰyaddʰánamicʰámāno'nyéṣāmástamúpa náktameti || 10||











stríyaṃ dṛṣṭvā́ya kitaváṃ tatāpānyéṣāṃ jāyā́ṃ súkṛtaṃ ca yónim |
pūrvāhṇé áśvānyuyujé hí babʰrū́nsó agnéránte vṛṣaláḥ papāda || 11||











yó vaḥ senānī́rmaható gaṇásya rā́jā vrā́tasya pratʰamó babʰū́va |
tásmai kṛṇomi ná dʰánā ruṇadʰmi dáśāháṃ prā́cīstádṛtáṃ vadāmi || 12||











akṣaírmā́ dīvyaḥ kṛṣímítkṛṣasva vitté ramasva bahú mányamānaḥ |
tátra gā́vaḥ kitava tátra jāyā́ tánme ví caṣṭe savitā́yámaryáḥ || 13||











mitráṃ kṛṇudʰvaṃ kʰálu mṛḷátā no mā́ no gʰoréṇa caratābʰí dʰṛṣṇú |
ní vo nú manyúrviśatāmárātiranyó babʰrūṇā́ṃ prásitau nvàstu || 14||












Sūkta 10.35 

ábudʰramu tyá índravanto agnáyo jyótirbʰáranta uṣáso vyùṣṭiṣu |
mahī́ dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ cetatāmápo'dyā́ devā́nāmáva ā́ vṛṇīmahe || 1||











diváspṛtʰivyóráva ā́ vṛṇīmahe mātṝ́nsíndʰūnpárvatāñcʰaryaṇā́vataḥ |
anāgāstváṃ sū́ryamuṣā́samīmahe bʰadráṃ sómaḥ suvānó adyā́ kṛṇotu naḥ || 2||











dyā́vā no adyá pṛtʰivī́ ánāgaso mahī́ trāyetāṃ suvitā́ya mātárā |
uṣā́ ucʰántyápa bādʰatāmagʰáṃ svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 3||











iyáṃ na usrā́ pratʰamā́ sudevyàṃ revátsaníbʰyo revátī vyùcʰatu |
āré manyúṃ durvidátrasya dʰīmahi svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 4||











prá yā́ḥ sísrate sū́ryasya raśmíbʰirjyótirbʰárantīruṣáso vyùṣṭiṣu |
bʰadrā́ no adyá śrávase vyùcʰata svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 5||











anamīvā́ uṣása ā́ carantu na údagnáyo jihatāṃ jyótiṣā bṛhát |
ā́yukṣātāmaśvínā tū́tujiṃ rátʰaṃ svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 6||











śréṣṭʰaṃ no adyá savitarváreṇyaṃ bʰāgámā́ suva sá hí ratnadʰā́ ási |
rāyó jánitrīṃ dʰiṣáṇāmúpa bruve svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 7||











pípartu mā tádṛtásya pravā́canaṃ devā́nāṃ yánmanuṣyā̀ ámanmahi |
víśvā ídusrā́ spáḷúdeti sū́ryaḥ svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 8||











adveṣó adyá barhíṣa stárīmaṇi grā́vṇāṃ yóge mánmanaḥ sā́dʰa īmahe |
ādityā́nāṃ śármaṇi stʰā́ bʰuraṇyasi svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 9||











ā́ no barhíḥ sadʰamā́de bṛháddiví devā́m̐ īḷe sādáyā saptá hótṝn |
índraṃ mitráṃ váruṇaṃ sātáye bʰágaṃ svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 10||











tá ādityā ā́ gatā sarvátātaye vṛdʰé no yajñámavatā sajoṣasaḥ |
bṛ́haspátiṃ pūṣáṇamaśvínā bʰágaṃ svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 11||











tánno devā yacʰata supravācanáṃ cʰardírādityāḥ subʰáraṃ nṛpā́yyam |
páśve tokā́ya tánayāya jīváse svastyàgníṃ samidʰānámīmahe || 12||











víśve adyá marúto víśva ūtī́ víśve bʰavantvagnáyaḥ sámiddʰāḥ |
víśve no devā́ ávasā́ gamantu víśvamastu dráviṇaṃ vā́jo asmé || 13||











yáṃ devāsó'vatʰa vā́jasātau yáṃ trā́yadʰve yáṃ pipṛtʰā́tyáṃhaḥ |
yó vo gopītʰé ná bʰayásya véda té syāma devávītaye turāsaḥ || 14||












Sūkta 10.36 

uṣā́sānáktā bṛhatī́ supéśasā dyā́vākṣā́mā váruṇo mitró aryamā́ |
índraṃ huve marútaḥ párvatām̐ apá ādityā́ndyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ apáḥ svaḥ || 1||











dyaúśca naḥ pṛtʰivī́ ca prácetasa ṛtā́varī rakṣatāmáṃhaso riṣáḥ |
mā́ durvidátrā nírṛtirna īśata táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 2||











víśvasmānno áditiḥ pātváṃhaso mātā́ mitrásya váruṇasya revátaḥ |
svàrvajjyótiravṛkáṃ naśīmahi táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 3||











grā́vā vádannápa rákṣāṃsi sedʰatu duṣvápnyaṃ nírṛtiṃ víśvamatríṇam |
ādityáṃ śárma marútāmaśīmahi táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 4||











éndro barhíḥ sī́datu pínvatāmíḷā bṛ́haspátiḥ sā́mabʰirṛkvó arcatu |
supraketáṃ jīváse mánma dʰīmahi táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 5||











divispṛ́śaṃ yajñámasmā́kamaśvinā jīrā́dʰvaraṃ kṛṇutaṃ sumnámiṣṭáye |
prācī́naraśmimā́hutaṃ gʰṛténa táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 6||











úpa hvaye suhávaṃ mā́rutaṃ gaṇáṃ pāvakámṛṣváṃ sakʰyā́ya śambʰúvam |
rāyáspóṣaṃ sauśravasā́ya dʰīmahi táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 7||











apā́ṃ péruṃ jīvádʰanyaṃ bʰarāmahe devāvyàṃ suhávamadʰvaraśríyam |
suraśmíṃ sómamindriyáṃ yamīmahi táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 8||











sanéma tátsusanítā sanítvabʰirvayáṃ jīvā́ jīváputrā ánāgasaḥ |
brahmadvíṣo víṣvagéno bʰarerata táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 9||











yé stʰā́ mánoryajñíyāsté śṛṇotana yádvo devā ī́mahe táddadātana |
jaítraṃ krátuṃ rayimádvīrávadyáśastáddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 10||











mahádadyá mahatā́mā́ vṛṇīmahé'vo devā́nāṃ bṛhatā́manarváṇām |
yátʰā vásu vīrájātaṃ náśāmahai táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 11||











mahó agnéḥ samidʰānásya śármaṇyánāgā mitré váruṇe svastáye |
śréṣṭʰe syāma savitúḥ sávīmani táddevā́nāmávo adyā́ vṛṇīmahe || 12||











yé savitúḥ satyásavasya víśve mitrásya vraté váruṇasya devā́ḥ |
té saúbʰagaṃ vīrávadgómadápno dádʰātana dráviṇaṃ citrámasmé || 13||











savitā́ paścā́tātsavitā́ purástātsavitóttarā́ttātsavitā́dʰarā́ttāt |
savitā́ naḥ suvatu sarvátātiṃ savitā́ no rāsatāṃ dīrgʰámā́yuḥ || 14||












Sūkta 10.37 

námo mitrásya váruṇasya cákṣase mahó devā́ya tádṛtáṃ saparyata |
dūredṛ́śe devájātāya ketáve divásputrā́ya sū́ryāya śaṃsata || 1||











sā́ mā satyóktiḥ pári pātu viśváto dyā́vā ca yátra tatánannáhāni ca |
víśvamanyánní viśate yádéjati viśvā́hā́po viśvā́hódeti sū́ryaḥ || 2||











ná te ádevaḥ pradívo ní vāsate yádetaśébʰiḥ pataraí ratʰaryási |
prācī́namanyádánu vartate rája údanyéna jyótiṣā yāsi sūrya || 3||











yéna sūrya jyótiṣā bā́dʰase támo jágacca víśvamudiyárṣi bʰānúnā |
ténāsmádvíśvāmánirāmánāhutimápā́mīvāmápa duṣvápnyaṃ suva || 4||











víśvasya hí préṣito rákṣasi vratámáheḷayannuccárasi svadʰā́ ánu |
yádadyá tvā sūryopabrávāmahai táṃ no devā́ ánu maṃsīrata krátum || 5||











táṃ no dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ tánna ā́pa índraḥ śṛṇvantu marúto hávaṃ vácaḥ |
mā́ śū́ne bʰūma sū́ryasya saṃdṛ́śi bʰadráṃ jī́vanto jaraṇā́maśīmahi || 6||











viśvā́hā tvā sumánasaḥ sucákṣasaḥ prajā́vanto anamīvā́ ánāgasaḥ |
udyántaṃ tvā mitramaho divédive jyógjīvā́ḥ práti paśyema sūrya || 7||











máhi jyótirbíbʰrataṃ tvā vicakṣaṇa bʰā́svantaṃ cákṣuṣecakṣuṣe máyaḥ |
āróhantaṃ bṛhatáḥ pā́jasaspári vayáṃ jīvā́ḥ práti paśyema sūrya || 8||











yásya te víśvā bʰúvanāni ketúnā prá cérate ní ca viśánte aktúbʰiḥ |
anāgāstvéna harikeśa sūryā́hnāhnā no vásyasāvasyasódihi || 9||











śáṃ no bʰava cákṣasā śáṃ no áhnā śáṃ bʰānúnā śáṃ himā́ śáṃ gʰṛṇéna |
yátʰā śámádʰvañcʰámásadduroṇé tátsūrya dráviṇaṃ dʰehi citrám || 10||











asmā́kaṃ devā ubʰáyāya jánmane śárma yacʰata dvipáde cátuṣpade |
adátpíbadūrjáyamānamā́śitaṃ tádasmé śáṃ yórarapó dadʰātana || 11||











yádvo devāścakṛmá jihváyā gurú mánaso vā práyutī devahéḷanam |
árāvā yó no abʰí ducʰunāyáte tásmintádéno vasavo ní dʰetana || 12||












Sūkta 10.38 

asmínna indra pṛtsutaú yáśasvati śímīvati krándasi prā́va sātáye |
yátra góṣātā dʰṛṣitéṣu kʰādíṣu víṣvakpátanti didyávo nṛṣā́hye || 1||



1.  ayamr3msl vayamr1mpa indraNmsv (pṛtnfs-sutinfs)nmsl yaśasvatjmsl  
    śimīvantjmsl krandasnnsl prap avavp·Ao2s«√av sātinfsd |
    yatrac (gonfs-sātinfs)nfsl dʰṛṣitajmpl kʰādinmpl  
    (viṣua-añcjms)a patantivp·A·3p«√pat didyunmpn (nṛnms-sāhyanns)nnsl 



1.  In this worthy challenge to fight, O Indra,
    at accompanied-by-exertion battle-cry, favour us to gain [an advantage],
    when at prevailing-over-men [stage] during [this] foray for cows,
    arrows fly all around midst challenged decorated-with-studded-[armour] ones!



sá naḥ kṣumántaṃ sádane vyū̀rṇuhi góarṇasaṃ rayímindra śravā́yyam |
syā́ma te jáyataḥ śakra medíno yátʰā vayámuśmási tádvaso kṛdʰi || 2||



2.  sasr3msn vayamr1mpd kṣumantjmsa sadanannsl vip ūrṇuhivp·Ao2s«√ūrṇu  
    (gonfs-arṇasnns)jmsa rayinmsa indraNmsv śravāyyajnsa |
    syāmavp·Ai1p«√as tvamr2msg jayattp·Amsg«√ji śakrajmsv medinjmpn  
    yatʰāc vayamr1mpn uśmasivp·A·1p«√vaś tadr3nsa vasujmsv kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ 



2.  Such¹, O Indra, unpack for us in the seat²
    nourishing abounding in ``cows''³ to-be-praised treasure!
    We, energized [by it], could be thy, [who is] surpassing, O empowering one!
    Make that as we wish [it to be], O beneficial one!



yó no dā́sa ā́ryo vā puruṣṭutā́deva indra yudʰáye cíketati |
asmā́bʰiṣṭe suṣáhāḥ santu śátravastváyā vayáṃ tā́nvanuyāma saṃgamé || 3||



3.  yasr3msn vayamr1mpa dāsanmsn āryajmsnc (purua-stutajms)jmsv  
    adevajmsn indraNmsv yudʰayev···D··«√yudʰ ciketativp·A·3s«√cit |
    vayamr1mpi tvamr2msd suṣahajmpn santuvp·Ao3p«√as śatrunmpn  
    tvamr2msi vayamr1mpn tasr3mpa vanuyāmavp·Ai1p«√van saṃgamannsl 



3.  Who, whether a savage, or conducting [it] upwards one, O much-eulogized one,
    intends, being without the deva, O Indra, to fight us,
    may [such] enemies be easily subdued by us [who are] thy!
    With thee we might place them within [our] reach in an encounter!
------



yó dabʰrébʰirhávyo yáśca bʰū́ribʰiryó abʰī́ke varivovínnṛṣā́hye |
táṃ vikʰādé sásnimadyá śrutáṃ náramarvā́ñcamíndramávase karāmahe || 4||



4.  yasr3msn dabʰrajmpi havyajmsn yasr3msn cac bʰūrijmpi  
    yasr3msn abʰīkannsl (varivasnns-vidjms)jmsn (nṛnms-sāhyanns)nnsl |
    tasr3msa vikʰādanmsl sasnijmsa adyaa śrutajmsa nṛnmsa  
    arvañcjmsa indraNmsa avasnnsd karāmaheva·Ue1p«√kṛ 



4.  Who [is] called upon by those who are few, and those who are many,
    who [is] finding-mental-space in an adversity, at a prevailing over men,
    him, the man who nowadays is known to procure [the treasure] at biting⁴,
    Indra, we would make coming hitherward to help.



svavṛ́jaṃ hí tvā́mahámindra śuśrávānānudáṃ vṛṣabʰa radʰracódanam |
prá muñcasva pári kútsādihā́ gahi kímu tvā́vānmuṣkáyorbaddʰá āsate || 5||



5.  svavṛjjmsa hic tvamr2msa ahamr1msn śuśravavp·I·1s«√śru  
    anānudajmsa (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsv (radʰranms-codanajms)jmsa |
    prap muñcasvava·Ao2s«√muc parip kutsaNmsb ihac āp gahivp·Ao2s«√gam  
    kimc uc tvāvantjmsn muṣkanmdl baddʰajmsn āsateva·Ae3s«√ās 



5.  Since I have heard thee pulling self [from fights],
    not giving way [to calls], O resembling a bull, [and] ``inspiring the meek'',
    set thyself free from Kutsa in this matter! Come here!
    Why would someone like thee lie caught in pudenda muliebria?


1 favouring us to gain an advantage
2 prob. mūlādʰāra cakra
3 evocative expressions
4 for example, biting his shield as berserkers did


Sūkta 10.39 

yó vāṃ párijmā suvṛ́daśvinā rátʰo doṣā́muṣā́so hávyo havíṣmatā |
śaśvattamā́sastámu vāmidáṃ vayáṃ pitúrná nā́ma suhávaṃ havāmahe || 1||











codáyataṃ sūnṛ́tāḥ pínvataṃ dʰíya útpúraṃdʰīrīrayataṃ táduśmasi |
yaśásaṃ bʰāgáṃ kṛṇutaṃ no aśvinā sómaṃ ná cā́ruṃ magʰávatsu naskṛtam || 2||











amājúraścidbʰavatʰo yuváṃ bʰágo'nāśóścidavitā́rāpamásya cit |
andʰásya cinnāsatyā kṛśásya cidyuvā́mídāhurbʰiṣájā rutásya cit || 3||











yuváṃ cyávānaṃ sanáyaṃ yátʰā rátʰaṃ púnaryúvānaṃ carátʰāya takṣatʰuḥ |
níṣṭaugryámūhatʰuradbʰyáspári víśvéttā́ vāṃ sávaneṣu pravā́cyā || 4||











purāṇā́ vāṃ vīryā̀ prá bravā jáné'tʰo hāsatʰurbʰiṣájā mayobʰúvā |
tā́ vāṃ nú návyāvávase karāmahe'yáṃ nāsatyā śrádaríryátʰā dádʰat || 5||











iyáṃ vāmahve śṛṇutáṃ me aśvinā putrā́yeva pitárā máhyaṃ śikṣatam |
ánāpirájñā asajātyā́matiḥ purā́ tásyā abʰíśasteráva spṛtam || 6||











yuváṃ rátʰena vimadā́ya śundʰyúvaṃ nyū̀hatʰuḥ purumitrásya yóṣaṇām |
yuváṃ hávaṃ vadʰrimatyā́ agacʰataṃ yuváṃ súṣutiṃ cakratʰuḥ púraṃdʰaye || 7||











yuváṃ víprasya jaraṇā́mupeyúṣaḥ púnaḥ kalérakṛṇutaṃ yúvadváyaḥ |
yuváṃ vándanamṛśyadā́dúdūpatʰuryuváṃ sadyó viśpálāmétave kṛtʰaḥ || 8||











yuváṃ ha rebʰáṃ vṛṣaṇā gúhā hitámúdairayataṃ mamṛvā́ṃsamaśvinā |
yuvámṛbī́samutá taptámátraya ómanvantaṃ cakratʰuḥ saptávadʰraye || 9||











yuváṃ śvetáṃ pedáve'śvinā́śvaṃ navábʰirvā́jairnavatī́ ca vājínam |
carkṛ́tyaṃ dadatʰurdrāvayátsakʰaṃ bʰágaṃ ná nṛ́bʰyo hávyaṃ mayobʰúvam || 10||











ná táṃ rājānāvadite kútaścaná nā́ṃho aśnoti duritáṃ nákirbʰayám |
yámaśvinā suhavā rudravartanī puroratʰáṃ kṛṇutʰáḥ pátnyā sahá || 11||











ā́ téna yātaṃ mánaso jávīyasā rátʰaṃ yáṃ vāmṛbʰávaścakrúraśvinā |
yásya yóge duhitā́ jā́yate divá ubʰé áhanī sudíne vivásvataḥ || 12||











tā́ vartíryātaṃ jayúṣā ví párvatamápinvataṃ śayáve dʰenúmaśvinā |
vṛ́kasya cidvártikāmantárāsyā̀dyuváṃ śácībʰirgrasitā́mamuñcatam || 13||











etáṃ vāṃ stómamaśvināvakarmā́takṣāma bʰṛ́gavo ná rátʰam |
nyàmṛkṣāma yóṣaṇāṃ ná márye nítyaṃ ná sūnúṃ tánayaṃ dádʰānāḥ || 14||












Sūkta 10.40 

rátʰaṃ yā́ntaṃ kúha kó ha vāṃ narā práti dyumántaṃ suvitā́ya bʰūṣati |
prātaryā́vāṇaṃ vibʰvàṃ viśéviśe vástorvastorváhamānaṃ dʰiyā́ śámi || 1||











kúha sviddoṣā́ kúha vástoraśvínā kúhābʰipitváṃ karataḥ kúhoṣatuḥ |
kó vāṃ śayutrā́ vidʰáveva deváraṃ máryaṃ ná yóṣā kṛṇute sadʰástʰa ā́ || 2||











prātárjaretʰe jaraṇéva kā́payā vástorvastoryajatā́ gacʰatʰo gṛhám |
kásya dʰvasrā́ bʰavatʰaḥ kásya vā narā rājaputréva sávanā́va gacʰatʰaḥ || 3||











yuvā́ṃ mṛgéva vāraṇā́ mṛgaṇyávo doṣā́ vástorhavíṣā ní hvayāmahe |
yuváṃ hótrāmṛtutʰā́ júhvate naréṣaṃ jánāya vahatʰaḥ śubʰaspatī || 4||











yuvā́ṃ ha gʰóṣā páryaśvinā yatī́ rā́jña ūce duhitā́ pṛcʰé vāṃ narā |
bʰūtáṃ me áhna utá bʰūtamaktávé'śvāvate ratʰíne śaktamárvate || 5||











yuváṃ kavī́ ṣṭʰaḥ páryaśvinā rátʰaṃ víśo ná kútso jaritúrnaśāyatʰaḥ |
yuvórha mákṣā páryaśvinā mádʰvāsā́ bʰarata niṣkṛtáṃ ná yóṣaṇā || 6||











yuváṃ ha bʰujyúṃ yuvámaśvinā váśaṃ yuváṃ śiñjā́ramuśánāmúpāratʰuḥ |
yuvó rárāvā pári sakʰyámāsate yuvórahámávasā sumnámā́ cake || 7||











yuváṃ ha kṛśáṃ yuvámaśvinā śayúṃ yuváṃ vidʰántaṃ vidʰávāmuruṣyatʰaḥ |
yuváṃ saníbʰya stanáyantamaśvinā́pa vrajámūrṇutʰaḥ saptā́syam || 8||











jániṣṭa yóṣā patáyatkanīnakó ví cā́ruhanvīrúdʰo daṃsánā ánu |
ā́smai rīyante nivanéva síndʰavo'smā́ áhne bʰavati tátpatitvanám || 9||











jīváṃ rudanti ví mayante adʰvaré dīrgʰā́mánu prásitiṃ dīdʰiyurnáraḥ |
vāmáṃ pitṛ́bʰyo yá idáṃ sameriré máyaḥ pátibʰyo jánayaḥ pariṣváje || 10||











ná tásya vidma tádu ṣú prá vocata yúvā ha yádyuvatyā́ḥ kṣéti yóniṣu |
priyósriyasya vṛṣabʰásya retíno gṛháṃ gamemāśvinā táduśmasi || 11||











ā́ vāmagansumatírvājinīvasū nyàśvinā hṛtsú kā́mā ayaṃsata |
ábʰūtaṃ gopā́ mitʰunā́ śubʰaspatī priyā́ aryamṇó dúryām̐ aśīmahi || 12||











tā́ mandasānā́ mánuṣo duroṇá ā́ dʰattáṃ rayíṃ sahávīraṃ vacasyáve |
kṛtáṃ tīrtʰáṃ suprapāṇáṃ śubʰaspatī stʰāṇúṃ patʰeṣṭʰā́mápa durmatíṃ hatam || 13||











kvà svidadyá katamā́svaśvínā vikṣú dasrā́ mādayete śubʰáspátī |
ká īṃ ní yeme katamásya jagmaturvíprasya vā yájamānasya vā gṛhám || 14||












Sūkta 10.41 

samānámu tyáṃ puruhūtámuktʰyàṃ ratʰaṃ tricakráṃ sávanā gánigmatam |
párijmānaṃ vidatʰyàṃ suvṛktíbʰirvayáṃ vyuṣṭā uṣáso havāmahe || 1||











prātaryújaṃ nāsatyā́dʰi tiṣṭʰatʰaḥ prātaryā́vāṇaṃ madʰuvā́hanaṃ rátʰam |
víśo yéna gácʰatʰo yájvarīrnarā kīréścidyajñáṃ hótṛmantamaśvinā || 2||











adʰvaryúṃ vā mádʰupāṇiṃ suhástyamagnídʰaṃ vā dʰṛtádakṣaṃ dámūnasam |
víprasya vā yátsávanāni gácʰatʰó'ta ā́ yātaṃ madʰupéyamaśvinā || 3||












Sūkta 10.42 

ásteva sú prataráṃ lā́yamásyanbʰū́ṣanniva prá bʰarā stómamasmai |
vācā́ viprāstarata vā́camaryó ní rāmaya jaritaḥ sóma índram || 1||



1.  astṛnmsn ivac sup pratarajmsa lāyanmsa asyanttp·Amsn«√as  
    hūṣanttp·Amsn«√bʰūṣ ivac prap bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ stomanmsa ayamr3msd |
    vācnfsi viprajmpn taratavp·Ao2p«√tṝ vācnfsa arijmsg  
    nip rāmayavpCAo2s«√ram jaritṛnmsv somanmsl indraNmsa 



1.  Like a shooter throwing passing over [previous mark] missile,
    do thou, in some measure using efforts for [this], bring forth a hymn of praise for this one!
    Inwardly-excited with the speech, do ye carry over the speech of the rising upwards one¹!
    O invoker, do detain Indra at Soma [pressing]!



dóhena gā́múpa śikṣā sákʰāyaṃ prá bodʰaya jaritarjārámíndram |
kóśaṃ ná pūrṇáṃ vásunā nyṛ̀ṣṭamā́ cyāvaya magʰadéyāya śū́ram || 2||



2.  dohanmsi gonfsa upap śikṣavpDAo2s«√śak sakʰinmsa  
    prap bodʰayavpCAo2s«√budʰ jaritṛnmsv jāranmsa indraNmsa |
    kośanmsa nac pūrṇajmsa vasunnsi nyṛṣṭjmsa  
    āp cyavayavpCAo2s«√cyu (magʰanns-deyanns)nnsd śūranmsa 



2.  Do thou seek to entice [his] companion² to come near [like] a cow [is enticed] by milking!
    Do thou, O invoker, wake up [its] paramour Indra!
    Do thou rattle endowed with what's beneficial like a pail filled [with water]³
    agent of change [for him] to bestow the gift!



kímaṅgá tvā magʰavanbʰojámāhuḥ śiśīhí mā śiśayáṃ tvā śṛṇomi |
ápnasvatī máma dʰī́rastu śakra vasuvídaṃ bʰágamindrā́ bʰarā naḥ || 3||



3.  kir3nsa aṅgac tvamr2msa magʰavanjmsv bʰojajmsa āhurvp·I·3p«√ah  
    śiśīhivp·Ao2s«√śo ahamr1msa śiśayajmsa tvamr2msa śṛṇomivp·A·1s«√śru |
    apnasvatījfsn ahamr1msg dʰīnfsn astuvp·Ao3s«√as śakrajmsv  
    (vasunns-vidjms)jmsa bʰaganmsa indraNmsv āp bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ vayamr1mpd 



3.  Why indeed they call thee⁴, O generous one, bountiful?
    Sharpen me! I hear, thou are sharpening⁵!
    May my visualization be profitable, O empowering one!
    Bring here for us knowing-what's-beneficial patron⁶ --- O Indra!



tvā́ṃ jánā mamasatyéṣvindra saṃtastʰānā́ ví hvayante samīké |
átrā yújaṃ kṛṇute yó havíṣmānnā́sunvatā sakʰyáṃ vaṣṭi śū́raḥ || 4||



4.  tvamr2msa jananmpn (ahamr1msg-satinfs)nfpl indraNmsv saṃtastʰānajmpn vip hvayanteva·A·3p«√hve samīkannsl |
    atrac yujnmsa kṛṇuteva·A·3s«√kṛ yasr3msn haviṣmantjmsn  
    nac asunvantjmsi sakʰyannsa vaṣṭivp·A·3s«√vaś śūranmsn 



4.  Folks in a struggle for ``what's mine''⁷,
    standing together during a hostile encounter, vie in calling thee, O Indra!
    In such matters, he makes [his] yoke-mate him who has oblations,
    the agent of change does not want like-mindedness with non-pressing[-Soma] one.



dʰánaṃ ná syandráṃ bahuláṃ yó asmai tīvrā́nsómām̐ āsunóti práyasvān |
tásmai śátrūnsutúkānprātáráhno ní sváṣṭrānyuváti hánti vṛtrám || 5||



5.  dʰanannsa nac syandrajnsa bahulajnsa yasr3msn ayamr3msd tīvrajmpa somanmpa āsunotivp·A·3s«ā~√su prayasvantjmsn |
    tasr3msd śatrunmpa sutukajmpa prātara ahannnsg  
    nip svaṣṭrajmpa yuvativp·A·3s«√yu hantivp·A·3s«√han vṛtraNnsa 



5.  Who, dispensing delights, presses for him pungent Soma juices
    as an abundant [but] transitory prize,
    for him at day-break, he binds down
    easy-to-push-aside, easy-to-goad enemies; he slays Vṛtra.



yásminvayáṃ dadʰimā́ śáṃsamíndre yáḥ śiśrā́ya magʰávā kā́mamasmé |
ārā́ccitsánbʰayatāmasya śátrurnyàsmai dyumnā́ jányā namantām || 6||



6.  yasr3msl vayamr1mpn dadʰimavp·I·1p«√dʰā śaṃsanmsa indraNmsl  
    yasr3msn śiśrāyavp·I·3s«√śri magʰavanjmsn kāmanmsa vayamr1mpl  
    ārāta cidc santtp·Amsn«√as bʰayatāmva·Ao3s«√bʰī ayamr3msg śatrunmsn  
    nip ayamr3msd dyumnannpn janyajnpn namantāmva·Ao3p«√nam 



6.  Into whom we place [this] spell --- into Indra ---
    who, being generous, has fasten [his] longing to us,
    let his enemy, even being far away, be afraid!
    Let to-be-born powers⁸ to illuminate submit themselves to him!



ārā́cʰátrumápa bādʰasva dūrámugró yáḥ śámbaḥ puruhūta téna |
asmé dʰehi yávamadgómadindra kṛdʰī́ dʰíyaṃ jaritré vā́jaratnām || 7||



7.  ārāta śatrunmsn apap bādʰasvava·Ao2s«√bādʰ dūrama  
    ugrajmsn yasr3msn śambajmsn (purujms-hūtajms)jmsv tasr3msi |
    vayamr1mpl dʰehivp·Ao2s«√dʰā yavamatjnsa gomatjnsa indraNmsv  
    kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ dʰīnfsa jaritṛnmsd (vājanms-ratnanns)jfsa 



7.  From afar repel enemy far away
    with that which [is] a ferocious mace(?), O much invoked one!
    Put into us rich-in-cows rich-in-barley [treasure], O Indra!
    Effect for invoker vision which has a rush of vigour for a jewel!



prá yámantárvṛṣasavā́so ágmantīvrā́ḥ sómā bahulā́ntāsa índram |
nā́ha dāmā́naṃ magʰávā ní yaṃsanní sunvaté vahati bʰū́ri vāmám || 8||



8.  prap yasr3msa antara (vṛṣannms-savajms)jmpn agmanvp·Aa3p«√gam  
    tīvrajmpn somanmpn bahulāntajmpn indraNmsa |
    nac ahac dāmannmsa magʰavannmsn nip yaṃsatva·UE3s«√yam  
    nip sunvanttp·Amsd«√su vahativp·A·3s«√vah bʰūrijnsa vāmannsa 



8.  To whom setting-in-motion-the-bull ones, pungent Soma juices,
    ample-to-the-end⁹, set out inside --- to Indra,
    surely [he,] the generous one, would not hold back a giver,
    to a pressing Soma one he conveys abundant lovely [treasure].



utá prahā́matidī́vyā jayāti kṛtáṃ yácʰvagʰnī́ vicinóti kālé |
yó devákāmo ná dʰánā ruṇaddʰi sámíttáṃ rāyā́ sṛjati svadʰā́vān || 9||



9.  utac prahānfsa atidīvyaa jayātivp·Ae3s«√ji  
    kṛtannsa yadc śvagʰninnmsn vicinotivp·A·3s«vi~√ci kālanmsl |
    yasr3msn (devanms-kāmanms)jmsn nac dʰanannpa ruṇaddʰivp·A·3s«√rudʰ  
    samp idc tasr3msa rainmsi sṛjativp·A·3s«√sṛj svadʰāvantjmsn 



9.  And he¹⁰, making stakes higher, wins the stake,
    when a gambler with a winning throw of dice¹¹ lets dice to roll out at a fixed time.
    Who, longing for the deva, does not hold down stakes,
    him he, who has the power of self-determination, presents with the treasure.



góbʰiṣṭaremā́matiṃ durévāṃ yávena kṣúdʰaṃ puruhūta víśvām |
vayáṃ rā́jabʰiḥ pratʰamā́ dʰánānyasmā́kena vṛjánenā jayema || 10||



10. gonfpi taremavp·Ai1p«√tṝ amatinfsa durevājfsa  
     yavanmsi kṣudʰjfsa (purujms-hūtajms)jmsv viśvājfsa |
     vayamr1mpn rājannmpi pratʰamajmpn dʰanannpa  
     asmakajnsi vrajanmsi jayemavp·Ai1p«√ji 



10. We might overcome malignant impulsiveness with cows¹²,
    [we might overcome] all hunger with barley, O much invoked one!
    We, being together with chieftains primary [contenders], [might win] the prizes,
    Together with our sacrificial circle we might win!



bṛ́haspátirnaḥ pári pātu paścā́dutóttarasmādádʰarādagʰāyóḥ |
índraḥ purástādutá madʰyató naḥ sákʰā sákʰibʰyo várivaḥ kṛṇotu || 11||



11. bṛhaspatiNmsn vayamr1mpa parip pātuvp·Ao3s«√pā paścāta  
     utac uttarāta adʰarāta agʰāyujmsb |
     indraNmsn purastāta utac madʰyatasa vayamr1mpa  
     sakʰinmsn sakʰinmpi varivasnnsa kṛnotuvp·Ao3s«√kṛ 



11. May Bṛhaspati protect us overall --- from behind,
    and from above, from below --- from him who intends ill!
    And [may] Indra from the center¹³ [protect us] from the front!
    A companion with companions, may he create [free from distress]¹⁴ mental space!


1 inner Soma
2 inner Soma --- on the basis of 9.96.2c
3 on the basis of 4.20.6d
4 Soma
5 taking śiśaya as ``sharpening'' follows p.1446 J&B2014
6 Indra
7 following p.1446 J&B2014
8 powers of senses
9 following p.1446 J&B2014
10 to whom Indra has conveyed abundant lovely treasure
11 assuming after p.1446 J&B2014 that śvagʰnin=``a gambler with a winning throw of dice''
12 evocative expressions
13 prob. maṇipūra cakra
14 on the basis of 1.63.7d


Sūkta 10.43 

ácʰā ma índraṃ matáyaḥ svarvídaḥ sadʰrī́cīrvíśvā uśatī́ranūṣata |
pári ṣvajante jánayo yátʰā pátiṃ máryaṃ ná śundʰyúṃ magʰávānamūtáye || 1||



1.  acʰāp ahamr1msg indraNmsa matinfpn (svarnns-vidjms)jfpn  
    sadʰrīcījfpn viśvājfpn uśatījfpn anūṣatava·U·3p«√nu |
    parip svajanteva·A·3p«√svaj janinfpn yatʰāc patinmsa  
    maryanmsa nac śundʰyujmsa magʰavanjmsa ūtinfsd 



1.  My mental gestures --- finding-svar, all directed to the same [goal], eager ---
    have found their way to Indra.
    They embrace --- as wives [their] husband ---
    as if [embracing] seeking to be free of doubts young man --- the generous one for a favour.



ná gʰā tvadrígápa veti me mánastvé ítkā́maṃ puruhūta śiśraya |
rā́jeva dasma ní ṣadó'dʰi barhíṣyasmínsú sóme'vapā́namastu te || 2||



2.  nac gʰac tvadrika apap vetivp·A·3s«√vī ahamr1msg manasnnsn  
    tvamr2msl idc kāmanmsa (purujms-hūtajms)jmsv śiśrayavpCAo2s«√śri |
    rājannmsn ivac dasmajmsv nip sadasvp·AE2s«√sad adʰip barhisnnsl  
    ayamr3msl sua somanmsl avapānannsn astuvp·Ao3s«√as tvamr2msd 



2.  My mind does not turn away from thee,
    make [my] longing fastened to thee, O much invoked one!
    Do sit down like a chieftain onto the sacrificial grass, O accomplishing wonderful deeds one, !
    At this Soma [pressing], may it be for thee a place to drink!



viṣūvṛ́díndro ámaterutá kṣudʰáḥ sá ídrāyó magʰávā vásva īśate |
tásyédimé pravaṇé saptá síndʰavo váyo vardʰanti vṛṣabʰásya śuṣmíṇaḥ || 3||



3.  (viṣua-vṛtjms)jmsn indraNmsn amatinfsg utac kṣudʰnfsg  
    sasr3msn idc rainmsg magʰavanjmsn vasujmsg īśateva·A·3s«√īś |
    tasr3msg idc ayamr3mpn pravaṇannsl saptau sindʰunmpn  
    vayasnnsa vardʰantivp·A·3p«√vṛdʰ (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsg śuṣminjmsg 



3.  Indra, [being] indifferent to impulsiveness and hunger,
    only he, the generous one, is the master of beneficial treasure.
    Just his seven streams on a down-slope strengthen
    mental and bodily vigour of a fiery resembling-a-bull one¹.



váyo ná vṛkṣáṃ supalāśámā́sadansómāsa índraṃ mandínaścamūṣádaḥ |
praíṣāmánīkaṃ śávasā dávidyutadvidátsvàrmánave jyótirā́ryam || 4||



4.  vinmpn nac vṛkṣanmsa supalāśajmsa āp asadanvp·Aa?p«√sad  
    somanmpn indraNmsa mandinjmpn (camūnfs-sadjms)jmpn |
    prap ayamr3mpg anīkannsl śavasnnsi davidyutatvp·AE3s«√uddyut  
    vidatvp·UE3s«√vid svarnnsa manujmsd jyotisnnsa āryajnsa 



4.  Like birds [reach for] well-endowed-with-leaves tree,
    settled-in-bowls possessing-of-delight Soma drops reached for Indra.
    On their appearance, it shall shine forth, it shall find svar ---
    the light² [that] for an intelligent [man] [is] conducting [them] upwards.



kṛtáṃ ná śvagʰnī́ ví cinoti dévane saṃvárgaṃ yánmagʰávā sū́ryaṃ jáyat |
ná tátte anyó ánu vīryàṃ śakanná purāṇó magʰavannótá nū́tanaḥ || 5||



5.  kṛtannsa nac śvagʰninnmsn vip cinotivp·A·3s«√ci devanannsl  
    saṃvargajmsa yadc magʰavanjmsn sūryanmsa jayanttp·Amsn«√ji |
    nac tadr3nsa tvamr2msg anyajmsn anup vīryannsa śakatvp·AE3s«√śak  
    nac purāṇajmsn magʰavanjmsv nac utac nūtanajmsn 



5.  Like a gambler with a winning throw of dice³ during the game lets dice to roll out,
    the generous one is winning over the ravenous sun⁴.
    Another [deva] shall not be able to imitate such deed of valor of thee,
    neither an ancient [deva] nor a modern one, O generous one!



víśaṃviśaṃ magʰávā páryaśāyata jánānāṃ dʰénā avacā́kaśadvṛ́ṣā |
yásyā́ha śakráḥ sávaneṣu ráṇyati sá tīvraíḥ sómaiḥ sahate pṛtanyatáḥ || 6||



6.  (viśnfsa-viśnfsa)a magʰavanjmsn parip aśāyatavp·U·3s«√śī  
    jananmpg dʰenānfpa avacākaśatvp·AE3s«ava~√kāś vṛṣannmsn |
    yasr3msg ahac śakrajmsn savanannpl raṇyativp·A·3s«√raṇ  
    sasr3msn tīvrajmpi somanmpi sahateva·A·3s«√sah pṛtanyatjmpa 



6.  The generous one has stopped⁵ by every clan.
    The bull⁶ shall keep manifesting nourishing streams of the folks.
    In whose pressings the empowering one takes pleasure,
    he, with the help of pungent Soma drops, overpowers those⁷ who assail [him].



ā́po ná síndʰumabʰí yátsamákṣaransómāsa índraṃ kulyā́ iva hradám |
várdʰanti víprā máho asya sā́dane yávaṃ ná vṛṣṭírdivyéna dā́nunā || 7||



7.  apnfpn nac sindʰunmsa abʰip yadc samakṣaranvp·Aa3p«sam~√kṣar  
    somanmpn indraNmsa kulyānfpn ivac hradanmsa |
    vardʰantivp·A·3p«√vṛdʰ viprajmpn mahasnnsa ayamr3msg sādanannsl  
    yavanmsa nac vṛṣṭinfsn divyajnsi dānunnsi 



7.  As waters [swell] a river when they flow at the same time towards [it],
    Soma [drops] [swell] Indra like brooks [flowing towards] a pool.
    Inwardly-excited ones, when weary, strengthen his might
    like rain [strengthens] barley with celestial dew.



vṛ́ṣā ná kruddʰáḥ patayadrájassvā́ yó aryápatnīrákṛṇodimā́ apáḥ |
sá sunvaté magʰávā jīrádānavé'vindajjyótirmánave havíṣmate || 8||



8.  vṛṣannmsn nac kruddʰajmsn patayatvpCAE3s«√pat rajasnnpl āp  
    yasr3msn (arijmsg-patnīnfs)nfpa akṛṇotvp·Aa3s«√kṛ ayamr3fpa apnfpa |
    sasr3msn sunvanttp·Amsd«√su magʰavanjmsn (jīranms-dānujms)jmsd  
    avindatvp·Aa3s«√vid jyotisnnsa manujmsd haviṣmantjmsd 



8.  Irritated like a [challenged] bull, he shall descend upon darkening emotions,
    he, who made these waters mistresses of the rising upwards one⁸.
    He, the generous one, did find the light for quick-to-bestow pressing-[Soma] [worshiper] ---
    for offering libations, intelligent one.



újjāyatāṃ paraśúrjyótiṣā sahá bʰūyā́ ṛtásya sudúgʰā purāṇavát |
ví rocatāmaruṣó bʰānúnā śúciḥ svàrṇá śukráṃ śuśucīta sátpatiḥ || 9||



9.  udp jāyatāmvp·Ao3s«√jan (parajms-śujms)nmsn jyotisnnsi sahap  
    bʰūyāsvp·Ai2s«√bʰū ṛtannsg sudugʰājfsn purāṇavata |
    vip rocatāmva·Ao3s«√ruc aruṣajmsn bʰānunmsi śucijmsn  
    svarnnsa nac śukrajnsa śuśucītava·Ii3s«√śuc (satnns-patinms)jmsn 



9.  Let the ax⁹ become manifest together with the light!
    May thou become yielding-much milk [cow] of ṛta --- as of old!
    Let it¹⁰, tempered, gleaming with lustre, shine forth!
    The overseer of what's real should have shined pure like sva`r [light].



góbʰiṣṭaremā́matiṃ durévāṃ yávena kṣúdʰaṃ puruhūta víśvām |
vayáṃ rā́jabʰiḥ pratʰamā́ dʰánānyasmā́kena vṛjánenā jayema || 10||



10. gonfpi taremavp·Ai1p«√tṝ amatinfsa durevājfsa  
     yavanmsi kṣudʰjfsa (purujms-hūtajms)jmsv viśvājfsa |
     vayamr1mpn rājannmpi pratʰamajmpn dʰanannpa  
     asmakajnsi vrajanmsi jayemavp·Ai1p«√ji 



10. We might overcome malignant impulsiveness with cows¹¹,
    [we might overcome] all hunger with barley, O much invoked one!
    We, together with chieftains being primary [contenders], [might win] the prizes,
    Together with our sacrificial circle we might win!



bṛ́haspátirnaḥ pári pātu paścā́dutóttarasmādádʰarādagʰāyóḥ |
índraḥ purástādutá madʰyató naḥ sákʰā sákʰibʰyo várivaḥ kṛṇotu || 11||



11. bṛhaspatiNmsn vayamr1mpa parip pātuvp·Ao3s«√pā paścāta  
     utac uttarāta adʰarāta agʰāyujmsb |
     indraNmsn purastāta utac madʰyatasa vayamr1mpa  
     sakʰinmsn sakʰinmpi varivasnnsa kṛnotuvp·Ao3s«√kṛ 



11. May Bṛhaspati protect us overall --- from behind,
    and from above, from below --- from him who intends ill!
    And [may] Indra from the center¹² [protect us] from the front!
    A companion with companions, may he create [free from distress]¹³ mental space!


1 adept of Indra
2 golden light seen even with eyes closed due to, perhaps, sudden high level of adrenaline in blood
3 assuming after p.1446 J&B2014 that śvagʰnin=``a gambler with a winning throw of dice''
4 maṇipūra cakra
5 lit. ``came to rest, reposed in a sufficient manner''
6 Soma
7 Śuṣṇa, Śambara, etc.
8 inner Soma
9 prob. the thunderbolt
10 the thunderbolt
11 evocative expressions
12 prob. maṇipūra cakra
13 on the basis of 1.63.7d


Sūkta 10.44 

ā́ yātvíndraḥ svápatirmádāya yó dʰármaṇā tūtujānástúviṣmān |
pratvakṣāṇó áti víśvā sáhāṃsyapāréṇa mahatā́ vṛ́ṣṇyena || 1||



1.  āp yātuvp·Ao3s«√yā indraNmsn svapatijmsn madanmsd  
    yasr3msn dʰarmannnsi tūtujānajmsn tuviṣmantjmsn |
    pratvakṣāṇajmsn atip viśvajnpa sahasnnpa  
    apārajnsi mahatjnsi vṛṣṇyannsi 



1.  May Indra, who is his own master, journey here for an exhilaration ---
    [he,] who, having the power to control, [is] ever urging by his very nature,
    [who is] shaping [one's powers] beyond all overwhelming powers 
    through [his] boundless extensive manliness.



suṣṭʰā́mā rátʰaḥ suyámā hárī te mimyákṣa vájro nṛpate gábʰastau |
śī́bʰaṃ rājansupátʰā́ yāhyarvā́ṅvárdʰāma te papúṣo vṛ́ṣṇyāni || 2||



2.  suṣṭʰāmanjmsn ratʰanmsn suyamajmdn harijmdn tvamr2msd  
    mimyakṣavp·I·3s«√myakṣ vajranmsn (nṛnms-patinms)nmsv gabʰastinmsl |
    śībʰama rājannmsv supatʰinnmsi āp yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā arvācjmsn  
    vardʰāmavp·Ao1p«√vṛdʰ tvamr2msg papivaṃstp·Imsg«√pā vṛṣṇyannpa 



2.  The chariot has a firm frame, two tawny ones [are] easy to restrain for thee,
    the thunderbolt has been present in [this] hand, O overseer of men!
    Coming hitherward, journey here quickly, O chieftain, along an easy pathway!
    Let us strengthen manly powers of thee who has drunk [Soma]!



éndravā́ho nṛpátiṃ vájrabāhumugrámugrā́sastaviṣā́sa enam |
prátvakṣasaṃ vṛṣabʰáṃ satyáśuṣmamémasmatrā́ sadʰamā́do vahantu || 3||



3.  āp (indraNms-vāhjms)jmpn (nṛnms-patinms)nmsa (vajranms-bāhunms)jmsa  
    ugrajmsa ugrajmpn taviṣajmpn enar3msa |
    pratvakṣasjmsa (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa (satyajms-śuṣmanms)jmsa  
    āp īmr3msa asmatrāa (sadʰaa-mādnms)nmpn vahantuvp·Ao3p«√vah 



3.  Here [are] violent in-control [Marut-s] conveying Indra ---
    him, [who is] ferocious thunderbolt-in-arms overseer of men.
    Let drinking companions convey him here, to us,
    [him,] shaping [one's powers], having genuine fervor, resembling-a-bull one!



evā́ pátiṃ droṇasā́caṃ sácetasamūrjá skambʰáṃ dʰarúṇa ā́ vṛṣāyase |
ójaḥ kṛṣva sáṃ gṛbʰāya tvé ápyáso yátʰā kenipā́nāminó vṛdʰé || 4||



4.  evac patinmsa (droṇanns-sācjms)jmsa sacetasjmsa  
    ūrjnfsg skambʰanmsa dʰaruṇannsl āp vṛṣāyaseva·A·2s«√vṛṣāy |
    ojasnnsa kṛṣvava·Ao2s«√kṛ samp gṛbʰāyavp·Ao2s«√gṛbʰāy tvamr2msl apia  
    asasvp·AE2s«√as yatʰāc kenipanmpg inajmsn vṛdʰev···D··«√vṛdʰ 



4.  Really, in the foundation¹ thou act like a bull
    towards associated with a wooden vessel intelligent protector², [who is] the pillar of strength.
    Cause frenzy! Also, accept into thyself [the honey]³!
    To strengthen, thou shall be as if invigorating of those who keep watch⁴.



gámannasmé vásūnyā́ hí śáṃsiṣaṃ svāśíṣaṃ bʰáramā́ yāhi somínaḥ |
tvámīśiṣe sā́smínnā́ satsi barhíṣyanādʰṛṣyā́ táva pā́trāṇi dʰármaṇā || 5||



5.  gamanva·AE3p«√gam vayamr1mpd vasunnpn āp hic śaṃsiṣamvp·UE1s«√śaṃs  
    svāśiṣajmsa bʰaranmsa āp yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā sominjmsg |
    tvamr2msn īśiṣeva·A·2s«√īś sasr3msn ayamr3msl āp satsivp·Ao2s«√sad barhisnnsl  
    anādʰṛṣyajnpa tvamr2msg pātrannpn dʰarmaṇāa 



5.  Since I shall recite [evocative expressions], beneficial things shall be coming to us.
    Journey here to well-mixed offering of him who offers Soma!
    Thou are in command. Being such, preside over this sacrificial grass!
    Thy means of protection by their very nature are not to be meddled with.
------



pṛ́tʰakprā́yanpratʰamā́ deváhūtayó'kṛṇvata śravasyā̀ni duṣṭárā |
ná yé śekúryajñíyāṃ nā́vamārúhamīrmaívá té nyaviśanta képayaḥ || 6||



6.  pṛtʰaka prap āyanvp·Aa3p«√i pratʰamājfpn (devanms-hūtinfs)nfpn  
    akṛṇvatava·Aa3p«√kṛ śravasyannpa duṣṭarajnpa |
    nac yasr3mpn śekurvp·I·3p«√śak yajñiyājfsa naunfsa āruhv···D··«√ruh  
    īrmāa evac tasr3mpn nip aviśantavp·Aa3p«√viś kepijmpn 



6.  Earliest invocations of deva-s proceeded separately;
    they effected difficult-to-surpass worthy of fame deeds.
    Those, who were not able to mount worthy-of-a-sacrifice ship,
    they, shaking, descended [from the state of elevation] to ever instigating [others].



evaívā́pāgápare santu dūḍʰyó'śvā yéṣāṃ duryúja āyuyujré |
ittʰā́ yé prā́gúpare sánti dāváne purū́ṇi yátra vayúnāni bʰójanā || 7||



7.  evac evac apāñcjmpn aparajmpn santuvp·Ao3p«√as dūḍʰijmpn  
    aśvanmpn yasr3mpg duryujjmpn āyuyujreva·I·3p«ā~√yuj |
    ittʰāa yasr3mpn prāñcjmpn uparajmpn santivp·A·3p«√as dāvannnsd  
    purujnpn yatrac vayunajnpn bʰojanannpn 



7.  Just so, let those, whose visualizations were inferior,
    [but] whose difficult-to-yoke horses have joined [a fight], be following [though] being behind.
    Thus those who are in front [in the fight] are nearer in order to receive,
    when sources of pleasure [are] many [and] enticing.



girī́m̐rájrānréjamānām̐ adʰārayaddyaúḥ krandadantárikṣāṇi kopayat |
samīcīné dʰiṣáṇe ví ṣkabʰāyati vṛ́ṣṇaḥ pītvā́ máda uktʰā́ni śaṃsati || 8||



8.  girinmpa ajranmpa rejamānajmpa adʰārayatvpCAa3s«√dʰṛ  
    dyunmsn krandatvp·AE3s«√krand (antara-īkṣajms)nnpa kopayatvpCAE3s«√kup |
    samīcīnajfda (dʰīnfs-sanājms)nfda vip skabʰāyativp·A·3s«√skambʰāy vṛṣannmsg pītvātp·A???«√pā madanmsl uktʰannpa śaṃsativp·A·3s«√śaṃs 



8.  [When] one made ``mountains''⁵ to restrain trembling ``plains''⁶,
    [then] the Heaven shall call out, it shall cause intermediate ones⁷ to swell with rage.
    He [then] props two tending in the same direction efforts to visualize.
    Drinking the bull⁸, he recites verses in the [resulting] exhilaration.
------



imáṃ bibʰarmi súkṛtaṃ te aṅkuśáṃ yénārujā́si magʰavañcʰapʰārújaḥ |
asmínsú te sávane astvokyàṃ sutá iṣṭaú magʰavanbodʰyā́bʰagaḥ || 9||



9.  ayamr3msa bibʰarmivp·A·1s«√bʰṛ sukṛtajmsa tvamr2msd aṅkuśanmsa  
    yasr3msi ārujāsivp·A·2s«ā~√ruj magʰavanjmsv (śapʰanms-ārujjms)jmpa |
    ayamr3msl sujnsn tvamr2msd savanannsl astuvp·Ao3s«√as okyannsn  
    sutajmsl iṣṭinfsl magʰavanjmsv bodʰivp·Ao2s«√bʰū ābʰagajmsn 



9.  I carry for thee this well-made hook with which thou,
    O generous one, break up those who break up with hoofs.
    May it be a good home for thee at this pressing [of Soma]!
    During seeking pressed [Soma], may thou, O generous one, become endowed with a share [of it]!



góbʰiṣṭaremā́matiṃ durévāṃ yávena kṣúdʰaṃ puruhūta víśvām |
vayáṃ rā́jabʰiḥ pratʰamā́ dʰánānyasmā́kena vṛjánenā jayema || 10||



10. gonfpi taremavp·Ai1p«√tṝ amatinfsa durevājfsa  
     yavanmsi kṣudʰjfsa (purujms-hūtajms)jmsv viśvājfsa |
     vayamr1mpn rājannmpi pratʰamajmpn dʰanannpa  
     asmakajnsi vrajanmsi jayemavp·Ai1p«√ji 



10. We might overcome malignant impulsiveness with cows⁹,
    [we might overcome] all hunger with barley, O much invoked one!
    We together with chieftains being primary [contenders] [might win] the prizes,
    Together with our sacrificial circle we might win!



bṛ́haspátirnaḥ pári pātu paścā́dutóttarasmādádʰarādagʰāyóḥ |
índraḥ purástādutá madʰyató naḥ sákʰā sákʰibʰyo várivaḥ kṛṇotu || 11||



11. bṛhaspatiNmsn vayamr1mpa parip pātuvp·Ao3s«√pā paścāta  
     utac uttarāta adʰarāta agʰāyujmsb |
     indraNmsn purastāta utac madʰyatasa vayamr1mpa  
     sakʰinmsn sakʰinmpi varivasnnsa kṛnotuvp·Ao3s«√kṛ 



11. May Bṛhaspati protect us overall --- from behind,
    and from above, from below --- from him who intends ill!
    And [may] Indra from the center¹⁰ [protect us] from the front!
    A companion with companions, may he create [free from distress]¹¹ mental space!


1 prob. mūlādʰāra cakra
2 Soma
3 on the basis of 8.17.5c
4 kenipa= ``one who keeps watch'' is following p.1449 J&B2014
5 personal strengths that mobilize and organize mental and bodily vigour
6 personal weaknesses that make one subject to be overrun by fears
7 vital airs
8 Soma
9 evocative expressions
10 prob. maṇipūra cakra
11 on the basis of 1.63.7d


Sūkta 10.45 

diváspári pratʰamáṃ jajñe agnírasmáddvitī́yaṃ pári jātávedāḥ |
tṛtī́yamapsú nṛmáṇā ájasramíndʰāna enaṃ jarate svādʰī́ḥ || 1||











vidmā́ te agne tredʰā́ trayā́ṇi vidmā́ te dʰā́ma víbʰṛtā purutrā́ |
vidmā́ te nā́ma paramáṃ gúhā yádvidmā́ támútsaṃ yáta ājagántʰa || 2||











samudré tvā nṛmáṇā apsvàntárnṛcákṣā īdʰe divó agna ū́dʰan |
tṛtī́ye tvā rájasi tastʰivā́ṃsamapā́mupástʰe mahiṣā́ avardʰan || 3||











ákrandadagní stanáyanniva dyaúḥ kṣā́mā rérihadvīrúdʰaḥ samañján |
sadyó jajñānó ví hī́middʰó ákʰyadā́ ródasī bʰānúnā bʰātyantáḥ || 4||











śrīṇā́mudāró dʰarúṇo rayīṇā́ṃ manīṣā́ṇāṃ prā́rpaṇaḥ sómagopāḥ |
vásuḥ sūnúḥ sáhaso apsú rā́jā ví bʰātyágra uṣásāmidʰānáḥ || 5||











víśvasya ketúrbʰúvanasya gárbʰa ā́ ródasī apṛṇājjā́yamānaḥ |
vīḷúṃ cidádrimabʰinatparāyáñjánā yádagnímáyajanta páñca || 6||











uśíkpāvakó aratíḥ sumedʰā́ márteṣvagníramṛ́to ní dʰāyi |
íyarti dʰūmámaruṣáṃ bʰáribʰradúcʰukréṇa śocíṣā dyā́mínakṣan || 7||











dṛśānó rukmá urviyā́ vyadyauddurmárṣamā́yuḥ śriyé rucānáḥ |
agníramṛ́to abʰavadváyobʰiryádenaṃ dyaúrjanáyatsurétāḥ || 8||











yáste adyá kṛṇávadbʰadraśoce'pūpáṃ deva gʰṛtávantamagne |
prá táṃ naya prataráṃ vásyo ácʰābʰí sumnáṃ devábʰaktaṃ yaviṣṭʰa || 9||











ā́ táṃ bʰaja sauśravaséṣvagna uktʰaùktʰa ā́ bʰaja śasyámāne |
priyáḥ sū́rye priyó agnā́ bʰavātyújjāténa bʰinádadújjánitvaiḥ || 10||











tvā́magne yájamānā ánu dyū́nvíśvā vásu dadʰire vā́ryāṇi |
tváyā sahá dráviṇamicʰámānā vrajáṃ gómantamuśíjo ví vavruḥ || 11||











ástāvyagnírnarā́ṃ suśévo vaiśvānará ṛ́ṣibʰiḥ sómagopāḥ |
adveṣé dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ huvema dévā dʰattá rayímasmé suvī́ram || 12||












Sūkta 10.46 

prá hótā jātó mahā́nnabʰovínnṛṣádvā sīdadapā́mupástʰe |
dádʰiryó dʰā́yi sá te váyāṃsi yantā́ vásūni vidʰaté tanūpā́ḥ || 1||











imáṃ vidʰánto apā́ṃ sadʰástʰe paśúṃ ná naṣṭáṃ padaíránu gman |
gúhā cátantamuśíjo námobʰiricʰánto dʰī́rā bʰṛ́gavo'vindan || 2||











imáṃ tritó bʰū́ryavindadicʰánvaibʰūvasó mūrdʰányágʰnyāyāḥ |
sá śévṛdʰo jātá ā́ harmyéṣu nā́bʰiryúvā bʰavati rocanásya || 3||











mandráṃ hótāramuśíjo námobʰiḥ prā́ñcaṃ yajñáṃ netā́ramadʰvarā́ṇām |
viśā́makṛṇvannaratíṃ pāvakáṃ havyavā́haṃ dádʰato mā́nuṣeṣu || 4||











prá bʰūrjáyantaṃ mahā́ṃ vipodʰā́ṃ mūrā́ ámūraṃ purā́ṃ darmā́ṇam |
náyanto gárbʰaṃ vanā́ṃ dʰíyaṃ dʰurhíriśmaśruṃ nā́rvāṇaṃ dʰánarcam || 5||











ní pastyā̀su tritá stabʰūyánpárivīto yónau sīdadantáḥ |
átaḥ saṃgṛ́bʰyā viśā́ṃ dámūnā vídʰarmaṇāyantraírīyate nṝ́n || 6||











asyā́járāso damā́marítrā arcáddʰūmāso agnáyaḥ pāvakā́ḥ |
śvitīcáyaḥ śvātrā́so bʰuraṇyávo vanarṣádo vāyávo ná sómāḥ || 7||











prá jihváyā bʰarate vépo agníḥ prá vayúnāni cétasā pṛtʰivyā́ḥ |
támāyávaḥ śucáyantaṃ pāvakáṃ mandráṃ hótāraṃ dadʰire yájiṣṭʰam || 8||











dyā́vā yámagníṃ pṛtʰivī́ jániṣṭāmā́pastváṣṭā bʰṛ́gavo yáṃ sáhobʰiḥ |
īḷényaṃ pratʰamáṃ mātaríśvā devā́statakṣurmánave yájatram || 9||











yáṃ tvā devā́ dadʰiré havyavā́haṃ puruspṛ́ho mā́nuṣāso yájatram |
sá yā́mannagne stuvaté váyo dʰāḥ prá devayányaśásaḥ sáṃ hí pūrvī́ḥ || 10||












Sūkta 10.47 

jagṛbʰmā́ te dákṣiṇamindra hástaṃ vasūyávo vasupate vásūnām |
vidmā́ hí tvā gópatiṃ śūra gónāmasmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 1||



1.  jagṛbʰmavp·I·1p«√grabʰ tvamr2msg dakṣiṇajmsa indraNmsv hastanmsa  
    (vasunns-yujms)jmpn (vasunns-patinms)nmsv vasunnpg |
    vidmavp·I·1p«√vid hic tvamr2msa (gonfs-patinms)nmsa śūranmsv gonfpg  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



1.  We, seeking benefits, have grasped thy, O Indra, right hand,
    O overseer of benefits of the treasures!
    Since we have known thee as the master of evocative expressions¹, O agent of change,
    thou shall give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



svāyudʰáṃ svávasaṃ sunītʰáṃ cátuḥsamudraṃ dʰarúṇaṃ rayīṇā́m |
carkṛ́tyaṃ śáṃsyaṃ bʰū́rivāramasmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 2||



2.  svāyudʰajmsa svavasjmsa sunītʰajmsa  
    (caturu-samudranms)jmsa dʰaruṇannsa rayinmpg |
    carkṛtyajmsa śaṃsyajmsa (bʰūria-vārajms)jmsa  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



2.  [Since we have known thee as] wellarmed, affording good protection, guiding well,
    having-four-seas foundation of treasures,
    praiseworthy [and] to be mentioned with praise, much treasured one,
    thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



subráhmāṇaṃ devávantaṃ bṛhántamurúṃ gabʰīráṃ pṛtʰúbudʰnamindra |
śrutáṛṣimugrámabʰimātiṣā́hamasmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 3||



3.  subrahmanjmsa devavantjmsa bṛhatjmsa  
    urujmsa gabʰīrajmsa (pṛtʰujms-budʰnanms)jmsa indraNmsv |
    (śrutajms-ṛṣinms)jmsa ugrajmsa (abʰimātinfs-sahjfs)jmsa  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



3.  [Since we have known thee as] well-[strengthening]-a-formulation, accompanied by deva-s,
    extensive, like-a-wide-space, deep, having-an-extensive-base,
    O Indra, [as] famed by seers, [as] ferocious, overcoming those who intend to hurt,
    thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



sanádvājaṃ vípravīraṃ tárutraṃ dʰanaspṛ́taṃ śūśuvā́ṃsaṃ sudákṣam |
dasyuhánaṃ pūrbʰídamindra satyámasmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 4||



4.  (sanatjms-vājanms)jmsa (viprajms-vīranms)nmsa tarutrajmsa  
    (dʰananns-spṛtjms)jmsa śūśuvaṃstp·Imsa«√śvi sudakṣajmsa |
    (dasnfs-yujms-hanjms)jmsa (purnfs-bʰidjms)nmsa indraNmsv satyajmsa  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



4.  [Since we have known thee as] bestowing rush of vigour, [as one] whose heroes are inwardly-excited ones, [as] carrying across,
    [as] carrying-away-prizes, [as] swelled, [as] well-discerning,²
    [as] a slayer of the impulse to suffer want, as a breaker of strongholds, O Indra, [as being] real,
    thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



áśvāvantaṃ ratʰínaṃ vīrávantaṃ sahasríṇaṃ śatínaṃ vā́jamindra |
bʰadrávrātaṃ vípravīraṃ svarṣā́masmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 5||



5.  aśvavantjmsa ratʰinnmsa vīravantjmsa  
    sahasrinjmsa śatinnmsa vājanmsa indraNmsv |
    (bʰadranns-vrātanms)jmsa (viprajms-vīranms)nmsa (svarnns-sājms)jmsa  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



5.  [Since we have known thee as] rich in horses, rich in heroes charioteer ---
    [thou will give us] having hundred, having thousand [means of helping] rush of vigour, O Indra,
    [Since we have known thee as] one whose troop [brings] a good fortune, [as one] whose heroes are inwardly-excited ones, [as] gaining sva`r,
    thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



prá saptágumṛtádʰītiṃ sumedʰā́ṃ bṛ́haspátiṃ matírácʰā jigāti |
yá āṅgirasó námasopasádyo'smábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 6||



6.  prap saptaguNmsa (ṛtanns-dʰītinfs)jmsa sumedʰasjmsa  
    bṛhaspatiNmsa matinfsn acʰāp jigātivp·A·3s«√gā |
    yasr3msn āṅgirasanmsn namasnnsi upasadyajmsn  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



6.  [Favor] having good intent Saptagu, whose visualizations [are] based on ṛta!
    Mental gesture advances towards Bṛhaspati,
    who, being one of aṅgiras-es, is to be approached respectfully, reverently.
    Thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



vánīvāno máma dūtā́sa índraṃ stómāścaranti sumatī́riyānā́ḥ |
hṛdispṛ́śo mánasā vacyámānā asmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 7||



7.  vanīvanjmpn ahamr1msg dūtanmpn indraNmsa  
    stomanmpn carantivp·A·3p«√car sumatinfpa iyānataIAmpn«√i |
    (hṛdnnsl-spṛśjms)jmpn manasnnsi vacyamānata·Ampn«√vañc  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



7.  Hymns of praise --- my demanding messengers ---
    repeatedly coming to effective mental gestures, roam about Indra ---
    [they are] poured forth, mentally touching-the-heart.
    Thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.



yáttvā yā́mi daddʰí tánna indra bṛhántaṃ kṣáyamásamaṃ jánānām |
abʰí táddyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ gṛṇītāmasmábʰyaṃ citráṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rayíṃ dāḥ || 8||



8.  yadr3nsa tvamr2msa yāmivp·A·1s«√yā daddʰivp·Ao2s«√dā tadr3nsa vayamr1mpd indraNmsv bṛhatjmsa kṣayanmsa asamajmsa jananmpg |
    abʰip tadr3nsa (dyunmd-pṛtʰivīnfd)nfdn gṛṇītāmvp·U·3d«√gṝ  
    vayamr1mpd citrajmsa vṛṣaṇajmsa rayinmsa dāsvp·AE2s«√dā 



8.  What I ask of thee, give that to us, O Indra,
    that spacious unequaled abode of the folks
    which the Heaven and the Earth welcomed propitiously.
    Thou will give us conspicuous impregnating treasure.


1 lit. cows
2 this line is the same as 6.19.8b


Sūkta 10.48 

aháṃ bʰuvaṃ vásunaḥ pūrvyáspátiraháṃ dʰánāni sáṃ jayāmi śáśvataḥ |
mā́ṃ havante pitáraṃ ná jantávo'háṃ dāśúṣe ví bʰajāmi bʰójanam || 1||



1.  ahamr1msn bʰuvamvp·AE1s«√bʰū vasunnsg pūrvyajmsn patinmsn  
    ahamr1msn samp jayāmivp·A·1s«√ji śaśvata |
    ahamr1msa havanteva·A·3p«√hū pitṛnmsa nac jantunmpn  
    ahamr1msn dāśvaṅstp·Imsd«√dāś vip bʰajāmivp·A·1s«√bʰaj bʰojanannsa 



1.  I shall become peerless overseer of what's beneficial;
    time and again I win completely.
    Creatures call upon me as if upon father.
    I apportion to a worshiper a source of pleasure.



ahámíndro ródʰo vákṣo átʰarvaṇastritā́ya gā́ ajanayamáherádʰi |
aháṃ dásyubʰyaḥ pári nṛmṇámā́ dade gotrā́ śíkṣandadʰīcé mātaríśvane || 2||



2.  ahamr1msn indraNmsn rodʰasnnsn vakṣasnnsn atʰarvannmsg  
    tritaNmsd gonfpa ajanayamvp·Aa1s«√jan ahinmsb adʰip |
    ahamr1msn (dasnfs-yujms)nmpb parip nṛmṇannsa āp dadeva·I·1s«√dā  
    gotrannpa śikṣanttpDAmsn«√śak dadʰyacNmsd mātariśvannmsd 



2.  I, Indra, [am] the mound, the breast[-plate] of atʰarvan ---
    from the presence of the snake I have manifested for Trita¹ evocative expressions².
    I have taken away from impulses to suffer want courage [and] ``cowsheds'' ---
    wishing to be effective for Dadʰyac, [and] for ``swelling in the mother'' one³.



máhyaṃ tváṣṭā vájramatakṣadāyasáṃ máyi devā́so'vṛjannápi krátum |
mámā́nīkaṃ sū́ryasyeva duṣṭáraṃ mā́mā́ryanti kṛténa kártvena ca || 3||



3.  ahamr1msd tvaṣṭṛNmsn vajranmsa atakṣatvp·Aa3s«√takṣ āyasajmsa  
    ahamr1msl devanmpn avṛjanvp·U·3p«√vṛj apia kratunmsa |
    ahamr1msg anīkannsn sūryanmsg ivac duṣṭarajnsn  
    ahamr1msa āryantivp·A·3p«√ār kṛtajnsi kartvajnsi cac 



3.  For me Tvaṣṭṛ fashioned iron thunderbolt,
    also, in me⁴ deva-s pull up the resourcefulness.
    My appearance --- as that of the sun --- [is] difficult to surpass.
    With what was and is to be done they raise me.



ahámetáṃ gavyáyamáśvyaṃ paśúṃ purīṣíṇaṃ sā́yakenā hiraṇyáyam |
purū́ sahásrā ní śiśāmi dāśúṣe yánmā sómāsa uktʰíno ámandiṣuḥ || 4||



4.  ahamr1msn etasr3msa gavyayajmsa aśvyajmsa paśunmsa  
    purīṣinnmsa sāyakajnsi hiraṇyayajmsa |
    purua sahasrau nip śiśāmivp·A·1s«√śo dāśvaṅstp·Imsd«√dāś  
    yadc ahamr1msa somanmpn uktʰinnmsg amandiṣurvp·U·3p«√mand 



4.  With what's intended I [raise] this coming-from-cows⁵ coming-from-horses⁶ beast ---
    preemptive enchanting [thunderbolt];
    for a worshiper I ``grind down'' many thousands ---
    when Soma drops of him who is uttering verses inflame me.



ahámíndro ná párā jigya íddʰánaṃ ná mṛtyávé'va tastʰe kádā caná |
sómamínmā sunvánto yācatā vásu ná me pūravaḥ sakʰyé riṣātʰana || 5||



5.  ahamr1msn indraNmsn nac parāa jigyeva·I·1s«√ji idc dʰanannsa  
    nac mṛtyunmsd avap tastʰeva·I·1s«√stʰā kadāc canac |
    somanmsa idc ahamr1msa sunvanttp·Ampn«√su yācatavp·AE2p«√yāc  
    nac ahamr1msg pūrunmpn sakʰyannsl riṣātʰanavp·Ae2p«√riṣ 



5.  I, Indra, have not been really deprived of spoils,
    I have never stood down for the death.
    Ye, pressing only Soma, shall ask me for the beneficial thing ---
    commoners, who are like-minded with me, would not be hurt.



ahámetā́ñcʰā́śvasato dvā́dvéndraṃ yé vájraṃ yudʰáyé'kṛṇvata |
āhváyamānām̐ áva hánmanāhanaṃ dṛḷhā́ vádannánamasyurnamasvínaḥ || 6||



6.  ahamr1msn etasr3mpa śāśvasatjmpa (dvau-dvau)a  
    indraNmsa yasr3mpn vajranmsa yudʰayev···D··«√yudʰ akṛṇvatava·Aa3p«√kṛ |
    āhvayamānajmpa avap hanmannmsi ahanamvp·Aa1s«√han  
    dṛḷhannpa vadanttp·Amsn«√vad anamasyujmsn namasvinjmpa 



6.  I [brought together] these two-against-two heavy-breathing [men]
    who rendered Indra as a thunderbolt in order to fight.
    I fended off with a strike that keeps striking challenging [them demons],
    indicating [their] strongholds, [but] not-seeking-adoration, to [those who are] full-of-reverence.



abʰī̀dámékaméko asmi niṣṣā́ḷabʰī́ dvā́ kímu tráyaḥ karanti |
kʰále ná parṣā́npráti hanmi bʰū́ri kíṃ mā nindanti śátravo'nindrā́ḥ || 7||



7.  abʰip ayamr3nsa ekajnsa ekajmsn asmivp·A·1s«√as niṣṣāhjmsn  
    abʰip dvāu kimc uc triu karantivp·A·3p«√kṛ |
    kʰalanmsl nac parṣanmpa pratip hanmivp·A·1s«√han bʰūria  
    kimc ahamr1msa nindantivp·A·3p«√nid śatrunmpn anindrajmpn 



7.  Against this one⁷, one-on-one, I am overpowering ---
    and against two [too]. What even three [could] do?
    As if [striking] bundles on a threshing floor, I strike against [them] repeatedly.
    Do lacking-Indra enemies blame me?



aháṃ guṅgúbʰyo atitʰigvámíṣkaramíṣaṃ ná vṛtratúraṃ vikṣú dʰārayam |
yátparṇayagʰná utá vā karañjahé prā́háṃ mahé vṛtrahátye áśuśravi || 8||



8.  ahamr1msn guṅguNmpd atitʰigvaNmsa iṣkaramvp·A·1s«nis~√kṛ  
    iṣnfsa nac (vṛtranns-turjms)jmsa viśnfpl dʰārayamvpCAE1s«√dʰṛ |
    yadc (parṇayaNms-hanjms)nnsd utacc karañjahajmsl  
    prap ahamr1msn mahjfsd (vṛtranns-hatinfs)nfsd aśuśravivp·U·1s«√śru 



8.  For guṅgu-s I prepared Atitʰigva.
    I shall maintain among clans contending with Vṛtra [treasure] as a refreshment.
    Also, I was listened to for extensive slaying of Vṛtra,
    when during striking Karañja [it was needed] to slay Parṇaya.



prá me námī sāpyá iṣé bʰujé bʰūdgávāméṣe sakʰyā́ kṛṇuta dvitā́ |
didyúṃ yádasya samitʰéṣu maṃháyamā́dídenaṃ śáṃsyamuktʰyàṃ karam || 9||



9.  prap ahamr1msg namīNmsn sāpyaNmsn iṣnfsd bʰujev···D··«√bʰuj bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū  
    gonfpg eṣanmsl sakʰyannpa kṛṇutavp·AE3s«√kṛ dvitāa |
    didyunmsa yadc ayamr3msg samitʰanmpl maṃhayamvp·AE1s«√maṃh  
    ātc idc enamr3msa śaṃsyajmsa uktʰyajmsa karamvp·AE1s«√kṛ 



9.  Namī Sāpya should have become a master of my refreshment to make use [of it].
    Certainly, in going after cows, he shall effect partnerships.
    When I will bestow his lightning[-like missile] during hostile encounters,
    only after that I shall make him praiseworthy [and] to-be-praised.



prá némasmindadṛśe sómo antárgopā́ némamāvírastʰā́ kṛṇoti |
sá tigmáśṛṅgaṃ vṛṣabʰáṃ yúyutsandruhástastʰau bahulé baddʰó antáḥ || 10||



10. prap nemajnsl dadṛśeva·I·3s«√dṛś somanmsn antara  
     (gonfs-pājms)nmsn nemajnsa āvisa astʰājnsa kṛṇotivp·A·3s«√kṛ |
     sasr3msn (tigmajms-śṛṅganns)jmsa (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsa yuyutsanttpDAmsn«√yudʰ  
     druhnmsg tastʰauvp·I·3s«√stʰā bahulajmsl baddʰajmsn antara 



10. Soma has observed what's inside of not-this-one⁸;
    the guardian⁹ makes not-this-one manifestly unstable.
    He, who wishes to fight resembling a sharp-horned bull [Soma],
    has remained bounded midst numerous [obstacles] of the fiend.



ādityā́nāṃ vásūnāṃ rudríyāṇāṃ devó devā́nāṃ ná mināmi dʰā́ma |
té mā bʰadrā́ya śávase tatakṣuráparājitamástṛtamáṣāḷham || 11||



11. ādityaNmpg vasuNmpg rudriyaNmpg devanmsn devanmpg nac mināmivp·A·1s«√mī dʰāmannnsa |
     tasr3mpn ahamr1msa bʰadrajnsd śavasnnsd tatakṣurvp·I·3p«√takṣ (aparājms-jitajms)jmsa astṛtajmsa aṣāḷhajmsa 



11. [Though being] the deva of deva-s, I do not moderate
    the established order of Āditya-s, of Vasu-s, of Rudriya-s,
    [because] they have fashioned me for auspicious power to change
    [as] unconquered, undistracted, invincible.


1 prob. the throat cakra
2 lit. ``cows''
3 Agni --- on the basis of 3.29.11c
4 that is, in the state of Indra
5 coming from evocative expressions
6 coming from drops of Soma
7 Vṛtra
8 Vṛtra
9 Indra


Sūkta 10.49 

aháṃ dāṃ gṛṇaté pū́rvyaṃ vásvaháṃ bráhma kṛṇavaṃ máhyaṃ várdʰanam |
aháṃ bʰuvaṃ yájamānasya coditā́yajvanaḥ sākṣi víśvasminbʰáre || 1||



1.  ahamr1msn dāmvp·U·1s«√dā gṛṇanttp·Ampa«√gṝ pūrvyajnsa vasunnsa  
    ahamr1msn brahmannnsa kṛṇavamvp·AE1s«√kṛ ahamr1msd vardʰanajnsa |
    ahamr1msn bʰuvamvp·AE1s«√bʰū yajamānatp·Amsg«√yaj coditṛnmsn  
    ayajvanjmsg sākṣiva·UE1s«√sah viśvajmsl bʰaranmsl 



1.  I bestowed upon extolling [me] peerless treasure,
    I shall create formulation that is strengthening to me.
    I shall become inciter of a sacrificer,
    in every battle I shall prevail over not-being-accompanied-by-a-sacrifice one.



mā́ṃ dʰuríndraṃ nā́ma devátā diváśca gmáścāpā́ṃ ca jantávaḥ |
aháṃ hárī vṛ́ṣaṇā vívratā ragʰū́ aháṃ vájraṃ śávase dʰṛṣṇvā́ dade || 2||



2.  ahamr1msa dʰurvp·UE3p«√dʰā indraNmsa nāmannnsa devatāa  
    dyunmsg cac kṣamnfsg apnfpg cac jantunmpn |
    ahamr1msn harijmda vṛṣannmda vivratajmda ragʰujmda  
    ahamr1msn vajranmsa śavasnnsd dʰṛṣṇua āp dadeva·I·1s«√dā 



2.  They placed me, [who is] called Indra, among deva-s ---
    creatures of the Heaven, of the Earth, and of waters.
    I [drove] two reluctant fleet tawny bulls,
    I have boldly taken --- for the sake of the power to change --- the thunderbolt.



ahámátkaṃ kaváye śiśnatʰaṃ hátʰairaháṃ kútsamāvamābʰírūtíbʰiḥ |
aháṃ śúṣṇasya śnátʰitā vádʰaryamaṃ ná yó rará ā́ryaṃ nā́ma dásyave || 3||



3.  ahamr1msn atkanmsa kavinmsd śiśnatʰamvp·UE1s«√śnatʰ hatʰanmpi  
    ahamr1msn kutsaNmsa āvamvp·Aa1s«√av ār3fpi ūtinfpi |
    ahamr1msn śuṣṇaNmsg śnatʰitṛnmsn vadʰarnnsa yamamvp·AE1s«√yam  
    nac yasr3msn rarevp·I·3s«√rā āryajmsa nāmannnsa (dasnfs-yujms)nmsd 



3.  I shall pierce with blows the armour [of the fiend]¹ --- for a gifted-with-insight one,
    I helped Kutsa with these side-effects.
    I, as a piercer of Śuṣṇa, will wield the destructive weapon,
    I, who has not granted to the impulse to suffer want the ``conducting upwards'' nature.



aháṃ pitéva vetasū́m̐rabʰíṣṭaye túgraṃ kútsāya smádibʰaṃ ca randʰayam |
aháṃ bʰuvaṃ yájamānasya rājáni prá yádbʰáre tújaye ná priyā́dʰṛ́ṣe || 4||



4.  ahamr1msn pitṛnmsn ivac vetasuNmpa abʰiṣṭinfsd  
    tugraNmsa kutsaNmsd smadibʰajmsa cac randʰayamvp·AE1s«√randʰ |
    ahamr1msn bʰuvamvp·AE1s«√bʰū yajamānatp·Amsg«√yaj rājannmsl  
    prap yadc bʰareva·A·1s«√bʰṛ tujiNmsd nac priyajnpa ādʰṛṣev···D··«ā~√dʰṛṣ 



4.  I, in order to assist Vetasu-s like a father,
    shall make Tugra and having-domestics one subject to Kutsa.
    I shall devote myself to being the chieftain of the sacrificer.
    When I offer myself to Tuji, [it is] not to attack what's dear.



aháṃ randʰayaṃ mṛ́gayaṃ śrutárvaṇe yánmā́jihīta vayúnā canā́nuṣák |
aháṃ veśáṃ namrámāyáve'karamaháṃ sávyāya páḍgṛbʰimarandʰayam || 5||



5.  ahamr1msn randʰayamvpCAE1s«√randʰ mṛgayajmsa śrutarvannmsd  
    yadc ahamr1msa ajihītava·Aa3s«√hā vayunannpa canac ānuṣaka |
    ahamr1msn veśanmsa namrajmsa āyujmsd akaramvp·Aa1s«√kṛ  
    ahamr1msn savyajmsd paḍgṛbʰijmsa arandʰayamvpCAa1s«√rand 



5.  I shall cause a savage to become subject to him who has oral lore ---
    if he did betake himself time after time to me, not to [earthly] enticements.
    I made a settler submissive to an agitated [by me man].
    I caused him who [now] grasps feet to become subject to him who extracts [Soma juice].



aháṃ sá yó návavāstvaṃ bṛhádratʰaṃ sáṃ vṛtréva dā́saṃ vṛtrahā́rujam |
yádvardʰáyantaṃ pratʰáyantamānuṣágdūré pāré rájaso rocanā́karam || 6||



6.  ahamr1msn sasr3msn yasr3msn navavāstvaNmsa (bṛhatjms-ratʰanms)jmsa  
    samp vṛtrannpa ivac dāsanmsa (vṛtranns-hanjms)jmsn arujamvp·Aa1s«√ruj |
    yadc vardʰayanttpCA?sa«√vṛdʰ pratʰayanttpCAmsa«√pratʰ ānuṣaka  
    dūrannsl pārannsl rajasnnsg rocanajnpa akaramvp·Aa1s«√kṛ 



6.  I, he, who [has given] having-wide-chariot Navavāstva [to a mighty father as his own descendant]²,
    I, the Vṛtra-slayer, shattered the savage like [other] obstacles.
    When [I made] strengthening [me Soma] to cause [me] to spread uninterruptedly,
    at the extreme shore of darkening emotion I created luminous spheres.



aháṃ sū́ryasya pári yāmyāśúbʰiḥ praítaśébʰirváhamāna ójasā |
yánmā sāvó mánuṣa ā́ha nirṇíja ṛ́dʰakkṛṣe dā́saṃ kṛ́tvyaṃ hátʰaiḥ || 7||



7.  ahamr1msn sūryanmsg parip yāmivp·A·1s«√yā āśujmpi  
    prap etaśajmpi vahamānatp·Amsn«√vah ojasnnsi |
    yadc ahamr1msa sāvanmsn manusnmsg āhavp·I·3s«√ah nirṇijev···D··«nis~√nij  
    ṛdʰaka kṛṣeva·A·2s«√kṛ dāsanmsa kṛtvyajmsa hatʰanmpi 



7.  I journey around vigorously conveying myself forth
    by means of moving quickly flickering [inner fires] of the sun³.
    When man's Soma libation has acknowledged me as to be cleansed,
    with blows thou make the efficacious savage separate [from thyself].



aháṃ saptahā́ náhuṣo náhuṣṭaraḥ prā́śrāvayaṃ śávasā turváśaṃ yádum |
aháṃ nyànyáṃ sáhasā sáhaskaraṃ náva vrā́dʰato navatíṃ ca vakṣayam || 8||



8.  ahamr1msn (saptau-hanjms)jmsn nahusnmsb nahuṣṭarajmsn  
    prap aśravayamvpCAa1s«√śru śavasnnsi turvaśaNmsa yaduNmsa |
    ahamr1msn nip anyajnsa sahasnnsb sahasnnsa karamvp·AE1s«√kṛ  
    navau vrādʰantjmpa navatiu cac vakṣayamvpCAE1s«√vakṣ 



8.  I, nearer than fellow[-fighter], am the slayer of the seven.
    With the power to change I made Turvaśa [and] Yadu famous.
    I shall bring down [any] other overwhelming force,
    I shall make ninety nine reinforcing ones to become [even] stronger.



aháṃ saptá sraváto dʰārayaṃ vṛ́ṣā dravitnvàḥ pṛtʰivyā́ṃ sīrā́ ádʰi |
ahámárṇāṃsi ví tirāmi sukráturyudʰā́ vidaṃ mánave gātúmiṣṭáye || 9||



9.  ahamr1msn saptau sravatjfpa dʰārayamvpCAE1s«√dʰṛ vṛṣannmsn  
    dravitnujfpa pṛtʰivīnfsl sīrānfpa adʰip |
    ahamr1msn arṇasnnpa vip tirāmivp·A·1s«√tṝ sukratujmsn  
    yudʰnfsi vidamvp·AE1s«√vid manunmsd gātunmsa iṣṭinfsd 



9.  I, the bull, shall cause the seven streaming [waters]
    to maintain over the Earth good-at-bringing-fast runnels.
    I, having good designs, pass through the floods.
    I shall find for an intelligent man an unimpeded by means of fighting way to [what he is] endeavouring to obtain.



aháṃ tádāsu dʰārayaṃ yádāsu ná deváścaná tváṣṭā́dʰārayadrúśat |
spārháṃ gávāmū́dʰassu vakṣáṇāsvā́ mádʰormádʰu śvā́tryaṃ sómamāśíram || 10||



10. ahamr1msn tadr3nsa ayamr3fpl dʰārayamvpCAE1s«√dʰṛ yadr3nsa ayamr3fpl nac  
     devanmsn canac tvaṣṭṛNmsn adʰārayatvpCAa3s«√dʰṛ ruśatjmsn |
     spārhajnsa gonfpg ūdʰarnnpl vakṣaṇajnpl āp  
     madʰunnsg madʰunnsa śvātryajmsa somanmsa āśirnfsa 



10. I shall cause that to be maintained in those [waters] 
    what not even hurting deva Tvaṣṭṛ did cause to be maintained in them ---
    desirable in nourishing udders of cows [milk],
    the honey of what's sweet, invigorating Soma --- the mixture.
------



evā́ devā́m̐ índro vivye nṝ́nprá cyautnéna magʰávā satyárādʰāḥ |
víśvéttā́ te harivaḥ śacīvo'bʰí turā́saḥ svayaśo gṛṇanti || 11||



11. evac devanmpa indraNmsn vivyeva·I·3s«√vye nṛnmpa  
     prap cyautnannsi magʰavanjmsn (satyajms-rādʰasnns)jmsn |
     viśvajnpa idc tadr3npa tvamr2msg harivantnmsv śacīvatjmsv  
     abʰip turajmpn svayaśasjmsv gṛṇantivp·A·3p«√gṝ 



11. Just so Indra has enveloped [with enticements] deva-s, men,
    [rousing them] with [this] contrivance --- [he,] the generous one whose satisfaction of one's desire is real.
    Just all those thy [deeds], O accompanied by enabling powers, by tawny ones one,
    prompt ones approve [thy side-effects], O worthy-by-thyself one!


1 on the basis of 8.70.10d
2 on the basis of 6.20.11cd
3 maṇipūra cakra


Sūkta 10.50 

prá vo mahé mándamānāyā́ndʰasó'rcā viśvā́narāya viśvābʰúve |
índrasya yásya súmakʰaṃ sáho máhi śrávo nṛmṇáṃ ca ródasī saparyátaḥ || 1||



1.  prap tvamr2mpg mahjmsd mandamānata·Amsd«√mand andʰasnnsb  
    arcavp·Ao2s«√arc (viśvajms-nṛnmp)jmsd (viśvanns-bʰūjms)jmsd |
    indraNmsg yasr3msg sumakʰannsa sahasnnsa mahijnsa śravasnnsa nṛmṇannsa cac rodasnndn saparytasvp·A·3d«√sapary 



1.  Do thou by means of speech illuminate to becoming exhilarated from the herb
    to belonging-to-every-man, to being-everywhere one,
    good fighting spirit, ample overwhelming force, fame,
    and the courage two Rodas-es attend to --- of one of you, who is Indra's!



só cinnú sákʰyā nárya iná stutáścarkṛ́tya índro mā́vate náre |
víśvāsu dʰūrṣú vājakṛ́tyeṣu satpate vṛtré vāpsvàbʰí śūra mandase || 2||



2.  sasr3msn cidc nuc sakʰinmsi naryajmsn inajmsn stutajmsn carkṛtyajmsn indraNmsn māvatjmsd nṛnmsd |
    viśvājfpl dʰurnfpl (vājanms-kṛtyajms)jnpl (satnns-patinms)jmsv  
    vṛtrannslc apnfpl abʰip śūranmsv mandaseva·A·2s«√mand 



2.  Just such indeed --- manly, invigorating --- 
    Indra [is] eulogized, mentioned with praise by a friend to a man like me.
    Thou, O overseer of what's real, delight in every burden, in anything [that is] to be borne using the rush of vigour,
    [thou enjoy] the presence of Vṛtra or of waters, O agent of change!



ké té nára indra yé ta iṣé yé te sumnáṃ sadʰanyàmíyakṣān |
ké te vā́jāyāsuryā̀ya hinvire ké apsú svā́sūrvárāsu paúṃsye || 3||



3.  kasr3mpn tasr3mpn nṛnmpn indraNmsv yasr3mpn tvamr2msd iṣnfsd  
    yasr3mpn tvamr2msd sumnajmsa sadʰanīnmsa iyakṣānvp·Ae3p«√yaj |
    kasr3mpn tvamr2msg vājajnsd asuryannsd hinvireva·I·3p«√hi  
    kasr3mpn apnfpl svājfpl urvarājfpl pauṃsyannsl 



3.  Which men are such, O Indra, who for the sake of a libation to thee
    would seek to consecrate to thee a benevolent fellow?
    Which [men] have impelled themselves for the sake of thy energetic guidance?
    Which [men have impelled themselves] to a manly deed in the presence of waters [and] fertile lands?
------



bʰúvastvámindra bráhmaṇā mahā́nbʰúvo víśveṣu sávaneṣu yajñíyaḥ |
bʰúvo nṝ́m̐ścyautnó víśvasminbʰáre jyéṣṭʰaśca mántro viśvacarṣaṇe || 4||



4.  bʰuvasvp·AE2s«√bʰū tvamr2msn indraNmsv brahmannnsi mahatjmsn  
    bʰuvasvp·AE2s«√bʰū viśvajnpl savanannpl yajñiyajmsn |
    bʰuvasvp·AE2s«√bʰū nṛnmpa cyautnajmsn viśvajmsl bʰaranmsl  
    jyeṣṭʰajmsn cac mantranmsn (viśvanns-carṣaṇinfs)jmsv 



4.  By means of a formulation thou shall become extensive,
    at every pressing [of Soma] thou shall become worthy-of-a-sacrifice.
    In every battle thou shall become shaker of men
    and [become] the most excellent counsel, O drawing everyone towards thyself!



ávā nú kaṃ jyā́yānyajñávanaso mahī́ṃ ta ómātrāṃ kṛṣṭáyo viduḥ |
áso nú kamajáro várdʰāśca víśvédetā́ sávanā tūtumā́ kṛṣe || 5||



5.  avavp·Ao2s«√av nuc kamc jyāyasjmsn (yajñanms-vanasnns)jmpa  
    mahījfsa tvamr2msg omātrānfsa kṛṣṭinfpn vidurvp·I·3p«√vid |
    asasvp·AE2s«√as nuc kamc ajarajmsn vardʰāsvp·Ae2s«√vṛdʰ cac  
    viśvajnpa idc etadr3npa savanannpa tūtumajnpa kṛṣeva·A·2s«√kṛ 



5.  Right now, do thou, superior, help those who desire to sacrifice!
    Tribes have experienced thy mighty protection.
    Thou shall be right now undecaying and would strengthen [us] ---
    [for] thou cause all these pressings [to be] powerful.



etā́ víśvā sávanā tūtumā́ kṛṣe svayáṃ sūno sahaso yā́ni dadʰiṣé |
várāya te pā́traṃ dʰármaṇe tánā yajñó mántro bráhmódyataṃ vácaḥ || 6||



6.  etadr3npa viśvajnpa savanannpa tūtumajnpa kṛṣeva·A·2s«√kṛ  
    svayama sūnunmsv sahasnnsg yadr3npa dadʰiṣeva·I·2s«√dʰā |
    varanmsd tvamr2msd pātrannsn dʰarmannnsd tannfsi  
    yajñanmsn mantranmsn brahmannnsn udyatajnsn vacasnnsn 



6.  Thou cause all these pressings, which thou, O inciter of overwhelming strength,
    have obtained for thyself, [to be] powerful.
    For thee to choose one after another [are]: a goblet¹ for holding [thy Soma],
    a sacrifice, a spell, an exercised formulation, an utterance².



yé te vipra brahmakṛ́taḥ suté sácā vásūnāṃ ca vásunaśca dāváne |
prá té sumnásya mánasā patʰā́ bʰuvanmáde sutásya somyásyā́ndʰasaḥ || 7||



7.  yasr3mpn tvamr2msd viprajmsv (brahmannns-kṛtjms)jmpn sutajmsl sacāa  
    vasunnpg cac vasunnsg cac dāvannnsd |
    prap tasr3mpn sumnannsg manasnnsi patʰinnnsi bʰuvanvp·AE3p«√bʰū  
    madanmsl sutajmsg somanmsg andʰasnnsb 



7.  Those, who [are] performing a formulation for thee, O inwardly excited one, 
    in the presence of extracted [Soma] in order to receive riches and the treasure,
    in exhilaration of extracted from the herb Soma,
    through the pathway of benevolence in thought, they shall become preeminent.


1 prob. a particular cakra
2 which will become auditory impression


Sūkta 10.51 

maháttádúlbaṃ stʰáviraṃ tádāsīdyénā́viṣṭitaḥ pravivéśitʰāpáḥ |
víśvā apaśyadbahudʰā́ te agne jā́tavedastanvò devá ékaḥ || 1||











kó mā dadarśa katamáḥ sá devó yó me tanvò bahudʰā́ paryápaśyat |
kvā́ha mitrāvaruṇā kṣiyantyagnérvíśvāḥ samídʰo devayā́nīḥ || 2||











aícʰāma tvā bahudʰā́ jātavedaḥ práviṣṭamagne apsvóṣadʰīṣu |
táṃ tvā yamó acikeccitrabʰāno daśāntaruṣyā́datirócamānam || 3||











hotrā́daháṃ varuṇa bíbʰyadāyaṃ nédevá mā yunájannátra devā́ḥ |
tásya me tanvò bahudʰā́ níviṣṭā etámártʰaṃ ná ciketāhámagníḥ || 4||











éhi mánurdevayúryajñákāmo'raṃkṛ́tyā támasi kṣeṣyagne |
sugā́npatʰáḥ kṛṇuhi devayā́nānváha havyā́ni sumanasyámānaḥ || 5||











agnéḥ pū́rve bʰrā́taro ártʰametáṃ ratʰī́vā́dʰvānamánvā́varīvuḥ |
tásmādbʰiyā́ varuṇa dūrámāyaṃ gauró ná kṣepnóravije jyā́yāḥ || 6||











kurmásta ā́yurajáraṃ yádagne yátʰā yuktó jātavedo ná ríṣyāḥ |
átʰā vahāsi sumanasyámāno bʰāgáṃ devébʰyo havíṣaḥ sujāta || 7||











prayājā́nme anuyājā́m̐śca kévalānū́rjasvantaṃ havíṣo datta bʰāgám |
gʰṛtáṃ cāpā́ṃ púruṣaṃ caúṣadʰīnāmagnéśca dīrgʰámā́yurastu devāḥ || 8||











táva prayājā́ anuyājā́śca kévala ū́rjasvanto havíṣaḥ santu bʰāgā́ḥ |
távāgne yajñò'yámastu sárvastúbʰyaṃ namantāṃ pradíśaścátasraḥ || 9||












Sūkta 10.52 

víśve devāḥ śāstána mā yátʰehá hótā vṛtó manávai yánniṣádya |
prá me brūta bʰāgadʰéyaṃ yátʰā vo yéna patʰā́ havyámā́ vo váhāni || 1||











aháṃ hótā nyàsīdaṃ yájīyānvíśve devā́ marúto mā junanti |
áharaharaśvinā́dʰvaryavaṃ vāṃ brahmā́ samídbʰavati sā́hutirvām || 2||











ayáṃ yó hótā kíru sá yamásya kámápyūhe yátsamañjánti devā́ḥ |
áharaharjāyate māsímāsyátʰā devā́ dadʰire havyavā́ham || 3||











mā́ṃ devā́ dadʰire havyavā́hamápamluktaṃ bahú kṛcʰrā́ cárantam |
agnírvidvā́nyajñáṃ naḥ kalpayāti páñcayāmaṃ trivṛ́taṃ saptátantum || 4||











ā́ vo yakṣyamṛtatváṃ suvī́raṃ yátʰā vo devā várivaḥ kárāṇi |
ā́ bāhvórvájramíndrasya dʰeyāmátʰemā́ víśvāḥ pṛ́tanā jayāti || 5||











trī́ṇi śatā́ trī́ sahásrāṇyagníṃ triṃśácca devā́ náva cāsaparyan |
aúkṣangʰṛtaírástṛṇanbarhírasmā ā́díddʰótāraṃ nyàsādayanta || 6||












Sūkta 10.53 

yámaícʰāma mánasā sò'yámā́gādyajñásya vidvā́npáruṣaścikitvā́n |
sá no yakṣaddevátātā yájīyānní hí ṣátsadántaraḥ pū́rvo asmát || 1||











árādʰi hótā niṣádā yájīyānabʰí práyāṃsi súdʰitāni hí kʰyát |
yájāmahai yajñíyānhánta devā́m̐ ī́ḷāmahā ī́ḍyām̐ ā́jyena || 2||











sādʰvī́makardevávītiṃ no adyá yajñásya jihvā́mavidāma gúhyām |
sá ā́yurā́gātsurabʰírvásāno bʰadrā́makardeváhūtiṃ no adyá || 3||











tádadyá vācáḥ pratʰamáṃ masīya yénā́surām̐ abʰí devā́ ásāma |
ū́rjāda utá yajñiyāsaḥ páñca janā máma hotráṃ juṣadʰvam || 4||











páñca jánā máma hotráṃ juṣantāṃ gójātā utá yé yajñíyāsaḥ |
pṛtʰivī́ naḥ pā́rtʰivātpātváṃhaso'ntárikṣaṃ divyā́tpātvasmā́n || 5||











tántuṃ tanvánrájaso bʰānúmánvihi jyótiṣmataḥ patʰó rakṣa dʰiyā́ kṛtā́n |
anulbaṇáṃ vayata jóguvāmápo mánurbʰava janáyā daívyaṃ jánam || 6||











akṣānáho nahyatanotá somyā íṣkṛṇudʰvaṃ raśanā́ ótá piṃśata |
aṣṭā́vandʰuraṃ vahatābʰíto rátʰaṃ yéna devā́so ánayannabʰí priyám || 7||











áśmanvatī rīyate sáṃ rabʰadʰvamúttiṣṭʰata prá taratā sakʰāyaḥ |
átrā jahāma yé ásannáśevāḥ śivā́nvayámúttaremābʰí vā́jān || 8||











tváṣṭā māyā́ vedapásāmapástamo bíbʰratpā́trā devapā́nāni śáṃtamā |
śíśīte nūnáṃ paraśúṃ svāyasáṃ yéna vṛścā́détaśo bráhmaṇaspátiḥ || 9||











sató nūnáṃ kavayaḥ sáṃ śiśīta vā́śībʰiryā́bʰiramṛ́tāya tákṣatʰa |
vidvā́ṃsaḥ padā́ gúhyāni kartana yéna devā́so amṛtatvámānaśúḥ || 10||











gárbʰe yóṣāmádadʰurvatsámāsányapīcyèna mánasotá jihváyā |
sá viśvā́hā sumánā yogyā́ abʰí siṣāsánirvanate kārá íjjítim || 11||












Sūkta 10.54 

tā́ṃ sú te kīrtíṃ magʰavanmahitvā́ yáttvā bʰīté ródasī áhvayetām |
prā́vo devā́m̐ ā́tiro dā́samójaḥ prajā́yai tvasyai yádáśikṣa indra || 1||



1.  tār3fsa sua tvamr2msg kīrtinfsa magʰavanjmsv mahitvānfsi  
    yadc tvamr2msa bʰītajndn rodasnnda ahvayetāmva·Aa3d«√hve |
    prap āvasvp·Aa2s«√av devanmpa āp atirasvp·Aa2s«√tṝ dāsajnsa ojasnnsa  
    prajānfsd tvajfsd yadc aśikṣasvp·Aa2s«√śikṣ indraNmsv 



1.  Such really [is] thy, O generous one, renown because of [thy] power to increase in size,
    that both frightened Rodas-es summoned thee.
    Thou promoted deva-s, thou overcame savage frenzy
    when thou, O Indra, were eager to help other family,



yádácarastanvā̀ vāvṛdʰānó bálānīndra prabruvāṇó jáneṣu |
māyétsā́ te yā́ni yuddʰā́nyāhúrnā́dyá śátruṃ nanú purā́ vivitse || 2||



2.  yadc acarasvp·Aa2s«√car tanūnfsi vāvṛdʰānata·Imsn«√vṛdʰ  
    balannpa indraNmsv prabruvāṇata·Amsn«pra~√brū jananmpl |
    māyānfsn idcr3fsn tvamr2msg yadr3npa yuddʰajnpa āhurvp·I·3p«√ah  
    nac adyaa śatrunmsa nanua purāa vivitsevaDA·2s«√vid 



2.  when thou roamed throughout the body, having become stronger,
    indicating strengths in folks, O Indra!
    They say those [encounters] which were battled out [are] just such a sorcery!
    Not nowadays, certainly not before thou seek to find an enemy.



ká u nú te mahimánaḥ samasyāsmátpū́rva ṛ́ṣayó'ntamāpuḥ |
yánmātáraṃ ca pitáraṃ ca sākámájanayatʰāstanvàḥ svā́yāḥ || 3||



3.  kasr3mpn uc nuc tvamr2msg mahimannmsg samajmsg vayamr1mpb pūrvajmpn ṛṣinmpn antanmsa āpurvp·UE3p«√āp |
    yadc mātṛnfsa cac pitṛnmsa cac sākama ajanayatʰāsvaCA·2s«√jan tanūnfsb svājfsb 



3.  Which seers before us have surely reached
    [that] limit of thy regular power to increase in size
    when thou made the mother and the father together
    to manifest [thee] from their own body?



catvā́ri te asuryā̀ṇi nā́mā́dābʰyāni mahiṣásya santi |
tvámaṅgá tā́ni víśvāni vitse yébʰiḥ kármāṇi magʰavañcakártʰa || 4||



4.  caturu tvamr2msg asuryannpa nāmannnsa adābʰyajnpn mahiṣanmsg santivp·A·3p«√as |
    tvamr2msn aṅgac tadr3npa viśvajnpa vitseva·I·2s«√vid  
    yadr3npi karmannnpa magʰavanjmsv cakartʰavp·I·2s«√kṛ 



4.  Four of thy so-called guiding aspects, not to-be-trifled-with,
    are those of a buffalo.
    Thou certainly know all those
    with which you performed [thy] deeds, O generous one!



tváṃ víśvā dadʰiṣe kévalāni yā́nyāvíryā́ ca gúhā vásūni |
kā́mamínme magʰavanmā́ ví tārīstvámājñātā́ tvámindrāsi dātā́ || 5||



5.  tvamr2msn viśvajnpa dadʰiṣeva·I·2s«√dʰā kevalajnpa  
    yadr3npa āvisa yadr3npn cac guhāa vasunnpn |
    kāmanmsa idc ahamr1msg magʰavanjmsvc vip tārīsvp·U·2s«√tṝ  
    tvamr2msn ājñātṛnmsn tvamr2msn indraNmsv asivp·A·2s«√as dātṛnmsn 



5.  Thou have obtained all separate benefits --- 
    [those] which [are] before one's eyes, [those] which are hidden.
    Just do not frustrate my longing, O generous one,
    thou will understand, thou, O Indra, will be the grantor [of its satisfaction]



yó ádadʰājjyótiṣi jyótirantáryó ásṛjanmádʰunā sáṃ mádʰūni |
ádʰa priyáṃ śūṣámíndrāya mánma brahmakṛ́to bṛháduktʰādavāci || 6||



6.  yasr3msn adadʰātvp·Aa3s«√dʰā jyotisnnsl jyotisnnsa antara  
    yasr3msn asṛjatvp·Aa3s«√sṛj madʰunnsi samp madʰunnpa |
    adʰac priyajnsa śūṣajnsa indraNmsd manmannnsa  
    (brahmannns-kṛtjms)jmsb bṛhaduktʰaNmsb avācivp·U·3s«√vac 



6.  [to me,] who did place the light into the light¹,
    who mixed sweets² with the honey³.
    Therefore, dear to Indra highspirited manic thought
    was uttered from [the lips of] performing a formulation Bṛhaduktʰa.


1 golden halo around objects seen even in bright daylight
2 prob. sweet words
3 Soma


Sūkta 10.55 

dūré tánnā́ma gúhyaṃ parācaíryáttvā bʰīté áhvayetāṃ vayodʰaí |
údastabʰnāḥ pṛtʰivī́ṃ dyā́mabʰī́ke bʰrā́tuḥ putrā́nmagʰavantitviṣāṇáḥ || 1||



1.  dūrannsl tadr3nsn nāmannnsn guhyajnsn paracaisa  
    yadc tvamr2msa bʰītajndn ahvayetāmva·Aa3d«√hve (vayasnns-dʰājfs)nfsd |
    udp astʰabʰnāsvp·Aa3s«√stambʰ pṛtʰivīnfsa dyunmsa abʰīkannsl  
    bʰrātṛnmsg putranmpa magʰavanjmsv titviṣāṇata·Imsn«√tviṣ 



1.  That [thy] kept-secret nature [was] far away [from being readily accessible],
    when both frightened [Rodas-es]¹ summoned thee to bestow mental and bodily vigour.
    In an adversity thou propped up the Earth [and] the Heaven
    having violently agitated brother's² sons³.



maháttánnā́ma gúhyaṃ puruspṛ́gyéna bʰūtáṃ janáyo yéna bʰávyam |
pratnáṃ jātáṃ jyótiryádasya priyáṃ priyā́ḥ sámaviśanta páñca || 2||



2.  mahatjnsa tadr3nsa nāmannnsa guhyajnsa (purujms-spṛhjms)jnsa  
    yadr3nsi bʰūtajnsa janayasvp·AE2s«√jan yasr3nsi bʰavyajnsa |
    pratnajnsa jātajnsa jyotisnnsa yadr3nsn ayamr3nsg  
    priyajnsa priyajfpn samp aviśantavp·Aa3p«√viś pañcau 



2.  That extensive kept-secret nature, eagerly desired by many,
    with which thou shall produce present, with which future [abilities] ---
    preceding [thee] produced light that is of that [nature] ---
    the five favorite [senses] entered together into [it] --- the desired [light].



ā́ ródasī apṛṇādótá mádʰyaṃ páñca devā́m̐ ṛtuśáḥ saptásapta |
cátustriṃśatā purudʰā́ ví caṣṭe sárūpeṇa jyótiṣā vívratena || 3||



3.  āp rodasnnda apṛṇātvp·Aa3s«√pṝ āp utac madʰyajnsa  
    pañcau devanmpa ṛtuśasa (saptau-saptau)a |
    catustrimśatu (purua-dʰājms)a vip caṣṭeva·A·3s«√cakṣ  
    sarūpajnsi jyotisnnsi vivratajnsi 



3.  It has filled the two Rodas-es and the middle [space],
    five [senses entered into] deva-s at each of the seven [abodes] at the proper time.
    Using thirty four [consonants]⁴ with uniform [but] refractory light
    one makes manifest [everything in both Rodas-es].
------



yáduṣa aúcʰaḥ pratʰamā́ vibʰā́nāmájanayo yéna puṣṭásya puṣṭám |
yátte jāmitvámávaraṃ párasyā mahánmahatyā́ asuratvámékam || 4||



4.  yadr3nsa uṣasnfsv aucʰasvp·Aa2s«√vas pratʰamājfsn vibʰānfpg  
    ajanayasvp·Aa2s«√jan yasr3nsi puṣṭajnsg puṣṭajnsa |
    yadc tvamr2msg jāmitvannsn avarajnsn parājfsg  
    mahatjnsn mahantjfsb asuratvannsn ekajnsn 



4.  That, which thou, O Dawn, [being] the primary of those that [will] appear, shined [forth],
    [that,] with which thou begot the increase of that which increased,
    that thy consanguinity [is] less intimate [than that] of a future [Dawn] ---
    greater than that of a great one, one of a kind is [such] spiritual guidance.



vidʰúṃ dadrāṇáṃ sámane bahūnā́ṃ yúvānaṃ sántaṃ palitó jagāra |
devásya paśya kā́vyaṃ mahitvā́dyā́ mamā́ra sá hyáḥ sámāna || 5||



5.  vidʰujmsa dadrāṇata·Imsa«√drā samanannsl bahujmpg  
    yuvannmsa santtp·Amsa«√as palitajmsn jagāravp·I·3s«√jāgṛ |
    devanmsg paśyavp·Ao2s«√paś kāvyannsa mahitvānfsi  
    adyaa mamāravp·I·3s«√mṛ sasr3msn hyasa samp ānavp·I·3s«√an 



5.  The gray one has [finally] awakened the young,
    lonely, running hither and thither in an assembly one.
    Through [his] power to expand, experience directly deva's poetic inspiration!
    ``Today he has died, yesterday he did breath together [with others]⁵.''
------



śā́kmanā śākó aruṇáḥ suparṇá ā́ yó maháḥ śū́raḥ sanā́dánīḷaḥ |
yáccikéta satyámíttánná mógʰaṃ vásu spārhámutá jétotá dā́tā || 6||



6.  śākmannmsi śākanmsn aruṇajmsn suparṇajmsn  
    āp yasr3msn mahajmsn śūranmsn sanāta anīḷajmsn |
    yadr3nsa ciketavp·I·3s«√cit satyajnsa idc tadr3nsn nac mogʰajnsn  
    vasunnsa spārhajnsa utac jetṛnmsn utac dātṛnmsn 



6.  Helpful by enabling, giving a chance to move upwards, having beautiful wings⁶,
    [he,] who [is] a mighty agent of change, [is] forever without a nest.
    What he considers as what's-to-be that is not in vain,
    he will conquer and grant the desirable treasure.



aíbʰirdade vṛ́ṣṇyā paúṃsyāni yébʰiraúkṣadvṛtrahátyāya vajrī́ |
yé kármaṇaḥ kriyámāṇasya mahná ṛtekarmámudájāyanta devā́ḥ || 7||



7.  āp ayamr3mpi dadeva·I·3s«√dā vṛṣṇyannpa pauṃsyannpa  
    yasr3mpi aukṣatvp·Aa3s«√ukṣ (vṛtranns-hatyanns)nnsd vajrinnmsn |
    yasr3mpn karmannnsg kriyamāṇatp·Ansg«√kṛ mahannnsi  
    (ṛtannsl-karmannns)a udajāyantavp·Aa3p«ud~√jan devanmpn 



7.  One has given to himself manly full-of-vigour powers by means of these [spark-like deva-s] 
    with which thunderbolt-wielder sprinkles [one's mind] in order to kill Vṛtra ---
    which deva-s did emerge without any action [on their part]
    through the might of being-performed action.



yujā́ kármāṇi janáyanviśvaújā aśastihā́ viśvámanāsturāṣā́ṭ |
pītvī́ sómasya divá ā́ vṛdʰānáḥ śū́ro níryudʰā́dʰamaddásyūn || 8||



8.  yujnmsi karmannnpa janayanttp·Amsn«√jan (viśvajns-ojasnns)jmsn (aśastinfs-hanjns)jmsn (viśvanns-manasnns)jmsn turāṣāhjmsn |
    pītvītp·A???«√pā somanmsg dyunmsb āp vāvṛdʰānata·Imsn«√vṛdʰ  
    śūranmsn nisp yudʰnfsi adʰamatvp·Aa3s«√dʰam (dasnfs-yujms)nmpa 



8.  [He,] engendering actions by means of harnessing [two tawny ones], invigorating everything,
    destroying curses, [he,] who imagined it all, [he, who is] prevailing quickly,
    drinking Soma from the Heaven, having become stronger,
    he, the agent of change, did blow out by means of fighting impulses to suffer want.


1 on the basis of 10.54.1b
2 inner Agni --- on the basis of 6.59.2cd
3 prob. Marut-s --- see 3.31.3ab
4 prob. somewhat similar to tantric practice of mātrika nyāsa
5 ``to breath together'' sam an is a word play on ``assembly'' = samana
6 = two petals of ājñā cakra


Sūkta 10.56 

idáṃ ta ékaṃ pará ū ta ékaṃ tṛtī́yena jyótiṣā sáṃ viśasva |
saṃvéśane tanvàścā́ruredʰi priyó devā́nāṃ paramé janítre || 1||











tanū́ṣṭe vājintanvàṃ nayantī vāmámasmábʰyaṃ dʰā́tu śárma túbʰyam |
áhruto mahó dʰarúṇāya devā́ndivī̀va jyótiḥ svámā́ mimīyāḥ || 2||











vājyàsi vā́jinenā suvenī́ḥ suvitá stómaṃ suvitó dívaṃ gāḥ |
suvitó dʰárma pratʰamā́nu satyā́ suvitó devā́nsuvitó'nu pátma || 3||











mahimná eṣāṃ pitáraścanéśire devā́ devéṣvadadʰurápi krátum |
sámavivyacurutá yā́nyátviṣuraíṣāṃ tanū́ṣu ní viviśuḥ púnaḥ || 4||











sáhobʰirvíśvaṃ pári cakramū rájaḥ pū́rvā dʰā́mānyámitā mímānāḥ |
tanū́ṣu víśvā bʰúvanā ní yemire prā́sārayanta purudʰá prajā́ ánu || 5||











dvídʰā sūnávó'suraṃ svarvídamā́stʰāpayanta tṛtī́yena kármaṇā |
svā́ṃ prajā́ṃ pitáraḥ pítryaṃ sáha ā́vareṣvadadʰustántumā́tatam || 6||











nāvā́ ná kṣódaḥ pradíśaḥ pṛtʰivyā́ḥ svastíbʰiráti durgā́ṇi víśvā |
svā́ṃ prajā́ṃ bṛháduktʰo mahitvā́vareṣvadadʰādā́ páreṣu || 7||












Sūkta 10.57 

mā́ prá gāma patʰó vayáṃ mā́ yajñā́dindra somínaḥ |
mā́ntá stʰurno árātayaḥ || 1||











yó yajñásya prasā́dʰanastánturdevéṣvā́tataḥ |
támā́hutaṃ naśīmahi || 2||











máno nvā́ huvāmahe nārāśaṃséna sómena |
pitṝṇā́ṃ ca mánmabʰiḥ || 3||











ā́ ta etu mánaḥ púnaḥ krátve dákṣāya jīváse |
jyókca sū́ryaṃ dṛśé || 4||











púnarnaḥ pitaro máno dádātu daívyo jánaḥ |
jīváṃ vrā́taṃ sacemahi || 5||











vayáṃ soma vraté táva mánastanū́ṣu bíbʰrataḥ |
prajā́vantaḥ sacemahi || 6||












Sūkta 10.58 

yátte yamáṃ vaivasvatáṃ máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 1||











yátte dívaṃ yátpṛtʰivī́ṃ máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 2||











yátte bʰū́miṃ cáturbʰṛṣṭiṃ máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 3||











yátte cátasraḥ pradíśo máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 4||











yátte samudrámarṇaváṃ máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 5||











yátte márīcīḥ praváto máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 6||











yátte apó yádóṣadʰīrmáno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 7||











yátte sū́ryaṃ yáduṣásaṃ máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 8||











yátte párvatānbṛható máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 9||











yátte víśvamidáṃ jáganmáno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 10||











yátte párāḥ parāváto máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 11||











yátte bʰūtáṃ ca bʰávyaṃ ca máno jagā́ma dūrakám |
tátta ā́ vartayāmasīhá kṣáyāya jīváse || 12||












Sūkta 10.59 

prá tāryā́yuḥ prataráṃ návīya stʰā́tāreva krátumatā rátʰasya |
ádʰa cyávāna úttavītyártʰaṃ parātaráṃ sú nírṛtirjihītām || 1||











sā́mannú rāyé nidʰimánnvánnaṃ kárāmahe sú purudʰá śrávāṃsi |
tā́ no víśvāni jaritā́ mamattu parātaráṃ sú nírṛtirjihītām || 2||











abʰī́ ṣvàryáḥ paúṃsyairbʰavema dyaúrná bʰū́miṃ giráyo nā́jrān |
tā́ no víśvāni jaritā́ ciketa parātaráṃ sú nírṛtirjihītām || 3||











mó ṣú ṇaḥ soma mṛtyáve párā dāḥ páśyema nú sū́ryamuccárantam |
dyúbʰirhitó jarimā́ sū́ no astu parātaráṃ sú nírṛtirjihītām || 4||











ásunīte máno asmā́su dʰāraya jīvā́tave sú prá tirā na ā́yuḥ |
rārandʰí naḥ sū́ryasya saṃdṛ́śi gʰṛténa tváṃ tanvàṃ vardʰayasva || 5||











ásunīte púnarasmā́su cákṣuḥ púnaḥ prāṇámihá no dʰehi bʰógam |
jyókpaśyema sū́ryamuccárantamánumate mṛḷáyā naḥ svastí || 6||











púnarno ásuṃ pṛtʰivī́ dadātu púnardyaúrdevī́ púnarantárikṣam |
púnarnaḥ sómastanvàṃ dadātu púnaḥ pūṣā́ patʰyā̀ṃ yā svastíḥ || 7||











śáṃ ródasī subándʰave yahvī́ ṛtásya mātárā |
bʰáratāmápa yádrápo dyaúḥ pṛtʰivi kṣamā́ rápo mó ṣú te kíṃ canā́mamat || 8||











áva dvaké áva trikā́ diváścaranti bʰeṣajā́ |
kṣamā́ cariṣṇvèkakáṃ bʰáratāmápa yádrápo dyaúḥ pṛtʰivi kṣamā́ rápo mó ṣú te kíṃ canā́mamat || 9||











sámindreraya gā́manaḍvā́haṃ yá ā́vahaduśīnárāṇyā ánaḥ |
bʰáratāmápa yádrápo dyaúḥ pṛtʰivi kṣamā́ rápo mó ṣú te kíṃ canā́mamat || 10||












Sūkta 10.60 

ā́ jánaṃ tveṣásaṃdṛśaṃ mā́hīnānāmúpastutam |
áganma bíbʰrato námaḥ || 1||











ásamātiṃ nitóśanaṃ tveṣáṃ niyayínaṃ rátʰam |
bʰajératʰasya sátpatim || 2||











yó jánānmahiṣā́m̐ ivātitastʰaú pávīravān |
utā́pavīravānyudʰā́ || 3||











yásyekṣvākúrúpa vraté revā́nmarāyyédʰate |
divī̀va páñca kṛṣṭáyaḥ || 4||











índra kṣatrā́samātiṣu rátʰaproṣṭʰeṣu dʰāraya |
divī̀va sū́ryaṃ dṛśé || 5||











agástyasya nádbʰyaḥ sáptī yunakṣi róhitā |
paṇī́nnyakramīrabʰí víśvānrājannarādʰásaḥ || 6||











ayáṃ mātā́yáṃ pitā́yáṃ jīvā́turā́gamat |
idáṃ táva prasárpaṇaṃ súbandʰavéhi nírihi || 7||











yátʰā yugáṃ varatráyā náhyanti dʰarúṇāya kám |
evā́ dādʰāra te máno jīvā́tave ná mṛtyávé'tʰo ariṣṭátātaye || 8||











yátʰeyáṃ pṛtʰivī́ mahī́ dādʰā́remā́nvánaspátīn |
evā́ dādʰāra te máno jīvā́tave ná mṛtyávé'tʰo ariṣṭátātaye || 9||











yamā́daháṃ vaivasvatā́tsubándʰormána ā́bʰaram |
jīvā́tave ná mṛtyávé'tʰo ariṣṭátātaye || 10||











nyàgvā́tó'va vāti nyàktapati sū́ryaḥ |
nīcī́namagʰnyā́ duhe nyàgbʰavatu te rápaḥ || 11||











ayáṃ me hásto bʰágavānayáṃ me bʰágavattaraḥ |
ayáṃ me viśvábʰeṣajo'yáṃ śivā́bʰimarśanaḥ || 12||












Sūkta 10.61 

idámittʰā́ raúdraṃ gūrtávacā bráhma krátvā śácyāmantárājaú |
krāṇā́ yádasya pitárā maṃhaneṣṭʰā́ḥ párṣatpaktʰé áhannā́ saptá hótṝn || 1||











sá íddānā́ya dábʰyāya vanváñcyávānaḥ sū́dairamimīta védim |
tū́rvayāṇo gūrtávacastamaḥ kṣódo ná réta itáūti siñcat || 2||











máno ná yéṣu hávaneṣu tigmáṃ vípaḥ śácyā vanutʰó drávantā |
ā́ yáḥ śáryābʰistuvinṛmṇó asyā́śrīṇītādíśaṃ gábʰastau || 3||











kṛṣṇā́ yádgóṣvaruṇī́ṣu sī́daddivó nápātāśvinā huve vām |
vītáṃ me yajñámā́ gataṃ me ánnaṃ vavanvā́ṃsā néṣamásmṛtadʰrū || 4||











prátʰiṣṭa yásya vīrákarmamiṣṇádánuṣṭʰitaṃ nú náryo ápauhat |
púnastádā́ vṛhati yátkanā́yā duhitúrā́ ánubʰṛtamanarvā́ || 5||











madʰyā́ yátkártvamábʰavadabʰī́ke kā́maṃ kṛṇvāné pitári yuvatyā́m |
manānágréto jahaturviyántā sā́nau níṣiktaṃ sukṛtásya yónau || 6||











pitā́ yátsvā́ṃ duhitáramadʰiṣkánkṣmayā́ rétaḥ saṃjagmānó ní ṣiñcat |
svādʰyò'janayanbráhma devā́ vā́stoṣpátiṃ vratapā́ṃ níratakṣan || 7||











sá īṃ vṛ́ṣā ná pʰénamasyadājaú smádā́ páraidápa dabʰrácetāḥ |
sáratpadā́ ná dákṣiṇā parāvṛ́ṅná tā́ nú me pṛśanyò jagṛbʰre || 8||











makṣū́ ná váhniḥ prajā́yā upabdíragníṃ ná nagná úpa sīdadū́dʰaḥ |
sánitedʰmáṃ sánitotá vā́jaṃ sá dʰartā́ jajñe sáhasā yavīyút || 9||











makṣū́ kanā́yāḥ sakʰyáṃ návagvā ṛtáṃ vádanta ṛtáyuktimagman |
dvibárhaso yá úpa gopámā́guradakṣiṇā́so ácyutā dudukṣan || 10||











makṣū́ kanā́yāḥ sakʰyáṃ návīyo rā́dʰo ná réta ṛtámítturaṇyan |
śúci yátte rékṇa ā́yajanta sabardúgʰāyāḥ páya usríyāyāḥ || 11||











paśvā́ yátpaścā́ víyutā budʰántéti bravīti vaktárī rárāṇaḥ |
vásorvasutvā́ kārávo'nehā́ víśvaṃ viveṣṭi dráviṇamúpa kṣú || 12||











tádínnvasya pariṣádvāno agmanpurū́ sádanto nārṣadáṃ bibʰitsan |
ví śúṣṇasya sáṃgratʰitamanarvā́ vidátpuruprajātásya gúhā yát || 13||











bʰárgo ha nā́motá yásya devā́ḥ svàrṇá yé triṣadʰastʰé niṣedúḥ |
agnírha nā́motá jātávedāḥ śrudʰī́ no hotarṛtásya hótādʰrúk || 14||











utá tyā́ me raúdrāvarcimántā nā́satyāvindra gūrtáye yájadʰyai |
manuṣvádvṛktábarhiṣe rárāṇā mandū́ hitáprayasā vikṣú yájyū || 15||











ayáṃ stutó rā́jā vandi vedʰā́ apáśca víprastarati svásetuḥ |
sá kakṣī́vantaṃ rejayatsó agníṃ nemíṃ ná cakrámárvato ragʰudrú || 16||











sá dvibándʰurvaitaraṇó yáṣṭā sabardʰúṃ dʰenúmasvàṃ duhádʰyai |
sáṃ yánmitrā́váruṇā vṛñjá uktʰaírjyéṣṭʰebʰiraryamáṇaṃ várūtʰaiḥ || 17||











tádbandʰuḥ sūrírdiví te dʰiyaṃdʰā́ nā́bʰānédiṣṭʰo rapati prá vénan |
sā́ no nā́bʰiḥ paramā́syá vā gʰāháṃ tátpaścā́ katitʰáścidāsa || 18||











iyáṃ me nā́bʰirihá me sadʰástʰamimé me devā́ ayámasmi sárvaḥ |
dvijā́ áha pratʰamajā́ ṛtásyedáṃ dʰenúraduhajjā́yamānā || 19||











ádʰāsu mandró aratírvibʰā́vā́va syati dvivartanírvaneṣā́ṭ |
ūrdʰvā́ yácʰréṇirná śíśurdánmakṣū́ stʰiráṃ śevṛdʰáṃ sūta mātā́ || 20||











ádʰā gā́va úpamātiṃ kanā́yā ánu śvāntásya kásya citpáreyuḥ |
śrudʰí tváṃ sudraviṇo nastváṃ yāḷāśvagʰnásya vāvṛdʰe sūnṛ́tābʰiḥ || 21||











ádʰa tvámindra viddʰyàsmā́nmahó rāyé nṛpate vájrabāhuḥ |
rákṣā ca no magʰónaḥ pāhí sūrī́nanehásaste harivo abʰíṣṭau || 22||











ádʰa yádrājānā gáviṣṭau sáratsaraṇyúḥ kāráve jaraṇyúḥ |
vípraḥ préṣṭʰaḥ sá hyeṣāṃ babʰū́va párā ca vákṣadutá parṣadenān || 23||











ádʰā nvàsya jényasya puṣṭaú vṛ́tʰā rébʰanta īmahe tádū nú |
saraṇyúrasya sūnúráśvo vípraścāsi śrávasaśca sātaú || 24||











yuvóryádi sakʰyā́yāsmé śárdʰāya stómaṃ jujuṣé námasvān |
viśvátra yásminnā́ gíraḥ samīcī́ḥ pūrvī́va gātúrdā́śatsūnṛ́tāyai || 25||











sá gṛṇānó adbʰírdevávāníti subándʰurnámasā sūktaíḥ |
várdʰaduktʰaírvácobʰirā́ hí nūnáṃ vyádʰvaiti páyasa usríyāyāḥ || 26||











tá ū ṣú ṇo mahó yajatrā bʰūtá devāsa ūtáye sajóṣāḥ |
yé vā́jām̐ ánayatā viyánto yé stʰā́ nicetā́ro ámūrāḥ || 27||












Sūkta 10.62 

yé yajñéna dákṣiṇayā sámaktā índrasya sakʰyámamṛtatvámānaśá |
tébʰyo bʰadrámaṅgiraso vo astu práti gṛbʰṇīta mānaváṃ sumedʰasaḥ || 1||











yá udā́janpitáro gomáyaṃ vásvṛténā́bʰindanparivatsaré valám |
dīrgʰāyutvámaṅgiraso vo astu práti gṛbʰṇīta mānaváṃ sumedʰasaḥ || 2||











yá ṛténa sū́ryamā́rohayandivyápratʰayanpṛtʰivī́ṃ mātáraṃ ví |
suprajāstvámaṅgiraso vo astu práti gṛbʰṇīta mānaváṃ sumedʰasaḥ || 3||











ayáṃ nā́bʰā vadati valgú vo gṛhé dévaputrā ṛṣayastácʰṛṇotana |
subrahmaṇyámaṅgiraso vo astu práti gṛbʰṇīta mānaváṃ sumedʰasaḥ || 4||











vírūpāsa ídṛ́ṣayastá ídgambʰīrávepasaḥ |
té áṅgirasaḥ sūnávasté agnéḥ pári jajñire || 5||











yé agnéḥ pári jajñiré vírūpāso diváspári |
návagvo nú dáśagvo áṅgirastamo sácā devéṣu maṃhate || 6||











índreṇa yujā́ níḥ sṛjanta vāgʰáto vrajáṃ gómantamaśvínam |
sahásraṃ me dádato aṣṭakarṇyàḥ śrávo devéṣvakrata || 7||











prá nūnáṃ jāyatāmayáṃ mánustókmeva rohatu |
yáḥ sahásraṃ śatā́śvaṃ sadyó dānā́ya máṃhate || 8||











ná támaśnoti káścaná divá iva sā́nvārábʰam |
sāvarṇyásya dákṣiṇā ví síndʰuriva papratʰe || 9||











utá dāsā́ parivíṣe smáddiṣṭī góparīṇasā |
yádusturváśca māmahe || 10||











sahasradā́ grāmaṇī́rmā́ riṣanmánuḥ sū́ryeṇāsya yátamānaitu dákṣiṇā |
sā́varṇerdevā́ḥ prá tirantvā́yuryásminnáśrāntā ásanāma vā́jam || 11||












Sūkta 10.63 

parāváto yé dídʰiṣanta ā́pyaṃ mánuprītāso jánimā vivásvataḥ |
yayā́teryé nahuṣyàsya barhíṣi devā́ ā́sate té ádʰi bruvantu naḥ || 1||











víśvā hí vo namasyā̀ni vándyā nā́māni devā utá yajñíyāni vaḥ |
yé stʰá jātā́ áditeradbʰyáspári yé pṛtʰivyā́sté ma ihá śrutā hávam || 2||











yébʰyo mātā́ mádʰumatpínvate páyaḥ pīyū́ṣaṃ dyaúráditirádribarhāḥ |
uktʰáśuṣmānvṛṣabʰarā́nsvápnasastā́m̐ ādityā́m̐ ánu madā svastáye || 3||











nṛcákṣaso ánimiṣanto arháṇā bṛháddevā́so amṛtatvámānaśuḥ |
jyotī́ratʰā áhimāyā ánāgaso divó varṣmā́ṇaṃ vasate svastáye || 4||











samrā́jo yé suvṛ́dʰo yajñámāyayúráparihvṛtā dadʰiré diví kṣáyam |
tā́m̐ ā́ vivāsa námasā suvṛktíbʰirmahó ādityā́m̐ áditiṃ svastáye || 5||











kó va stómaṃ rādʰati yáṃ jújoṣatʰa víśve devāso manuṣo yáti ṣṭʰána |
kó vo'dʰvaráṃ tuvijātā áraṃ karadyó naḥ párṣadátyáṃhaḥ svastáye || 6||











yébʰyo hótrāṃ pratʰamā́māyejé mánuḥ sámiddʰāgnirmánasā saptá hótṛbʰiḥ |
tá ādityā ábʰayaṃ śárma yacʰata sugā́ naḥ karta supátʰā svastáye || 7||











yá ī́śire bʰúvanasya prácetaso víśvasya stʰātúrjágataśca mántavaḥ |
té naḥ kṛtā́dákṛtādénasaspáryadyā́ devāsaḥ pipṛtā svastáye || 8||











bʰáreṣvíndraṃ suhávaṃ havāmahe'ṃhomúcaṃ sukṛ́taṃ daívyaṃ jánam |
agníṃ mitráṃ váruṇaṃ sātáye bʰágaṃ dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ marútaḥ svastáye || 9||











sutrā́māṇaṃ pṛtʰivī́ṃ dyā́manehásaṃ suśármāṇamáditiṃ supráṇītim |
daívīṃ nā́vaṃ svaritrā́mánāgasamásravantīmā́ ruhemā svastáye || 10||











víśve yajatrā ádʰi vocatotáye trā́yadʰvaṃ no durévāyā abʰihrútaḥ |
satyáyā vo deváhūtyā huvema śṛṇvató devā ávase svastáye || 11||











ápā́mīvāmápa víśvāmánāhutimápā́rātiṃ durvidátrāmagʰāyatáḥ |
āré devā dvéṣo asmádyuyotanorú ṇaḥ śárma yacʰatā svastáye || 12||











áriṣṭaḥ sá márto víśva edʰate prá prajā́bʰirjāyate dʰármaṇaspári |
yámādityāso náyatʰā sunītíbʰiráti víśvāni duritā́ svastáye || 13||











yáṃ devāsó'vatʰa vā́jasātau yáṃ śū́rasātā maruto hité dʰáne |
prātaryā́vāṇaṃ rátʰamindra sānasímáriṣyantamā́ ruhemā svastáye || 14||











svastí naḥ patʰyā̀su dʰánvasu svastyàpsú vṛjáne svàrvati |
svastí naḥ putrakṛtʰéṣu yóniṣu svastí rāyé maruto dadʰātana || 15||











svastíríddʰí prápatʰe śréṣṭʰā rékṇasvatyabʰí yā́ vāmáméti |
sā́ no amā́ só áraṇe ní pātu svāveśā́ bʰavatu devágopā || 16||











evā́ platéḥ sūnúravīvṛdʰadvo víśva ādityā adite manīṣī́ |
īśānā́so náro ámartyenā́stāvi jáno divyó gáyena || 17||












Sūkta 10.64 

katʰā́ devā́nāṃ katamásya yā́mani sumántu nā́ma śṛṇvatā́ṃ manāmahe |
kó mṛḷāti katamó no máyaskaratkatamá ūtī́ abʰyā́ vavartati || 1||











kratūyánti krátavo hṛtsú dʰītáyo vénanti venā́ḥ patáyantyā́ díśaḥ |
ná marḍitā́ vidyate anyá ebʰyo devéṣu me ádʰi kā́mā ayaṃsata || 2||











nárā vā śáṃsaṃ pūṣáṇamágohyamagníṃ devéddʰamabʰyàrcase girā́ |
sū́ryāmā́sā candrámasā yamáṃ diví tritáṃ vā́tamuṣásamaktúmaśvínā || 3||











katʰā́ kavístuvīrávānkáyā girā́ bṛ́haspátirvāvṛdʰate suvṛktíbʰiḥ |
ajá ékapātsuhávebʰirṛ́kvabʰiráhiḥ śṛṇotu budʰnyò hávīmani || 4||











dákṣasya vādite jánmani vraté rā́jānā mitrā́váruṇā́ vivāsasi |
átūrtapantʰāḥ pururátʰo aryamā́ saptáhotā víṣurūpeṣu jánmasu || 5||











té no árvanto havanaśrúto hávaṃ víśve śṛṇvantu vājíno mitádravaḥ |
sahasrasā́ medʰásātāviva tmánā mahó yé dʰánaṃ samitʰéṣu jabʰriré || 6||











prá vo vāyúṃ ratʰayújaṃ púraṃdʰiṃ stómaiḥ kṛṇudʰvaṃ sakʰyā́ya pūṣáṇam |
té hí devásya savitúḥ sávīmani krátuṃ sácante sacítaḥ sácetasaḥ || 7||











tríḥ saptá sasrā́ nadyò mahī́rapó vánaspátīnpárvatām̐ agnímūtáye |
kṛśā́numástṝntiṣyàṃ sadʰástʰa ā́ rudráṃ rudréṣu rudríyaṃ havāmahe || 8||











sárasvatī saráyuḥ síndʰurūrmíbʰirmahó mahī́rávasā́ yantu vákṣaṇīḥ |
devī́rā́po mātáraḥ sūdayitnvò gʰṛtávatpáyo mádʰumanno arcata || 9||











utá mātā́ bṛhaddivā́ śṛṇotu nastváṣṭā devébʰirjánibʰiḥ pitā́ vácaḥ |
ṛbʰukṣā́ vā́jo rátʰaspátirbʰágo raṇváḥ śáṃsaḥ śaśamānásya pātu naḥ || 10||











raṇváḥ sáṃdṛṣṭau pitumā́m̐ iva kṣáyo bʰadrā́ rudrā́ṇāṃ marútāmúpastutiḥ |
góbʰiḥ ṣyāma yaśáso jáneṣvā́ sádā devāsa íḷayā sacemahi || 11||











yā́ṃ me dʰíyaṃ máruta índra dévā ádadāta varuṇa mitra yūyám |
tā́ṃ pīpayata páyaseva dʰenúṃ kuvídgíro ádʰi rátʰe váhātʰa || 12||











kuvídaṅgá práti yátʰā cidasyá naḥ sajātyàsya maruto búbodʰatʰa |
nā́bʰā yátra pratʰamáṃ saṃnásāmahe tátra jāmitvámáditirdadʰātu naḥ || 13||











té hí dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ mātárā mahī́ devī́ devā́ñjánmanā yajñíye itáḥ |
ubʰé bibʰṛta ubʰáyaṃ bʰárīmabʰiḥ purū́ rétāṃsi pitṛ́bʰiśca siñcataḥ || 14||











ví ṣā́ hótrā víśvamaśnoti vā́ryaṃ bṛ́haspátirarámatiḥ pánīyasī |
grā́vā yátra madʰuṣúducyáte bṛhádávīvaśanta matíbʰirmanīṣíṇaḥ || 15||











evā́ kavístuvīrávām̐ ṛtajñā́ draviṇasyúrdráviṇasaścakānáḥ |
uktʰébʰirátra matíbʰiśca vípró'pīpayadgáyo divyā́ni jánma || 16||











evā́ platéḥ sūnúravīvṛdʰadvo víśva ādityā adite manīṣī́ |
īśānā́so náro ámartyenā́stāvi jáno divyó gáyena || 17||












Sūkta 10.65 

agníríndro váruṇo mitró aryamā́ vāyúḥ pūṣā́ sárasvatī sajóṣasaḥ |
ādityā́ víṣṇurmarútaḥ svàrbṛhátsómo rudró áditirbráhmaṇaspátiḥ || 1||











indrāgnī́ vṛtrahátyeṣu sátpatī mitʰó hinvānā́ tanvā̀ sámokasā |
antárikṣaṃ máhyā́ paprurójasā sómo gʰṛtaśrī́rmahimā́namīráyan || 2||











téṣāṃ hí mahnā́ mahatā́manarváṇāṃ stómām̐ íyarmyṛtajñā́ ṛtāvṛ́dʰām |
yé apsavámarṇaváṃ citrárādʰasasté no rāsantāṃ maháye sumitryā́ḥ || 3||











svàrṇaramantárikṣāṇi rocanā́ dyā́vābʰū́mī pṛtʰivī́ṃ skambʰurójasā |
pṛkṣā́ iva maháyantaḥ surātáyo devā́ stavante mánuṣāya sūráyaḥ || 4||











mitrā́ya śikṣa váruṇāya dāśúṣe yā́ samrā́jā mánasā ná prayúcʰataḥ |
yáyordʰā́ma dʰármaṇā rócate bṛhádyáyorubʰé ródasī nā́dʰasī vṛ́tau || 5||











yā́ gaúrvartaníṃ paryéti niṣkṛtáṃ páyo dúhānā vratanī́ravārátaḥ |
sā́ prabruvāṇā́ váruṇāya dāśúṣe devébʰyo dāśaddʰavíṣā vivásvate || 6||











divákṣaso agnijihvā́ ṛtāvṛ́dʰa ṛtásya yóniṃ vimṛśánta āsate |
dyā́ṃ skabʰitvyàpá ā́ cakrurójasā yajñáṃ janitvī́ tanvī̀ ní māmṛjuḥ || 7||











parikṣítā pitárā pūrvajā́varī ṛtásya yónā kṣayataḥ sámokasā |
dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ váruṇāya sávrate gʰṛtávatpáyo mahiṣā́ya pinvataḥ || 8||











parjányāvā́tā vṛṣabʰā́ purīṣíṇendravāyū́ váruṇo mitró aryamā́ |
devā́m̐ ādityā́m̐ áditiṃ havāmahe yé pā́rtʰivāso divyā́so apsú yé || 9||











tváṣṭāraṃ vāyúmṛbʰavo yá óhate daívyā hótārā uṣásaṃ svastáye |
bṛ́haspátiṃ vṛtrakʰādáṃ sumedʰásamindriyáṃ sómaṃ dʰanasā́ u īmahe || 10||











bráhma gā́máśvaṃ janáyanta óṣadʰīrvánaspátīnpṛtʰivī́ṃ párvatām̐ apáḥ |
sū́ryaṃ diví roháyantaḥ sudā́nava ā́ryā vratā́ visṛjánto ádʰi kṣámi || 11||











bʰujyúmáṃhasaḥ pipṛtʰo níraśvinā śyā́vaṃ putráṃ vadʰrimatyā́ ajinvatam |
kamadyúvaṃ vimadā́yohatʰuryuváṃ viṣṇāpvàṃ viśvakāyā́va sṛjatʰaḥ || 12||











pā́vīravī tanyatúrékapādajó divó dʰartā́ síndʰurā́paḥ samudríyaḥ |
víśve devā́saḥ śṛṇavanvácāṃsi me sárasvatī sahá dʰībʰíḥ púraṃdʰyā || 13||











víśve devā́ḥ sahá dʰībʰíḥ púraṃdʰyā mánoryájatrā amṛ́tā ṛtajñā́ḥ |
rātiṣā́co abʰiṣā́caḥ svarvídaḥ svàrgíro bráhma sūktáṃ juṣerata || 14||











devā́nvásiṣṭʰo amṛ́tānvavande yé víśvā bʰúvanābʰí pratastʰúḥ |
té no rāsantāmurugāyámadyá yūyáṃ pāta svastíbʰiḥ sádā naḥ || 15||












Sūkta 10.66 

devā́nhuve bṛhácʰravasaḥ svastáye jyotiṣkṛ́to adʰvarásya prácetasaḥ |
yé vāvṛdʰúḥ prataráṃ viśvávedasa índrajyeṣṭʰāso amṛ́tā ṛtāvṛ́dʰaḥ || 1||











índraprasūtā váruṇapraśiṣṭā yé sū́ryasya jyótiṣo bʰāgámānaśúḥ |
marúdgaṇe vṛjáne mánma dʰīmahi mā́gʰone yajñáṃ janayanta sūráyaḥ || 2||











índro vásubʰiḥ pári pātu no gáyamādityaírno áditiḥ śárma yacʰatu |
rudró rudrébʰirdevó mṛḷayāti nastváṣṭā no gnā́bʰiḥ suvitā́ya jinvatu || 3||











áditirdyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ ṛtáṃ mahádíndrāvíṣṇū marútaḥ svàrbṛhát |
devā́m̐ ādityā́m̐ ávase havāmahe vásūnrudrā́nsavitā́raṃ sudáṃsasam || 4||











sárasvāndʰībʰírváruṇo dʰṛtávrataḥ pūṣā́ víṣṇurmahimā́ vāyúraśvínā |
brahmakṛ́to amṛ́tā viśvávedasaḥ śárma no yaṃsantrivárūtʰamáṃhasaḥ || 5||











vṛ́ṣā yajñó vṛ́ṣaṇaḥ santu yajñíyā vṛ́ṣaṇo devā́ vṛ́ṣaṇo haviṣkṛ́taḥ |
vṛ́ṣaṇā dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ ṛtā́varī vṛ́ṣā parjányo vṛ́ṣaṇo vṛṣastúbʰaḥ || 6||











agnī́ṣómā vṛ́ṣaṇā vā́jasātaye purupraśastā́ vṛ́ṣaṇā úpa bruve |
yā́vījiré vṛ́ṣaṇo devayajyáyā tā́ naḥ śárma trivárūtʰaṃ ví yaṃsataḥ || 7||











dʰṛtávratāḥ kṣatríyā yajñaniṣkṛ́to bṛhaddivā́ adʰvarā́ṇāmabʰiśríyaḥ |
agníhotāra ṛtasā́po adrúho'pó asṛjannánu vṛtratū́rye || 8||











dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ janayannabʰí vratā́pa óṣadʰīrvanínāni yajñíyā |
antárikṣaṃ svàrā́ paprurūtáye váśaṃ devā́sastanvī̀ ní māmṛjuḥ || 9||











dʰartā́ro divá ṛbʰávaḥ suhástā vātāparjanyā́ mahiṣásya tanyatóḥ |
ā́pa óṣadʰīḥ prá tirantu no gíro bʰágo rātírvājíno yantu me hávam || 10||











samudráḥ síndʰū rájo antárikṣamajá ékapāttanayitnúrarṇaváḥ |
áhirbudʰnyàḥ śṛṇavadvácāṃsi me víśve devā́sa utá sūráyo máma || 11||











syā́ma vo mánavo devávītaye prā́ñcaṃ no yajñáṃ prá ṇayata sādʰuyā́ |
ā́dityā rúdrā vásavaḥ súdānava imā́ bráhma śasyámānāni jinvata || 12||











daívyā hótārā pratʰamā́ puróhita ṛtásya pántʰāmánvemi sādʰuyā́ |
kṣétrasya pátiṃ prátiveśamīmahe víśvāndevā́m̐ amṛ́tām̐ áprayucʰataḥ || 13||











vásiṣṭʰāsaḥ pitṛvádvā́camakrata devā́m̐ ī́ḷānā ṛṣivátsvastáye |
prītā́ iva jñātáyaḥ kā́mamétyāsmé devāsó'va dʰūnutā vásu || 14||











devā́nvásiṣṭʰo amṛ́tānvavande yé víśvā bʰúvanābʰí pratastʰúḥ |
té no rāsantāmurugāyámadyá yūyáṃ pāta svastíbʰiḥ sádā naḥ || 15||












Sūkta 10.67 

imā́ṃ dʰíyaṃ saptáśīrṣṇīṃ pitā́ na ṛtáprajātāṃ bṛhatī́mavindat |
turī́yaṃ svijjanayadviśvájanyo'yā́sya uktʰámíndrāya śáṃsan || 1||











ṛtáṃ śáṃsanta ṛjú dī́dʰyānā divásputrā́so ásurasya vīrā́ḥ |
vípraṃ padámáṅgiraso dádʰānā yajñásya dʰā́ma pratʰamáṃ mananta || 2||











haṃsaíriva sákʰibʰirvā́vadadbʰiraśmanmáyāni náhanā vyásyan |
bṛ́haspátirabʰikánikradadgā́ utá prā́staudúcca vidvā́m̐ agāyat || 3||











avó dvā́bʰyāṃ pará ékayā gā́ gúhā tíṣṭʰantīránṛtasya sétau |
bṛ́haspátistámasi jyótiricʰánnúdusrā́ ā́karví hí tisrá ā́vaḥ || 4||











vibʰídyā púraṃ śayátʰemápācīṃ nístrī́ṇi sākámudadʰérakṛntat |
bṛ́haspátiruṣásaṃ sū́ryaṃ gā́markáṃ viveda stanáyanniva dyaúḥ || 5||











índro valáṃ rakṣitā́raṃ dúgʰānāṃ karéṇeva ví cakartā ráveṇa |
svédāñjibʰirāśíramicʰámānó'rodayatpaṇímā́ gā́ amuṣṇāt || 6||











sá īṃ satyébʰiḥ sákʰibʰiḥ śucádbʰirgódʰāyasaṃ ví dʰanasaíradardaḥ |
bráhmaṇaspátirvṛ́ṣabʰirvarā́hairgʰarmásvedebʰirdráviṇaṃ vyā̀naṭ || 7||











té satyéna mánasā gópatiṃ gā́ iyānā́sa iṣaṇayanta dʰībʰíḥ |
bṛ́haspátirmitʰóavadyapebʰirúdusríyā asṛjata svayúgbʰiḥ || 8||











táṃ vardʰáyanto matíbʰiḥ śivā́bʰiḥ siṃhámiva nā́nadataṃ sadʰástʰe |
bṛ́haspátiṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ śū́rasātau bʰárebʰare ánu madema jiṣṇúm || 9||











yadā́ vā́jamásanadviśvárūpamā́ dyā́márukṣadúttarāṇi sádma |
bṛ́haspátiṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ vardʰáyanto nā́nā sánto bíbʰrato jyótirāsā́ || 10||











satyā́māśíṣaṃ kṛṇutā vayodʰaí kīríṃ ciddʰyávatʰa svébʰirévaiḥ |
paścā́ mṛ́dʰo ápa bʰavantu víśvāstádrodasī śṛṇutaṃ viśvaminvé || 11||











índro mahnā́ maható arṇavásya ví mūrdʰā́namabʰinadarbudásya |
áhannáhimáriṇātsaptá síndʰūndevaírdyāvāpṛtʰivī prā́vataṃ naḥ || 12||












Sūkta 10.68 

udaprúto ná váyo rákṣamāṇā vā́vadato abʰríyasyeva gʰóṣāḥ |
giribʰrájo nórmáyo mádanto bṛ́haspátimabʰyàrkā́ anāvan || 1||











sáṃ góbʰirāṅgirasó nákṣamāṇo bʰága ivédaryamáṇaṃ nināya |
jáne mitró ná dámpatī anakti bṛ́haspate vājáyāśū́m̐rivājaú || 2||











sādʰvaryā́ atitʰínīriṣirā́ spārhā́ḥ suvárṇā anavadyárūpāḥ |
bṛ́haspátiḥ párvatebʰyo vitū́ryā nírgā́ ūpe yávamiva stʰivíbʰyaḥ || 3||











āpruṣāyánmádʰuna ṛtásya yónimavakṣipánnarká ulkā́miva dyóḥ |
bṛ́haspátiruddʰárannáśmano gā́ bʰū́myā udnéva ví tvácaṃ bibʰeda || 4||











ápa jyótiṣā támo antárikṣādudnáḥ śī́pālamiva vā́ta ājat |
bṛ́haspátiranumṛ́śyā valásyābʰrámiva vā́ta ā́ cakra ā́ gā́ḥ || 5||











yadā́ valásya pī́yato jásuṃ bʰédbṛ́haspátiragnitápobʰirarkaíḥ |
dadbʰírná jihvā́ páriviṣṭamā́dadāvírnidʰī́m̐rakṛṇodusríyāṇām || 6||











bṛ́haspátirámata hí tyádāsāṃ nā́ma svarī́ṇāṃ sádane gúhā yát |
āṇḍéva bʰittvā́ śakunásya gárbʰamúdusríyāḥ párvatasya tmánājat || 7||











áśnā́pinaddʰaṃ mádʰu páryapaśyanmátsyaṃ ná dīná udáni kṣiyántam |
níṣṭájjabʰāra camasáṃ ná vṛkṣā́dbṛ́haspátirviravéṇā vikṛ́tya || 8||











sóṣā́mavindatsá svàḥ só agníṃ só arkéṇa ví babādʰe támāṃsi |
bṛ́haspátirgóvapuṣo valásya nírmajjā́naṃ ná párvaṇo jabʰāra || 9||











himéva parṇā́ muṣitā́ vánāni bṛ́haspátinākṛpayadvaló gā́ḥ |
anānukṛtyámapunáścakāra yā́tsū́ryāmā́sā mitʰá uccárātaḥ || 10||











abʰí śyāváṃ ná kṛ́śanebʰiráśvaṃ nákṣatrebʰiḥ pitáro dyā́mapiṃśan |
rā́tryāṃ támo ádadʰurjyótiráhanbṛ́haspátirbʰinádádriṃ vidádgā́ḥ || 11||











idámakarma námo abʰriyā́ya yáḥ pūrvī́ránvānónavīti |
bṛ́haspátiḥ sá hí góbʰiḥ só áśvaiḥ sá vīrébʰiḥ sá nṛ́bʰirno váyo dʰāt || 12||












Sūkta 10.69 

bʰadrā́ agnérvadʰryaśvásya saṃdṛ́śo vāmī́ práṇītiḥ suráṇā úpetayaḥ |
yádīṃ sumitrā́ víśo ágra indʰáte gʰṛténā́huto jarate dávidyutat || 1||











gʰṛtámagnérvadʰryaśvásya várdʰanaṃ gʰṛtámánnaṃ gʰṛtámvasya médanam |
gʰṛténā́huta urviyā́ ví papratʰe sū́rya iva rocate sarpírāsutiḥ || 2||











yátte mánuryádánīkaṃ sumitráḥ samīdʰé agne tádidáṃ návīyaḥ |
sá revácʰoca sá gíro juṣasva sá vā́jaṃ darṣi sá ihá śrávo dʰāḥ || 3||











yáṃ tvā pū́rvamīḷitó vadʰryaśváḥ samīdʰé agne sá idáṃ juṣasva |
sá na stipā́ utá bʰavā tanūpā́ dātráṃ rakṣasva yádidáṃ te asmé || 4||











bʰávā dyumnī́ vādʰryaśvotá gopā́ mā́ tvā tārīdabʰímātirjánānām |
śū́ra iva dʰṛṣṇúścyávanaḥ sumitráḥ prá nú vocaṃ vā́dʰryaśvasya nā́ma || 5||











sámajryā̀ parvatyā̀ vásūni dā́sā vṛtrā́ṇyā́ryā jigetʰa |
śū́ra iva dʰṛṣṇúścyávano jánānāṃ tvámagne pṛtanāyū́m̐rabʰí ṣyāḥ || 6||











dīrgʰátanturbṛhádukṣāyámagníḥ sahásrastarīḥ śatánītʰa ṛ́bʰvā |
dyumā́ndyumátsu nṛ́bʰirmṛjyámānaḥ sumitréṣu dīdayo devayátsu || 7||











tvé dʰenúḥ sudúgʰā jātavedo'saścáteva samanā́ sabardʰúk |
tváṃ nṛ́bʰirdákṣiṇāvadbʰiragne sumitrébʰiridʰyase devayádbʰiḥ || 8||











devā́ścitte amṛ́tā jātavedo mahimā́naṃ vādʰryaśva prá vocan |
yátsampṛ́cʰaṃ mā́nuṣīrvíśa ā́yantváṃ nṛ́bʰirajayastvā́vṛdʰebʰiḥ || 9||











pitéva putrámabibʰarupástʰe tvā́magne vadʰryaśváḥ saparyán |
juṣāṇó asya samídʰaṃ yaviṣṭʰotá pū́rvām̐ avanorvrā́dʰataścit || 10||











śáśvadagnírvadʰryaśvásya śátrūnnṛ́bʰirjigāya sutásomavadbʰiḥ |
sámanaṃ cidadahaścitrabʰānó'va vrā́dʰantamabʰinadvṛdʰáścit || 11||











ayámagnírvadʰryaśvásya vṛtrahā́ sanakā́tpréddʰo námasopavākyàḥ |
sá no ájāmīm̐rutá vā víjāmīnabʰí tiṣṭʰa śárdʰato vādʰryaśva || 12||












Sūkta 10.70 

imā́ṃ me agne samídʰaṃ juṣasveḷáspadé práti haryā gʰṛtā́cīm |
várṣmanpṛtʰivyā́ḥ sudinatvé áhnāmūrdʰvó bʰava sukrato devayajyā́ || 1||











ā́ devā́nāmagrayā́vehá yātu nárāśáṃso viśvárūpebʰiráśvaiḥ |
ṛtásya patʰā́ námasā miyédʰo devébʰyo devátamaḥ suṣūdat || 2||











śaśvattamámīḷate dūtyā̀ya havíṣmanto manuṣyā̀so agním |
váhiṣṭʰairáśvaiḥ suvṛ́tā rátʰenā́ devā́nvakṣi ní ṣadehá hótā || 3||











ví pratʰatāṃ devájuṣṭaṃ tiraścā́ dīrgʰáṃ drāgʰmā́ surabʰí bʰūtvasmé |
áheḷatā mánasā deva barhiríndrajyeṣṭʰām̐ uśató yakṣi devā́n || 4||











divó vā sā́nu spṛśátā várīyaḥ pṛtʰivyā́ vā mā́trayā ví śrayadʰvam |
uśatī́rdvāro mahinā́ mahádbʰirdeváṃ rátʰaṃ ratʰayúrdʰārayadʰvam || 5||











devī́ divó duhitárā suśilpé uṣā́sānáktā sadatāṃ ní yónau |
ā́ vāṃ devā́sa uśatī uśánta uraú sīdantu subʰage upástʰe || 6||











ūrdʰvó grā́vā bṛhádagníḥ sámiddʰaḥ priyā́ dʰā́mānyáditerupástʰe |
puróhitāvṛtvijā yajñé asmínvidúṣṭarā dráviṇamā́ yajetʰām || 7||











tísro devīrbarhíridáṃ várīya ā́ sīdata cakṛmā́ vaḥ syonám |
manuṣvádyajñáṃ súdʰitā havī́ṃṣī́ḷā devī́ gʰṛtápadī juṣanta || 8||











déva tvaṣṭaryáddʰa cārutvámā́naḍyádáṅgirasāmábʰavaḥ sacābʰū́ḥ |
sá devā́nāṃ pā́tʰa úpa prá vidvā́m̐ uśányakṣi draviṇodaḥ surátnaḥ || 9||











vánaspate raśanáyā niyū́yā devā́nāṃ pā́tʰa úpa vakṣi vidvā́n |
svádāti deváḥ kṛṇávaddʰavī́ṃṣyávatāṃ dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ hávaṃ me || 10||











ā́gne vaha váruṇamiṣṭáye na índraṃ divó marúto antárikṣāt |
sī́dantu barhírvíśva ā́ yájatrāḥ svā́hā devā́ amṛ́tā mādayantām || 11||












Sūkta 10.71 

bṛ́haspate pratʰamáṃ vācó ágraṃ yátpraírata nāmadʰéyaṃ dádʰānāḥ |
yádeṣāṃ śréṣṭʰaṃ yádariprámā́sītpreṇā́ tádeṣāṃ níhitaṃ gúhāvíḥ || 1||











sáktumiva títa unaa puna'nto ya'tra dhii'raa ma'nasaa vaa'cama'krata |
átrā sákʰāyaḥ sakʰyā́ni jānate bʰadraíṣāṃ lakṣmī́rníhitā́dʰi vācí || 2||











yajñéna vācáḥ padavī́yamāyantā́mánvavindannṛ́ṣiṣu práviṣṭām |
tā́mābʰṛ́tyā vyàdadʰuḥ purutrā́ tā́ṃ saptá rebʰā́ abʰí sáṃ navante || 3||











utá tvaḥ páśyanná dadarśa vā́camutá tvaḥ śṛṇvánná śṛṇotyenām |
utó tvasmai tanvàṃ vi sasre jāyéva pátya uśatī́ suvā́sāḥ || 4||











utá tvaṃ sakʰyé stʰirápītamāhurnaínaṃ hinvantyápi vā́jineṣu |
ádʰenvā carati māyáyaiṣá vā́caṃ śuśruvā́m̐ apʰalā́mapuṣpā́m || 5||











yástityā́ja sacivídaṃ sákʰāyaṃ ná tásya vācyápi bʰāgó asti |
yádīṃ śṛṇótyálakaṃ śṛṇoti nahí pravéda sukṛtásya pántʰām || 6||











akṣaṇvántaḥ kárṇavantaḥ sákʰāyo manojavéṣvásamā babʰūvuḥ |
ādagʰnā́sa upakakṣā́sa u tve hradā́ iva snā́tvā u tve dadṛśre || 7||











hṛdā́ taṣṭéṣu mánaso javéṣu yádbrāhmaṇā́ḥ saṃyájante sákʰāyaḥ |
átrā́ha tvaṃ ví jahurvedyā́bʰiróhabrahmāṇo ví carantyu tve || 8||











imé yé nā́rvā́ṅná paráścáranti ná brāhmaṇā́so ná sutékarāsaḥ |
tá eté vā́camabʰipádya pāpáyā sirī́stántraṃ tanvate áprajajñayaḥ || 9||











sárve nandanti yaśásā́gatena sabʰāsāhéna sákʰyā sákʰāyaḥ |
kilbiṣaspṛ́tpituṣáṇirhyèṣāmáraṃ hitó bʰávati vā́jināya || 10||











ṛcā́ṃ tvaḥ póṣamāste pupuṣvā́ngāyatráṃ tvo gāyati śákvarīṣu |
brahmā́ tvo vádati jātavidyā́ṃ yajñásya mā́trāṃ ví mimīta u tvaḥ || 11||












Sūkta 10.72 

devā́nāṃ nú vayáṃ jā́nā prá vocāma vipanyáyā |
uktʰéṣu śasyámāneṣu yáḥ páśyādúttare yugé || 1||











bráhmaṇaspátiretā́ sáṃ karmā́ra ivādʰamat |
devā́nāṃ pūrvyé yugé'sataḥ sádajāyata || 2||











devā́nāṃ yugé pratʰamé'sataḥ sádajāyata |
tádā́śā ánvajāyanta táduttānápadaspári || 3||











bʰū́rjajña uttānápado bʰuvá ā́śā ajāyanta |
áditerdákṣo ajāyata dákṣādváditiḥ pári || 4||











áditirhyájaniṣṭa dákṣa yā́ duhitā́ táva |
tā́ṃ devā́ ánvajāyanta bʰadrā́ amṛ́tabandʰavaḥ || 5||











yáddevā adáḥ salilé súsaṃrabdʰā átiṣṭʰata |
átrā vo nṛ́tyatāmiva tīvró reṇúrápāyata || 6||











yáddevā yátayo yatʰā bʰúvanānyápinvata |
átrā samudrá ā́ gūḷhámā́ sū́ryamajabʰartana || 7||











aṣṭaú putrā́so áditeryé jātā́stanvàspári |
devā́m̐ úpa praítsaptábʰiḥ párā mārtāṇḍámāsyat || 8||











saptábʰiḥ putraíráditirúpa praítpūrvyáṃ yugám |
prajā́yai mṛtyáve tvatpúnarmārtāṇḍámā́bʰarat || 9||












Sūkta 10.73 

jániṣṭʰā ugráḥ sáhase turā́ya mandrá ójiṣṭʰo bahulā́bʰimānaḥ |
ávardʰanníndraṃ marútaścidátra mātā́ yádvīráṃ dadʰánaddʰániṣṭʰā || 1||



1.  janiṣṭʰāsva·U·2s«√jan ugrajmsn sahasnnsd turajnsd  
    mandrajmsn ojiṣṭʰajmsn (bahulajms-abʰimānanms)jmsn |
    avardʰanvp·Aa3p«√vṛdʰ indraNmsa marutnmpa cidc atrac  
    mātṛnfsn yadc vīranmsa dadʰanatvp·AE3s«√dʰan dʰaniṣṭʰājfsn 



1.  Thou were born ferocious --- for the sake of prompt overwhelming strength ---
    [thou,] agreeable, most vigorous, having ample self-conceit.
    Marut-s also augment Indra then ---
    when the mother¹, best at [promising] prizes, causes the hero to move quickly.



druhó níṣattā pṛśanī́ cidévaiḥ purū́ śáṃsena vāvṛdʰuṣṭá índram |
abʰī́vṛteva tā́ mahāpadéna dʰvāntā́tprapitvā́dúdaranta gárbʰāḥ || 2||



2.  druhnmsb niṣattājfsn pṛśanījfsn cidc evanmpi  
    purua śaṃsanmsi vavṛdʰurvp·I·3p«√vṛdʰ tasr3mpn indraNmsa |
    abʰivṛtājnpn ivacr3npn mahāpadanmsi dʰvāntannsb  
    prapitvannsb udc arantava·U·3p«√ṛ garbʰanmpn 



2.  She was settled [away] from an offense, [made] even gentle in the manner of acting.
    They have frequently strengthened Indra with a spell.
    Those [designs] [were] as if surrounded by the extensive footprint [of Viṣṇu] --- [away] from the darkness.
    From evening [forward] germs [of inner fire] did rise.



ṛṣvā́ te pā́dā prá yájjígāsyávardʰanvā́jā utá yé cidátra |
tvámindra sālāvṛkā́nsahásramāsándadʰiṣe aśvínā́ vavṛtyāḥ || 3||



3.  ṛṣvajmdn tvamr2msd pādanmdn prap yadc jigāsivp·A·2s«√gā  
    avardʰanvp·Aa3p«√vṛdʰ vājanmpn utac yasr3mpn cidc atrac |
    tvamr2msn indraNmsv sālāvṛkanmpa sahasrau āsannmsl  
    dadʰiṣeva·I·2s«√dʰā aśvinNmda āp vavṛtyāsvp·Ii2s«√vṛt 



3.  When thou proceed, the two footprints [are] helping thee in dire straights.
    Rushes of vigour, which [were] also there, did strengthened [thee].
    Thou, O Indra, has put thousand jackals in [thy] mouth ---
    thou should have turned towards Aśvin-s.



samanā́ tū́rṇirúpa yāsi yajñámā́ nā́satyā sakʰyā́ya vakṣi |
vasā́vyāmindra dʰārayaḥ sahásrāśvínā śūra dadaturmagʰā́ni || 4||



4.  samanāa tūrṇijmsn upap yāsivp·A·2s«√yā yajñanmsa āp nāsatyaNmda sakʰyanmsd vakṣivp·U·2s«√vah |
    vasāvīnfsl indraNmsv dʰārayasvpCAE2s«√dʰṛ sahasrau aśvinNmdn śūranmsv dadaturvp·I·3d«√dā magʰannpa 



4.  Thou approach the sacrifice all at once, [being] expeditious,
    thou have conveyed the two Nāsatya-s for a fellowship.
    Thou shall cause thousand [benefits] to be maintained in the treasury ---
    [for] two Aśvin-s have given gifts, O agent of change!



mándamāna ṛtā́dádʰi prajā́yai sákʰibʰiríndra iṣirébʰirártʰam |
ā́bʰirhí māyā́ úpa dásyumā́gānmíhaḥ prá tamrā́ avapattámāṃsi || 5||



5.  mandamānata·Amsn«√mand ṛtannsb adʰip prajānfsd  
    sakʰinmpi indraNmsn iṣirajmpi artʰanmsa |
    āp ayamr3fpi hic māyānfpa upap (dasnfs-yujms)nmsa āp agātvp·U·3s«√gā  
    mihnfpa prap tamrājfpa avapatvp·Aa3s«√vap tamasnnpa 



5.  Becoming fired up for procreation from the presence of ṛta,
    Indra together with instigating companions [fixes the mind]² upon the purpose.
    Since with these [means of assisting]³ he approached powers to frame cognition [and] the impulse to suffer want,
    he scattered darkening [mental] fogs, [and] mental obscurations.



sánāmānā ciddʰvasayo nyàsmā ávāhanníndra uṣáso yátʰā́naḥ |
ṛṣvaíragacʰaḥ sákʰibʰirníkāmaiḥ sākáṃ pratiṣṭʰā́ hṛ́dyā jagʰantʰa || 6||



6.  sanāmānajmda cidc dʰvasayasvpCAE2s«√dʰvaṃs nip ayamr3msd  
    avap ahanvp·Aa2s«√han indraNmsn uṣasnfsg yatʰāc anasnnsa |
    ṛṣvajmpi agacʰasvp·Aa2s«√gam sakʰinmpi nikāmajmpi  
    sākama pratiṣṭʰajmda hṛdyajmda jagʰantʰavp·I·2s«√han 



6.  Even the two being similarly named ones thou shall disperse for this one,
    in the same manner as thou, Indra, diverted [from it course] Dawn's cart.
    Thou set out with helping-in-dire-straights dispassionate companions⁴,
    thou have slayed at the same time two innermost resisting ones.



tváṃ jagʰantʰa námuciṃ makʰasyúṃ dā́saṃ kṛṇvāná ṛ́ṣaye vímāyam |
tváṃ cakartʰa mánave syonā́npatʰó devatrā́ñjaseva yā́nān || 7||



7.  tvamr2msn jagʰantʰavp·I·2s«√han namuciNmsa (makʰasnns-yujfs)jmsa  
    dāsanmsa kṛṇvānata·Amsn«√kṛ ṛṣinmsd vimāyajmsa |
    tvamr2msn cakartʰavp·I·2s«√kṛ manunmsd syonajmpa patʰinnmpa  
    devatrāa añjasāa ivac yānajmpa 



7.  Thou have warded off seeking a fighting spirit Namuci,
    [thus] making for the seer [that] savage to be devoid of the powers to frame cognition.
    For an intelligent man thou have made pathways
    to deva-s gentle as if leading straight [to them].



tvámetā́ni papriṣe ví nā́méśāna indra dadʰiṣe gábʰastau |
ánu tvā devā́ḥ śávasā madantyupáribudʰnānvanínaścakartʰa || 8||



8.  tvamr2msn etadr3npa papriṣeva·I·2s«√prā vip nāmannnsa īśānanmsn indraNmsv dadʰiṣeva·I·2s«√dʰā gabʰastinmsl |
    anup tvamr2msa devanmpn śavasnnsi madantivp·A·3p«√mad  
    uparibudʰnajmpa vaninnmpa cakartʰavp·I·2s«√kṛ 



8.  Thou have filled these [realms]; what is called a ``bird''⁵
    thou, being in charge, have put in hand, O Indra!
    Through the impulse to change, deva-s rejoice over thee;
    thou made those who have desires raised above the ground.



cakráṃ yádasyāpsvā́ níṣattamutó tádasmai mádʰvíccacʰadyāt |
pṛtʰivyā́mátiṣitaṃ yádū́dʰaḥ páyo góṣvádadʰā óṣadʰīṣu || 9||



9.  cakrannsa yadc ayamr3nsg apnfpl āp niṣattajnsa  
    utac uc tadr3nsn ayamr3msd madʰunnsn idc cacʰadyātvp·Ii3s«√cʰand |
    pṛtʰivīnfsl atiṣitajnsn yadc ūdʰarnnsn  
    payasnnsa gonfpl adadʰāsvp·Aa2s«√dʰā (oṣanms-dʰijfs)nfpl 



9.  When the ``wheel''⁶ of this [abode] is settled midst [inner] waters,
    that would impress him as the honey⁷.
    If the udder in the Earth⁸ [becomes] tied up,
    [remember,] thou did put [on such occasions] the juice into milk, into herbal [potions].



áśvādiyāyéti yádvádantyójaso jātámutá manya enam |
manyóriyāya harmyéṣu tastʰau yátaḥ prajajñá índro asya veda || 10||



10. aśvanmsb iyāyavp·I·3s«√i itia yadc vadantivp·A·3p«√vad  
     ojasnnsb jātajmsa utac manyeva·A·1s«√man enamr3msa |
     manyunmsb iyāyavp·I·3s«√i harmyajnpl tastʰauvp·I·3s«√stʰā  
     yatasc prajajñeva·I·3s«pra~√jan indraNmsn ayamr3msg vedavp·I·1s«√vid 



10. When they say ``He has come from a horse'',
    I think of him as born of a frenzy.
    He has come from anger, he has stayed in charming-the-mind [fantasies] ---
    whatever Indra has emerged from, I have become acquainted with him.



váyaḥ suparṇā́ úpa seduríndraṃ priyámedʰā ṛ́ṣayo nā́dʰamānāḥ |
ápa dʰvāntámūrṇuhí pūrdʰí cákṣurmumugdʰyàsmā́nnidʰáyeva baddʰā́n || 11||



11. vinmpn suparṇajmpn upap sedurvp·I·3p«√sad indraNmsa  
     priyamedʰaNmpn ṛṣinmpn nādʰamānata·Ampn«√nādʰ |
     apap dʰvānttp·Amsa«√dʰvan ūrṇuhivp·Ao2s«√ūrṇu pūrdʰivp·Ao2s«√pṝ cakṣusnnsa  
     mumugdʰivp·Ao2s«√muc vayamr1mpa nidʰānfsi ivac baddʰajmpn 



11. Having beautiful wings birds⁹ have taken a seat near Indra.
    Priyamedʰa seers [are] asking for help,
    ``Put away the darkness, sate the eye!
    Set us, [who are] as if caught by a net, free!''


1 Pṛśni
2 on the basis of 1.10.2c
3 on the basis of 5.38.5a
4 Soma drops
5 a fantasy
6 cakra
7 Soma
8 = ``the body''
9 =fantasies


Sūkta 10.74 

vásūnāṃ vā carkṛṣa íyakṣandʰiyā́ vā yajñaírvā ródasyoḥ |
árvanto vā yé rayimántaḥ sātaú vanúṃ vā yé suśrúṇaṃ suśrúto dʰúḥ || 1||



1.  vasunnpgc carkṛṣeva·U·1s«√kṛ iyakṣanttpDA?sn«√yaj  
    dʰīnfsic yajñanmpic rodasīnfdg |
    arvantnmpnc yasr3mpn rayimantjmpn sātinfsl  
    vanunmsac yasr3mpn suśruṇajmsa suśrutjmpn dʰurvp·UE3p«√dʰā 



1.  Whether I, seeking to sacrifice, speak highly of benefits,
    or of both Rodas-es together with a visualization [and] fire offerings,
    whether [those] steeds¹ which [are] possessing the wealth at gaining [the rush of vigour],
    or those who are teaching well shall render him who listens well an adherent,



háva eṣāmásuro nakṣata dyā́ṃ śravasyatā́ mánasā niṃsata kṣā́m |
cákṣāṇā yátra suvitā́ya devā́ dyaúrná vā́rebʰiḥ kṛṇávanta svaíḥ || 2||



2.  havanmsn ayamr3mpg asurajmsn nakṣatavp·AE3s«√nakṣ dyunmsa  
    śravasyattp·Ansi«√śravasy manasnnsi niṃsatavp·AE3s«√niṃs kṣānfsa |
    cakṣāṇata·Impn«√cakṣ yatrac suvitajmsd devanmpn  
    dyunmsn nac vārannpi kṛṇavantava·A·3p«√kṛ svannpi 



2.  providing guidance invocation of those shall reach the Heaven;
    with mind employing auditory impression it shall touch closely the Earth.
    Wherever deva-s have appeared for an easy passage,
    they create with their own treasured [things] [a guidance] for themselves [just] like the Heaven [does].



iyámeṣāmamṛ́tānāṃ gī́ḥ sarvátātā yé kṛpáṇanta rátnam |
dʰíyaṃ ca yajñáṃ ca sā́dʰantasté no dʰāntu vasavyàmásāmi || 3||



3.  ayamr3fsn ayamr3mpg amṛtajmpg girnfsn  
    (sarvajms-tātinfs)nfsl yasr3mpn kṛpaṇantava·AE3p«√kṛpaṇ ratnannsa |
    dʰīnfsa cac yajñanmsa cac sādʰanttp·Ampn«√sādʰ  
    tasr3mpn vayamr1mpd dʰāntuvp·Ao3p«√dʰā vasavyajmsa asāmia 



3.  This is an invocation of these immortals
    who all together long for the treasure.
    May they, bringing to realization the visualization and the fire offering,
    help us to abundant [treasure] in its entirety!



ā́ tátta indrāyávaḥ panantābʰí yá ūrváṃ gómantaṃ títṛtsān |
sakṛtsvàṃ ye puruputrā́ṃ mahī́ṃ sahásradʰārāṃ bṛhatī́ṃ dúdukṣan || 4||



4.  āp tadr3nsa tvamr2msg indraNmsv āyujmpn panantava·AE3p«√pan  
    abʰip yasr3mpn ūrvajmsa gomatjmsa titṛtsānvpDAe3p«√tṛd |
    sakṛtsūjfsa yasr3mpn puruputrājfsa mahījfsa sahasradʰārājfsa bṛhatījfsa dudʰukṣanvpDAE3p«√duh 



4.  That thy [treasure] here, O Indra, agitated ones shall admire,
    [they,] who would split open extensive rich-in-evocative-expressions² [enclosure].
    who shall seek to milk her³ who sets in motion at once, 
    [her,] who has many sons, [who is] mighty, [who has] thousand streams.



śácīva índramávase kṛṇudʰvamánānataṃ damáyantaṃ pṛtanyū́n |
ṛbʰukṣáṇaṃ magʰávānaṃ suvṛktíṃ bʰártā yó vájraṃ náryaṃ purukṣúḥ || 5||



5.  śacīvatjmsv indraNmsa avasnnsd kṛṇudʰvamva·Ao2p«√kṛ  
    anānatajmsa damayanttpCAmsa«√dam (pṛtannms-yujms)jmpa |
    (ṛbʰujms-kṣaṇanms)nmsa magʰavanjmsa suvṛktijmsa  
    bʰartṛnmsn yasr3msn vajranmsa naryajmsa (purua-kṣujms)jmsn 



5.  O accompanied by enabling powers one! Do ye make Indra --- in order to help [you] ---
    not-bending, subduing those who attack [you],
    generous, [granting] well-twisted [verses] master of Ṛbʰu-s,
    who will bear suitable to men thunderbolt, [who will be] granting [it] liberally.



yádvāvā́na purutámaṃ purāṣā́ḷā́ vṛtrahéndro nā́mānyaprāḥ |
áceti prāsáhaspátistúviṣmānyádīmuśmási kártave kárattát || 6||



6.  yadc vavānavp·I·3s«√van purutamajmsa (purāa-sahjms)jmsn  
    āp (vṛtranns-hanjms)jmsn indraNmsn nāmannnpa aprāsvp·U·2s«√prā |
    acetivp·U·3s«√cit prāsahjmsg patinmsn tuviṣmantjmsn  
    yadr3nsa īmr3msa uśmasivp·A·1p«√vaś kartavev···D··«√kṛ karatvp·AE3s«√kṛ tadr3nsa 



6.  When he, overpowering before, has placed within [his] reach the most frequent one,
    [when] Indra [has become] Vṛtra-slayer, thou have filled [his] characteristic forms [with experience].
    Having the power to control master of enduring [treasure] was observed [here].
    What we wish him to do, that he shall do.


1 drops of Soma
2 lit. ``rich-in-cows''
3 prob. Pṛśni


Sūkta 10.75 

prá sú va āpo mahimā́namuttamáṃ kārúrvocāti sádane vivásvataḥ |
prá saptásapta tredʰā́ hí cakramúḥ prá sṛ́tvarīṇāmáti síndʰurójasā || 1||











prá te'radadváruṇo yā́tave patʰáḥ síndʰo yádvā́jām̐ abʰyádravastvám |
bʰū́myā ádʰi pravátā yāsi sā́nunā yádeṣāmágraṃ jágatāmirajyási || 2||











diví svanó yatate bʰū́myopáryanantáṃ śúṣmamúdiyarti bʰānúnā |
abʰrā́diva prá stanayanti vṛṣṭáyaḥ síndʰuryádéti vṛṣabʰó ná róruvat || 3||











abʰí tvā sindʰo śíśumínná mātáro vāśrā́ arṣanti páyaseva dʰenávaḥ |
rā́jeva yúdʰvā nayasi tvámítsícau yádāsāmágraṃ pravátāmínakṣasi || 4||











imáṃ me gaṅge yamune sarasvati śútudri stómaṃ sacatā páruṣṇyā́ |
asiknyā́ marudvṛdʰe vitástayā́rjīkīye śṛṇuhyā́ suṣómayā || 5||











tṛṣṭā́mayā pratʰamáṃ yā́tave sajū́ḥ susártvā rasáyā śvetyā́ tyā́ |
tváṃ sindʰo kúbʰayā gomatī́ṃ krúmuṃ mehatnvā́ sarátʰaṃ yā́bʰirī́yase || 6||











ṛ́jītyénī rúśatī mahitvā́ pári jráyāṃsi bʰarate rájāṃsi |
ádabdʰā síndʰurapásāmapástamā́śvā ná citrā́ vápuṣīva darśatā́ || 7||











sváśvā síndʰuḥ surátʰā suvā́sā hiraṇyáyī súkṛtā vājínīvatī |
ū́rṇāvatī yuvatíḥ sīlámāvatyutā́dʰi vaste subʰágā madʰuvṛ́dʰam || 8||











sukʰáṃ rátʰaṃ yuyuje síndʰuraśvínaṃ téna vā́jaṃ saniṣadasmínnājaú |
mahā́nhyasya mahimā́ panasyáté'dabdʰasya sváyaśaso virapśínaḥ || 9||












Sūkta 10.76 

ā́ va ṛñjasa ūrjā́ṃ vyuṣṭiṣvíndraṃ marúto ródasī anaktana |
ubʰé yátʰā no áhanī sacābʰúvā sádaḥsado varivasyā́ta udbʰídā || 1||











tádu śréṣṭʰaṃ sávanaṃ sunotanā́tyo ná hástayato ádriḥ sotári |
vidáddʰyàryó abʰíbʰūti paúṃsyaṃ mahó rāyé cittarute yádárvataḥ || 2||











tádíddʰyasya sávanaṃ vivérapó yátʰā purā́ mánave gātúmáśret |
góarṇasi tvāṣṭré áśvanirṇiji prémadʰvaréṣvadʰvarā́m̐ aśiśrayuḥ || 3||











ápa hata rakṣáso bʰaṅgurā́vata skabʰāyáta nírṛtiṃ sédʰatā́matim |
ā́ no rayíṃ sárvavīraṃ sunotana devāvyàṃ bʰarata ślókamadrayaḥ || 4||











diváścidā́ vó'mavattarebʰyo vibʰvánā cidāśvàpastarebʰyaḥ |
vāyóścidā́ sómarabʰastarebʰyo'gnéścidarca pitukṛ́ttarebʰyaḥ || 5||











bʰurántu no yaśásaḥ sótvándʰaso grā́vāṇo vācā́ divítā divítmatā |
náro yátra duhaté kā́myaṃ mádʰvāgʰoṣáyanto abʰíto mitʰastúraḥ || 6||











sunvánti sómaṃ ratʰirā́so ádrayo nírasya rásaṃ gavíṣo duhanti té |
duhántyū́dʰarupasécanāya káṃ náro havyā́ ná marjayanta āsábʰiḥ || 7||











eté naraḥ svápaso abʰūtana yá índrāya sunutʰá sómamadrayaḥ |
vāmáṃvāmaṃ vo divyā́ya dʰā́mne vásuvasu vaḥ pā́rtʰivāya sunvaté || 8||












Sūkta 10.77 

abʰraprúṣo ná vācā́ pruṣā vásu havíṣmanto ná yajñā́ vijānúṣaḥ |
sumā́rutaṃ ná brahmā́ṇamarháse gaṇámastoṣyeṣāṃ ná śobʰáse || 1||



1.  (abʰranns-pruṣjfs)nmpn nac vācnfsi pruṣvp·Ue1s«√pruṣ vasunnsa  
    haviṣmantjmpn nac yajñanmpn vijānvaṃstp·Imsg«vi~√jñā |
    sumārutajmsa nac brahmannmsa arhasev···D··«√arh  
    gaṇanmsa astoṣiva·U·1s«√stu ayamr3mpg nac śobʰasev···D··«√śubʰ 



1.  Since like clouds sprinkling rain I sprinkle a benefit by means of speech---
    as having burnt oblations sacrifices of him who knows [do]---
    as if to be worthy of well provided with Marut-s' trait formulator
    I praised a troop of these¹ as if to reinforce [them].



śriyé máryāso añjī́m̐rakṛṇvata sumā́rutaṃ ná pūrvī́ráti kṣápaḥ |
divásputrā́sa étā ná yetira ādityā́sasté akrā́ ná vāvṛdʰuḥ || 2||



2.  śrīnfsd maryanmpn añjinmpa akṛṇvatava·Aa3p«√kṛ  
    sumārutajmsa nac pūrvījfpa atip kṣapnfpa |
    dyunmsb putranmpn etanmpn nac yetireva·I·3p«√yat  
    ādityaNmpn tasr3mpn akranmsn nac vavṛdʰurvp·I·3p«√vṛdʰ 



2.  For auspiciousness recruits put on body-paints
    as if [making the formulator] well provided for many nights with Marut-s' trait.
    Sons [of Rudra] from the Heaven array themselves like antelopes,
    those Āditya-s have become animated like banners.



prá yé diváḥ pṛtʰivyā́ ná barháṇā tmánā riricré abʰrā́nná sū́ryaḥ |
pā́jasvanto ná vīrā́ḥ panasyávo riśā́daso ná máryā abʰídyavaḥ || 3||



3.  prap yasr3mpn dyunmsb pṛtʰivīnfsb nac barhaṇāa  
    tmanāa riricreva·I·3p«√ric abʰranmsb nac sūryanmsn |
    pājasvantjmpn nac vīranmpn panasyujmpn  
    (riśanms-adasnns)jmpn nac maryanmpn abʰidyujmpn 



3.  Who [are] by themselves pulling out of the Heaven as surely as out of the Earth
    like the sun parts with a cloud,
    [they,] like brilliant valiant ones, [are] evoking admiration,
    like devouring gaps recruits [they are] aiming at the Heaven.



yuṣmā́kaṃ budʰné apā́ṃ ná yā́mani vitʰuryáti ná mahī́ śratʰaryáti |
viśvápsuryajñó arvā́gayáṃ sú vaḥ práyasvanto ná satrā́ca ā́ gata || 4||



4.  tvamr2mpg budʰnanmsl apnfpg nac yāmannnsl  
    vitʰuryativp·A·3s«√vitʰurya nac mahījfsn śratʰaryativp·A·3s«√śratʰarya |
    (viśvanns-psujms)jmsn yajñanmsn arvākjmsn ayamr3msn sup tvamr2mpa  
    prayasvantjmpn nac satrācjmpn āp gatavp·Ao2p«√gam 



4.  On your ground [it is] like during procession of [inner] waters ---
    the mighty [Pṛśni] loosens [a man] as if he stumbles.
    Apparent-to-all sacrifice [is] coming hither. It is really to you.
    As those who are offering libations --- come here together.



yūyáṃ dʰūrṣú prayújo ná raśmíbʰirjyótiṣmanto ná bʰāsā́ vyuṣṭiṣu |
śyenā́so ná sváyaśaso riśā́dasaḥ pravā́so ná prásitāsaḥ pariprúṣaḥ || 5||



5.  tvamr2mpn dʰurnfpl prayujjmpn nac raśminmpi  
    jyotiṣmantjmpn nac bʰāsnnsi vyuṣṭinfpl |
    śyenanmpn nac svayaśasjmpn (riśanms-adasnns)jmpn  
    pravajmpn nac prasitajmpn paripruṣjmpn 



5.  You are as if connected with cords to chariot-poles
    as if shining with a ray of light at day-breaks.
    Self-glorious like hawks [you are] devouring gaps ones,
    as fluttering taking-off [water birds] [you are] splashing [waters].



prá yádváhadʰve marutaḥ parākā́dyūyáṃ maháḥ saṃváraṇasya vásvaḥ |
vidānā́so vasavo rā́dʰyasyārā́cciddvéṣaḥ sanutáryuyota || 6||



6.  prap yadc vahadʰveva·A·2p«√vah marutNmpv parākannsb  
    tvamr2mpn mahjnsg saṃvaraṇannsg vasunnsg |
    vidānajmpn vasujmpv rādʰyajnsg  
    ārāta cidc dveṣasnnsa sanutara yuyotavp·Ao2p«√yu 



6.  When you drive onward, O Marut-s, at a distance,
    you [come as those who] know 
    of a great stash of wealth to be obtained, O beneficent ones!
    Even far off [from that stash] keep away the hostility². 
------



yá udṛ́ci yajñé adʰvareṣṭʰā́ marúdbʰyo ná mā́nuṣo dádāśat |
revátsá váyo dadʰate suvī́raṃ sá devā́nāmápi gopītʰé astu || 7||



7.  yasr3msn udṛcnfsl yajñanmsl (adʰvaranmsl-stʰājms)jmsn  
    marutNmpd nac mānuṣajmsn dadāśatvp·Ie3s«√dāś |
    revatjnsn tasr3msn vayasnnsa dadʰateva·A·3s«√dʰā suvīrajnsa  
    tasr3msn devanmpg apip gonfsl astuvp·Ao3s«√as 



7.  Who remains on course of a proceeding sacrifice when a chant is raised during fire offering --- 
    as a human shall worship Marut-s ---
    he obtains abundant manly mental vigour,
    he, moreover, shall be under the protection of deva-s.



té hí yajñéṣu yajñíyāsa ū́mā ādityéna nā́mnā śámbʰaviṣṭʰāḥ |
té no'vantu ratʰatū́rmanīṣā́ṃ maháśca yā́mannadʰvaré cakānā́ḥ || 8||



8.  tasr3mpn hic yajñanmpl yajñiyajmpn ūmanmpn  
    ādityajmsi nāmannnsi (śama-bʰaviṣṭʰajms)jmpn |
    tasr3mpn vayamr1mpd avantuvp·Ao3p«√av ratʰaturjmpn manīṣānfsa  
    mahasa cac yāmannnsl adʰvaranmsl cakānata·Ampn«√kan 



8.  Since during fire offerings they are worthy of a sacrifice helpers 
    through Āditya nature [they are] the best at granting well-being.
    May they, bypassing chariots, bring to us the right conception
    and quickly, during [their] procession, being satisfied with proceeding on it way sacrifice. 


1 recruits
2 the hostility between worshipers due to anticipated booty


Sūkta 10.78 

víprāso ná mánmabʰiḥ svādʰyò devāvyò ná yajñaíḥ svápnasaḥ |
rā́jāno ná citrā́ḥ susaṃdṛ́śaḥ kṣitīnā́ṃ ná máryā arepásaḥ || 1||



1.  viprajmpn nac manmannnpi svādʰījmpn  
    (devanms-vījms)jmpn nac yajñanmpi svapnasjmpn |
    rājannmpn nac citrajmpn susaṃdṛśjmpn  
    kṣitinfpg nac maryanmpn arepasjmpn 



1.  Like manic thoughts of inspired ones --- heedful,
    as if rousing deva-s with sacrifices --- well off,
    like attracting attention chiefs --- fair to see,
    like recruits from settlements --- faultless;



agnírná yé bʰrā́jasā rukmávakṣaso vā́tāso ná svayújaḥ sadyáūtayaḥ |
prajñātā́ro ná jyéṣṭʰāḥ sunītáyaḥ suśármāṇo ná sómā ṛtáṃ yaté || 2||



2.  agninmsn nac yasr3mpn bʰrājasnnsi (rukmajms-vakṣasnns)jmpn  
    vātanmpn nac svayujjmpn (sadyasa-ūtinfs)jmpn |
    prajñātṛnmpn nac jyeṣṭʰajmpn sunītijmpn  
    suśarmanjmpn nac somanmpn ṛtannsa yattp·Amsd«√i 



2.  who are like fire because of the flashing --- having shining breast-plates,
    like self-engaging winds --- assisting instantly;
    like thinking ahead elders --- guiding well,
    like providing good refuge drops of Soma --- for him who moves towards ṛta;



vā́tāso ná yé dʰúnayo jigatnávo'gnīnā́ṃ ná jihvā́ virokíṇaḥ |
vármaṇvanto ná yodʰā́ḥ śímīvantaḥ pitṝṇā́ṃ ná śáṃsāḥ surātáyaḥ || 3||



3.  vātanmpn nac yasr3mpn dʰunijmpn jigatnujmpn  
    agninmpg nac jihvanmpn virokinjmpn |
    varmaṇvantjmpn nac yodʰanmpn śimīvantjmpn  
    pitṛnmpg nac śaṃsanmpn surātijmpn 



3.  who are like winds --- noisy, volatile,
    like flames of fires --- putting emphasis,
    like having armour warriors --- effective,
    like recitations of ancestors --- rich in gifts.



rátʰānāṃ ná yè'rā́ḥ sánābʰayo jigīvā́ṃso ná śū́rā abʰídyavaḥ |
vareyávo ná máryā gʰṛtaprúṣo'bʰisvartā́ro arkáṃ ná suṣṭúbʰaḥ || 4||



4.  ratʰanmpg nac yasr3mpn aranmpn sanābʰijmpn  
    jigīvaṃsjmpn nac śūranmpn abʰidyujmpn |
    vareyujmpn nac maryanmpn (gʰṛtanns-pruṣjms)jmpn  
    abʰisvartṛnmpn arkanmsa nac sustubʰjmpn 



4.  Who are like spokes of chariots --- have a nave,
    like agents of change who have won --- aiming at the Heaven,
    like wooing rookies --- sprinkling ghee, 
    like intoners of a hymn --- well-paced.



áśvāso ná yé jyéṣṭʰāsa āśávo didʰiṣávo ná ratʰyàḥ sudā́navaḥ |
ā́po ná nimnaírudábʰirjigatnávo viśvárūpā áṅgiraso ná sā́mabʰiḥ || 5||



5.  aśvanmpn nac yasr3mpn jyeṣṭʰajmpn āśujmpn  
    didʰiṣujmpn nac ratʰīnmpa sudānujmpn |
    apnfpn nac nimnannpi udannnpi jigatnujmpn  
    (viśvanns-rūpanns)jmpn aṅgirasNmsg nac sāmannnpi 



5.  Who are swift --- like the best horses,
    generous --- like those wishing to obtain charioteers,
    volatile --- like waters [flowing] in a wave through depressions,
    able to assume any form as if with chants of Aṅgiras.



grā́vāṇo ná sūráyaḥ síndʰumātara ādardirā́so ádrayo ná viśváhā |
śiśū́lā ná krīḷáyaḥ sumātáro mahāgrāmó ná yā́mannutá tviṣā́ || 6||



6.  grāvannmpn nac sūrinmpn (sindʰunms-mātṛnfs)jmpn  
    ādardirajmpn adrinmpn nac viśvahāa |
    śiśūlanmpn nac krīḷijmpn sumātṛjmpn  
    (mahajms-grāmanms)nmsn nac yāmannnsl utac tviṣnfsi 



6.  As singers [who are] patrons, [they are] having Sindʰu for a mother,
    crushing as rocks --- always,
    like playful little children --- having a good mother,
    like a big village in a procession --- [are accompanied] by agitation. 



uṣásāṃ ná ketávo'dʰvaraśríyaḥ śubʰaṃyávo nā́ñjíbʰirvyàśvitan |
síndʰavo ná yayíyo bʰrā́jadṛṣṭayaḥ parāváto ná yójanāni mamire || 7||



7.  uṣasnfpg nac ketunmpn (adʰvaranms-śrīnfs)jmpn  
    (śubʰanmsa-yujms)jmpn nac añjinmpi vip aśvitanvp·U·3p«√śvit |
    sindʰunfpn nac yayījfpn (bʰrājatjfs-ṛṣṭinfs)jmpn  
    parāvatnfsb nac yojanannpa mamireva·I·3p«√mā 



7.  As banners of dawns they are auspicious signs of sacrifices;
    as if seeking reinforcement, they colored themselves with body paints;
    coursing like rivers, they, having gleaming spears,
    meted out engagements as distances [to travel].



subʰāgā́nno devāḥ kṛṇutā surátnānasmā́nstotṝ́nmaruto vāvṛdʰānā́ḥ |
ádʰi stotrásya sakʰyásya gāta sanā́ddʰí vo ratnadʰéyāni sánti || 8||



8.  subʰāgajmpa vayamr1mpa devanmpv kṛṇutavp·Ao2p«√kṛ suratnajmpa  
    vayamr1mpa stotṛnmpa marutNmpv vāvṛdʰānata·Impn«√vṛdʰ |



8.  O deva-s, make us fortunate good charioteers,
    O Marut-s, strengthening us, singers of hymns.
    Do remember [this] hymn of praise, [this] fellowship ---
    since from of old distributions of riches by you do exist.






Sūkta 10.79 

ápaśyamasya maható mahitvámámartyasya mártyāsu vikṣú |
nā́nā hánū víbʰṛte sáṃ bʰarete ásinvatī bápsatī bʰū́ryattaḥ || 1||











gúhā śíro níhitamṛ́dʰagakṣī́ ásinvannatti jihváyā vánāni |
átrāṇyasmai paḍbʰíḥ sáṃ bʰarantyuttānáhastā námasā́dʰi vikṣú || 2||











prá mātúḥ prataráṃ gúhyamicʰánkumāró ná vīrúdʰaḥ sarpadurvī́ḥ |
sasáṃ ná pakvámavidacʰucántaṃ ririhvā́ṃsaṃ ripá upástʰe antáḥ || 3||











tádvāmṛtáṃ rodasī prá bravīmi jā́yamāno mātárā gárbʰo atti |
nā́háṃ devásya mártyaściketāgníraṅgá vícetāḥ sá prácetāḥ || 4||











yó asmā ánnaṃ tṛṣvā̀dádʰātyā́jyairgʰṛtaírjuhóti púṣyati |
tásmai sahásramakṣábʰirví cakṣé'gne viśvátaḥ pratyáṅṅasi tvám || 5||











kíṃ devéṣu tyája énaścakartʰā́gne pṛcʰā́mi nú tvā́mávidvān |
ákrīḷankrī́ḷanháriráttave'dánví parvaśáścakarta gā́mivāsíḥ || 6||











víṣūco áśvānyuyuje vanejā́ ṛ́jītibʰī raśanā́bʰirgṛbʰītā́n |
cakṣadé mitró vásubʰiḥ sújātaḥ sámānṛdʰe párvabʰirvāvṛdʰānáḥ || 7||












Sūkta 10.80 

agníḥ sáptiṃ vājambʰaráṃ dadātyagnírvīráṃ śrútyaṃ karmaniṣṭʰā́m |
agnī́ ródasī ví caratsamañjánnagnírnā́rīṃ vīrákukṣiṃ púraṃdʰim || 1||











agnérápnasaḥ samídastu bʰadrā́gnírmahī́ ródasī ā́ viveśa |
agnírékaṃ codayatsamátsvagnírvṛtrā́ṇi dayate purū́ṇi || 2||











agnírha tyáṃ járataḥ kárṇamāvāgníradbʰyó níradahajjárūtʰam |
agnírátriṃ gʰarmá uruṣyadantáragnírnṛmédʰaṃ prajáyāsṛjatsám || 3||











agnírdāddráviṇaṃ vīrápeśā agnírṛ́ṣiṃ yáḥ sahásrā sanóti |
agnírdiví havyámā́ tatānāgnérdʰā́māni víbʰṛtā purutrā́ || 4||











agnímuktʰaírṛ́ṣayo ví hvayante'gníṃ náro yā́mani bādʰitā́saḥ |
agníṃ váyo antárikṣe pátanto'gníḥ sahásrā pári yāti gónām || 5||











agníṃ víśa īḷate mā́nuṣīryā́ agníṃ mánuṣo náhuṣo ví jātā́ḥ |
agnírgā́ndʰarvīṃ patʰyā̀mṛtásyāgnérgávyūtirgʰṛtá ā́ níṣattā || 6||











agnáye bráhma ṛbʰávastatakṣuragníṃ mahā́mavocāmā suvṛktím |
ágne prā́va jaritā́raṃ yaviṣṭʰā́gne máhi dráviṇamā́ yajasva || 7||












Sūkta 10.81 

yá imā́ víśvā bʰúvanāni júhvadṛ́ṣirhótā nyásīdatpitā́ naḥ |
sá āśíṣā dráviṇamicʰámānaḥ pratʰamacʰádávarām̐ ā́ viveśa || 1||











kíṃ svidāsīdadʰiṣṭʰā́namārámbʰaṇaṃ katamátsvitkatʰā́sīt |
yáto bʰū́miṃ janáyanviśvákarmā ví dyā́maúrṇonmahinā́ viśvácakṣāḥ || 2||











viśvátaścakṣurutá viśvátomukʰo viśvátobāhurutá viśvátaspāt |
sáṃ bāhúbʰyāṃ dʰámati sáṃ pátatrairdyā́vābʰū́mī janáyandevá ékaḥ || 3||











kíṃ svidvánaṃ ká u sá vṛkṣá āsa yáto dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ niṣṭatakṣúḥ |
mánīṣiṇo mánasā pṛcʰátédu tádyádadʰyátiṣṭʰadbʰúvanāni dʰāráyan || 4||











yā́ te dʰā́māni paramā́ṇi yā́vamā́ yā́ madʰyamā́ viśvakarmannutémā́ |
śíkṣā sákʰibʰyo havíṣi svadʰāvaḥ svayáṃ yajasva tanvàṃ vṛdʰānáḥ || 5||











víśvakarmanhavíṣā vāvṛdʰānáḥ svayáṃ yajasva pṛtʰivī́mutá dyā́m |
múhyantvanyé abʰíto jánāsa ihā́smā́kaṃ magʰávā sūrírastu || 6||











vācáspátiṃ viśvákarmāṇamūtáye manojúvaṃ vā́je adyā́ huvema |
sá no víśvāni hávanāni joṣadviśváśambʰūrávase sādʰúkarmā || 7||












Sūkta 10.82 

cákṣuṣaḥ pitā́ mánasā hí dʰī́ro gʰṛtámene ajanannánnamāne |
yadédántā ádadṛhanta pū́rva ā́díddyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ apratʰetām || 1||











viśvákarmā vímanā ā́dvíhāyā dʰātā́ vidʰātā́ paramótá saṃdṛ́k |
téṣāmiṣṭā́ni sámiṣā́ madanti yátrā saptaṛṣī́npará ékamāhúḥ || 2||











yó naḥ pitā́ janitā́ yó vidʰātā́ dʰā́māni véda bʰúvanāni víśvā |
yó devā́nāṃ nāmadʰā́ éka evá táṃ sampraśnáṃ bʰúvanā yantyanyā́ || 3||











tá ā́yajanta dráviṇaṃ sámasmā ṛ́ṣayaḥ pū́rve jaritā́ro ná bʰūnā́ |
asū́rte sū́rte rájasi niṣatté yé bʰūtā́ni samákṛṇvannimā́ni || 4||











paró divā́ pará enā́ pṛtʰivyā́ paró devébʰirásurairyádásti |
káṃ svidgárbʰaṃ pratʰamáṃ dadʰra ā́po yátra devā́ḥ samápaśyanta víśve || 5||











támídgárbʰaṃ pratʰamáṃ dadʰra ā́po yátra devā́ḥ samágacʰanta víśve |
ajásya nā́bʰāvádʰyékamárpitaṃ yásminvíśvāni bʰúvanāni tastʰúḥ || 6||











ná táṃ vidātʰa yá imā́ jajā́nānyádyuṣmā́kamántaraṃ babʰūva |
nīhāréṇa prā́vṛtā jálpyā cāsutṛ́pa uktʰaśā́saścaranti || 7||












Sūkta 10.83 

yáste manyó'vidʰadvajra sāyaka sáha ójaḥ puṣyati víśvamānuṣák |
sāhyā́ma dā́samā́ryaṃ tváyā yujā́ sáhaskṛtena sáhasā sáhasvatā || 1||











manyúríndro manyúrevā́sa devó manyúrhótā váruṇo jātávedāḥ |
manyúṃ víśa īḷate mā́nuṣīryā́ḥ pāhí no manyo tápasā sajóṣāḥ || 2||











abʰī̀hi manyo tavásastávīyāntápasā yujā́ ví jahi śátrūn |
amitrahā́ vṛtrahā́ dasyuhā́ ca víśvā vásūnyā́ bʰarā tváṃ naḥ || 3||











tváṃ hí manyo abʰíbʰūtyojāḥ svayambʰū́rbʰā́mo abʰimātiṣāháḥ |
viśvácarṣaṇiḥ sáhuriḥ sáhāvānasmā́svójaḥ pṛ́tanāsu dʰehi || 4||











abʰāgáḥ sánnápa páreto asmi táva krátvā taviṣásya pracetaḥ |
táṃ tvā manyo akratúrjihīḷāháṃ svā́ tanū́rbaladéyāya méhi || 5||











ayáṃ te asmyúpa méhyarvā́ṅpratīcīnáḥ sahure viśvadʰāyaḥ |
mányo vajrinnabʰí mā́mā́ vavṛtsva hánāva dásyūm̐rutá bodʰyāpéḥ || 6||











abʰí préhi dakṣiṇató bʰavā mé'dʰā vṛtrā́ṇi jaṅgʰanāva bʰū́ri |
juhómi te dʰarúṇaṃ mádʰvo ágramubʰā́ upāṃśú pratʰamā́ pibāva || 7||












Sūkta 10.84 

tváyā manyo sarátʰamārujánto hárṣamāṇāso dʰṛṣitā́ marutvaḥ |
tigméṣava ā́yudʰā saṃśíśānā abʰí prá yantu náro agnírūpāḥ || 1||











agníriva manyo tviṣitáḥ sahasva senānī́rnaḥ sahure hūtá edʰi |
hatvā́ya śátrūnví bʰajasva véda ójo mímāno ví mṛ́dʰo nudasva || 2||











sáhasva manyo abʰímātimasmé rujánmṛṇánpramṛṇánpréhi śátrūn |
ugráṃ te pā́jo nanvā́ rurudʰre vaśī́ váśaṃ nayasa ekaja tvám || 3||











éko bahūnā́masi manyavīḷitó víśaṃviśaṃ yudʰáye sáṃ śiśādʰi |
ákṛttaruktváyā yujā́ vayáṃ dyumántaṃ gʰóṣaṃ vijayā́ya kṛṇmahe || 4||











vijeṣakṛ́díndra ivānavabravò'smā́kaṃ manyo adʰipā́ bʰavehá |
priyáṃ te nā́ma sahure gṛṇīmasi vidmā́ támútsaṃ yáta ābabʰū́tʰa || 5||











ā́bʰūtyā sahajā́ vajra sāyaka sáho bibʰarṣyabʰibʰūta úttaram |
krátvā no manyo sahá medyèdʰi mahādʰanásya puruhūta saṃsṛ́ji || 6||











sáṃsṛṣṭaṃ dʰánamubʰáyaṃ samā́kṛtamasmábʰyaṃ dattāṃ váruṇaśca manyúḥ |
bʰíyaṃ dádʰānā hṛ́dayeṣu śátravaḥ párājitāso ápa ní layantām || 7||












Sūkta 10.85 

satyénóttabʰitā bʰū́miḥ sū́ryeṇóttabʰitā dyaúḥ |
ṛténādityā́stiṣṭʰanti diví sómo ádʰi śritáḥ || 1||











sómenādityā́ balínaḥ sómena pṛtʰivī́ mahī́ |
átʰo nákṣatrāṇāmeṣā́mupástʰe sóma ā́hitaḥ || 2||











sómaṃ manyate papivā́nyátsampiṃṣántyóṣadʰim |
sómaṃ yáṃ brahmā́ṇo vidúrná tásyāśnāti káścaná || 3||











ācʰádvidʰānairgupitó bā́rhataiḥ soma rakṣitáḥ |
grā́vṇāmícʰṛṇvántiṣṭʰasi ná te aśnāti pā́rtʰivaḥ || 4||











yáttvā deva prapíbanti táta ā́ pyāyase púnaḥ |
vāyúḥ sómasya rakṣitā́ sámānāṃ mā́sa ā́kṛtiḥ || 5||











raíbʰyāsīdanudéyī nārāśaṃsī́ nyócanī |
sūryā́yā bʰadrámídvā́so gā́tʰayaiti páriṣkṛtam || 6||











cíttirā upabárhaṇaṃ cákṣurā abʰyáñjanam |
dyaúrbʰū́miḥ kóśa āsīdyádáyātsūryā́ pátim || 7||











stómā āsanpratidʰáyaḥ kurī́raṃ cʰánda opaśáḥ |
sūryā́yā aśvínā varā́gnírāsītpurogaváḥ || 8||











sómo vadʰūyúrabʰavadaśvínāstāmubʰā́ varā́ |
sūryā́ṃ yátpátye śáṃsantīṃ mánasā savitā́dadāt || 9||











máno asyā ána āsīddyaúrāsīdutá cʰadíḥ |
śukrā́vanaḍvā́hāvāstāṃ yádáyātsūryā́ gṛhám || 10||











ṛksāmā́bʰyāmabʰíhitau gā́vau te sāmanā́vitaḥ |
śrótraṃ te cakré āstāṃ diví pántʰāścarācāráḥ || 11||











śúcī te cakré yātyā́ vyānó ákṣa ā́hataḥ |
áno manasmáyaṃ sūryā́rohatprayatī́ pátim || 12||











sūryā́yā vahatúḥ prā́gātsavitā́ yámavā́sṛjat |
agʰā́su hanyante gā́vó'rjunyoḥ páryuhyate || 13||











yádaśvinā pṛcʰámānāváyātaṃ tricakréṇa vahatúṃ sūryā́yāḥ |
víśve devā́ ánu tádvāmajānanputráḥ pitárāvavṛṇīta pūṣā́ || 14||











yádáyātaṃ śubʰaspatī vareyáṃ sūryā́múpa |
kvaíkaṃ cakráṃ vāmāsītkvà deṣṭrā́ya tastʰatʰuḥ || 15||











dvé te cakré sūrye brahmā́ṇa ṛtutʰā́ viduḥ |
átʰaíkaṃ cakráṃ yádgúhā tádaddʰātáya ídviduḥ || 16||











sūryā́yai devébʰyo mitrā́ya váruṇāya ca |
yé bʰūtásya prácetasa idáṃ tébʰyo'karaṃ námaḥ || 17||











pūrvāparáṃ carato māyáyaitaú śíśū krī́ḷantau pári yāto adʰvarám |
víśvānyanyó bʰúvanābʰicáṣṭa ṛtū́m̐ranyó vidádʰajjāyate púnaḥ || 18||











návonavo bʰavati jā́yamānó'hnāṃ ketúruṣásāmetyágram |
bʰāgáṃ devébʰyo ví dadʰātyāyánprá candrámāstirate dīrgʰámā́yuḥ || 19||











sukiṃśukáṃ śalmalíṃ viśvárūpaṃ híraṇyavarṇaṃ suvṛ́taṃ sucakrám |
ā́ roha sūrye amṛ́tasya lokáṃ syonáṃ pátye vahatúṃ kṛṇuṣva || 20||











údīrṣvā́taḥ pátivatī hyèṣā́ viśvā́vasuṃ námasā gīrbʰírīḷe |
anyā́micʰa pitṛṣádaṃ vyàktāṃ sá te bʰāgó janúṣā tásya viddʰi || 21||











údīrṣvā́to viśvāvaso námaseḷā mahe tvā |
anyā́micʰa prapʰarvyàṃ saṃ jāyā́ṃ pátyā sṛja || 22||











anṛkṣarā́ ṛjávaḥ santu pántʰā yébʰiḥ sákʰāyo yánti no vareyám |
sámaryamā́ sáṃ bʰágo no ninīyātsáṃ jāspatyáṃ suyámamastu devāḥ || 23||











prá tvā muñcāmi váruṇasya pā́śādyéna tvā́badʰnātsavitā́ suśévaḥ |
ṛtásya yónau sukṛtásya loké'riṣṭāṃ tvā sahá pátyā dadʰāmi || 24||











prétó muñcā́mi nā́mútaḥ subaddʰā́mamútaskaram |
yátʰeyámindra mīḍʰvaḥ suputrā́ subʰágā́sati || 25||











pūṣā́ tvetó nayatu hastagṛ́hyāśvínā tvā prá vahatāṃ rátʰena |
gṛhā́ngacʰa gṛhápatnī yátʰā́so vaśínī tváṃ vidátʰamā́ vadāsi || 26||











ihá priyáṃ prajáyā te sámṛdʰyatāmasmíngṛhé gā́rhapatyāya jāgṛhi |
enā́ pátyā tanvàṃ saṃ sṛjasvā́dʰā jívrī vidátʰamā́ vadātʰaḥ || 27||











nīlalohitáṃ bʰavati kṛtyā́saktírvyajyate |
édʰante asyā jñātáyaḥ pátirbandʰéṣu badʰyate || 28||











párā dehi śāmulyàṃ brahmábʰyo ví bʰajā vásu |
kṛtyaíṣā́ padvátī bʰūtvyā́ jāyā́ viśate pátim || 29||











aśrīrā́ tanū́rbʰavati rúśatī pāpáyāmuyā́ |
pátiryádvadʰvò vā́sasā svámáṅgamabʰidʰítsate || 30||











yé vadʰvàścandráṃ vahatúṃ yákṣmā yánti jánādánu |
púnastā́nyajñíyā devā́ náyantu yáta ā́gatāḥ || 31||











mā́ vidanparipantʰíno yá āsī́danti dámpatī |
sugébʰirdurgámátītāmápa drāntvárātayaḥ || 32||











sumaṅgalī́riyáṃ vadʰū́rimā́ṃ saméta páśyata |
saúbʰāgyamasyai dattvā́yā́tʰā́staṃ ví páretana || 33||











tṛṣṭámetátkáṭukametádapāṣṭʰávadviṣávannaítádáttave |
sūryā́ṃ yó brahmā́ vidyā́tsá ídvā́dʰūyamarhati || 34||











āśásanaṃ viśásanamátʰo adʰivikártanam |
sūryā́yāḥ paśya rūpā́ṇi tā́ni brahmā́ tú śundʰati || 35||











gṛbʰṇā́mi te saubʰagatvā́ya hástaṃ máyā pátyā jarádaṣṭiryátʰā́saḥ |
bʰágo aryamā́ savitā́ púraṃdʰirmáhyaṃ tvādurgā́rhapatyāya devā́ḥ || 36||











tā́ṃ pūṣañcʰivátamāmérayasva yásyāṃ bī́jaṃ manuṣyā̀ vápanti |
yā́ na ūrū́ uśatī́ viśráyāte yásyāmuśántaḥ prahárāma śépam || 37||











túbʰyamágre páryavahansūryā́ṃ vahatúnā sahá |
púnaḥ pátibʰyo jāyā́ṃ dā́ agne prajáyā sahá || 38||











púnaḥ pátnīmagníradādā́yuṣā sahá várcasā |
dīrgʰā́yurasyā yáḥ pátirjī́vāti śarádaḥ śatám || 39||











sómaḥ pratʰamó vivide gandʰarvó vivida úttaraḥ |
tṛtī́yo agníṣṭe pátisturī́yaste manuṣyajā́ḥ || 40||











sómo dadadgandʰarvā́ya gandʰarvó dadadagnáye |
rayíṃ ca putrā́m̐ścādādagnírmáhyamátʰo imā́m || 41||











ihaívá staṃ mā́ ví yauṣṭaṃ víśvamā́yurvyàśnutam |
krī́ḷantau putraírnáptṛbʰirmódamānau své gṛhé || 42||











ā́ naḥ prajā́ṃ janayatu prajā́patirājarasā́ya sámanaktvaryamā́ |
ádurmaṅgalīḥ patilokámā́ viśa śáṃ no bʰava dvipáde śáṃ cátuṣpade || 43||











ágʰoracakṣurápatigʰnyedʰi śivā́ paśúbʰyaḥ sumánāḥ suvárcāḥ |
vīrasū́rdevákāmā syonā́ śáṃ no bʰava dvipáde śáṃ cátuṣpade || 44||











imā́ṃ tvámindra mīḍʰvaḥ suputrā́ṃ subʰágāṃ kṛṇu |
dáśāsyāṃ putrā́nā́ dʰehi pátimekādaśáṃ kṛdʰi || 45||











samrā́jñī śváśure bʰava samrā́jñī śvaśrvā́ṃ bʰava |
nánāndari samrā́jñī bʰava samrā́jñī ádʰi devṛ́ṣu || 46||











sámañjantu víśve devā́ḥ sámā́po hṛ́dayāni nau |
sáṃ mātaríśvā sáṃ dʰātā́ sámu déṣṭrī dadʰātu nau || 47||












Sūkta 10.86 

ví hí sótorásṛkṣata néndraṃ devámamaṃsata |
yátrā́madadvṛṣā́kapiraryáḥ puṣṭéṣu mátsakʰā víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 1||











párā hī̀ndra dʰā́vasi vṛṣā́kaperáti vyátʰiḥ |
nó áha prá vindasyanyátra sómapītaye víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 2||











kímayáṃ tvā́ṃ vṛṣā́kapiścakā́ra hárito mṛgáḥ |
yásmā irasyásī́du nvàryó vā puṣṭimádvásu víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 3||











yámimáṃ tváṃ vṛṣā́kapiṃ priyámindrābʰirákṣasi |
śvā́ nvasya jambʰiṣadápi kárṇe varāhayúrvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 4||











priyā́ taṣṭā́ni me kapírvyaktā vyàdūduṣat |
śíro nvàsya rāviṣaṃ ná sugáṃ duṣkṛ́te bʰuvaṃ víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 5||











ná mátstrī́ subʰasáttarā ná suyā́śutarā bʰuvat |
ná mátpráticyavīyasī ná sáktʰyúdyamīyasī víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 6||











uvé amba sulābʰike yátʰevāṅgá bʰaviṣyáti |
bʰasánme amba sáktʰi me śíro me vī̀va hṛṣyati víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 7||











kíṃ subāho svaṅgure pṛ́tʰuṣṭo pṛ́tʰujāgʰane |
kíṃ śūrapatni nastvámabʰyàmīṣi vṛṣā́kapiṃ víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 8||











avī́rāmiva mā́mayáṃ śarā́rurabʰí manyate |
utā́hámasmi vīríṇī́ndrapatnī marútsakʰā víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 9||











saṃhotráṃ sma purā́ nā́rī sámanaṃ vā́va gacʰati |
vedʰā́ ṛtásya vīríṇī́ndrapatnī mahīyate víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 10||











indrāṇī́māsú nā́riṣu subʰágāmahámaśravam |
nahyàsyā aparáṃ caná jarásā márate pátirvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 11||











nā́hámindrāṇi rāraṇa sákʰyurvṛṣā́kaperṛté |
yásyedámápyaṃ havíḥ priyáṃ devéṣu gácʰati víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 12||











vṛ́ṣākapāyi révati súputra ā́du súsnuṣe |
gʰásatta índra ukṣáṇaḥ priyáṃ kācitkaráṃ havírvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 13||











ukṣṇó hí me páñcadaśa sākáṃ pácanti viṃśatím |
utā́hámadmi pī́va ídubʰā́ kukṣī́ pṛṇanti me víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 14||











vṛṣabʰó ná tigmáśṛṅgo'ntáryūtʰéṣu róruvat |
mantʰásta indra śáṃ hṛdé yáṃ te sunóti bʰāvayúrvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 15||











ná séśe yásya rámbate'ntarā́ saktʰyā̀ kápṛt |
sédīśe yásya romaśáṃ niṣedúṣo vijṛ́mbʰate víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 16||











ná séśe yásya romaśáṃ niṣedúṣo vijṛ́mbʰate |
sédīśe yásya rámbate'ntarā́ saktʰyā̀ kápṛdvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 17||











ayámindra vṛṣā́kapiḥ párasvantaṃ hatáṃ vidat |
asíṃ sūnā́ṃ návaṃ carúmā́dédʰasyā́na ā́citaṃ víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 18||











ayámemi vicā́kaśadvicinvándā́samā́ryam |
píbāmi pākasútvano'bʰí dʰī́ramacākaśaṃ víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 19||











dʰánva ca yátkṛntátraṃ ca káti svittā́ ví yójanā |
nédīyaso vṛṣākapé'staméhi gṛhā́m̐ úpa víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 20||











púnaréhi vṛṣākape suvitā́ kalpayāvahai |
yá eṣá svapnanáṃśanó'staméṣi patʰā́ púnarvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 21||











yádúdañco vṛṣākape gṛhámindrā́jagantana |
kvà syá pulvagʰó mṛgáḥ kámagañjanayópano víśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 22||











párśurha nā́ma mānavī́ sākáṃ sasūva viṃśatím |
bʰadráṃ bʰala tyásyā abʰūdyásyā udáramā́mayadvíśvasmādíndra úttaraḥ || 23||












Sūkta 10.87 

rakṣoháṇaṃ vājínamā́ jigʰarmi mitráṃ prátʰiṣṭʰamúpa yāmi śárma |
śíśāno agníḥ krátubʰiḥ sámiddʰaḥ sá no dívā sá riṣáḥ pātu náktam || 1||











áyodaṃṣṭro arcíṣā yātudʰā́nānúpa spṛśa jātavedaḥ sámiddʰaḥ |
ā́ jihváyā mū́radevānrabʰasva kravyā́do vṛktvyápi dʰatsvāsán || 2||











ubʰóbʰayāvinnúpa dʰehi dáṃṣṭrā hiṃsráḥ śíśānó'varaṃ páraṃ ca |
utā́ntárikṣe pári yāhi rājañjámbʰaiḥ sáṃ dʰehyabʰí yātudʰā́nān || 3||











yajñaíríṣūḥ saṃnámamāno agne vācā́ śalyā́m̐ aśánibʰirdihānáḥ |
tā́bʰirvidʰya hṛ́daye yātudʰā́nānpratīcó bāhū́npráti bʰaṅdʰyeṣām || 4||











ágne tvácaṃ yātudʰā́nasya bʰindʰi hiṃsrā́śánirhárasā hantvenam |
prá párvāṇi jātavedaḥ śṛṇīhi kravyā́tkraviṣṇúrví cinotu vṛkṇám || 5||











yátredā́nīṃ páśyasi jātavedastíṣṭʰantamagna utá vā cárantam |
yádvāntárikṣe patʰíbʰiḥ pátantaṃ támástā vidʰya śárvā śíśānaḥ || 6||











utā́labdʰaṃ spṛṇuhi jātaveda ālebʰānā́dṛṣṭíbʰiryātudʰā́nāt |
ágne pū́rvo ní jahi śóśucāna āmā́daḥ kṣvíṅkāstámadantvénīḥ || 7||











ihá prá brūhi yatamáḥ só agne yó yātudʰā́no yá idáṃ kṛṇóti |
támā́ rabʰasva samídʰā yaviṣṭʰa nṛcákṣasaścákṣuṣe randʰayainam || 8||











tīkṣṇénāgne cákṣuṣā rakṣa yajñáṃ prā́ñcaṃ vásubʰyaḥ prá ṇaya pracetaḥ |
hiṃsráṃ rákṣāṃsyabʰí śóśucānaṃ mā́ tvā dabʰanyātudʰā́nā nṛcakṣaḥ || 9||











nṛcákṣā rákṣaḥ pári paśya vikṣú tásya trī́ṇi práti śṛṇīhyágrā |
tásyāgne pṛṣṭī́rhárasā śṛṇīhi tredʰā́ mū́laṃ yātudʰā́nasya vṛśca || 10||











tríryātudʰā́naḥ prásitiṃ ta etvṛtáṃ yó agne ánṛtena hánti |
támarcíṣā spʰūrjáyañjātavedaḥ samakṣámenaṃ gṛṇaté ní vṛṅdʰi || 11||











tádagne cákṣuḥ práti dʰehi rebʰé śapʰārújaṃ yéna páśyasi yātudʰā́nam |
atʰarvavájjyótiṣā daívyena satyáṃ dʰū́rvantamacítaṃ nyòṣa || 12||











yádagne adyá mitʰunā́ śápāto yádvācástṛṣṭáṃ janáyanta rebʰā́ḥ |
manyórmánasaḥ śaravyā̀ jā́yate yā́ táyā vidʰya hṛ́daye yātudʰā́nān || 13||











párā śṛṇīhi tápasā yātudʰā́nānpárāgne rákṣo hárasā śṛṇīhi |
párārcíṣā mū́radevāñcʰṛṇīhi párāsutṛ́po abʰí śóśucānaḥ || 14||











párādyá devā́ vṛjináṃ śṛṇantu pratyágenaṃ śapátʰā yantu tṛṣṭā́ḥ |
vācā́stenaṃ śárava ṛcʰantu mármanvíśvasyaitu prásitiṃ yātudʰā́naḥ || 15||











yáḥ paúruṣeyeṇa kravíṣā samaṅkté yó áśvyena paśúnā yātudʰā́naḥ |
yó agʰnyā́yā bʰárati kṣīrámagne téṣāṃ śīrṣā́ṇi hárasā́pi vṛśca || 16||











saṃvatsarī́ṇaṃ páya usríyāyāstásya mā́śīdyātudʰā́no nṛcakṣaḥ |
pīyū́ṣamagne yatamástítṛpsāttáṃ pratyáñcamarcíṣā vidʰya márman || 17||











viṣáṃ gávāṃ yātudʰā́nāḥ pibantvā́ vṛścyantāmáditaye durévāḥ |
páraināndeváḥ savitā́ dadātu párā bʰāgámóṣadʰīnāṃ jayantām || 18||











sanā́dagne mṛṇasi yātudʰā́nānná tvā rákṣāṃsi pṛ́tanāsu jigyuḥ |
ánu daha sahámūrānkravyā́do mā́ te hetyā́ mukṣata daívyāyāḥ || 19||











tváṃ no agne adʰarā́dúdaktāttváṃ paścā́dutá rakṣā purástāt |
práti té te ajárāsastápiṣṭʰā agʰáśaṃsaṃ śóśucato dahantu || 20||











paścā́tpurástādadʰarā́dúdaktātkavíḥ kā́vyena pári pāhi rājan |
sákʰe sákʰāyamajáro jarimṇé'gne mártām̐ ámartyastváṃ naḥ || 21||











pári tvāgne púraṃ vayáṃ vípraṃ sahasya dʰīmahi |
dʰṛṣádvarṇaṃ divédive hantā́raṃ bʰaṅgurā́vatām || 22||











viṣéṇa bʰaṅgurā́vataḥ práti ṣma rakṣáso daha |
ágne tigména śocíṣā tápuragrābʰirṛṣṭíbʰiḥ || 23||











prátyagne mitʰunā́ daha yātudʰā́nā kimīdínā |
sáṃ tvā śiśāmi jāgṛhyádabdʰaṃ vipra mánmabʰiḥ || 24||











prátyagne hárasā háraḥ śṛṇīhí viśvátaḥ práti |
yātudʰā́nasya rakṣáso bálaṃ ví ruja vīryàm || 25||












Sūkta 10.88 

havíṣpā́ntamajáraṃ svarvídi divispṛ́śyā́hutaṃ júṣṭamagnaú |
tásya bʰármaṇe bʰúvanāya devā́ dʰármaṇe káṃ svadʰáyā papratʰanta || 1||











gīrṇáṃ bʰúvanaṃ támasā́pagūḷhamāvíḥ svarabʰavajjāté agnaú |
tásya devā́ḥ pṛtʰivī́ dyaúrutā́pó'raṇayannóṣadʰīḥ sakʰyé asya || 2||











devébʰirnvìṣitó yajñíyebʰiragníṃ stoṣāṇyajáraṃ bṛhántam |
yó bʰānúnā pṛtʰivī́ṃ dyā́mutémā́mātatā́na ródasī antárikṣam || 3||











yó hótā́sītpratʰamó devájuṣṭo yáṃ samā́ñjannā́jyenā vṛṇānā́ḥ |
sá patatrī̀tvaráṃ stʰā́ jágadyácʰvātrámagnírakṛṇojjātávedāḥ || 4||











yájjātavedo bʰúvanasya mūrdʰánnátiṣṭʰo agne sahá rocanéna |
táṃ tvāhema matíbʰirgīrbʰíruktʰaíḥ sá yajñíyo abʰavo rodasiprā́ḥ || 5||











mūrdʰā́ bʰuvó bʰavati náktamagnístátaḥ sū́ryo jāyate prātárudyán |
māyā́mū tú yajñíyānāmetā́mápo yáttū́rṇiścárati prajānán || 6||











dṛśényo yó mahinā́ sámiddʰó'rocata divíyonirvibʰā́vā |
tásminnagnaú sūktavākéna devā́ havírvíśva ā́juhavustanūpā́ḥ || 7||











sūktavākáṃ pratʰamámā́dídagnímā́díddʰavírajanayanta devā́ḥ |
sá eṣāṃ yajñó abʰavattanūpā́stáṃ dyaúrveda táṃ pṛtʰivī́ támā́paḥ || 8||











yáṃ devā́só'janayantāgníṃ yásminnā́juhavurbʰúvanāni víśvā |
só arcíṣā pṛtʰivī́ṃ dyā́mutémā́mṛjūyámāno atapanmahitvā́ || 9||











stómena hí diví devā́so agnímájījanañcʰáktibʰī rodasiprā́m |
támū akṛṇvantredʰā́ bʰuvé káṃ sá óṣadʰīḥ pacati viśvárūpāḥ || 10||











yadédenamádadʰuryajñíyāso diví devā́ḥ sū́ryamāditeyám |
yadā́ cariṣṇū́ mitʰunā́vábʰūtāmā́dítprā́paśyanbʰúvanāni víśvā || 11||











víśvasmā agníṃ bʰúvanāya devā́ vaiśvānaráṃ ketúmáhnāmakṛṇvan |
ā́ yástatā́noṣáso vibʰātī́rápo ūrṇoti támo arcíṣā yán || 12||











vaiśvānaráṃ kaváyo yajñíyāso'gníṃ devā́ ajanayannajuryám |
nákṣatraṃ pratnámáminaccariṣṇú yakṣásyā́dʰyakṣaṃ taviṣáṃ bṛhántam || 13||











vaiśvānaráṃ viśváhā dīdivā́ṃsaṃ mántrairagníṃ kavímácʰā vadāmaḥ |
yó mahimnā́ paribabʰū́vorvī́ utā́vástādutá deváḥ parástāt || 14||











dvé srutī́ aśṛṇavaṃ pitṝṇā́maháṃ devā́nāmutá mártyānām |
tā́bʰyāmidáṃ víśvaméjatsámeti yádantarā́ pitáraṃ mātáraṃ ca || 15||











dvé samīcī́ bibʰṛtaścárantaṃ śīrṣató jātáṃ mánasā vímṛṣṭam |
sá pratyáṅvíśvā bʰúvanāni tastʰāváprayucʰantaráṇirbʰrā́jamānaḥ || 16||











yátrā vádete ávaraḥ páraśca yajñanyòḥ kataró nau ví veda |
ā́ śekurítsadʰamā́daṃ sákʰāyo nákṣanta yajñáṃ ká idáṃ ví vocat || 17||











kátyagnáyaḥ káti sū́ryāsaḥ kátyuṣā́saḥ kátyu svidā́paḥ |
nópaspíjaṃ vaḥ pitaro vadāmi pṛcʰā́mi vaḥ kavayo vidmáne kám || 18||











yāvanmātrámuṣáso ná prátīkaṃ suparṇyò vásate mātariśvaḥ |
tā́vaddadʰātyúpa yajñámāyánbrāhmaṇó hóturávaro niṣī́dan || 19||












Sūkta 10.89 

índraṃ stavā nṛ́tamaṃ yásya mahnā́ vibabādʰé rocanā́ ví jmó ántān |
ā́ yáḥ papraú carṣaṇīdʰṛ́dvárobʰiḥ prá síndʰubʰyo riricānó mahitvā́ || 1||



1.  indraNmsa stavavp·Ae1s«√stu nṛtamajmsa yasr3msg mahannnsi  
    vibabādʰeva·I·1s«vi~√bādʰ rocanannpa vip kṣamnfsg antanmpa |
    āp yasr3msn paprauvp·I·3s«√prā (carṣaṇijms-dʰṛtjms)jmsn varasnnpi  
    prap sindʰunmpb riricānata·Imsn«√ric mahitvānfsi 



1.  I shall extol most manly Indra by whose excessiveness
    I have have driven apart luminous spheres, apart the ends of the Earth,
    [Indra,] who, supporting those that draw to themselves¹, has filled [them] up throughout [their] expanses,
    being through the power to increase in size superior to the rivers².



sá sū́ryaḥ páryurū́ várāṃsyéndro vavṛtyādrátʰyeva cakrā́ |
átiṣṭʰantamapasyàṃ na sargaṃ kṛṣṇā́ támāṃsi tvíṣyā jagʰāna || 2||



2.  sasr3msn sūryanmsn parip urujnpa varasnnpa  
    āp indraNmsn vavṛtyātvp·Ii3s«√vṛt ratʰyajnpa ivac cakrannpa |
    atiṣṭʰantjmsa apasyajmsa nac sarganmsa  
    kṛṣṇajnpa tamasnnpa tviṣinfsi jagʰānavp·I·3s«√han 



2.  That sun³ [shines] all over wide expanses [of both Rodas-es] ---
    Indra might have turned [it] round like wheels of a carriage.
    He has vehemently repelled dark mental obscurations
    [that are] like volatile dispersing herd let loose from a stable.



samānámasmā ánapāvṛdarca kṣmayā́ divó ásamaṃ bráhma návyam |
ví yáḥ pṛṣṭʰéva jánimānyaryá índraścikā́ya ná sákʰāyamīṣé || 3||



3.  samānama ayamr3msd anapavṛta arcavp·Ao2s«√arc  
    kṣmānfsi dyunmsb asamajnsa brahmannnsa navyajnsa |
    vip yasr3msn pṛṣṭʰajnpa ivac janimannnpa arijmsg  
    indraNmsn cikāyavp·I·3s«√ci nac sakʰinmsa īṣev···D··«√īṣ 



3.  Similarly, do thou unremittingly shine from the Heaven throughout the Earth
    unequaled new formulation for this one, who, [being] Indra, in order not to attack the companion,
    has discerned manifestations of rising upwards one⁴
    in the same manner as [he has discerned] forming the base [impulsions].
------



índrāya gíro ániśitasargā apáḥ prérayaṃ ságarasya budʰnā́t |
yó ákṣeṇeva cakríyā śácībʰirvíṣvaktastámbʰa pṛtʰivī́mutá dyā́m || 4||



4.  indraNmsd girnfpa (aniśitajms-sarganms)jfpa  
    apnfpa prap īrayamvpCAE1s«√īr sagaranmsg budʰnanmsb |
    yasr3msn akṣanmsi ivac cakrīnfda śacīnfpi  
    (viṣua-añcjms)a tastambʰavp·I·3s«√stambʰ pṛtʰivīnfsa utac dyunmsa 



4.  For Indra I shall cause chants, [and] having-spontaneous-gushes waters
    to arise from ``the base of swallowing''⁵,
    [for him,] who, by using [his] enabling powers, has fixed 
    the Earth and the Heaven on two [opposite] sides --- like two wheels [are] by an axle.



ā́pāntamanyustṛpálaprabʰarmā dʰúniḥ śímīvāñcʰárumām̐ ṛjīṣī́ |
sómo víśvānyatasā́ vánāni nā́rvā́gíndraṃ pratimā́nāni debʰuḥ || 5||



5.  (āpāntajms-manyunms)jmsn (tṛpalajms-prabʰarmannns)jmsn  
    dʰunijmsn śimīvantjmsn śarumantjmsn ṛjīṣinjmsn |
    somanmsn viśvajnpn atasannpn vanannpn  
    nac arvāka indraNmsa pratimānannpa debʰurvp·I·3p«√dabʰ 



5.  Reaching the core of [one's] rage [he⁶ is] conducive to allaying it by placing before [one's mind its source].
    Tumultuous accompanied-by-exertion armed with missiles having-direct-impact [is this one⁷].
    Soma [vs.] all shrubs [and] thickets:
    in this respect no proxies deceived Indra,



ná yásya dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ ná dʰánva nā́ntárikṣaṃ nā́drayaḥ sómo akṣāḥ |
yádasya manyúradʰinīyámānaḥ śṛṇā́ti vīḷú rujáti stʰirā́ṇi || 6||



6.  nac yasr3msg (dyunmd-pṛtʰivīnfd)nfda nac dʰanvannnsn  
    nac (antara-īkṣajms)nnsa nac adrinmpn somanmsn akṣārvp·U·3s«√kṣar |
    yadc ayamr3msg (mannfs-yujms)nmsn adʰinīyamānajmsn  
    śṛṇātivp·A·3s«√śṝ vīḷujnsa rujativp·A·3s«√ruj stʰirajnpa 



6.  whose [rage] neither the Heaven and the Earth, nor the intermediate space,
    not a desert, not rocks --- [only] Soma has distilled.
    When his rage is raised above the ordinary measure,
    he crushes what's firm, shatters what is sturdy.



jagʰā́na vṛtráṃ svádʰitirváneva rurója púro áradanná síndʰūn |
bibʰéda giríṃ návamínná kumbʰámā́ gā́ índro akṛṇuta svayúgbʰiḥ || 7||



7.  jagʰānavp·I·3s«√han vṛtraNnsa (svanms-dʰitinfs)jmsn vanannpa ivac  
    rurojavp·I·3s«√ruj purnfpa aradatvp·Aa3s«√rad nac sindʰunmpa |
    bibʰedavp·I·3s«√bʰid girinmsa navajmsa idc nac kumbʰanmsa  
    āp gonfpa indraNmsn akṛṇutava·Aa3s«√kṛ svayujjmpi 



7.  He has slayed Vṛtra like an ax thickets;
    he has shattered the walls; he has led [inner waters] as if rivers into channels;
    he has rend asunder the mountain as if [it was] just a new jar.
    Indra together with his teammates⁸ drove cows⁹ near.
------



tváṃ ha tyádṛṇayā́ indra dʰī́ro'sírná párva vṛjinā́ śṛṇāsi |
prá yé mitrásya váruṇasya dʰā́ma yújaṃ ná jánā minánti mitrám || 8||



8.  tvamr2msn hac tyada ṛṇayājmsn indraNmsv dʰīrajmsn  
    asinmsn nac parvannnsa vṛjinajnpa śṛṇāsivp·A·2s«√śṝ |
    prap yasr3mpn mitraNmsg varuṇaNmsg dʰāmannnsa yujjmsa nac jananmpn minantivp·A·3p«√mī mitranmsa 



8.  Thou, as it is known, are going after debts, O Indra!
    Like a knife a joint, thou, facilitating contemplations, crush deceitful [plans].
    Pro[mote] those persons, who do not diminish
    the state of Mitra, of Varuṇa [or] a joined alliance!



prá yé mitráṃ prā́ryamáṇaṃ durévāḥ prá saṃgíraḥ prá váruṇaṃ minánti |
nyàmítreṣu vadʰámindra túmraṃ vṛ́ṣanvṛ́ṣāṇamaruṣáṃ śiśīhi || 9||



9.  prap yasr3mpn mitraNmsa prap aryamanNmsa durevajmpn  
    prap saṃgirnfpa prap varuṇaNmsa minantivp·A·3p«√mī |
    nip amitrajmpl vadʰanmsa indraNmsv tumrajmsa  
    vṛṣannmsv vṛṣannmsa aruṣajmsa śiśīhivp·Ao2s«√śo 



9.  Those, who, being ill-disposed, neglect
    Mitra, Aryaman, Varuṇa, or [their] promises,
    [hurl¹⁰] against [those] hostiles concentrated deadly weapon, O Indra!
    Sharpen a tame bull, O bull!



índro divá índra īśe pṛtʰivyā́ índro apā́míndra ítpárvatānām |
índro vṛdʰā́míndra ínmédʰirāṇāmíndraḥ kṣéme yóge hávya índraḥ || 10||



10. indraNmsn dyunmsg indraNmsn īśeva·A·3s«√īś pṛtʰivīnfsg  
     indraNmsn apnfpg indraNmsn parvatajmpg |
     indraNmsn vṛdʰnfpg indraNmsn idc medʰirajmpg  
     indraNmsn kṣemanmsl yoganmsl havyajmsn indraNmsn 



10. Indra [is the ruler] of the Heaven, Indra is the ruler of the Earth,
    Indra [is the ruler] of waters, Indra [is the ruler] of knotty ones,
    Indra [is the ruler] of strengthening, only Indra [is the ruler] of those possessing of mental vigour,
    Indra is to be called upon when dwelling in peace, [or] when being engaged [in war].



prā́ktúbʰya índraḥ prá vṛdʰó áhabʰyaḥ prā́ntárikṣātprá samudrásya dʰāséḥ |
prá vā́tasya prátʰasaḥ prá jmó ántātprá síndʰubʰyo ririce prá kṣitíbʰyaḥ || 11||



11. prap aktunmpb indraNmsn prap vṛdʰnmsg aharnnpb  
     prap (antara-īkṣajms)nnsb prap samudranmsg dʰāsinfsb |
     prap vātanmsg pratʰasnnsb prap kṣamnfsg antanmsb  
     prap sindʰunmpb ririceva·I·3s«√ric prap kṣitinfpb 



11. Indra projects beyond the darkness of the night, beyond the days of strengthening,
    beyond the intermediate space, beyond the seat of the sea¹¹,
    beyond the extension of the wind¹², beyond the boundary of the Earth,
    beyond the rivers¹³, beyond the clans.



prá śóśucatyā uṣáso ná ketúrasinvā́ te vartatāmindra hetíḥ |
áśmeva vidʰya divá ā́ sṛjānástápiṣṭʰena héṣasā drógʰamitrān || 12||



12. prap śośucatītp·Afsg«√śuc uṣasnfsg nac ketunmsn  
     asinvājfsn tvamr2msg vartatāmva·Ao3s«√vṛt indraNmsv hetinfsn |
     aśmannmsn ivac vidʰyavp·Ao2s«√vyadʰ dyunmsb āp sṛjānajmsn  
     tapiṣṭʰajnsi heṣasnnsi (drogʰajms-mitranms)jmpa 



12. As a banner of ever-shining Dawn,
    let that thy, O Indra, insatiable missile draw near!
    Like a stone hurled from the sky, pierce 
    with the most-burning fire those who injure [their] benefactor!



ánváha mā́sā ánvídvánānyánvóṣadʰīránu párvatāsaḥ |
ánvíndraṃ ródasī vāvaśāné ánvā́po ajihata jā́yamānam || 13||



13. anup ahac māsanmpn anup idc vanannpn anup (oṣanms-dʰijfs)nfpn anup parvatajmpn |
     anup indraNmsa rodasnndn vāvaśānataIAndn«√vaś anup apnfpn ajihatava·Aa3p«√hā jāyamānatp·Amsa«√jan 



13. Months betook themselves
    to follow made-manifest Indra,
    desires, herbs, knotty ones,
    eagerly desiring Rodas-es, [and] waters [too].



kárhi svitsā́ ta indra cetyā́sadagʰásya yádbʰinádo rákṣa éṣat |
mitrakrúvo yácʰásane ná gā́vaḥ pṛtʰivyā́ āpṛ́gamuyā́ śáyante || 14||



14. karhia svidcr3fsn tvamr2msg indraNmsv cetyājfsn asatvp·AE3s«√as  
     agʰajnsg yadc bʰinadasvp·Ae2s«√bʰid rakṣasnnsa eṣatjnsa |
     (mitranms-krujms)jmpn yadc śasanannsl nac gonfpn  
     pṛtʰivīnfsb āpṛka asaur3fsi śayanteva·A·3p«√śī 



14. When, pray, that thy [missile], O Indra, shall become perceivable
    so that thou will break up creeping mental defenses of the evil one,
    so that Mitrakru-s --- like cows at a slaughter ---
    in contact with it will repose [away] from the Earth?
------



śatrūyánto abʰí yé nastatasré máhi vrā́dʰanta ogaṇā́sa indra |
andʰénāmítrāstámasā sacantāṃ sujyotíṣo aktávastā́m̐ abʰí ṣyuḥ || 15||



15. (śatrunms-yantjms)jmpn abʰip yasr3mpn vayamr1mpa tatasreva·I·3p«√taṃs  
     mahia vrādʰantjmpn ogaṇajmpn indraNmsv |
     andʰajnsi amitrajmpn tamasnnsi sacantāmva·Ao3p«√sac  
     sujyotisjmpn aktunmpn tasr3mpa abʰip syurvp·Ai3p«√as 



15. Those who are behaving as enemies towards us,
    they did cast¹⁴ themselves as united [and thus] reinforcing [each other].
    Let they, hostile, associate themselves with blind ignorance,
    [so that] well-illuminated nights might be over them!



purū́ṇi hí tvā sávanā jánānāṃ bráhmāṇi mándangṛṇatā́mṛ́ṣīṇām |
imā́māgʰóṣannávasā sáhūtiṃ tiró víśvām̐ árcato yāhyarvā́ṅ || 16||



16. purujnpn hic tvamr2msa savanannpn jananmpg  
     brahmannnpn mandanvp·AE3p«√mand gṛṇatjmpg ṛṣinmpg |
     ayamr3fsa āgʰoṣanttp·Amsn«ā~√gʰuṣ avasnnsi sahūtinfsa  
     tirasp viśvajmpa arcatjmpa yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā arvāka 



16. Since many men's pressings and formulations
    of extolling [thee] seers shall fire thee up,
    listening favorably to this co-invocation,
    hither journey past all praising [thee]!



evā́ te vayámindra bʰuñjatīnā́ṃ vidyā́ma sumatīnā́ṃ návānām |
vidyā́ma vástorávasā gṛṇánto viśvā́mitrā utá ta indra nūnám || 17||



17. evac tvamr2msd vayamr1mpn indraNmsv bʰuñjatītp·Afpg«√bʰuj  
     vidyāmavp·Ao1p«√vid sumatinfpg navājfpg |
     vidyāmavp·Ao1p«√vid vastunnsg avasnnsi gṛṇanttp·Ampn«√gṝ  
     viśvāmitraNmpn utac tvamr2msg nūnama 



17. Even so, may we find for thee, O Indra, 
    being-of-use novel effective mental gestures!
    And may we, extolling [thee] favorably Viśvāmitra-s,
    find thy real substance, and therefore, thy [treasure]!
------



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 18||



18. śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
     ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
     śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
     gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



18. Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    attentive ferocious --- to help in clashes
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 the senses
2 = flows of sensory stimuli
3 maṇipūra cakra
4 inner Soma
5 prob. the place where laryngeal voice-sounds are produced
6 Soma
7 Indra
8 prob. drops of Soma
9 evocative expressions
10 jahi
11 heart cakra
12 vital air
13 streams of stimuli
14 lit. ``decorated as''


Sūkta 10.90 

sahásraśīrṣā púruṣaḥ sahasrākṣáḥ sahásrapāt |
sá bʰū́miṃ viśváto vṛtvā́tyatiṣṭʰaddaśāṅgulám || 1||











púruṣa evédáṃ sárvaṃ yádbʰūtáṃ yácca bʰávyam |
utā́mṛtatvásyéśāno yádánnenātiróhati || 2||











etā́vānasya mahimā́to jyā́yām̐śca pū́ruṣaḥ |
pā́do'sya víśvā bʰūtā́ni tripā́dasyāmṛ́taṃ diví || 3||











tripā́dūrdʰvá údaitpúruṣaḥ pā́do'syehā́bʰavatpúnaḥ |
táto víṣvaṅvyàkrāmatsāśanānaśané abʰí || 4||











tásmādvirā́ḷajāyata virā́jo ádʰi pū́ruṣaḥ |
sá jātó átyaricyata paścā́dbʰū́mimátʰo puráḥ || 5||











yátpúruṣeṇa havíṣā devā́ yajñámátanvata |
vasantó asyāsīdā́jyaṃ grīṣmá idʰmáḥ śaráddʰavíḥ || 6||











táṃ yajñáṃ barhíṣi praúkṣanpúruṣaṃ jātámagratáḥ |
téna devā́ ayajanta sādʰyā́ ṛ́ṣayaśca yé || 7||











tásmādyajñā́tsarvahútaḥ sámbʰṛtaṃ pṛṣadājyám |
paśū́ntā́m̐ścakre vāyavyā̀nāraṇyā́ngrāmyā́śca yé || 8||











tásmādyajñā́tsarvahúta ṛ́caḥ sā́māni jajñire |
cʰándāṃsi jajñire tásmādyájustásmādajāyata || 9||











tásmādáśvā ajāyanta yé ké cobʰayā́dataḥ |
gā́vo ha jajñire tásmāttásmājjātā́ ajāváyaḥ || 10||











yátpúruṣaṃ vyádadʰuḥ katidʰā́ vyakalpayan |
múkʰaṃ kímasya kaú bāhū́ kā́ ūrū́ pā́dā ucyete || 11||











brāhmaṇò'sya múkʰamāsīdbāhū́ rājanyàḥ kṛtáḥ |
ūrū́ tádasya yádvaíśyaḥ padbʰyā́ṃ śūdró ajāyata || 12||











candrámā mánaso jātáścákṣoḥ sū́ryo ajāyata |
múkʰādíndraścāgníśca prāṇā́dvāyúrajāyata || 13||











nā́bʰyā āsīdantárikṣaṃ śīrṣṇó dyaúḥ sámavartata |
padbʰyā́ṃ bʰū́mirdíśaḥ śrótrāttátʰā lokā́m̐ akalpayan || 14||











saptā́syāsanparidʰáyastríḥ saptá samídʰaḥ kṛtā́ḥ |
devā́ yádyajñáṃ tanvānā́ ábadʰnanpúruṣaṃ paśúm || 15||











yajñéna yajñámayajanta devā́stā́ni dʰármāṇi pratʰamā́nyāsan |
té ha nā́kaṃ mahimā́naḥ sacanta yátra pū́rve sādʰyā́ḥ sánti devā́ḥ || 16||












Sūkta 10.91 

sáṃ jāgṛvádbʰirjáramāṇa idʰyate dáme dámūnā iṣáyanniḷáspadé |
víśvasya hótā havíṣo váreṇyo vibʰúrvibʰā́vā suṣákʰā sakʰīyaté || 1||











sá darśataśrī́rátitʰirgṛhégṛhe vánevane śiśriye takvavī́riva |
jánaṃjanaṃ jányo nā́ti manyate víśa ā́ kṣeti viśyò víśaṃviśam || 2||











sudákṣo dákṣaiḥ krátunāsi sukráturágne kavíḥ kā́vyenāsi viśvavít |
vásurvásūnāṃ kṣayasi tváméka íddyā́vā ca yā́ni pṛtʰivī́ ca púṣyataḥ || 3||











prajānánnagne táva yónimṛtvíyamíḷāyāspadé gʰṛtávantamā́sadaḥ |
ā́ te cikitra uṣásāmivétayo'repásaḥ sū́ryasyeva raśmáyaḥ || 4||











táva śríyo varṣyàsyeva vidyútaścitrā́ścikitra uṣásāṃ ná ketávaḥ |
yádóṣadʰīrabʰísṛṣṭo vánāni ca pári svayáṃ cinuṣé ánnamāsyè || 5||











támóṣadʰīrdadʰire gárbʰamṛtvíyaṃ támā́po agníṃ janayanta mātáraḥ |
támítsamānáṃ vanínaśca vīrúdʰo'ntárvatīśca súvate ca viśváhā || 6||











vā́topadʰūta iṣitó váśām̐ ánu tṛṣú yádánnā véviṣadvitíṣṭʰase |
ā́ te yatante ratʰyò yátʰā pṛ́tʰakcʰárdʰāṃsyagne ajárāṇi dʰákṣataḥ || 7||











medʰākāráṃ vidátʰasya prasā́dʰanamagníṃ hótāraṃ paribʰū́tamaṃ matím |
támídárbʰe havíṣyā́ samānámíttámínmahé vṛṇate nā́nyáṃ tvát || 8||











tvā́mídátra vṛṇate tvāyávo hótāramagne vidátʰeṣu vedʰásaḥ |
yáddevayánto dádʰati práyāṃsi te havíṣmanto mánavo vṛktábarhiṣaḥ || 9||











távāgne hotráṃ táva potrámṛtvíyaṃ táva neṣṭráṃ tvámagnídṛtāyatáḥ |
táva praśāstráṃ tvámadʰvarīyasi brahmā́ cā́si gṛhápatiśca no dáme || 10||











yástúbʰyamagne amṛ́tāya mártyaḥ samídʰā dā́śadutá vā havíṣkṛti |
tásya hótā bʰavasi yā́si dūtyàmúpa brūṣe yájasyadʰvarīyási || 11||











imā́ asmai matáyo vā́co asmádā́m̐ ṛ́co gíraḥ suṣṭutáyaḥ sámagmata |
vasūyávo vásave jātávedase vṛddʰā́su cidvárdʰano yā́su cākánat || 12||











imā́ṃ pratnā́ya suṣṭutíṃ návīyasīṃ vocéyamasmā uśaté śṛṇótu naḥ |
bʰūyā́ ántarā hṛdyàsya nispṛ́śe jāyéva pátya uśatī́ suvā́sāḥ || 13||











yásminnáśvāsa ṛṣabʰā́sa ukṣáṇo vaśā́ meṣā́ avasṛṣṭā́sa ā́hutāḥ |
kīlālapé sómapṛṣṭʰāya vedʰáse hṛdā́ matíṃ janaye cā́rumagnáye || 14||











áhāvyagne havírāsyè te srucī̀va gʰṛtáṃ camvī̀va sómaḥ |
vājasániṃ rayímasmé suvī́raṃ praśastáṃ dʰehi yaśásaṃ bṛhántam || 15||












Sūkta 10.92 

yajñásya vo ratʰyàṃ viśpátiṃ viśā́ṃ hótāramaktórátitʰiṃ vibʰā́vasum |
śócañcʰúṣkāsu háriṇīṣu járbʰuradvṛ́ṣā ketúryajató dyā́maśāyata || 1||











imámañjaspā́mubʰáye akṛṇvata dʰarmā́ṇamagníṃ vidátʰasya sā́dʰanam |
aktúṃ ná yahvámuṣásaḥ puróhitaṃ tánūnápātamaruṣásya niṃsate || 2||











báḷasya nītʰā́ ví paṇéśca manmahe vayā́ asya práhutā āsuráttave |
yadā́ gʰorā́so amṛtatvámā́śatā́díjjánasya daívyasya carkiran || 3||











ṛtásya hí prásitirdyaúrurú vyáco námo mahyàrámatiḥ pánīyasī |
índro mitró váruṇaḥ sáṃ cikitriré'tʰo bʰágaḥ savitā́ pūtádakṣasaḥ || 4||











prá rudréṇa yayínā yanti síndʰavastiró mahī́marámatiṃ dadʰanvire |
yébʰiḥ párijmā pariyánnurú jráyo ví róruvajjaṭʰáre víśvamukṣáte || 5||











krāṇā́ rudrā́ marúto viśvákṛṣṭayo diváḥ śyenā́so ásurasya nīḷáyaḥ |
tébʰiścaṣṭe váruṇo mitró aryaméndro devébʰirarvaśébʰirárvaśaḥ || 6||











índre bʰújaṃ śaśamānā́sa āśata sū́ro dṛ́śīke vṛ́ṣaṇaśca paúṃsye |
prá yé nvasyārháṇā tatakṣiré yújaṃ vájraṃ nṛṣádaneṣu kārávaḥ || 7||











sū́raścidā́ haríto asya rīramadíndrādā́ káścidbʰayate távīyasaḥ |
bʰīmásya vṛ́ṣṇo jaṭʰárādabʰiśváso divédive sáhuri stannábādʰitaḥ || 8||











stómaṃ vo adyá rudrā́ya śíkvase kṣayádvīrāya námasā didiṣṭana |
yébʰiḥ śiváḥ svávām̐ evayā́vabʰirdiváḥ síṣakti sváyaśā níkāmabʰiḥ || 9||











té hí prajā́yā ábʰaranta ví śrávo bṛ́haspátirvṛṣabʰáḥ sómajāmayaḥ |
yajñaírátʰarvā pratʰamó ví dʰārayaddevā́ dákṣairbʰṛ́gavaḥ sáṃ cikitrire || 10||











té hí dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ bʰū́riretasā nárāśáṃsaścáturaṅgo yamó'ditiḥ |
devástváṣṭā draviṇodā́ ṛbʰukṣáṇaḥ prá rodasī́ marúto víṣṇurarhire || 11||











utá syá na uśíjāmurviyā́ kavíráhiḥ śṛṇotu budʰnyò hávīmani |
sū́ryāmā́sā vicárantā divikṣítā dʰiyā́ śamīnahuṣī asyá bodʰatam || 12||











prá naḥ pūṣā́ carátʰaṃ viśvádevyo'pā́ṃ nápādavatu vāyúriṣṭáye |
ātmā́naṃ vásyo abʰí vā́tamarcata tádaśvinā suhavā yā́mani śrutam || 13||











viśā́māsā́mábʰayānāmadʰikṣítaṃ gīrbʰíru sváyaśasaṃ gṛṇīmasi |
gnā́bʰirvíśvābʰiráditimanarváṇamaktóryúvānaṃ nṛmáṇā ádʰā pátim || 14||











rébʰadátra janúṣā pū́rvo áṅgirā grā́vāṇa ūrdʰvā́ abʰí cakṣuradʰvarám |
yébʰirvíhāyā ábʰavadvicakṣaṇáḥ pā́tʰaḥ sumékaṃ svádʰitirvánanvati || 15||












Sūkta 10.93 

máhi dyāvāpṛtʰivī bʰūtamurvī́ nā́rī yahvī́ ná ródasī sádaṃ naḥ |
tébʰirnaḥ pātaṃ sáhyasa ebʰírnaḥ pātaṃ śūṣáṇi || 1||











yajñéyajñe sá mártyo devā́nsaparyati |
yáḥ sumnaírdīrgʰaśrúttama āvívāsatyenān || 2||











víśveṣāmirajyavo devā́nāṃ vā́rmaháḥ |
víśve hí viśvámahaso víśve yajñéṣu yajñíyāḥ || 3||











té gʰā rā́jāno amṛ́tasya mandrā́ aryamā́ mitró váruṇaḥ párijmā |
kádrudró nṛṇā́ṃ stutó marútaḥ pūṣáṇo bʰágaḥ || 4||











utá no náktamapā́ṃ vṛṣaṇvasū sū́ryāmā́sā sádanāya sadʰanyā̀ |
sácā yátsā́dyeṣāmáhirbudʰnéṣu budʰnyàḥ || 5||











utá no devā́vaśvínā śubʰáspátī dʰā́mabʰirmitrā́váruṇā uruṣyatām |
maháḥ sá rāyá éṣaté'ti dʰánveva duritā́ || 6||











utá no rudrā́ cinmṛḷatāmaśvínā víśve devā́so rátʰaspátirbʰágaḥ |
ṛbʰúrvā́ja ṛbʰukṣaṇaḥ párijmā viśvavedasaḥ || 7||











ṛbʰúrṛbʰukṣā́ ṛbʰúrvidʰató máda ā́ te hárī jūjuvānásya vājínā |
duṣṭáraṃ yásya sā́ma cidṛ́dʰagyajñó ná mā́nuṣaḥ || 8||











kṛdʰī́ no áhrayo deva savitaḥ sá ca stuṣe magʰónām |
sahó na índro váhnibʰirnyèṣāṃ carṣaṇīnā́ṃ cakráṃ raśmíṃ ná yoyuve || 9||











aíṣu dyāvāpṛtʰivī dʰātaṃ mahádasmé vīréṣu viśvácarṣaṇi śrávaḥ |
pṛkṣáṃ vā́jasya sātáye pṛkṣáṃ rāyótá turváṇe || 10||











etáṃ śáṃsamindrāsmayúṣṭváṃ kū́citsántaṃ sahasāvannabʰíṣṭaye |
sádā pāhyabʰíṣṭaye medátāṃ vedátā vaso || 11||











etáṃ me stómaṃ tanā́ ná sū́rye dyutádyāmānaṃ vāvṛdʰanta nṛṇā́m |
saṃvánanaṃ nā́śvyaṃ táṣṭevā́napacyutam || 12||











vāvárta yéṣāṃ rāyā́ yuktaíṣāṃ hiraṇyáyī |
nemádʰitā ná paúṃsyā vṛ́tʰeva viṣṭā́ntā || 13||











prá tádduḥśī́me pṛ́tʰavāne vené prá rāmé vocamásure magʰávatsu |
yé yuktvā́ya páñca śatā́smayú patʰā́ viśrā́vyeṣām || 14||











ádʰī́nnvátra saptatíṃ ca saptá ca |
sadyó didiṣṭa tā́nvaḥ sadyó didiṣṭa pārtʰyáḥ sadyó didiṣṭa māyaváḥ || 15||












Sūkta 10.94 

praíté vadantu prá vayáṃ vadāma grā́vabʰyo vā́caṃ vadatā vádadbʰyaḥ |
yádadrayaḥ parvatāḥ sākámāśávaḥ ślókaṃ gʰóṣaṃ bʰáratʰéndrāya somínaḥ || 1||











eté vadanti śatávatsahásravadabʰí krandanti háritebʰirāsábʰiḥ |
viṣṭvī́ grā́vāṇaḥ sukṛ́taḥ sukṛtyáyā hótuścitpū́rve havirádyamāśata || 2||











eté vadantyávidannanā́ mádʰu nyū̀ṅkʰayante ádʰi pakvá ā́miṣi |
vṛkṣásya śā́kʰāmaruṇásya bápsatasté sū́bʰarvā vṛṣabʰā́ḥ prémarāviṣuḥ || 3||











bṛhádvadanti madiréṇa mandínéndraṃ króśanto'vidannanā́ mádʰu |
saṃrábʰyā dʰī́rāḥ svásṛbʰiranartiṣurāgʰoṣáyantaḥ pṛtʰivī́mupabdíbʰiḥ || 4||











suparṇā́ vā́camakratópa dyávyākʰaré kṛ́ṣṇā iṣirā́ anartiṣuḥ |
nyàṅní yantyúparasya niṣkṛtáṃ purū́ réto dadʰire sūryaśvítaḥ || 5||











ugrā́ iva praváhantaḥ samā́yamuḥ sākáṃ yuktā́ vṛ́ṣaṇo bíbʰrato dʰúraḥ |
yácʰvasánto jagrasānā́ árāviṣuḥ śṛṇvá eṣāṃ protʰátʰo árvatāmiva || 6||











dáśāvanibʰyo dáśakakṣyebʰyo dáśayoktrebʰyo dáśayojanebʰyaḥ |
dáśābʰīśubʰyo arcatājárebʰyo dáśa dʰúro dáśa yuktā́ váhadbʰyaḥ || 7||











té ádrayo dáśayantrāsa āśávastéṣāmādʰā́naṃ páryeti haryatám |
tá ū sutásya somyásyā́ndʰaso'ṃśóḥ pīyū́ṣaṃ pratʰamásya bʰejire || 8||











té somā́do hárī índrasya niṃsate'ṃśúṃ duhánto ádʰyāsate gávi |
tébʰirdugdʰáṃ papivā́nsomyáṃ mádʰvíndro vardʰate prátʰate vṛṣāyáte || 9||











vṛ́ṣā vo aṃśúrná kílā riṣātʰanéḷāvantaḥ sádamítstʰanā́śitāḥ |
raivatyéva máhasā cā́rava stʰana yásya grāvāṇo ájuṣadʰvamadʰvarám || 10||











tṛdilā́ átṛdilāso ádrayo'śramaṇā́ áśṛtʰitā ámṛtyavaḥ |
anāturā́ ajárā stʰā́maviṣṇavaḥ supīváso átṛṣitā átṛṣṇajaḥ || 11||











dʰruvā́ evá vaḥ pitáro yugéyuge kṣémakāmāsaḥ sádaso ná yuñjate |
ajuryā́so hariṣā́co harídrava ā́ dyā́ṃ ráveṇa pṛtʰivī́maśuśravuḥ || 12||











tádídvadantyádrayo vimócane yā́mannañjaspā́ iva gʰédupabdíbʰiḥ |
vápanto bī́jamiva dʰānyākṛ́taḥ pṛñcánti sómaṃ ná minanti bápsataḥ || 13||











suté adʰvaré ádʰi vā́camakratā́ krīḷáyo ná mātáraṃ tudántaḥ |
ví ṣū́ muñcā suṣuvúṣo manīṣā́ṃ ví vartantāmádrayaścā́yamānāḥ || 14||












Sūkta 10.95 

hayé jā́ye mánasā tíṣṭʰa gʰore vácāṃsi miśrā́ kṛṇavāvahai nú |
ná nau mántrā ánuditāsa eté máyaskaranpáratare canā́han || 1||











kímetā́ vācā́ kṛṇavā távāháṃ prā́kramiṣamuṣásāmagriyéva |
púrūravaḥ púnarástaṃ párehi durāpanā́ vā́ta ivāhámasmi || 2||











íṣurná śriyá iṣudʰérasanā́ goṣā́ḥ śatasā́ ná ráṃhiḥ |
avī́re krátau ví davidyutannórā ná māyúṃ citayanta dʰúnayaḥ || 3||











sā́ vásu dádʰatī śváśurāya váya úṣo yádi váṣṭyántigṛhāt |
ástaṃ nanakṣe yásmiñcākándívā náktaṃ śnatʰitā́ vaitaséna || 4||











tríḥ sma mā́hnaḥ śnatʰayo vaitasénotá sma mé'vyatyai pṛṇāsi |
púrūravó'nu te kétamāyaṃ rā́jā me vīra tanvàstádāsīḥ || 5||











yā́ sujūrṇíḥ śréṇiḥ sumnáāpirhradécakṣurná grantʰínī caraṇyúḥ |
tā́ añjáyo'ruṇáyo ná sasruḥ śriyé gā́vo ná dʰenávo'navanta || 6||











sámasmiñjā́yamāna āsata gnā́ utémavardʰannadyàḥ svágūrtāḥ |
mahé yáttvā purūravo ráṇāyā́vardʰayandasyuhátyāya devā́ḥ || 7||











sácā yádāsu jáhatīṣvátkamámānuṣīṣu mā́nuṣo niṣéve |
ápa sma máttarásantī ná bʰujyústā́ atrasanratʰaspṛ́śo nā́śvāḥ || 8||











yádāsu márto amṛ́tāsu nispṛ́ksáṃ kṣoṇī́bʰiḥ krátubʰirná pṛṅkté |
tā́ ātáyo ná tanvàḥ śumbʰata svā́ áśvāso ná krīḷáyo dándaśānāḥ || 9||











vidyúnná yā́ pátantī dávidyodbʰárantī me ápyā kā́myāni |
jániṣṭo apó náryaḥ sújātaḥ prórváśī tirata dīrgʰámā́yuḥ || 10||











jajñiṣá ittʰā́ gopī́tʰyāya hí dadʰā́tʰa tátpurūravo ma ójaḥ |
áśāsaṃ tvā vidúṣī sásminnáhanná ma ā́śṛṇoḥ kímabʰúgvadāsi || 11||











kadā́ sūnúḥ pitáraṃ jātá icʰāccakránnā́śru vartayadvijānán |
kó dámpatī sámanasā ví yūyodádʰa yádagníḥ śváśureṣu dī́dayat || 12||











práti bravāṇi vartáyate áśru cakránná krandadādʰyè śivā́yai |
prá tátte hinavā yátte asmé párehyástaṃ nahí mūra mā́paḥ || 13||











sudevó adyá prapátedánāvṛtparāvátaṃ paramā́ṃ gántavā́ u |
ádʰā śáyīta nírṛterupástʰé'dʰainaṃ vṛ́kā rabʰasā́so adyúḥ || 14||











púrūravo mā́ mṛtʰā mā́ prá papto mā́ tvā vṛ́kāso áśivāsa u kṣan |
ná vaí straíṇāni sakʰyā́ni santi sālāvṛkā́ṇāṃ hṛ́dayānyetā́ || 15||











yádvírūpā́caraṃ mártyeṣvávasaṃ rā́trīḥ śarádaścátasraḥ |
gʰṛtásya stokáṃ sakṛ́dáhna āśnāṃ tā́devédáṃ tātṛpāṇā́ carāmi || 16||











antarikṣaprā́ṃ rájaso vimā́nīmúpa śikṣāmyurváśīṃ vásiṣṭʰaḥ |
úpa tvā rātíḥ sukṛtásya tíṣṭʰānní vartasva hṛ́dayaṃ tapyate me || 17||











íti tvā devā́ imá āhuraiḷa yátʰemetádbʰávasi mṛtyúbandʰuḥ |
prajā́ te devā́nhavíṣā yajāti svargá u tvámápi mādayāse || 18||












Sūkta 10.96 

prá te mahé vidátʰe śaṃsiṣaṃ hárī prá te vanve vanúṣo haryatáṃ mádam |
gʰṛtáṃ ná yó háribʰiścā́ru sécata ā́ tvā viśantu hárivarpasaṃ gíraḥ || 1||



1.  prap tvamr2msg mahajnsl vidatʰannsl śamsiṣamvp·UE1s«√śaṃs harijmda  
    prap tvamr2msd vanveva·A·1s«√van vanusjmsb haryatajmsa madanmsa |
    gʰṛtannsa nac yasr3msn harijmpi cārujnsa secateva·A·3s«√sic  
    āp tvamr2msa viśantuvp·Ao3p«√viś (harijms-varpasnns)jmsa girnfpn 



1.  I shall stimulate at a great knowledge-sharing session thy two tawny ones,
    I [will] gain for thee from a zealous one to-be-delighted-in wine,
    which, like esteemed ghee, besprinkles with pale-yellow [drops].
    Let the chants enter thee [who] has charming appearance.



háriṃ hí yónimabʰí yé samásvaranhinvánto hárī divyáṃ yátʰā sádaḥ |
ā́ yáṃ pṛṇánti háribʰirná dʰenáva índrāya śūṣáṃ hárivantamarcata || 2||



2.  harijmsa hic yoninmsa abʰip yasr3mpn samasvaranvp·Aa3p«sam~√svṛ  
    hinvanttp·Ampn«√hi harijmda divyajnsa yatʰāc sadasnnsa |
    āp yasr3msa pṛṇantivp·A·3p«√pṝ harijmpi nac dʰenunfpn  
    indraNmsd śūṣajmsa harivantnmsa arcatavp·AE2p«√ṛc 



2.  Since those, who intoned together [a chant] towards the golden¹ womb,
    are urging two tawny ones as if towards celestial seat,
    to Indra ye shall praise in a verse high-spirited having-tawny-ones one²
    whom they filled like milch-cows with pale-yellow [drops of Soma].



só asya vájro hárito yá āyasó hárirníkāmo hárirā́ gábʰastyoḥ |
dyumnī́ suśipró hárimanyusāyaka índre ní rūpā́ háritā mimikṣire || 3||



3.  sasr3msn ayamr3msg vajranmsn haritajmsn yasr3msn āyasajmsn harijmsn nikāmajmsn harijmsn āp gabʰastinmdl |
    dyumninjmsn suśiprajmsn (harimanyunms-sāyakajms)jmsn  
    indraNmsl nip rūpannpn haritajnpn mimikṣireva·I·3p«√myakṣ 



3.  That his³ enchanted thunderbolt which [is] iron, enchanting,
    [is] dispassionate, [and,] when in hands, enchanting,
    possessing the power to illuminate, choosy, intended to be discharged as enchanting-the-mind rage ---
    enchanted features has become present in Indra.



diví ná ketúrádʰi dʰāyi haryató vivyácadvájro hárito ná ráṃhyā |
tudádáhiṃ háriśipro yá āyasáḥ sahásraśokā abʰavaddʰarimbʰaráḥ || 4||



4.  dyunmsl nac ketunmsn adʰip dʰāyivp·U·3s«√dʰā haryatajmsn  
    vivyacatvp·AE3s«√vyac vajranmsn haritajmsn nac raṃhinfsi |
    tudatvp·AE3s«√tud ahinmsa (harijms-śipranms)jmsn yasr3msn āyasajmsn  
    (sahasrau-śokasnns)jmsn abʰavatvp·Aa3s«√bʰū (harijmsa-bʰarajms)jmsn 



4.  To-be-delighted-in [Soma] was placed like a banner in the sky.
    The thunderbolt as if enchanted by eagerness shall encompass [everything].
    Having-golden-lips one shall vex the snake.
    That, which [is] iron, bearing pale-yellow-one⁴, became [as if] emitting a thousand flames.



tváṃtvamaharyatʰā úpastutaḥ pū́rvebʰirindra harikeśa yájvabʰiḥ |
tváṃ haryasi táva víśvamuktʰyàmásāmi rā́dʰo harijāta haryatám || 5||



5.  (tvamr2ms-tvamr2ms)a aharyatʰāsva·Aa2s«√hary upastutajmsn  
    pūrvanmpi indraNmsv (harijms-keśanms)jmsv yajvanjmpi |
    tvamr2msn haryasivp·A·2s«√hary tvamr2msg viśvajnsa uktʰyannsa  
    asāmijnsn rādʰasnnsn (harijms-jātajms)jmsv haryatajnsn 



5.  Thou, thou were pleased [being] praised
    by making-offerings ancients, O golden-haired Indra!
    Thou are pleased [now] --- thy [is] everything to-be-praised.
    Complete satisfaction of [our] desire [is] to-be-delighted-in, O manifested-by-pale-yellow one!



tā́ vajríṇaṃ mandínaṃ stómyaṃ máda índraṃ rátʰe vahato haryatā́ hárī |
purū́ṇyasmai sávanāni háryata índrāya sómā hárayo dadʰanvire || 6||



6.  tasr3mdn vajrinnmsa mandinjmsa stomyajmsa madanmsl  
    indraNmsa ratʰanmsl vahatasvp·A·3d«√vah haryatajmdn harijmdn |
    purujnpa ayamr3msd savanannpa haryatjmsd  
    indraNmsd somanmpn harijmpn dadʰanvireva·I·3p«√dʰanv 



6.  They, two to-be-delighted-in tawny ones convey Indra on/onto a chariot ---
    possessing-of-delight, to-be-extolled when exhilarated thunderbolt-wielder.
    Many [were] pressings for him, enchanting-the-mind one,
    for Indra pale-yellow Soma [juices] have hastened.



áraṃ kā́māya hárayo dadʰanvire stʰirā́ya hinvanhárayo hárī turā́ |
árvadbʰiryó háribʰirjóṣamī́yate só asya kā́maṃ hárivantamānaśe || 7||



7.  arama kāmanmsd harijmpn dadʰanvireva·I·3p«√dʰanv  
    stʰirajmsd hinvanvp·AE3p«√hi harijmpn harijmda turajmda |
    arvatnmpi yasr3msn harijmpi joṣanmsa īyatevaIA·3s«√i  
    sasr3msn ayamr3msg kāmanmsa harivantjmsa ānaśeva·I·3s«√naś 



7.  Fit for [his] longing, pale-yellow [Soma juices] have hastened,
    pale-yellow [juices] shall incite two prompt tawny ones for the steadfast one.
    He, who is usually pleased with pale-yellow coursers⁵,
    he has attained having-tawny-ones object⁶ of his desire.



háriśmaśārurhárikeśa āyasásturaspéye yó haripā́ ávardʰata |
árvadbʰiryó háribʰirvājínīvasuráti víśvā duritā́ pā́riṣaddʰárī || 8||



8.  (harijns-śmaśārunns)jmsn (harijms-keśanms)jmsn āyasajmsn  
    (turjmsg-peyajms)nmsl yasr3msn (harijms-pājms)jmpa avardʰatava·Aa3s«√vṛdʰ |
    arvatnmpi yasr3msn harijmpi (vājinīnfs-vasunns)jmsn  
    atip viśvajnpa duritannpa pāriṣatvp·UE3s«√pṛ harijmda 



8.  Having golden beard, having golden hair, the iron one ---
    who, drinking pale-yellow, did grow strong during drink-of-speed [practice],
    who with the help of pale-yellow coursers has the benefit of her who possesses the rush of vigour,
    he should have carried two tawny ones across all difficulties.



srúveva yásya háriṇī vipetátuḥ śípre vā́jāya háriṇī dávidʰvataḥ |
prá yátkṛté camasé mármṛjaddʰárī pītvā́ mádasya haryatásyā́ndʰasaḥ || 9||



9.  sruvanmdn ivac yasr3msg harinjfdn vipetaturvp·I·3d«vi~√pat  
    śiprānfdn vājanmsd harinjnda davidʰvanttp·Amsg«√dʰū |
    prap yadc kṛtajmsl camasanmsl marmṛjatvp·AE3s«√mṛj harijmda  
    pītvātp·A???«√pā madanmsg haryatajmsg andʰasnnsb 



9.  Whose two [lips], [that are] like two ladles, has flew apart,
    of him [who is] violently shaking two pale-red lips for the rush of vigour,
    he, having drunk of delighted-in wine from the herb,
    shall rub-off [his] two tawny ones before the cup is done.



utá sma sádma haryatásya pastyòrátyo ná vā́jaṃ hárivām̐ acikradat |
mahī́ ciddʰí dʰiṣáṇā́haryadójasā bṛhádváyo dadʰiṣe haryatáścidā́ || 10||



10. utac smac sadmannnsn haryatajmsg pastinndl  
     atyanmsn nac vājanmsa harivantjmsn acikradatvp·U·3s«√krand |
     mahījfsn cidc hic (dʰīnfs-sanājms)nfsn aharyatvp·Aa3s«√hṛ ojasnnsi  
     bṛhatjnsa vayasnnsa dadʰiṣeva·I·2s«√dʰā haryatajmsn cidc āp 



10. And surely, the abode of delighted-in [Soma] [is] between two dwellings⁷.
    He, accompanied-by-tawny-ones, called out the rush of vigour like a courser.
    Since even a potent effort to visualize did vigorously enchant the mind,
    thou, also delighted-in, have instilled ample mental and bodily vigour.



ā́ ródasī háryamāṇo mahitvā́ návyaṃnavyaṃ haryasi mánma nú priyám |
prá pastyàmasura haryatáṃ górāvíṣkṛdʰi háraye sū́ryāya || 11||



11. āp rodasnnda haryamānata·Amsn«√hary mahitvānfsi  
     (navyama-navyama)a haryasivp·A·2s«√hary manmannnsa nuc priyajnsa |
     prap pastyannsa asuranmsv haryatajnsa gonfsg  
     āvisa kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ harijmsd sūryanmsd 



11. Through [thy] power to increase in size delighting in two Rodas-es,
    now thou delight in every new cherished manic thought.
    Do make manifest to the golden sun 
    delighted-in stall of the cow⁸, O guiding spirit!



ā́ tvā haryántaṃ prayújo jánānāṃ rátʰe vahantu háriśipramindra |
píbā yátʰā prátibʰṛtasya mádʰvo háryanyajñáṃ sadʰamā́de dáśoṇim || 12||



12. āp tvamr2msa haryanttp·Amsa«√hary prayujnfpn jananmpg  
     ratʰanmsl vahantuvp·Aa3p«√vah (harijms-śipranms)jmsa indraNmsv |
     pibavp·Ao2s«√pā yatʰāc pratibʰṛtajnsg madʰunnsg  
     haryanttp·Amsv«√hary yajñanmsa (sadʰaa-mādanms)nmsl daśoṇijmsa 



12. Let the motives of [these] folks convey thee, 
    delighting, having-golden-lips⁹, on a chariot, O Indra!
    Do drink offered honey, O delighting at a drinking bout
    in possessing-ten-protections fire offering!



ápāḥ pū́rveṣāṃ harivaḥ sutā́nāmátʰo idáṃ sávanaṃ kévalaṃ te |
mamaddʰí sómaṃ mádʰumantamindra satrā́ vṛṣañjaṭʰára ā́ vṛṣasva || 13||



13. apāsvp·Aa2s«√pā pūrvajmpg harivantnmsv sutajmpg  
     atʰāc uc ayamr3nsn savanannsn kevalama tvamr2msd |
     mamaddʰivp·Ao2s«√mad somanmsa madʰumatjmsa indraNmsv  
     satrāa vṛṣannmsv jaṭʰarannsl āp vṛṣasvava·Ao2s«√vṛṣ 



13. Thou drank extracted [Soma drops] of ancients, O accompanied-by-tawny-ones one!
    Now, this pressing is solely for thee.
    Revel in rich-in-honey Soma, O Indra!
    Pour [it] in every way into [thy] belly, O bull!


1 lit. ``tawny'' but interpreted as ``golden'' = hiraṇyaya on the basis of 9.71.6ab
2 worshiper
3 Indra's
4 Soma juice
5 drops of Soma juice
6 extract of Soma
7 two Rodas-es
8 evocative expression
9 prob. refers to golden-haired mustache


Sūkta 10.97 

yā́ óṣadʰīḥ pū́rvā jātā́ devébʰyastriyugáṃ purā́ |
mánai nú babʰrū́ṇāmaháṃ śatáṃ dʰā́māni saptá ca || 1||











śatáṃ vo amba dʰā́māni sahásramutá vo rúhaḥ |
ádʰā śatakratvo yūyámimáṃ me agadáṃ kṛta || 2||











óṣadʰīḥ práti modadʰvaṃ púṣpavatīḥ prasū́varīḥ |
áśvā iva sajítvarīrvīrúdʰaḥ pārayiṣṇvàḥ || 3||











óṣadʰīríti mātarastádvo devīrúpa bruve |
sanéyamáśvaṃ gā́ṃ vā́sa ātmā́naṃ táva pūruṣa || 4||











aśvattʰé vo niṣádanaṃ parṇé vo vasatíṣkṛtā́ |
gobʰā́ja ítkílāsatʰa yátsanávatʰa pū́ruṣam || 5||











yátraúṣadʰīḥ samágmata rā́jānaḥ sámitāviva |
vípraḥ sá ucyate bʰiṣágrakṣohā́mīvacā́tanaḥ || 6||











aśvāvatī́ṃ somāvatī́mūrjáyantīmúdojasam |
ā́vitsi sárvā óṣadʰīrasmā́ ariṣṭátātaye || 7||











úcʰúṣmā óṣadʰīnāṃ gā́vo goṣṭʰā́diverate |
dʰánaṃ saniṣyántīnāmātmā́naṃ táva pūruṣa || 8||











íṣkṛtirnā́ma vo mātā́tʰo yūyáṃ stʰa níṣkṛtīḥ |
sīrā́ḥ patatríṇī stʰana yádāmáyati níṣkṛtʰa || 9||











áti víśvāḥ pariṣṭʰā́ stená iva vrajámakramuḥ |
óṣadʰīḥ prā́cucyavuryátkíṃ ca tanvò rápaḥ || 10||











yádimā́ vājáyannahámóṣadʰīrhásta ādadʰé |
ātmā́ yákṣmasya naśyati purā́ jīvagṛ́bʰo yatʰā || 11||











yásyauṣadʰīḥ prasárpatʰā́ṅgamaṅgaṃ páruṣparuḥ |
táto yákṣmaṃ ví bādʰadʰva ugró madʰyamaśī́riva || 12||











sākáṃ yakṣma prá pata cā́ṣeṇa kikidīvínā |
sākáṃ vā́tasya dʰrā́jyā sākáṃ naśya nihā́kayā || 13||











anyā́ vo anyā́mavatvanyā́nyásyā úpāvata |
tā́ḥ sárvāḥ saṃvidānā́ idáṃ me prā́vatā vácaḥ || 14||











yā́ḥ pʰalínīryā́ apʰalā́ apuṣpā́ yā́śca puṣpíṇīḥ |
bṛ́haspátiprasūtāstā́ no muñcantváṃhasaḥ || 15||











muñcántu mā śapatʰyā̀dátʰo varuṇyā̀dutá |
átʰo yamásya páḍbīśātsárvasmāddevakilbiṣā́t || 16||











avapátantīravadandivá óṣadʰayaspári |
yáṃ jīvámaśnávāmahai ná sá riṣyāti pū́ruṣaḥ || 17||











yā́ óṣadʰīḥ sómarājñīrbahvī́ḥ śatávicakṣaṇāḥ |
tā́sāṃ tvámasyuttamā́raṃ kā́māya śáṃ hṛdé || 18||











yā́ óṣadʰīḥ sómarājñīrvíṣṭʰitāḥ pṛtʰivī́mánu |
bṛ́haspátiprasūtā asyaí sáṃ datta vīryàm || 19||











mā́ vo riṣatkʰanitā́ yásmai cāháṃ kʰánāmi vaḥ |
dvipáccátuṣpadasmā́kaṃ sárvamastvanāturám || 20||











yā́ścedámupaśṛṇvánti yā́śca dūráṃ párāgatāḥ |
sárvāḥ saṃgátya vīrudʰo'syaí sáṃ datta vīryàm || 21||











óṣadʰayaḥ sáṃ vadante sómena sahá rā́jñā |
yásmai kṛṇóti brāhmaṇástáṃ rājanpārayāmasi || 22||











tvámuttamā́syoṣadʰe táva vṛkṣā́ úpastayaḥ |
úpastirastu sò'smā́kaṃ yó asmā́m̐ abʰidā́sati || 23||












Sūkta 10.98 

bṛ́haspate práti me devátāmihi mitró vā yádváruṇo vā́si pūṣā́ |
ādityaírvā yádvásubʰirmarútvānsá parjányaṃ śáṃtanave vṛṣāya || 1||











ā́ devó dūtó ajiráścikitvā́ntváddevāpe abʰí mā́magacʰat |
pratīcīnáḥ práti mā́mā́ vavṛtsva dádʰāmi te dyumátīṃ vā́camāsán || 2||











asmé dʰehi dyumátīṃ vā́camāsánbṛ́haspate anamīvā́miṣirā́m |
yáyā vṛṣṭíṃ śáṃtanave vánāva divó drapsó mádʰumām̐ ā́ viveśa || 3||











ā́ no drapsā́ mádʰumanto viśantvíndra dehyádʰiratʰaṃ sahásram |
ní ṣīda hotrámṛtutʰā́ yajasva devā́ndevāpe havíṣā saparya || 4||











ārṣṭiṣeṇó hotrámṛ́ṣirniṣī́dandevā́pirdevasumatíṃ cikitvā́n |
sá úttarasmādádʰaraṃ samudrámapó divyā́ asṛjadvarṣyā̀ abʰí || 5||











asmínsamudré ádʰyúttarasminnā́po devébʰirnívṛtā atiṣṭʰan |
tā́ adravannārṣṭiṣeṇéna sṛṣṭā́ devā́pinā préṣitā mṛkṣíṇīṣu || 6||











yáddevā́piḥ śáṃtanave puróhito hotrā́ya vṛtáḥ kṛpáyannádīdʰet |
devaśrútaṃ vṛṣṭivániṃ rárāṇo bṛ́haspátirvā́camasmā ayacʰat || 7||











yáṃ tvā devā́piḥ śuśucānó agna ārṣṭiṣeṇó manuṣyàḥ samīdʰé |
víśvebʰirdevaíranumadyámānaḥ prá parjányamīrayā vṛṣṭimántam || 8||











tvā́ṃ pū́rva ṛ́ṣayo gīrbʰírāyantvā́madʰvaréṣu puruhūta víśve |
sahásrāṇyádʰiratʰānyasmé ā́ no yajñáṃ rohidaśvópa yāhi || 9||











etā́nyagne navatírnáva tvé ā́hutānyádʰiratʰā sahásrā |
tébʰirvardʰasva tanvàḥ śūra pūrvī́rdivó no vṛṣṭímiṣitó rirīhi || 10||











etā́nyagne navatíṃ sahásrā sáṃ prá yacʰa vṛ́ṣṇa índrāya bʰāgám |
vidvā́npatʰá ṛtuśó devayā́nānápyaulānáṃ diví devéṣu dʰehi || 11||











ágne bā́dʰasva ví mṛ́dʰo ví durgáhā́pā́mīvāmápa rákṣāṃsi sedʰa |
asmā́tsamudrā́dbṛható divó no'pā́ṃ bʰūmā́namúpa naḥ sṛjehá || 12||












Sūkta 10.99 

káṃ naścitrámiṣaṇyasi cikitvā́npṛtʰugmā́naṃ vāśráṃ vāvṛdʰádʰyai |
káttásya dā́tu śávaso vyùṣṭau tákṣadvájraṃ vṛtratúramápinvat || 1||



1.  kasr3msa vayamr1mpg citrajmsa iṣaṇyasivp·A·2s«√iṣaṇy cikitvaṅstp·Imsn«√cit  
    pṛtugmanjmsa vāśrajmsa vavṛdʰadʰyaiv···D··«√vṛdʰ |
    kadr3nsn tasr3msg dātunnsn śavasnnsg vyuṣṭinfsl  
    takṣatvp·AE3s«√takṣ vajranmsa (vṛtranns-turjms)jmsa apinvatvp·Aa3s«√pinv 



1.  Whom among us who is attracting special attention thou¹, being discriminating,
    drive to strengthen broadpathed roaring [thunderbolt]?
    What [is] his part of the power to change at the break of dawn?
    He² shall fashion the thunderbolt, he³ shall swell [it --- to be] contending with Vṛtra.



sá hí dyutā́ vidyútā véti sā́ma pṛtʰúṃ yónimasuratvā́ sasāda |
sá sánīḷebʰiḥ prasahānó asya bʰrā́turná ṛté saptátʰasya māyā́ḥ || 2||



2.  sasr3msn hic dyutnfsi vidyutnfsi vetivp·A·3s«√vī sāmannnsa  
    pṛtʰujmsa yoninmsa asuratvānfsi āp sasādavp·I·3s«√sad |
    tasr3msn sanīḷanmpi prasahānajmsn ayamr3msg  
    bʰrātṛnmsb nac ṛtea saptatʰajmsg māyānfpa 



2.  Since with a shining lightning he⁴ arouses sāman,
    using the power of being a guiding spirit he has settled in the broad womb.
    He⁵ with the nest-mates⁶, not without his brother⁷, is a match
    for powers to frame [cognition] of the seventh⁸.



sá vā́jaṃ yā́tā́paduṣpadā yánsvàrṣātā pári ṣadatsaniṣyán |
anarvā́ yácʰatádurasya védo gʰnáñcʰiśnádevām̐ abʰí várpasā bʰū́t || 3||



3.  sasr3msn vājanmsa yātṛnmsn apaduṣpadnnsi yanttp·Amsn«√i  
    (svarnns-sātinfs)nfsl parip sadatvp·AE3s«√sad saniṣyanttpIAmsn«√syand  
    anarvanjmsn yadc śatadurannsg vedasnnsa  
    gʰanttp·Amsn«√han (śiśnanms-devanms)jmpa abʰip varpasnnsi bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū 



3.  He⁹ will arrive at a rush of vigour proceeding with a firm step;
    during gaining of sva`r he, streaming, shall settle all around [the hundred-door passage].
    When not-obstructed, he [gives] the knowledge of the hundred-door [passage¹⁰].
    Slaying those for whom phallus is deva he shall predominate by means of [that] assumed form¹¹.



sá yahvyò'vánīrgóṣvárvā́ juhoti pradʰanyā̀su sásriḥ |
apā́do yátra yújyāso'ratʰā́ droṇyàśvāsa ī́rate gʰṛtáṃ vā́ḥ || 4||



4.  sasr3msn yahvījfpa avaninfpa gonfpl arvannmsn  
    āp juhotivp·A·3s«√hu pradʰanyājfpl sasrijmsn |
    apādjmpn yatrac yujyajmpn aratʰajmpn  
    (droṇinns-aśvanms)jmpn īrateva·A·3p«√īr gʰṛtannsa vārnnsa 



4.  Such courser¹², speeding along, sprinkles restless streams¹³
    into to-be-offered cows¹⁴,
    wherever having no feet, no chariot, to-be-employed having-wooden-[cups]-for-horses ones¹⁵
    agitate ghee¹⁶ [and] stale water¹⁷.



sá rudrébʰiráśastavāra ṛ́bʰvā hitvī́ gáyamāréavadya ā́gāt |
vamrásya manye mitʰunā́ vívavrī ánnamabʰī́tyārodayanmuṣāyán || 5||



5.  sasr3msn rudraNmpi (aśastajms-vāranms)jmsn ṛbʰvanjmsn  
    hitvītp·A???«√hā gayanmsa (ārea-avadyanns)jmsn āp agātvp·U·3s«√gā |
    vamranmsg manyeva·A·1s«√man mitʰunanmda vivavrijmda  
    annannsa abʰītyatp·A???«abʰi~√i arodayatvpCAa3s«√rud muṣāyanttp·Amsn«√muṣāy 



5.  He¹⁸, having untold wealth [yet] prudent with Rudra-s [as with sons]¹⁹,
    having abandoned [his] house [yet] far-from-being-blamed, has approached.
    I think of a pair out-of-hiding-place ants²⁰:



sá íddā́saṃ tuvīrávaṃ pátirdánṣaḷakṣáṃ triśīrṣā́ṇaṃ damanyat |
asyá tritó nvójasā vṛdʰānó vipā́ varāhámáyoagrayā han || 6||



6.  sasr3msn idc dāsanmsa tuvīravajmsa patinmsn dama  
    (ṣaṭu-akṣanms)jmsa (triu-śīrṣannns)jmsa damanyatvp·AE3s«√damany |
    ayamr3msg tritaNmsn nuc ojasnnsi vāvṛdʰānata·Imsn«√vṛdʰ  
    vipnfsi varāhanmsa (ayasnns-agranns)jfsi hanvp·UE3s«√han 



6.  only he²¹, the overseer of the house, shall tame
    making much-noise, having six eyes, three heads savage.
    Trita²², having become stronger through his²³ vigour,
    shall strike the boar²⁴ with iron-tipped²⁵ shaft.



sá drúhvaṇe mánuṣa ūrdʰvasāná ā́ sāviṣadarśasānā́ya śárum |
sá nṛ́tamo náhuṣo'smátsújātaḥ púro'bʰinadárhandasyuhátye || 7||



7.  sasr3msn druhvanjmsd manusnmsd ūrdʰvasānajmsn  
    āp sāviṣatvp·U·3s«√sū (arśanms-sānajms)jmsd śarunfsa |
    sasr3msn nṛtamajmsn nahusanmsn vayamr1mpb sujātajmsn  
    purnfpa abʰinatvp·Aa3s«√bʰid arhanttp·Amsn«√arh (dasyunms-hatyanns)nnsl 



7.  He, seeking-to-elevate, has assigned the arrow
    to a deceitful, seeking-to-harm man.
    He, the most manly fellow[-fighter], nobly engendered by us,
    at killing impulses to suffer want rends asunder strongholds, being allowed [to do so].



só abʰríyo ná yávasa udanyánkṣáyāya gātúṃ vidánno asmé |
úpa yátsī́dadínduṃ śárīraiḥ śyenó'yopāṣṭirhanti dásyūn || 8||



8.  sasr3msn abʰriyajmsn nac yavasanmsl udanyanttp·Amsn«√udany  
    kṣayanmsd gātunmsa vidatvp·UE3s«√vid vayamr1mpd vayamr1mpl |
    upap yadc sīdatvp·AE3s«√sad indunmsa śarīrannpi  
    śyenanmsn ayopāṣṭijmsn hantivp·A·3s«√han (dasnfs-yujms)nmpa 



8.  [As easily] as a cloud over a pasture [is] watering [it],
    he shall find for us an unimpeded way to the abode in us.
    When he will physically approach the drop of purest Soma,
    having iron claws hawk [would] slay the impulse-to-suffer-want.



sá vrā́dʰataḥ śavasānébʰirasya kútsāya śúṣṇaṃ kṛpáṇe párādāt |
ayáṃ kavímanayacʰasyámānamátkaṃ yó asya sánitotá nṛṇā́m || 9||



9.  sasr3msn vrādʰantjmpa śavasānanmpi ayamr3msg  
    kutsaNmsd śuṣṇaNmsa kṛpaṇajmsd parāa adātvp·U·3s«√dā |
    ayamr3msn kavinmsa anayatvp·Aa3s«√nī śasyamānatp·Amsa«√śaṃs  
    atkanmsa yasr3msn ayamr3msg sanitṛnmsn utac nṛnmpg 



9.  With changing powerfully [drops] of this reinforcing [Soma]
    he gave away Śuṣṇa to imploring [him] Kutsa.
    This one guided the poet to being-recited ``armour'',
    [the poet] who will procure him and men.



ayáṃ daśasyánnáryebʰirasya dasmó devébʰirváruṇo ná māyī́ |
ayáṃ kanī́na ṛtupā́ avedyámimītāráruṃ yáścátuṣpāt || 10||



10. ayamr3msn daśasyanttp·Amsn«√daśasy naryajnpi ayamr3msg  
     dasmajmsn devanmpi varuṇaNmsn nac māyinnmsn |
     ayamr3msn kanīnajmsn (ṛtunms-pājms)jmsn avedivp·U·3s«√vid  
     amimītava·Aa3s«√mā ararujmsa yasr3msn (caturu-padnms)nmsn 



10. This one [is] rendering service with his manly [labors]²⁶,
    accomplishing wonderful deeds together with deva-s, like Varuṇa he has the power to frame [ideas and perception].
    This one, youthful, is known as a drinker at a proper moment,
    he marked off a not-liberal [worshiper] [as] being a four-legged [creature].



asyá stómebʰirauśijá ṛjíśvā vrajáṃ darayadvṛṣabʰéṇa píproḥ |
sútvā yádyajató dīdáyadgī́ḥ púra iyānó abʰí várpasā bʰū́t || 11||



11. ayamr3msg stomanmpi auśijajmsn ṛjiśvanNmsn  
     vrajanmsa darayatvpCAE3s«√dṝ (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsi pipruNmsg |
     sutvannmsn yadc yajatajmsn dīdayatvp·AE3s«√dī girnfsn  
     purnfpa iyānataIAmsn«√i abʰip varpasnnsi bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū 



11. With hymns of praise of this one, striving earnestly Ṛjiśvan
    together with resembling-a-bull one shall tear open the enclosure of Pipru.
    When worthy of sacrifice one [is] in-possession of pressed [Soma], a chant shall illuminate.
    Repeatedly approaching strongholds, he shall predominate by means of an assumed form.



evā́ mahó asura vakṣátʰāya vamrakáḥ paḍbʰírúpa sarpadíndram |
sá iyānáḥ karati svastímasmā íṣamū́rjaṃ sukṣitíṃ víśvamā́bʰāḥ || 12||



12. evaa mahasa asuranmsv vakṣatʰanmsd  
     vamrakanmsn padnmpi upap sarpatvp·AE3s«√sṛp indraNmsa |
     tasr3msn iyānataIAmsn«√i karativp·A·3s«√kṛ svastinfsa ayamr3msd |
     iṣnfsa ūrjjfsa sukṣitinfsa viśvannsa āp abʰārvp·U·3s«√bʰṛ 



12. Just as swiftly, O guiding spirit, in order to invigorate,
    a small ant on his many feet shall gently approach Indra.
    He, coming again and again, creates well-being for this one ---
    invigorating draught, a place of refuge --- he brought everything.


1 Indra
2 Tvaṣṭṛ
3 Indra
4 inner Soma
5 prob. Indra
6 prob. Marut-s
7 prob. Agni
8 mūlādʰāra cakra
9 inner Soma
10 spine column
11 prob. the form that in later texts is called śivaliṅga
12 meter
13 inner waters generated by incessant emotions
14 evocative expressions
15 drops of Soma juice
16 that which gives a momentary sense of heat in the body
17 that which makes one feel cold
18 Indra
19 on the basis of 1.100.5a
20 here ``ant'' is a painful memory that as if stings one when recollected; that ``ant'' which makes one weep, robs Indra of his food --- pent up rage
21 Indra
22 prob. the third, or throat, cakra
23 Indra's
24 prob. Viṣṇu
25 prob. ``ending with anusvāra sound''
26 on the basis of 8.96.21c


Sūkta 10.100 

índra dṛ́hya magʰavantvā́vadídbʰujá ihá stutáḥ sutapā́ bodʰi no vṛdʰé |
devébʰirnaḥ savitā́ prā́vatu śrutámā́ sarvátātimáditiṃ vṛṇīmahe || 1||











bʰárāya sú bʰarata bʰāgámṛtvíyaṃ prá vāyáve śucipé krandádiṣṭaye |
gaurásya yáḥ páyasaḥ pītímānaśá ā́ sarvátātimáditiṃ vṛṇīmahe || 2||











ā́ no deváḥ savitā́ sāviṣadváya ṛjūyaté yájamānāya sunvaté |
yátʰā devā́npratibʰū́ṣema pākavádā́ sarvátātimáditiṃ vṛṇīmahe || 3||











índro asmé sumánā astu viśváhā rā́jā sómaḥ suvitásyā́dʰyetu naḥ |
yátʰāyatʰā mitrádʰitāni saṃdadʰúrā́ sarvátātimáditiṃ vṛṇīmahe || 4||











índra uktʰéna śávasā párurdadʰe bṛ́haspate pratarītā́syā́yuṣaḥ |
yajñó mánuḥ prámatirnaḥ pitā́ hí kamā́ sarvátātimáditiṃ vṛṇīmahe || 5||











índrasya nú súkṛtaṃ daívyaṃ sáho'gnírgṛhé jaritā́ médʰiraḥ kavíḥ |
yajñáśca bʰūdvidátʰe cā́rurántama ā́ sarvátātimáditiṃ vṛṇīmahe || 6||











ná vo gúhā cakṛma bʰū́ri duṣkṛtáṃ nā́víṣṭyaṃ vasavo devahéḷanam |
mā́kirno devā ánṛtasya várpasa ā́ sarvátātimáditiṃ vṛṇīmahe || 7||











ápā́mīvāṃ savitā́ sāviṣannyàgvárīya ídápa sedʰantvádrayaḥ |
grā́vā yátra madʰuṣúducyáte bṛhádā́ sarvátātimáditiṃ vṛṇīmahe || 8||











ūrdʰvó grā́vā vasavo'stu sotári víśvā dvéṣāṃsi sanutáryuyota |
sá no deváḥ savitā́ pāyúrī́ḍya ā́ sarvátātimáditiṃ vṛṇīmahe || 9||











ū́rjaṃ gāvo yávase pī́vo attana ṛtásya yā́ḥ sádane kóśe aṅgdʰvé |
tanū́revá tanvò astu bʰeṣajámā́ sarvátātimáditiṃ vṛṇīmahe || 10||











kratuprā́vā jaritā́ śáśvatāmáva índra ídbʰadrā́ prámatiḥ sutā́vatām |
pūrṇámū́dʰardivyáṃ yásya siktáya ā́ sarvátātimáditiṃ vṛṇīmahe || 11||











citráste bʰānúḥ kratuprā́ abʰiṣṭíḥ sánti spṛ́dʰo jaraṇiprā́ ádʰṛṣṭāḥ |
rájiṣṭʰayā rájyā paśvá ā́ góstū́tūrṣati páryágraṃ duvasyúḥ || 12||












Sūkta 10.101 

údbudʰyadʰvaṃ sámanasaḥ sakʰāyaḥ sámagnímindʰvaṃ bahávaḥ sánīḷāḥ |
dadʰikrā́magnímuṣásaṃ ca devī́míndrāvató'vase ní hvaye vaḥ || 1||











mandrā́ kṛṇudʰvaṃ dʰíya ā́ tanudʰvaṃ nā́vamaritrapáraṇīṃ kṛṇudʰvam |
íṣkṛṇudʰvamā́yudʰā́raṃ kṛṇudʰvaṃ prā́ñcaṃ yajñáṃ prá ṇayatā sakʰāyaḥ || 2||











yunákta sī́rā ví yugā́ tanudʰvaṃ kṛté yónau vapatehá bī́jam |
girā́ ca śruṣṭíḥ sábʰarā ásanno nédīya ítsṛṇyàḥ pakváméyāt || 3||











sī́rā yuñjanti kaváyo yugā́ ví tanvate pṛ́tʰak |
dʰī́rā devéṣu sumnayā́ || 4||











nírāhāvā́nkṛṇotana sáṃ varatrā́ dadʰātana |
siñcā́mahā avatámudríṇaṃ vayáṃ suṣékamánupakṣitam || 5||











íṣkṛtāhāvamavatáṃ suvaratráṃ suṣecanám |
udríṇaṃ siñce ákṣitam || 6||











prīṇītā́śvānhitáṃ jayātʰa svastivā́haṃ rátʰamítkṛṇudʰvam |
dróṇāhāvamavatámáśmacakramáṃsatrakośaṃ siñcatā nṛpā́ṇam || 7||











vrajáṃ kṛṇudʰvaṃ sá hí vo nṛpā́ṇo várma sīvyadʰvaṃ bahulā́ pṛtʰū́ni |
púraḥ kṛṇudʰvamā́yasīrádʰṛṣṭā mā́ vaḥ susroccamasó dṛ́ṃhatā tám || 8||











ā́ vo dʰíyaṃ yajñíyāṃ varta ūtáye dévā devī́ṃ yajatā́ṃ yajñíyāmihá |
sā́ no duhīyadyávaseva gatvī́ sahásradʰārā páyasā mahī́ gaúḥ || 9||











ā́ tū́ ṣiñca hárimīṃ drórupástʰe vā́śībʰistakṣatāśmanmáyībʰiḥ |
pári ṣvajadʰvaṃ dáśa kakṣyā̀bʰirubʰé dʰúrau práti váhniṃ yunakta || 10||











ubʰé dʰúrau váhnirāpíbdamāno'ntáryóneva carati dvijā́niḥ |
vánaspátiṃ vána ā́stʰāpayadʰvaṃ ní ṣū́ dadʰidʰvamákʰananta útsam || 11||











kápṛnnaraḥ kapṛtʰámúddadʰātana codáyata kʰudáta vā́jasātaye |
niṣṭigryàḥ putrámā́ cyāvayotáya índraṃ sabā́dʰa ihá sómapītaye || 12||












Sūkta 10.102 

prá te rátʰaṃ mitʰūkṛ́tamíndro'vatu dʰṛṣṇuyā́ |
asmínnājaú puruhūta śravā́yye dʰanabʰakṣéṣu no'va || 1||











útsma vā́to vahati vā́so'syā ádʰiratʰaṃ yádájayatsahásram |
ratʰī́rabʰūnmudgalā́nī gáviṣṭau bʰáre kṛtáṃ vyacedindrasenā́ || 2||











antáryacʰa jígʰāṃsato vájramindrābʰidā́sataḥ |
dā́sasya vā magʰavannā́ryasya vā sanutáryavayā vadʰám || 3||











udnó hradámapibajjárhṛṣāṇaḥ kū́ṭaṃ sma tṛṃhádabʰímātimeti |
prá muṣkábʰāraḥ śráva icʰámāno'jiráṃ bāhū́ abʰaratsíṣāsan || 4||











nyàkrandayannupayánta enamámehayanvṛṣabʰáṃ mádʰya ājéḥ |
téna sū́bʰarvaṃ śatávatsahásraṃ gávāṃ múdgalaḥ pradʰáne jigāya || 5||











kakárdave vṛṣabʰó yuktá āsīdávāvacītsā́ratʰirasya keśī́ |
dúdʰeryuktásya drávataḥ sahā́nasa ṛcʰánti ṣmā niṣpádo mudgalā́nīm || 6||











utá pradʰímúdahannasya vidvā́núpāyunagváṃsagamátra śíkṣan |
índra údāvatpátimágʰnyānāmáraṃhata pádyābʰiḥ kakúdmān || 7||











śunámaṣṭrāvyàcaratkapardī́ varatrā́yāṃ dā́rvānáhyamānaḥ |
nṛmṇā́ni kṛṇvánbaháve jánāya gā́ḥ paspaśānástáviṣīradʰatta || 8||











imáṃ táṃ paśya vṛṣabʰásya yúñjaṃ kā́ṣṭʰāyā mádʰye drugʰaṇáṃ śáyānam |
yéna jigā́ya śatávatsahásraṃ gávāṃ múdgalaḥ pṛtanā́jyeṣu || 9||











āré agʰā́ kó nvìttʰā́ dadarśa yáṃ yuñjánti támvā́ stʰāpayanti |
nā́smai tṛ́ṇaṃ nódakámā́ bʰarantyúttaro dʰuró vahati pradédiśat || 10||











parivṛktéva pativídyamānaṭ pī́pyānā kū́cakreṇeva siñcán |
eṣaiṣyā̀ cidratʰyā̀ jayema sumaṅgálaṃ sínavadastu sātám || 11||











tváṃ víśvasya jágataścákṣurindrāsi cákṣuṣaḥ |
vṛ́ṣā yádājíṃ vṛ́ṣaṇā síṣāsasi codáyanvádʰriṇā yujā́ || 12||












Sūkta 10.103 

āśúḥ śíśāno vṛṣabʰó ná bʰīmó gʰanāgʰanáḥ kṣóbʰaṇaścarṣaṇīnā́m |
saṃkrándano'nimiṣá ekavīráḥ śatáṃ sénā ajayatsākámíndraḥ || 1||



1.  āśujmsn śiśānata·Amsn«√śi (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn nac bʰīmajmsn  
    (gʰananms-gʰananms)nmsn kṣobʰaṇanmsn carṣaninfpg |
    saṃkrandanajmsn animiṣajmsn (ekajms-vīranms)nmsn  
    śatau senānfpa ajayatvp·Aa3s«√ji sākama indraNmsn 



1.  Swift, sharpening [his thunderbolt]¹, fearsome as appearing-as-a-bull one,
    fond of slaughter, a source of agitation of those that draw to themselves²,
    bringing [men] together by shouting, vigilant, one of a kind hero;
    altogether, he, Indra, defeated hundred armies.



saṃkrándanenānimiṣéṇa jiṣṇúnā yutkāréṇa duścyavanéna dʰṛṣṇúnā |
tádíndreṇa jayata tátsahadʰvaṃ yúdʰo nara íṣuhastena vṛ́ṣṇā || 2||



2.  saṃkrandanajmsi animiṣajmsi jiṣṇujmsi  
    (yudʰnfs-kārajms)jmsi duścyavanajmsi dʰṛṣṇujmsi |
    tadr3nsa indraNmsi jayatavp·Ao2p«√ji tadr3nsa sahadʰvamva·Ao2p«√sah  
    yudʰnfpa nṛnmpv (iṣunfs-hastanms)jmsi vṛṣannmsi 



2.  Together with him, [who is] bringing [ye] together by shouting,
    [with] vigilant, victorious, causing fighting, difficult to shake, defiant one,
    with Indra do ye conquer that, do ye endure that --- clashes,
    O men, together with the bull whose hand is like an arrow.



sá íṣuhastaiḥ sá niṣaṅgíbʰirvaśī́ sáṃsraṣṭā sá yúdʰa índro gaṇéna |
saṃsṛṣṭajítsomapā́ bāhuśardʰyùgrádʰanvā prátihitābʰirástā || 3||



3.  sasr3msn (iṣunfs-hastanms)jmpi sasr3msn niṣaṅginjmpi vaśinjmsn  
    saṃsraṣṭṛnmsn sasr3msn yudʰnfpa indraNmsn gaṇanmsi |
    (saṃsṛṣṭajms-jitjms)jmsn (somanms-pājms)jmsn (bāhunms-śardʰinnms)jmsn  
    (ugrajms-dʰanvannns)jmsn pratihitānfpi astṛnmsn 



3.  He, together with those whose hand is like an arrow, together with peltastas,
    exerting his will, unleashes clashes --- Indra with [his] troop.
    Soma-drinker in whose arm is a troop [of fighters], [he is] defeating unleashed [against him fighters],
    fierce with a bow, [he is] the shooter of fitted to the bowstring arrows.



bṛ́haspate pári dīyā rátʰena rakṣohā́mítrām̐ apabā́dʰamānaḥ |
prabʰañjánsénāḥ pramṛṇó yudʰā́ jáyannasmā́kamedʰyavitā́ rátʰānām || 4||



4.  bṛhaspatiNmsv parip dīyavp·Ao2s«√dī ratʰanmsi  
    (rakṣasnns-hanjms)jmsn amitrajmpa apabādʰamānata·Amsn«apa~√bādʰ |
    prabʰañjanttp·Amsn«pra~√bʰañj senānfpa pramṛṇajmsn yudʰnfsi jayanttp·Amsn«√ji  
    vayamr1mpg edʰivp·Ao2s«√as avitṛnmsn ratʰanmpg 



4.  O Bṛhaspati, using the chariot, soar fully,
    destroying defensiveness, repelling hostiles!
    Routing armies, crushing [them], defeating by fighting,
    be a helper of our chariots!



balavijñāyá stʰáviraḥ právīraḥ sáhasvānvājī́ sáhamāna ugráḥ |
abʰívīro abʰísatvā sahojā́ jaítramindra rátʰamā́ tiṣṭʰa govít || 5||



5.  (balanns-vijñāyajms)jmsn stʰavirajmsn pravīranmsn  
    sahasvantjmsn vājinjmsn sahamānata·Amsn«√sah ugrajmsn |
    abʰivīranmsn abʰisatvannmsn (sahasnns-janjms)jmsn  
    jaitrajmsa indraNmsv ratʰanmsa āp tiṣṭʰavp·Ao2s«√stʰā (gonfs-vidjms)jmsn 



5.  Recognizable by strength, enduring pre[eminent] hero,
    possessing overwhelming strength [and] rushes of vigour, prevailing, ferocious,
    more than a hero, more than a warrior, born of overwhelming strength,
    do thou, O Indra, knowing evocative expressions³, mount leading to victory chariot!



gotrabʰídaṃ govídaṃ vájrabāhuṃ jáyantamájma pramṛṇántamójasā |
imáṃ sajātā ánu vīrayadʰvamíndraṃ sakʰāyo ánu sáṃ rabʰadʰvam || 6||



6.  (gonfs-trajns-bʰitjms)jmsa (gonfs-vidjms)jmsa (vajranms-bāhunms)jmsa  
    jayanttp·Amsa«√ji ajmannnsa pramṛṇanttp·Amsa«pra~√mṛṇ ojasnnsi |
    ayamr3msa sajātajmpv anup vīrayadʰvamva·Ao2p«√vīray  
    indraNmsa sakʰinmpv anup samp rabʰadʰvamva·Ao2p«√rabʰ 



6.  [Him,] breaking open cowsheds, finding evocative expressions⁴, thunderbolt-in-arms one,
    [who is] winning the passage, vigorously crushing,
    following this one, O kinsmen, be heroes,
    following Indra, O companions, grasp together [your enemies]!



abʰí gotrā́ṇi sáhasā gā́hamāno'dayó vīráḥ śatámanyuríndraḥ |
duścyavanáḥ pṛtanāṣā́ḷayudʰyò'smā́kaṃ sénā avatu prá yutsú || 7||



7.  abʰip gotrannpa sahasnnsi gāhamānata·Amsn«√gāh  
    adayajmsn vīranmsn (śatau-manyunms)jmsn indraNmsn |
    duścyavanajmsn (pṛtanānfs-sahjms)jmsn ayudʰyajmsn  
    vayamr1mpg senānfpa avatuvp·Ao3s«√av prap yudʰnfpl 



7.  Penetrating by means of overwhelming strength into cowsheds, 
    lacking pity hero having rage of a hundred [men] --- [he is] Indra.
    Difficult to shake, victorious in battles, not-to-be-matched-in-a-fight,
    may he favour in clashed our armies!



índra āsāṃ netā́ bṛ́haspátirdákṣiṇā yajñáḥ purá etu sómaḥ |
devasenā́nāmabʰibʰañjatīnā́ṃ jáyantīnāṃ marúto yantvágram || 8||



8.  indraNmsn ayamr3fpg netṛnmsn bṛhaspatiNmsn  
    dakṣiṇānfsn yajñanmsn purasa etuvp·Ao3s«√i somanmsn |
    (devanms-senānfs)jfpg abʰibʰañjījfpg  
    jayantījfpg marutNmpn yantuvp·Ao3p«√i agrannsa 



8.  Indra is the leader of these [armies]. Let Soma go in front,
    fire offering, reward of the sacrifice, Bṛhaspati [will follow].
    Let Marut-s go ahead of
    conquering shock armies of deva-s!



índrasya vṛ́ṣṇo váruṇasya rā́jña ādityā́nāṃ marútāṃ śárdʰa ugrám |
mahā́manasāṃ bʰuvanacyavā́nāṃ gʰóṣo devā́nāṃ jáyatāmúdastʰāt || 9||



9.  indraNmsg vṛṣannmsg varuṇaNmsg rājannmsg  
    ādityaNmpg marutNmpg śardʰasnnsn ugrajnsn |
    (mahajns-manasnns)jmpg (bʰuvananns-cyavajms)jmpg  
    gʰoṣanmsn devanmpg jayanttp·Ampg«√ji udp astʰātvp·U·3s«√stʰā 



9.  The troop of Marut-s, of Āditya-s,
    of chieftain Varuṇa, of bull Indra, is ferocious.
    The battle-cry of high-minded shaking [all] places of existence
    deva-s, of conquering ones, has taken a position above.



úddʰarṣaya magʰavannā́yudʰānyútsátvanāṃ māmakā́nāṃ mánāṃsi |
údvṛtrahanvājínāṃ vā́jinānyúdrátʰānāṃ jáyatāṃ yantu gʰóṣāḥ || 10||



10. udc harṣayavpCAo2s«√hṛṣ magʰavanjmsv āyudʰannpa  
     udc satvannmpg māmakajmpg manasnnpa |
     udc (vṛtranns-hanjms)jmsv vājinnmpg vājinannpa  
     udc ratʰanmpg jayanttp·Ampg«√ji yantuvp·Ao3p«√i gʰoṣanmpn 



10. Make weapons [and] minds of my warriors brisk, O generous one!
    [Make brisk] causing-a-rush-of-vigour actions 
    of those capable of a rush of vigour, O Vṛtra-slayer!
    Let battle-cries of conquering chariots go up!



asmā́kamíndraḥ sámṛteṣu dʰvajéṣvasmā́kaṃ yā́ íṣavastā́ jayantu |
asmā́kaṃ vīrā́ úttare bʰavantvasmā́m̐ u devā avatā háveṣu || 11||



11. vayamr1mpg indraNmsn samṛtajmpl dʰvajanmpl  
     vayamr1mpgr3fpn iṣunfpnr3fpn jayantuvp·Ao3p«√ji |
     vayamr1mpg vīranmpn uttarajmpn bʰavantuvp·Ao3p«√bʰū  
     vayamr1mpg uc devanmpv avatavp·Ao2p«√av havanmpl 



11. When concurrent banners [are present], Indra is ours.
    May those arrows which are ours, be victorious!
    May our heroes become superior!
    When our invocations [reach you], may ye, O deva-s, help!



amī́ṣāṃ cittáṃ pratilobʰáyantī gṛhāṇā́ṅgānyapve párehi |
abʰí préhi nírdaha hṛtsú śókairandʰénāmítrāstámasā sacantām || 12||



12. asaur3mpg cittannsa pratilobʰayntītp·Afsn«prati~√lubʰ  
     gṛhānavp·Ao2s«√grah aṅgannpa apvāNfsv parāa ihivp·Ao2s«√i |
     abʰip prap ihivp·Ao2s«√i nisp dahavp·Ao2s«√dah hṛdnnpl śokanmpi  
     andʰannsi amitrajmpn tamasnnsi sacantāmva·Ao3p«√sac 



12. Confounding thinking of those distant ones, 
    do seize [their] limbs, O Apvā,⁵, [and] go away!
    Come forth against [them]! Burn out [them] in [their] hearts with sorrows!
    Let they, hostile, associate themselves with blind ignorance!⁶



prétā jáyatā nara índro vaḥ śárma yacʰatu |
ugrā́ vaḥ santu bāhávo'nādʰṛṣyā́ yátʰā́satʰa || 13||



13. prap itavp·Ao2p«√i jayatavp·Ao2p«√ji nṛnmpv  
     indraNmsn tvamr2mpd śarmannnsa yacʰatuvp·Ao3s«√yam |
     ugrajmpn tvamr2mpg santuvp·Ao3p«√as bāhunmpn  
     anādʰṛṣyajmpn yatʰāc asatʰavp·Ae2p«√as 



13. Proceed, conquer, O men!
    May Indra stretch out a shelter for you!
    May your arms be savage
    so that you would not to be meddled with!


1 on the basis of 8.76.9c
2 the senses
3 lit. ``cows''
4 lit. ``cows''
5 some kind of illness
6 this line is the same as 10.89.15c


Sūkta 10.104 

ásāvi sómaḥ puruhūta túbʰyaṃ háribʰyāṃ yajñámúpa yāhi tū́yam |
túbʰyaṃ gíro vípravīrā iyānā́ dadʰanvirá indra píbā sutásya || 1||



1.  asāvivp·U·3s«√su somanmsn (purujms-hūtajms)jmsv tvamr2msd  
    harijmdi yajñanmsa upap yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā tūyama |
    tvamr2msd girnfpn (viprajms-vīranms)jfpn iyānātaIAfpa«√i  
    dadʰanvireva·I·3p«√dʰanv indraNmsv pibavp·Ao2s«√pā sutajmsg 



1.  Soma was just pressed for thee, O much invoked one!
    By means of two tawny ones, journey quickly here to a fire offering!
    For thy sake, O Indra, chants, of which heroes are inwardly-excited ones,
    have caused coming again and again [waters] to hasten. Drink extracted [Soma]!



apsú dʰūtásya harivaḥ píbehá nṛ́bʰiḥ sutásya jaṭʰáraṃ pṛṇasva |
mimikṣúryámádraya indra túbʰyaṃ tébʰirvardʰasva mádamuktʰavāhaḥ || 2||



2.  apnfpl dʰūtajmsg harivantnmsv pibavp·Ao2s«√pā ihac  
    nṛnmpi sutajmsg jaṭʰarannsa pṛṇasvava·Ao2s«√pṝ |
    mimikṣurvp·I·3p«√myakṣ yasr3msa adrinmpn indraNmsv tvamr2msd  
    tasr3mpi vardʰasvava·Ao2s«√vṛdʰ madanmsa (uktʰanns-vāhasjms)jmsv 



2.  Drink here, O accompanied-by-tawny-ones one, extracted 
    rinsed in water by men [Soma]! Fill the belly!
    What [mixture] stones have fixed for thee, O Indra,
    with those [drops] strengthen [thy] exhilaration, O conveyed-with-verses one!



prógrā́ṃ pītíṃ vṛ́ṣṇa iyarmi satyā́ṃ prayaí sutásya haryaśva túbʰyam |
índra dʰénābʰirihá mādayasva dʰībʰírvíśvābʰiḥ śácyā gṛṇānáḥ || 3||



3.  prap ugrājfsa pītinfsa vṛṣannmsd iyarmivp·A·1s«√ṛ satyājfsa  
    prayaiv···D··«pra~√yā sutajmsg (harijms-aśvanms)jmsv tvamr2msd |
    indraNmsv dʰenānfpi ihac mādayasvavaCAo2s«√mad  
    dʰīnfpi viśvājfpi śacīnfsi gṛṇānata·Amsn«√gṝ 



3.  I raise for the bull fierce genuine draught,
    to set forth, O having tawny horses one!
    O Indra, with nourishing streams, with all visualizations
    make thyself exhilarated, being skilfully extolled!



ūtī́ śacīvastáva vīryèṇa váyo dádʰānā uśíja ṛtajñā́ḥ |
prajā́vadindra mánuṣo duroṇé tastʰúrgṛṇántaḥ sadʰamā́dyāsaḥ || 4||



4.  ūtinfsi śacīvatjmsv tvamr2msg vīryannsi  
    vayasnnsa dadʰānata·Ampn«√dʰā uśijnmpn (ṛtanns-jñajms)jmpn |
    prajāvatjmsn indraNmsv manusnmsg duroṇannsl  
    tastʰurvp·I·3p«√stʰā gṛṇanttp·Ampn«√gṝ sadʰamādyanmpn 



4.  With thy, O accompanied by enabling powers one, help, through valor,
    they, who strive earnestly, [who are] ascertaining ṛta,
    obtaining mental and bodily vigour that in man's residence [is] granting offsprings,
    they, feasting companions, kept extolling [thee], O Indra!



práṇītibʰiṣṭe haryaśva suṣṭóḥ suṣumnásya pururúco jánāsaḥ |
máṃhiṣṭʰāmūtíṃ vitíre dádʰānā stotā́ra indra táva sūnṛ́tābʰiḥ || 5||



5.  praṇītinfpi tvamr2msg (harijms-aśvanms)jmsv suṣṭujmsg  
    suṣumnajmsg (purua-rucjms)jmsg jananmpn |
    maṃhiṣṭʰājfsa ūtinfsa vitirev···D··«vi~√tṝ dadʰānata·Ampn«√dʰā  
    stotṛnmpn indraNmsv tvamr2msg sūnṛtājfpi 



5.  With thy guidance, O having tawny horses one, [that] of
    highly praised, very benevolent, shining everywhere one,
    the folks [are] obtaining [thy] most generous aid to pass across,
    praisers [are obtaining it] together with thy well-fitting enabling [powers]¹.



úpa bráhmāṇi harivo háribʰyāṃ sómasya yāhi pītáye sutásya |
índra tvā yajñáḥ kṣámamāṇamānaḍdāśvā́m̐ asyadʰvarásya praketáḥ || 6||



6.  upap brahmannnpa harivantnmsv harijmdi  
    somanmsg yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā pītinfsd sutajmsg |
    indraNmsv tvamr2msa yajñanmsn kṣamamāṇatp·Amsa«√kṣam ānaṭvp·U·3s«√naś  
    dāśvaṅstp·Imsn«√dāś asivp·Ao2s«√as adʰvaranmsg praketanmsn 



6.  With two tawny ones, O accompanied-by-tawny-ones one, 
    journey closer to formulations to drink extracted Soma!
    O Indra, the fire offering reached up to thee, who is being patient.
    Honoring [it], thou are a portent of proceeding on its way [sacrifice].



sahásravājamabʰimātiṣā́haṃ sutéraṇaṃ magʰávānaṃ suvṛktím |
úpa bʰūṣanti gíro ápratītamíndraṃ namasyā́ jaritúḥ pananta || 7||



7.  (sahasrau-vājanms)jmsa (abʰimātinfs-sahjms)jmsa  
    (sutajmsl-raṇanms)jmsa magʰavanjmsa suvṛktijmsa |
    upap bʰūṣantivp·A·3p«√bʰūṣ girnfpn apratītajmsa  
    indraNmsa namasyānfpn jaritṛnmsg panantava·AE3p«√pan 



7.  [Him, who is] having thousand-fold rush of vigour, overcoming those who intend to hurt,
    delighting in extracted [Soma], generous, [granting] well-twisted [verses],
    chants regard as not-counterbalanced;
    adorations of the invoker admire [him,] Indra.



saptā́po devī́ḥ suráṇā ámṛktā yā́bʰiḥ síndʰumátara indra pūrbʰít |
navatíṃ srotyā́ náva ca srávantīrdevébʰyo gātúṃ mánuṣe ca vindaḥ || 8||



8.  saptau apnfpn devīnfpn suraṇājfpn amṛktājfpnr3fpi sindʰunmsa atarasvp·Aa2s«√tṝ indraNmsv (purnfs-bʰidjms)nmsn |
    navatiu srotyānfpa navau cac sravantījfpa  
    devanmpd gātunmsa manusnmsd cac vindasvp·AE2s«√vid 



8.  Seven waters [are] well-delighting unimpaired devī-s,
    with which thou, O Indra, breaking strongholds, 
    crossed the river, [and] ninety and nine flowing streams.
    For deva-s and for a man thou shall find an unimpeded way.



apó mahī́rabʰíśasteramuñcó'jāgarāsvádʰi devá ékaḥ |
índra yā́stváṃ vṛtratū́rye cakártʰa tā́bʰirviśvā́yustanvàṃ pupuṣyāḥ || 9||



9.  apnfpa mahījfpa abʰiśastinfsb amuñcasvp·Aa2s«√muc  
    ajāgasvp·Aa2s«√jāgṛ ayamr3fpl adʰip devanmsn ekajmsn |
    indraNmsvr3fpa tvamr2msn (vṛtranns-tūryajms)nmsl cakartʰavp·I·2s«√kṛr3fpi (viśvajns-āyusnns)nnsa tanūnfsa pupuṣyāsvp·Ii2s«√puṣ 



9.  Thou did set potent waters free from the curse,
    thou, lonely deva, watched over them.
    O Indra, during hastening past vṛtra-s thou have caused those [waters]
    with which thou should have nourished all-pervading life-force [and] the body.



vīréṇyaḥ kráturíndraḥ suśastírutā́pi dʰénā puruhūtámīṭṭe |
ā́rdayadvṛtrámákṛṇodu lokáṃ sasāhé śakráḥ pṛ́tanā abʰiṣṭíḥ || 10||



10. vīreṇyajmsn kratunmsn indraNmsn suśastinfsn  
     utac apip dʰenānfsn (purujms-hūtajms)jmsa īṭṭeva·A·3s«√īḍ |
     ārdayatvpCAa3s«√ard vṛtraNnsa akṛṇotvp·Aa3s«√kṛ uc lokanmsa  
     sasāheva·I·3s«√sah śakrajmsn pṛtanānfpa abʰiṣṭijmsn 



10. Resourceful Indra [is] to-be-heroic. A good recitation
    and even the nourishing stream implore much invoked one.
    He made Vṛtra scarce, he created wide [mental] space ---
    [he,] empowering, assisting, has vanquished armies.



śunáṃ huvema magʰávānamíndramasmínbʰáre nṛ́tamaṃ vā́jasātau |
śṛṇvántamugrámūtáye samátsu gʰnántaṃ vṛtrā́ṇi saṃjítaṃ dʰánānām || 11||



11. śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū magʰavanjmsa indraNmsa  
     ayamr3msl bʰarajmsl nṛtamajmsa (vājanms-sātinfs)nfsl |
     śṛṇvanttp·Amsa«√śru ugrajmsa ūtinfsd samadnfpl  
     gʰnanttp·Amsa«√han vṛtrannpa saṃjitnmsa dʰanannpg 



11. Happily we call upon generous Indra ---
    the most manly in him who is bearing [him] during gaining a rush of vigour,
    attentive ferocious --- to help in clashes
    [upon him who is] subduing Vṛtra-s, [who is] a winner of prizes.


1 on the basis of 8.32.15ab


Sūkta 10.105 

kadā́ vaso stotráṃ háryata ā́va śmaśā́ rudʰadvā́ḥ |
dīrgʰáṃ sutáṃ vātā́pyāya || 1||



1.  kadāc vasujmsv stotrannsn haryatjmsd āp  
    avap śmaśārunnsn dʰatvp·AE3s«√dʰā vārnnsa |
    dīrgʰajmsa sutajmsa (vātanms-āpyajms)jmsd 



1.  When, O beneficial one, a hymn of praise to the enchanting-the-mind one
    shall put [his] beard down, near long-lasting extracted for him,
    obtainment of whom is desirable, [Soma]?
------



hárī yásya suyújā vívratā vérárvantā́nu śépā |
ubʰā́ rajī́ ná keśínā pátirdán || 2||



2.  harijmdn yasr3msg suyujjmdn vivratajmdn vervp·AE2s«√vī  
    arvantjmda anup śepanmda |
    ubʰajmda rajinmda nac keśinjmda patinmsn dama 



2.  Whose two tawny easy-to-yoke reluctant steeds thou would excite
    along with two penises¹, those two having tips as both glowing ones²,
    [he will be] the protector of the house.



ápa yóríndraḥ pā́paja ā́ márto ná śaśramāṇó bibʰīvā́n |
śubʰé yádyuyujé táviṣīvān || 3||



3.  apap yasr3mdb indraNmsn pāpajeva·I·3s«√paj āp martajmsn  
    nac śaśramāṇata·Imsn«√śram bibʰīvaṃstp·Imsn«√bʰī |
    śubʰev···D··«√śubʰ yadc yuyujevp·I·3s«√yuj taviṣīvantjmsn 



3.  [Those two,] away from which Indra becomes stiff³
    as a mortal [who became] weary [and] frightened
    when he⁴, who possesses the power to control, has yoked [those two] to reinforce [Indra],



sácāyóríndraścárkṛṣa ā́m̐ upānasáḥ saparyán |
nadáyorvívratayoḥ śū́ra índraḥ || 4||



4.  sacāa ayamr3mdl indraNmsn carkṛṣeva·U·3s«√kṛ āp  
    upānasajmsn saparyanttp·Amsn«√sapary |
    nadanmdl vivratajmdl śūranmsn indraNmsn 



4.  [those two] in whose presence Indra, 
    attending [by] being near the cart, was spoken highly of,
    in the presence of [those] two reluctant thunderers Indra [is] the agent of change.



ádʰi yástastʰaú kéśavantā vyácasvantā ná puṣṭyaí |
vanóti śíprābʰyāṃ śipríṇīvān || 5||



5.  adʰip yasr3msn tastʰauvp·I·3s«√stʰā keśavantjmda  
    vyacasvantjmda nac puṣṭinfsd |
    vanotivp·A·3s«√van śiprānfdi śipriṇīvantjmsn 



5.  Who has mounted hairy ones
    as two encompassing ones⁵ --- for the sake of thriving,
    he, in possession of her who has lips, places [her] within [his] reach ``with both cheeks''.



prā́staudṛṣvaújā ṛṣvébʰistatákṣa śū́raḥ śávasā |
ṛbʰúrná krátubʰirmātaríśvā || 6||



6.  prap astautvp·Aa3s«√stu (ṛṣvajns-ojasnns)jmsn ṛṣvajmpi  
    tatakṣavp·I·3s«√takṣ śūranmsn śavasnnsi |
    ṛbʰujmsn nac kratunmpi mātariśvanNmsn 



6.  He, having helping-in-dire-straights frenzy, praised [it] together with helping-in-dire-straights [Marut-s]
    he, the agent of change, has fashioned [the thunderbolt] using [his] power to change ---
    [he,] ``swelling in the mother'', [fashioned it] as a skillful [artisan] --- using [his own] designs.



vájraṃ yáścakré suhánāya dásyave hirīmaśó hírīmān |
árutahanurádbʰutaṃ ná rájaḥ || 7||



7.  vajranmsa yasr3msn cakrevp·I·3s«√kṛ suhanajmsd (dasnfs-yujms)nmsd  
    hirīmaśajmsn hirīmantjmsn |
    (arutajms-hanunms)jmsn (atc-bʰutajms)jnsn nac rajasnnsn 



7.  Who made thunderbolt for [making] an impulse to suffer want [to be] easy-to-slay,
    [he,] accompanied by tawny ones, [is] accompanied by enchanting-the-mind anger,
    [but his] jaw [is] not filled with cries. Like the wondrous vapor [of impartiality],



áva no vṛjinā́ śiśīhyṛcā́ vanemānṛ́caḥ |
nā́brahmā yajñá ṛ́dʰagjóṣati tvé || 8||



8.  avap vayamr1mpa vṛjinajnpa śiśīhivp·Ao2s«√śo ṛcnfsi vanemavp·Ai1p«√van anṛcjmpa |
    nac abrahmanjmsn yajñanmsn ṛdʰaka joṣativp·A·3s«√juṣ tvamr2msl 



8.  blunt our deceitful [mental obscurations]!
    With a verse we might become masters of those having no verses.
    Lacking-a-formulation fire offering does not by itself give pleasure to thee.



ūrdʰvā́ yátte tretínī bʰū́dyajñásya dʰūrṣú sádman |
sajū́rnā́vaṃ sváyaśasaṃ sácāyóḥ || 9||



9.  ūrdʰvājfsn yadc tvamr2msd tretinījfsn bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū  
    yajñanmsg dʰurnfpl sadmannnsl |
    sajūra nāvanmsa svayaśasjmsa sacāa ayamr3mdl 



9.  When she, who has a triad, will become for thee tending upwards,
    at the seat, at the yoke-poles of the sacrifice,
    at that same time, in the presence of these two, [thou will gain] worthy-by-itself boat.



śriyé te pṛ́śnirupasécanī bʰūcʰriyé dárvirarepā́ḥ |
yáyā své pā́tre siñcása út || 10||



10. śrīnfsd tvamr2msg pṛśniNfsn upasecanījfsn bʰūtvp·UE3s«√bʰū  
     śrīnfsd darvinfsn arepasjfsn |
     yār3fsi svajnsl pātrannsl siñcaseva·A·2s«√sic udc 



10. For thy auspiciousness Pṛśni shall become [like] a cup for pouring [thy wrath];
    for auspiciousness [this] ladle [is] faultless
    with which thou make full thy own goblet.
------



śatáṃ vā yádasurya práti tvā sumitrá ittʰā́stauddurmitrá ittʰā́staut |
ā́vo yáddasyuhátye kutsaputráṃ prā́vo yáddasyuhátye kutsavatsám || 11||



11. śatauc yadc asuryannsv pratip tvamr2msa  
     sumitrajmsn ittʰāc astautvp·Aa3s«√stu |
     āvasvp·Aa2s«√av yadc (dasyunms-hatyanns)nnsl (kutsaNms-putranms)nmsa  
     prap āvasvp·Aa2s«√av yadc (dasyunms-hatyanns)nnsl (kutsaNms-vatsanms)nmsa 



11. Whether a hundred [are] against thee, O [thy watchful]⁶ guidance,
    a good friend thus praised [thee], unfriendly one thus praised [thee] ---
    that at killing impulses to suffer want thou helped Kutsa's son,
    that at killing impulses to suffer want thou favoured Kutsa's darling⁷.


1 prob. one is the actual penis, and the other is the column of full-of-tension energy springing up from mūlādʰāra cakra
2 prob. the sun and the moon
3 or, ``as if frozen'', ``as if paralyzed''
4 adept
5 prob. two Rodas-es
6 on the basis of 4.16.2d
7 lit. ``calf''


Sūkta 10.106 

ubʰā́ u nūnáṃ tádídartʰayetʰe ví tanvātʰe dʰíyo vástrāpáseva |
sadʰrīcīnā́ yā́tave prémajīgaḥ sudíneva pṛ́kṣa ā́ taṃsayetʰe || 1||











uṣṭā́reva pʰárvareṣu śrayetʰe prāyogéva śvā́tryā śā́surétʰaḥ |
dūtéva hí ṣṭʰó yaśásā jáneṣu mā́pa stʰātaṃ mahiṣévāvapā́nāt || 2||











sākaṃyújā śakunásyeva pakṣā́ paśvéva citrā́ yájurā́ gamiṣṭam |
agníriva devayórdīdivā́ṃsā párijmāneva yajatʰaḥ purutrā́ || 3||











āpī́ vo asmé pitáreva putrógréva rucā́ nṛpátīva turyaí |
íryeva puṣṭyaí kiráṇeva bʰujyaí śruṣṭīvā́neva hávamā́ gamiṣṭam || 4||











váṃsageva pūṣaryā̀ śimbā́tā mitréva ṛtā́ śatárā śā́tapantā |
vā́jevoccā́ váyasā gʰarmyeṣṭʰā́ méṣeveṣā́ saparyā̀ púrīṣā || 5||











sṛṇyèva jarbʰárī turpʰárītū naitośéva turpʰárī parpʰarī́kā |
udanyajéva jémanā maderū́ tā́ me jarā́yvajáraṃ marā́yu || 6||











pajréva cárcaraṃ jā́raṃ marā́yu kṣádmevā́rtʰeṣu tartarītʰa ugrā |
ṛbʰū́ nā́patkʰaramajrā́ kʰarájrurvāyúrná parpʰaratkṣayadrayīṇā́m || 7||











gʰarméva mádʰu jaṭʰáre sanérū bʰágevitā turpʰárī pʰā́rivā́ram |
pataréva cacarā́ candránirṇiṅmánaṛṅgā mananyā̀ ná jágmī || 8||











bṛhánteva gambʰáreṣu pratiṣṭʰā́ṃ pā́deva gādʰáṃ tárate vidātʰaḥ |
kárṇeva śā́suránu hí smárātʰó'ṃśeva no bʰajataṃ citrámápnaḥ || 9||











āraṅgaréva mádʰvérayetʰe sāragʰéva gávi nīcī́nabāre |
kīnā́reva svédamāsiṣvidānā́ kṣā́mevorjā́ sūyavasā́tsacetʰe || 10||











ṛdʰyā́ma stómaṃ sanuyā́ma vā́jamā́ no mántraṃ sarátʰehópa yātam |
yáśo ná pakváṃ mádʰu góṣvantárā́ bʰūtā́ṃśo aśvínoḥ kā́mamaprāḥ || 11||












Sūkta 10.107 

āvírabʰūnmáhi mā́gʰonameṣāṃ víśvaṃ jīváṃ támaso níramoci |
máhi jyótiḥ pitṛ́bʰirdattámā́gādurúḥ pántʰā dákṣiṇāyā adarśi || 1||











uccā́ diví dákṣiṇāvanto astʰuryé aśvadā́ḥ sahá té sū́ryeṇa |
hiraṇyadā́ amṛtatváṃ bʰajante vāsodā́ḥ soma prá tiranta ā́yuḥ || 2||











daívī pūrtírdákṣiṇā devayajyā́ ná kavāríbʰyo nahí té pṛṇánti |
átʰā náraḥ práyatadakṣiṇāso'vadyabʰiyā́ bahávaḥ pṛṇanti || 3||











śatádʰāraṃ vāyúmarkáṃ svarvídaṃ nṛcákṣasasté abʰí cakṣate havíḥ |
yé pṛṇánti prá ca yácʰanti saṃgamé té dákṣiṇāṃ duhate saptámātaram || 4||











dákṣiṇāvānpratʰamó hūtá eti dákṣiṇāvāngrāmaṇī́rágrameti |
támevá manye nṛpátiṃ jánānāṃ yáḥ pratʰamó dákṣiṇāmāvivā́ya || 5||











támevá ṛ́ṣiṃ támu brahmā́ṇamāhuryajñanyàṃ sāmagā́muktʰaśā́sam |
sá śukrásya tanvò veda tisró yáḥ pratʰamó dákṣiṇayā rarā́dʰa || 6||











dákṣiṇā́śvaṃ dákṣiṇā gā́ṃ dadāti dákṣiṇā candrámutá yáddʰíraṇyam |
dákṣiṇā́nnaṃ vanute yó na ātmā́ dákṣiṇāṃ várma kṛṇute vijānán || 7||











ná bʰojā́ mamrurná nyartʰámīyurná riṣyanti ná vyatʰante ha bʰojā́ḥ |
idáṃ yádvíśvaṃ bʰúvanaṃ svàścaitátsárvaṃ dákṣiṇaibʰyo dadāti || 8||











bʰojā́ jigyuḥ surabʰíṃ yónimágre bʰojā́ jigyurvadʰvàṃ yā suvā́sāḥ |
bʰojā́ jigyurantaḥpéyaṃ súrāyā bʰojā́ jigyuryé áhūtāḥ prayánti || 9||











bʰojā́yā́śvaṃ sáṃ mṛjantyāśúṃ bʰojā́yāste kanyā̀ śúmbʰamānā |
bʰojásyedáṃ puṣkaríṇīva véśma páriṣkṛtaṃ devamānéva citrám || 10||











bʰojámáśvāḥ suṣṭʰuvā́ho vahanti suvṛ́drátʰo vartate dákṣiṇāyāḥ |
bʰojáṃ devāso'vatā bʰáreṣu bʰojáḥ śátrūnsamanīkéṣu jétā || 11||












Sūkta 10.108 

kímicʰántī sarámā prédámānaḍdūré hyádʰvā jáguriḥ parācaíḥ |
kā́sméhitiḥ kā́ páritakmyāsītkatʰáṃ rasā́yā ataraḥ páyāṃsi || 1||











índrasya dūtī́riṣitā́ carāmi mahá icʰántī paṇayo nidʰī́nvaḥ |
atiṣkádo bʰiyásā tánna āvattátʰā rasā́yā ataraṃ páyāṃsi || 2||











kīdṛ́ṅṅíndraḥ sarame kā́ dṛśīkā́ yásyedáṃ dūtī́rásaraḥ parākā́t |
ā́ ca gácʰānmitrámenā dadʰāmā́tʰā gávāṃ gópatirno bʰavāti || 3||











nā́háṃ táṃ veda dábʰyaṃ dábʰatsá yásyedáṃ dūtī́rásaraṃ parākā́t |
ná táṃ gūhanti sraváto gabʰīrā́ hatā́ índreṇa paṇayaḥ śayadʰve || 4||











imā́ gā́vaḥ sarame yā́ aícʰaḥ pári divó ántānsubʰage pátantī |
kásta enā áva sṛjādáyudʰvyutā́smā́kamā́yudʰā santi tigmā́ || 5||











asenyā́ vaḥ paṇayo vácāṃsyaniṣavyā́stanvàḥ santu pāpī́ḥ |
ádʰṛṣṭo va étavā́ astu pántʰā bṛ́haspátirva ubʰayā́ ná mṛḷāt || 6||











ayáṃ nidʰíḥ sarame ádribudʰno góbʰiráśvebʰirvásubʰirnyṛ̀ṣṭaḥ |
rákṣanti táṃ paṇáyo yé sugopā́ réku padámálakamā́ jagantʰa || 7||











éhá gamannṛ́ṣayaḥ sómaśitā ayā́syo áṅgiraso návagvāḥ |
tá etámūrváṃ ví bʰajanta gónāmátʰaitádvácaḥ paṇáyo vámannít || 8||











evā́ ca tváṃ sarama ājagántʰa prábādʰitā sáhasā daívyena |
svásāraṃ tvā kṛṇavai mā́ púnargā ápa te gávāṃ subʰage bʰajāma || 9||











nā́háṃ veda bʰrātṛtváṃ nó svasṛtvámíndro viduráṅgirasaśca gʰorā́ḥ |
gókāmā me acʰadayanyádā́yamápā́ta ita paṇayo várīyaḥ || 10||











dūrámita paṇayo várīya údgā́vo yantu minatī́rṛténa |
bṛ́haspátiryā́ ávindannígūḷhāḥ sómo grā́vāṇa ṛ́ṣayaśca víprāḥ || 11||












Sūkta 10.109 

tè'vadanpratʰamā́ brahmakilbiṣé'kūpāraḥ saliló mātaríśvā |
vīḷúharāstápa ugró mayobʰū́rā́po devī́ḥ pratʰamajā́ ṛténa || 1||











sómo rā́jā pratʰamó brahmajāyā́ṃ púnaḥ prā́yacʰadáhṛṇīyamānaḥ |
anvartitā́ váruṇo mitrá āsīdagnírhótā hastagṛ́hyā́ nināya || 2||











hástenaivá grāhyà ādʰírasyā brahmajāyéyámíti cédávocan |
ná dūtā́ya prahyè tastʰa eṣā́ tátʰā rāṣṭráṃ gupitáṃ kṣatríyasya || 3||











devā́ etásyāmavadanta pū́rve saptaṛṣáyastápase yé niṣedúḥ |
bʰīmā́ jāyā́ brāhmaṇásyópanītā durdʰā́ṃ dadʰāti paramé vyoman || 4||











brahmacārī́ carati véviṣadvíṣaḥ sá devā́nāṃ bʰavatyékamáṅgam |
téna jāyā́mánvavindadbṛ́haspátiḥ sómena nītā́ṃ juhvàṃ na devāḥ || 5||











púnarvaí devā́ adaduḥ púnarmanuṣyā̀ utá |
rā́jānaḥ satyáṃ kṛṇvānā́ brahmajāyā́ṃ púnardaduḥ || 6||











punardā́ya brahmajāyā́ṃ kṛtvī́ devaírnikilbiṣám |
ū́rjaṃ pṛtʰivyā́ bʰaktvā́yorugāyámúpāsate || 7||












Sūkta 10.110 

sámiddʰo adyá mánuṣo duroṇé devó devā́nyajasi jātavedaḥ |
ā́ ca váha mitramahaścikitvā́ntváṃ dūtáḥ kavírasi prácetāḥ || 1||











tánūnapātpatʰá ṛtásya yā́nānmádʰvā samañjánsvadayā sujihva |
mánmāni dʰībʰírutá yajñámṛndʰándevatrā́ ca kṛṇuhyadʰvaráṃ naḥ || 2||











ājúhvāna ī́ḍyo vándyaścā́ yāhyagne vásubʰiḥ sajóṣāḥ |
tváṃ devā́nāmasi yahva hótā sá enānyakṣīṣitó yájīyān || 3||











prācī́naṃ barhíḥ pradíśā pṛtʰivyā́ vástorasyā́ vṛjyate ágre áhnām |
vyù pratʰate vitaráṃ várīyo devébʰyo áditaye syonám || 4||











vyácasvatīrurviyā́ ví śrayantāṃ pátibʰyo ná jánayaḥ śúmbʰamānāḥ |
dévīrdvāro bṛhatīrviśvaminvā devébʰyo bʰavata suprāyaṇā́ḥ || 5||











ā́ suṣváyantī yajaté úpāke uṣā́sānáktā sadatāṃ ní yónau |
divyé yóṣaṇe bṛhatī́ surukmé ádʰi śríyaṃ śukrapíśaṃ dádʰāne || 6||











daívyā hótārā pratʰamā́ suvā́cā mímānā yajñáṃ mánuṣo yájadʰyai |
pracodáyantā vidátʰeṣu kārū́ prācī́naṃ jyótiḥ pradíśā diśántā || 7||











ā́ no yajñáṃ bʰā́ratī tū́yametvíḷā manuṣvádihá cetáyantī |
tisró devī́rbarhírédáṃ syonáṃ sárasvatī svápasaḥ sadantu || 8||











yá imé dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ jánitrī rūpaírápiṃśadbʰúvanāni víśvā |
támadyá hotariṣitó yájīyāndeváṃ tváṣṭāramihá yakṣi vidvā́n || 9||











upā́vasṛja tmányā samañjándevā́nāṃ pā́tʰa ṛtutʰā́ havī́ṃṣi |
vánaspátiḥ śamitā́ devó agníḥ svádantu havyáṃ mádʰunā gʰṛténa || 10||











sadyó jātó vyamimīta yajñámagnírdevā́nāmabʰavatpurogā́ḥ |
asyá hótuḥ pradíśyṛtásya vācí svā́hākṛtaṃ havíradantu devā́ḥ || 11||












Sūkta 10.111 

mánīṣiṇaḥ prá bʰaradʰvaṃ manīṣā́ṃ yátʰāyatʰā matáyaḥ sánti nṛṇā́m |
índraṃ satyaírérayāmā kṛtébʰiḥ sá hí vīró girvaṇasyúrvídānaḥ || 1||



1.  manīṣinjmpv prap bʰaradʰvamva·Ao2p«√bʰṛ manīṣānfsa (yatʰāc-yatʰāc)a matinfpn santivp·A·3p«√as nṛnmpg |
    indraNmsa satyajnpi āp īrayāmahevaCA·1p«√īr kṛtannpi  
    sasr3msn hic vīranmsn (girvanasnns-yujms)jmsn vidānata·Amsn«√vid 



1.  O learned ones, bring forth a conception
    of how men's mental gestures are.
    With genuine actions we cause Indra to arise here
    since he, a hero, is known to be moved by longing for a chant.
------



ṛtásya hí sádaso dʰītírádyautsáṃ gārṣṭeyó vṛṣabʰó góbʰirānaṭ |
údatiṣṭʰattaviṣéṇā ráveṇa mahā́nti citsáṃ vivyācā rájāṃsi || 2||



2.  ṛtannsg hic sadasnnsb dʰītinfsn adyautvp·Aa3s«√dyu  
    samp gārṣṭeyajmsn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsn gonfpi ānaṭvp·U·3s«√naś |
    udc atiṣṭʰatvp·Aa3s«√stʰā taviṣajmsi ravanmsi  
    mahāntjnpa cidc samp vivyācavp·I·3s«√vyac rajasnnpa 



2.  Since a stable visualization shined from the seat of ṛta,
    born-from-a-heifer resembling-a-bull one met with cows¹.
    He stood up with a controlling howl,
    he has completely encompassed even violent darkening emotions.



índraḥ kíla śrútyā asyá veda sá hí jiṣṇúḥ patʰikṛ́tsū́ryāya |
ā́nménāṃ kṛṇvánnácyuto bʰúvadgóḥ pátirdiváḥ sanajā́ ápratītaḥ || 3||



3.  indraNmsn kilac śrutyaiv···D··«√śru ayamr3msg vedavp·I·3s«√vid  
    sasr3msn hic jiṣṇujmsn (patʰinnms-kṛtjms)jmsn sūryanmsd |
    ātc menānfsa kṛṇvanttp·Amsn«√kṛ acyutajmsn bʰuvatvp·AE3s«√bʰū gonfsb  
    patinmsn dyunmsg (sanajms-jājms)jmsn apratītajmsn 



3.  Indra certainly knows how to hear from this one,
    since he, victorious, is path-maker for the sun.
    Making afterwards a woman², he shall become non-removed from a cow³;
    born long ago, protector of the Heaven [is] not-counterbalanced.



índro mahnā́ maható arṇavásya vratā́minādáṅgirobʰirgṛṇānáḥ |
purū́ṇi cinní tatānā rájāṃsi dādʰā́ra yó dʰarúṇaṃ satyátātā || 4||



4.  indraNmsn mahannnsi mahatjmsg arṇavanmsg vratannpa aminātvp·Aa3s«√mī aṅgirasnmpi gṛṇānata·Amsn«√gṝ |
    purujnpa cidc nip tatānavp·I·3s«√tan rajasnnpa  
    dādʰāravp·I·3s«√dʰṛ yasr3msn dʰaruṇannsa satyatātnfsi 



4.  Indra, extolled by aṅgiras-es, 
    greatly diminished spheres of actions of the extensive flood.
    He has penetrated even numerous darkening emotions
    who has preserved the foundation [of Indra's expansion] with [constraints of] the reality.



índro diváḥ pratimā́naṃ pṛtʰivyā́ víśvā veda sávanā hánti śúṣṇam |
mahī́ṃ ciddyā́mā́tanotsū́ryeṇa cāskámbʰa citkámbʰanena skábʰīyān || 5||



5.  indraNmsn dyunmsg pratimānannsn pṛtʰivīnfsg  
    viśvajnpa vedavp·I·3s«√vid savanannpa hantivp·A·3s«√han śuṣṇaNmsa |
    mahīnfsa cidc dyunmsa āp atanotvp·Aa3s«√tan sūryanmsi  
    cāskambʰavp·I·3s«√skambʰ cidc skambʰanannsi skabʰīyasjmsn 



5.  Indra [is] Heaven's [and] Earth's model⁴.
    he remembers⁵ every pressing [of Soma]. He slays Śuṣṇa.
    By means of the sun⁶ he extended the Heaven, [and] even the mighty [Earth],
    propping [them] even more, he has propped [them] with the pillar.



vájreṇa hí vṛtrahā́ vṛtrámástarádevasya śū́śuvānasya māyā́ḥ |
ví dʰṛṣṇo átra dʰṛṣatā́ jagʰantʰā́tʰābʰavo magʰavanbāhvòjāḥ || 6||



6.  vajranmsi hic (vṛtranns-hanjms)jmsn vṛtraNnsa astarvp·U·2s«√stṛ adevajmsg śūśuvānata·Imsg«√śvi māyānfpa |
    vip dʰṛṣṇujmsv atrac dʰṛṣatāa jagʰantʰavp·I·2s«√han  
    atʰāc abʰavasvp·Aa2s«√bʰū magʰavanjmsv (bāhunms-ojasnns)jmsn 



6.  Since thou, Vṛtra-slayer, have scattered Vṛtra by using thunderbolt,
    thou, O daring one, have boldly dispersed in this case
    the powers to frame [cognition] of profane, swelled one.
    Moreover, thou, O generous one, have got the vigour in arms.



sácanta yáduṣásaḥ sū́ryeṇa citrā́masya ketávo rā́mavindan |
ā́ yánnákṣatraṃ dádṛśe divó ná púnaryató nákiraddʰā́ nú veda || 7||



7.  sacantava·AE3p«√sac yadc uṣasnfpn sūryanmsi  
    citrājfsa ayamr3msg ketunmpn rainfsa avindanvp·Aa3p«√vid |
    āp yadc nakṣatrannsn dadṛśeva·I·3s«√dṛś dyunmsb nac  
    punara yatjmsg nakisc addʰāa nuc vedavp·I·3s«√vid 



7.  When dawns associate themselves with the Sun,,⁷
    the flames of it experienced the manifold treasure.
    When [this] ``asterism'' has appears as if from the Heaven,
    no one for sure experienced it going away at once.



dūráṃ kíla pratʰamā́ jagmurāsāmíndrasya yā́ḥ prasavé sasrúrā́paḥ |
kvà svidágraṃ kvà budʰná āsāmā́po mádʰyaṃ kvà vo nūnámántaḥ || 8||



8.  dūrama kilac pratʰamājfpn jagmurvp·I·3p«√gam ayamr3fpg  
    indraNmsgr3fpn prasavanmsl sasrurvp·I·3p«√sṛ apnfpn |
    kvac svidc agrannsn kvac budʰnanmsn ayamr3fpg  
    apnfpv madʰyannsn kvac tvamr2mpg nūnama antanmsn 



8.  Initial ones of these --- the waters that at Indra's impulsion
    have gushed forth --- have certainly gone far away.
    Where, pray, [is] the front, where [is] the bottom of these?
    O waters, where is your midst, where at present is the limit?



sṛjáḥ síndʰūm̐ráhinā jagrasānā́m̐ ā́dídetā́ḥ prá vivijre javéna |
múmukṣamāṇā utá yā́ mumucré'dʰédetā́ ná ramante nítiktāḥ || 9||



9.  sṛjasvp·AE2s«√sṛj sindʰunmpa ahinmsi jagrasānata·Impa«√gras  
    ātc idc etasr3fpn prap vivijreva·I·3p«√vij javanmsi |
    mumukṣamāṇataDAfpn«√muc utacr3fpn mumucreva·I·3p«√muc  
    adʰac idc etasr3fpn nac ramanteva·A·3p«√ram nitiktājfpn 



9.  ``Thou shall let loose the rivers which have been devoured by the snake.'',⁸
    Only after that these [waters] have rushed forth swiftly ---
    those seeking to get free and [those] which have freed themselves.
    Only now these [waters] do not stand still [since they are made] non-pungent.



sadʰrī́cīḥ síndʰumuśatī́rivāyansanā́jjārá āritáḥ pūrbʰídāsām |
ástamā́ te pā́rtʰivā vásūnyasmé jagmuḥ sūnṛ́tā indra pūrvī́ḥ || 10||



10. sadʰrīcījfpn sindʰunmsa uśatījfpn ivac āyanvp·Aa3p«√i  
     sanāta jāranmsn āritajmsn (purnfs-bʰidjms)nmsn ayamr3fpg |
     astannsa āp tvamr2msg pārtʰivajnpa vasunnpa  
     vayamr1mpd jagmurvp·I·3p«√gam sūnṛtājfpn indraNmsv pūrvījfpn 



10. Directed to the same river, they went like desiring [mistresses]⁹.
    From of old, breaking strongholds one [is] a praised lover of these [waters].
------
    To thy home [have come] earthly goods, 
    many well-fitting [waters] have made their appearance in us.


1 evocative expressions
2 Speech --- on the basis of 1.121.2cd
3 an evocative expression
4 that is, they adapt themselves to his qualities
5 lit. ``has experienced''
6 maṇipūra cakra
7 prob. ``when inner state of Dawn occurs in sync with activation of maṇipūra cakra''
8 this line is the same as 4.17.1d
9 on the basis of 1.62.11c


Sūkta 10.112 

índra píba pratikāmáṃ sutásya prātaḥsāvástáva hí pūrvápītiḥ |
hárṣasva hántave śūra śátrūnuktʰébʰiṣṭe vīryā̀ prá bravāma || 1||



1.  indraNmsv pibavp·Ao2s«√pā pratikāmama sutajmsg  
    (prātara-sāvanms)nmsn tvamr2msg hic (pūrvajms-pītinfs)nfsn |
    harṣasvava·Ao2s«√hṛṣ hantavev···D··«√han śūranmsv śatrunmpa  
    uktʰannpi tvamr2msg vīryannpa prap bravāmavp·A·1p«√brū 



1.  O Indra, drink at will extracted [Soma],
    since thy [is] the morning pressing, the initial draught.
    Make thyself impatient to slay enemies, O agent of change!
    We [will] proclaim with recited verses thy deeds of valor.



yáste rátʰo mánaso jávīyānéndra téna somapéyāya yāhi |
tū́yamā́ te hárayaḥ prá dravantu yébʰiryā́si vṛ́ṣabʰirmándamānaḥ || 2||



2.  yasr3msn tvamr2msd ratʰanmsn manasnnsb javīyasjmsn  
    āp indraNmsv tasr3msi (somanms-peyanms)nmsd yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā |
    tūyama āp tvamr2msd harijmpn prap dravantuvp·Ao3p«√dru  
    yasr3mpi yāsivp·A·2s«√yā vṛṣannmpi mandamānata·Amsn«√mand 



2.  Which chariot is for thee quicker than the mind,
    using that one journey here for a drink of Soma!
    Quick, let pale-yellow ones¹ hasten here for thee,
    with which bulls thou continue to exhilarate thyself!



háritvatā várcasā sū́ryasya śréṣṭʰai rūpaístanvàṃ sparśayasva |
asmā́bʰirindra sákʰibʰirhuvānáḥ sadʰrīcīnó mādayasvā niṣádya || 3||



3.  haritvatjmsi varcasnnsi sūryanmsg  
    śreṣṭʰajnpi rūpannpi tanūnfsa sparśayasvavaCAo2s«√sparś |
    vayamr1mpi indraNmsv sakʰinmpi huvānata·Amsn«√hve  
    sadʰrīcīnajmsn mādayasvavaCAo2s«√mad nisadyatp·A???«ni~√sad 



3.  By using golden brilliance of the sun
    bring the body into immediate contact with the most splendid forms!
    Being called upon by us, by companions, O Indra,
    pursuing the same goal, exhilarate thyself having taken seat [upon the sacrificial grass]²!



yásya tyátte mahimā́naṃ mádeṣvimé mahī́ ródasī nā́viviktām |
tádóka ā́ háribʰirindra yuktaíḥ priyébʰiryāhi priyámánnamácʰa || 4||



4.  yasr3msg tyadr3nsa tvamr2msg mahimannmsa madanmpl  
    ayamr3ndn mahjndn rodasnndn nac aviviktāmva·Aa3d«√vyac |
    tadr3nsa okasnnsa āp harijmpi indraNmsv yuktajmpi  
    priyajmpi yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā priyannsa annannsa acʰap 



4.  Whose that --- thy power to increase in size during exhilarations --- 
    these two vast Rodas-es didn't encompass,
    do thou, O Indra, journey to this dwelling
    using favorite yoked tawny ones towards favorite food!



yásya śáśvatpapivā́m̐ indra śátrūnanānukṛtyā́ ráṇyā cakártʰa |
sá te púraṃdʰiṃ táviṣīmiyarti sá te mádāya sutá indra sómaḥ || 5||



5.  yasr3msg śaśvata papivaṃstp·Imsn«√pā indraNmsv śatrunmpa  
    ananukṛtyajnpa raṇyannpa cakartʰavp·I·2s«√kṛ |
    sasr3msn tvamr2msd (purnfsa-dʰijms)jfsa taviṣīnfsa iyartivp·A·3s«√ṛ  
    sasr3msn tvamr2msg madanmsd sutajmsn indraNmsv somanmsn 



5.  Having drunk time and again of which, thou, O Indra,
    [killed] rivals, [and] have accomplished inimitable fit-for-fighting [feats].
    He³ rouses thy bearing-fullness power to control,
    he [is] extracted for thy exhilaration, O Indra --- Soma!



idáṃ te pā́traṃ sánavittamindra píbā sómamenā́ śatakrato |
pūrṇá āhāvó madirásya mádʰvo yáṃ víśva ídabʰiháryanti devā́ḥ || 6||



6.  ayamr3nsn tvamr2msg pātrannsn sanavittajnsn indraNmsv  
    pibavp·Ao2s«√pā somanmsa enāa (śatau-kratunms)jmsv |
    pūrṇajmsn āhāvanmsn madirajnsg madʰunnsg yasr3msa viśvajmpn idc abʰiharyantivp·A·3p«abʰi~√hary devanmpn 



6.  This here is thy long ago found goblet, O Indra!
    Drink Soma at this time, O having hundred wiles one!
    The pail, which all deva-s long after,
    is full of brewing exhilaration honey.



ví hí tvā́mindra purudʰā́ jánāso hitáprayaso vṛṣabʰa hváyante |
asmā́kaṃ te mádʰumattamānīmā́ bʰuvansávanā téṣu harya || 7||



7.  vip hic tvamr2msa indraNmsv (purua-dʰājms)a jananmpn (hitajns-prayasnns)jmpn (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsv hvayanteva·A·3p«√hve |
    vayamr1mpg tvamr2msd madʰumattamajnpa  
    ayamr3npa bʰuvanvp·AE3p«√bʰū savanannpa tadr3npl haryavp·Ao2s«√hary 



7.  Since thee, O Indra, folks whose delight [for thee] is prepared,
    variously vie in calling, O appearing-as-a-bull one,
    These our pressings shall become the sweetest for thee.
    Delight in them!



prá ta indra pūrvyā́ṇi prá nūnáṃ vīryā̀ vocaṃ pratʰamā́ kṛtā́ni |
satīnámanyuraśratʰāyo ádriṃ suvedanā́makṛṇorbráhmaṇe gā́m || 8||



8.  prap tvamr2msg indraNmsv pūrvyajnpa prap nūnama  
    vīryannpa vocamvp·UE1s«√vac pratʰamajnpa kṛtannpa |
    (satīnajms-manyunms)jmsn aśratʰayasvpCAa2s«√śratʰ adrinmsa  
    suvedanājfsa akṛṇosvp·Aa2s«√kṛ brahmannnsd gonfsa 



8.  I shall mention right now thy former, O Indra, 
    initial deeds of valor.
    [Being] really angry thou made the rock give way,
    thou made the evocative expression for a formulation easy-to-experience.



ní ṣú sīda gaṇapate gaṇéṣu tvā́māhurvípratamaṃ kavīnā́m |
ná ṛté tvátkriyate kíṃ canā́ré mahā́markáṃ magʰavañcitrámarca || 9||



9.  nip sua sīdavp·Ao2s«√sad (gaṇanms-patinms)nmsv gaṇanmpl  
    tvamr2msa āhurvp·I·3p«√ah vipratamajmsa kavinmpg |
    nac ṛtea tvamr2msb kriyatevp·A·3s«√kṛ kimc canac ārea  
    mahāntjmsa arkanmsa magʰavanjmsv citrajmsa arcavp·Ao2s«√arc 



9.  Do sit down midst troops, O overseer of troops!
    They call thee most inspired of poets,
    without thee, far away [from thee], nothing whatsoever is accomplished.
    Sing a distinguished long hymn of illumination, O generous one!



abʰikʰyā́ no magʰavannā́dʰamānānsákʰe bodʰí vasupate sákʰīnām |
ráṇaṃ kṛdʰi raṇakṛtsatyaśuṣmā́bʰakte cidā́ bʰajā rāyé asmā́n || 10||



10. abʰikʰyāyatp·A???«abʰi~√kʰyā vayamr1mpa magʰavanjmsv nādʰamānata·Ampa«√nādʰ  
     sakʰinmsv bodʰivp·Ao2s«√budʰ (vasunns-patinms)nmsv sakʰinmpg |
     raṇanmsa kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ (raṇanms-kṛtjms)jmsv (satyajms-śuṣmanms)jmsa  
     abʰaktajmsl cidc āp bʰajavp·Ao2s«√bʰaj rainmsd vayamr1mpa 



10. O generous one! Seeing us to be asking for help, 
    O companion, become aware of [thy] companions, O overseer of benefits!
    Make joy, O causing-joy having-genuine-fervor one!
    Do let us have a share of wealth --- even in what is not [yet] distributed!


1 drops of Soma
2 on the basis of 3.35.6c
3 Soma


Sūkta 10.113 

támasya dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ sácetasā víśvebʰirdevaíránu śúṣmamāvatām |
yádaítkṛṇvānó mahimā́namindriyáṃ pītvī́ sómasya krátumām̐ avardʰata || 1||



1.  tasr3msa ayamr3msg (dyunmd-pṛtʰivīnfd)nfdn sacetasjfdn  
    viśvajmpi devanmpi anup śuṣmanmsa āvatāmvp·Aa3d«√av |
    yadc aitvp·Aa3s«√i kṛṇvānata·Amsn«√kṛ mahimannmsa indriyannsa  
    pītvītp·A???«√pā somanmsg kratumantjmsn avardʰatava·Aa3s«√vṛdʰ 



1.  That his fervor the Heaven and the Earth,
    being in agreement with all deva-s, encouraged.
    When he kept working at the power to increase in size, [and] at the power over affections,
    drinking Soma, resourceful, he grew stronger.



támasya víṣṇurmahimā́namójasāṃśúṃ dadʰanvā́nmádʰuno ví rapśate |
devébʰiríndro magʰávā sayā́vabʰirvṛtráṃ jagʰanvā́m̐ abʰavadváreṇyaḥ || 2||



2.  tasr3msa ayamr3msg viṣṇuNmsn mahimannmsa ojasnnsi  
    aṃśunmsa dadʰanvaṃstp·Insn«√dʰanv madʰunnsg vip rapśateva·A·3s«√rapś |
    devanmpi indraNmsn magʰavanjmsn sayāvanjmpi  
    vṛtraNnsa jagʰanvaṅstp·Imsn«√han abʰavatvp·Aa3s«√bʰū vareṇyajmsn 



2.  That his power to vigorously increase in size Viṣṇu [strengthened],
    having made the stalk¹ flow, he became abounding in honey.
    Indra together with going along with [him] deva-s having slayed Vṛtra,
    became to-be-preferred [to others].



vṛtréṇa yádáhinā bíbʰradā́yudʰā samástʰitʰā yudʰáye śáṃsamāvíde |
víśve te átra marútaḥ sahá tmánā́vardʰannugra mahimā́namindriyám || 3||



3.  vṛtraNmsi yadc ahinmsi bibʰrattp·Amsn«√bʰṛ āyudʰannpa samastʰitʰāsva·U·2s«sam~√stʰā yudʰayev···D··«√yudʰ śaṃsanmsa āvidev···D··«ā~√vid |
    viśvajmpn tvamr2msg marutNmpn sahap tmanāa  
    avardʰanvp·Aa3p«√vṛdʰ ugrajmsv mahimannmsa indriyannsa 



3.  When thou, bearing weapons, stood still in order to fight 
    with the snake, with Vṛtra --- to understand the spell,
    all Marut-s, indeed jointly, strengthened 
    thy power to increase in size, [and] the power over affections, O ferocious one!



jajñāná evá vyabādʰata spṛ́dʰaḥ prā́paśyadvīró abʰí paúṃsyaṃ ráṇam |
ávṛścadádrimáva sasyádaḥ sṛjadástabʰnānnā́kaṃ svapasyáyā pṛtʰúm || 4||



4.  jajñānatp·Imsn«√jan evac vip abādʰatava·Aa3s«√bādʰ spṛdʰnfpa  
    prap apaśyatvp·Aa3s«√paś vīranmsn abʰip pauṃsyajmsa raṇanmsa |
    avṛścatvp·Aa3s«√vraśc adrinmsa avap sasyatjfpa sṛjatvp·AE3s«√sṛj  
    astabʰnāsvp·Aa3s«√stambʰ nākanmsa svapasyānfsi pṭʰujmsa 



4.  Just born², he scared away adversaries.
    The hero looked at [them] for the manly delight [of battle].
    He broke the rock --- he shall send off discharging [streams].
    With skillful work he propped expansive space where there is no pain.



ā́díndraḥ satrā́ táviṣīrapatyata várīyo dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ abādʰata |
ávābʰaraddʰṛṣitó vájramāyasáṃ śévaṃ mitrā́ya váruṇāya dāśúṣe || 5||



5.  ātc indraNmsn satrāa taviṣīnfpa apatyatavp·Aa3s«√pat  
    varīyasa (dyunmd-pṛtʰivīnfd)nfda abādʰatava·Aa3s«√bādʰ |
    avap abʰaratvp·Aa3s«√bʰṛ dʰṛṣitajmsa vajranmsa āyasajmsa  
    śevannsn mitraNmsd varuṇaNmsd dāśvaṅstp·Imsd«√dāś 



5.  Thereupon, Indra always oversaw the powers to control.
    He pressed the Heaven and the Earth further apart.
    He brought down provoked iron thunderbolt ---
    a homage to Mitra, to Varuṇa, to the worshiper.



índrasyā́tra táviṣībʰyo virapśína ṛgʰāyató araṃhayanta manyáve |
vṛtráṃ yádugró vyávṛścadójasāpó bíbʰrataṃ támasā párīvṛtam || 6||



6.  indraNmsg atrac taviṣīnfpi virapśinnmpn ṛgʰāyanttp·Amsg«√ṛgʰāy araṃhayantavaCAa3p«√raṃh manyunmsd |
    vṛtraNmsa yadc ugrajmsn vip avṛścatvp·Aa3s«√vraśc ojasnnsi  
    apnfpa bibʰrattp·Amsa«√bʰṛ tamasnnsi parivṛtajmsa 



6.  In this matter, they³, exuberant because of the powers to control
    of raving Indra, urged themselves on for the sake of [his] rage,
    when he, ferocious, vigorously hew into pieces
    keeping waters, concealed by ignorance Vṛtra.



yā́ vīryā̀ṇi pratʰamā́ni kártvā mahitvébʰiryátamānau samīyátuḥ |
dʰvāntáṃ támó'va dadʰvase hatá índro mahnā́ pūrváhūtāvapatyata || 7||



7.  yadr3npa vīryannpa pratʰamajnpa kartvajnpa  
    mahitvajnpi yatamānata·Amdn«√yat samīyaturvp·I·3d«sam~√i |
    dʰvāntajnsa tamasnnsa avap dadʰvaseva·I·3s«√dʰvaṃs hatajnsl indraNmsn mahannnsi (pūrvajms-hūtinfs)nmsl apatyatavp·Aa3s«√pat 



7.  The two⁴ have come together extending themselves with powers to expand ---
    [those are] to be effected first which are aspects of valor.
    When struck, veiled ignorance has dispersed ---
    Indra reigned mightily when [he had] the precedence at invocation [of deva-s].



víśve devā́so ádʰa vṛ́ṣṇyāni té'vardʰayansómavatyā vacasyáyā |
raddʰáṃ vṛtrámáhimíndrasya hánmanāgnírná jámbʰaistṛṣvánnamāvayat || 8||



8.  viśvajmpn devanmpn adʰac vṛṣṇyajnpa tvamr2msg  
    avardʰayanvpCAa3p«√vṛdʰ somavatījfsi vacasyānfsi |
    raddʰajmsa vṛtraNmsa ahinmsa indraNmsg hanmannmsi  
    agninmsn nac jambʰanmpi tṛṣua annannsa āvayatvpCAa3s«√av 



8.  Moreover, all the deva-s strengthened for thee,
    using rich in Soma eloquence, [those] about-to-become-effective manly powers.
    Greedily, as fire with [its] ``teeth'' [its] ``food'',
    he⁵ consumed subdued by Indra's thrust snake, [and] Vṛtra.



bʰū́ri dákṣebʰirvacanébʰirṛ́kvabʰiḥ sakʰyébʰiḥ sakʰyā́ni prá vocata |
índro dʰúniṃ ca cúmuriṃ ca dambʰáyañcʰraddʰāmanasyā́ śṛṇute dabʰī́taye || 9||



9.  bʰūria dakṣajnpi vacanannpi ṛkvanjnpi  
    sakʰyannpi sakʰyannpa prap vocatavp·Ao2p«√vac |
    indraNmsn dʰuniNmsa cac cumuriNmsa dambʰayanttpCAmsn«√dabʰ  
    śraddʰāmanasyānfsi śṛṇuteva·A·3s«√śru dabʰītinmsd 



9.  Do ye repeatedly mention using discerning praising phrases
    [his] relations with fellowships [of warriors]!
    Indra, deceiving [demons] Cumuri and Dʰuni,
    gives [them] ear, with intent to be loyal [to worshiper] --- in order to deceive.



tváṃ purū́ṇyā́ bʰarā sváśvyā yébʰirmáṃsai nivácanāni śáṃsan |
sugébʰirvíśvā duritā́ tarema vidó ṣú ṇa urviyā́ gādʰámadyá || 10||



10. tvamr2msn purujnpa āp bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ svaśvyajnpa  
     yadr3npi maṃsaivp·Ue1s«√man nivacanannpa śaṃsanttp·Amsn«√śaṃs |
     sugannpi viśvajnpa duritannpa taremavp·Ai1p«√tṝ  
     vidasvp·AE2s«√vid sua vayamr1mpd urvīnfsi gādʰannsa adyaa 



10. Do thou bring many well-provided-with-horses⁶ [verses],
    with the help of which I, reciting enigmatic⁷ expressions, would reflect upon [them].
    [So that] we might cross over all difficulties along easy pathways,
    thou will easily find for us today a ford through the wide Earth.


1 here = ``spine column''
2 that is, became manifested
3 prob. Marut-s
4 the power to control and the rage
5 Soma
6 rhythms
7 following p.1581 J&B2014


Sūkta 10.114 

gʰarmā́ sámantā trivṛ́taṃ vyā̀patustáyorjúṣṭiṃ mātaríśvā jagāma |
diváspáyo dídʰiṣāṇā aveṣanvidúrdevā́ḥ sahásāmānamarkám || 1||











tisró deṣṭrā́ya nírṛtīrúpāsate dīrgʰaśrúto ví hí jānánti váhnayaḥ |
tā́sāṃ ní cikyuḥ kaváyo nidā́naṃ páreṣu yā́ gúhyeṣu vratéṣu || 2||











cátuṣkapardā yuvatíḥ supéśā gʰṛtápratīkā vayúnāni vaste |
tásyāṃ suparṇā́ vṛ́ṣaṇā ní ṣedaturyátra devā́ dadʰiré bʰāgadʰéyam || 3||











ékaḥ suparṇáḥ sá samudrámā́ viveśa sá idáṃ víśvaṃ bʰúvanaṃ ví caṣṭe |
táṃ pā́kena mánasāpaśyamántitastáṃ mātā́ reḷhi sá u reḷhi mātáram || 4||











suparṇáṃ víprāḥ kaváyo vácobʰirékaṃ sántaṃ bahudʰā́ kalpayanti |
cʰándāṃsi ca dádʰato adʰvaréṣu gráhānsómasya mimate dvā́daśa || 5||











ṣaṭtriṃśā́m̐śca catúraḥ kalpáyantaścʰándāṃsi ca dádʰata ādvādaśám |
yajñáṃ vimā́ya kaváyo manīṣá ṛksāmā́bʰyāṃ prá rátʰaṃ vartayanti || 6||











cáturdaśānyé mahimā́no asya táṃ dʰī́rā vācā́ prá ṇayanti saptá |
ā́pnānaṃ tīrtʰáṃ ká ihá prá vocadyéna patʰā́ prapíbante sutásya || 7||











sahasradʰā́ pañcadaśā́nyuktʰā́ yā́vaddyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ tā́vadíttát |
sahasradʰā́ mahimā́naḥ sahásraṃ yā́vadbráhma víṣṭʰitaṃ tā́vatī vā́k || 8||











káścʰándasāṃ yógamā́ veda dʰī́raḥ kó dʰíṣṇyāṃ práti vā́caṃ papāda |
kámṛtvíjāmaṣṭamáṃ śū́ramāhurhárī índrasya ní cikāya káḥ svit || 9||











bʰū́myā ántaṃ páryéke caranti rátʰasya dʰūrṣú yuktā́so astʰuḥ |
śrámasya dāyáṃ ví bʰajantyebʰyo yadā́ yamó bʰávati harmyé hitáḥ || 10||












Sūkta 10.115 

citrá ícʰíśostáruṇasya vakṣátʰo ná yó mātárāvapyéti dʰā́tave |
anūdʰā́ yádi jī́janadádʰā ca nú vavákṣa sadyó máhi dūtyàṃ caran || 1||











agnírha nā́ma dʰāyi dánnapástamaḥ sáṃ yó vánā yuváte bʰásmanā datā́ |
abʰipramúrā juhvā̀ svadʰvará inó ná prótʰamāno yávase vṛ́ṣā || 2||











táṃ vo víṃ ná druṣádaṃ devámándʰasa índuṃ prótʰantaṃ pravápantamarṇavám |
āsā́ váhniṃ ná śocíṣā virapśínaṃ máhivrataṃ ná sarájantamádʰvanaḥ || 3||











ví yásya te jrayasānásyājara dʰákṣorná vā́tāḥ pári sántyácyutāḥ |
ā́ raṇvā́so yúyudʰayo ná satvanáṃ tritáṃ naśanta prá śiṣánta iṣṭáye || 4||











sá ídagníḥ káṇvatamaḥ káṇvasakʰāryáḥ párasyā́ntarasya táruṣaḥ |
agníḥ pātu gṛṇató agníḥ sūrī́nagnírdadātu téṣāmávo naḥ || 5||











vājíntamāya sáhyase supitrya tṛṣú cyávāno ánu jātávedase |
anudré cidyó dʰṛṣatā́ váraṃ saté mahíntamāya dʰánvanédaviṣyaté || 6||











evā́gnírmártaiḥ sahá sūríbʰirvásu ṣṭave sáhasaḥ sūnáro nṛ́bʰiḥ |
mitrā́so ná yé súdʰitā ṛtāyávo dyā́vo ná dyumnaírabʰí sánti mā́nuṣān || 7||











ū́rjo napātsahasāvanníti tvopastutásya vandate vṛ́ṣā vā́k |
tvā́ṃ stoṣāma tváyā suvī́rā drā́gʰīya ā́yuḥ prataráṃ dádʰānāḥ || 8||











íti tvāgne vṛṣṭihávyasya putrā́ upastutā́sa ṛ́ṣayo'vocan |
tā́m̐śca pāhí gṛṇatáśca sūrī́nváṣaḍváṣaḷítyūrdʰvā́so anakṣannámo náma ítyūrdʰvā́so anakṣan || 9||












Sūkta 10.116 

píbā sómaṃ mahatá indriyā́ya píbā vṛtrā́ya hántave śaviṣṭʰa |
píba rāyé śávase hūyámānaḥ píba mádʰvastṛpádindrā́ vṛṣasva || 1||



1.  pibavp·Ao2s«√pā somanmsa mahatjmsd indriyannsd  
    pibavp·Ao2s«√pā vṛtraNmsd hantavev···D··«√han śaviṣṭʰajmsv |
    pibavp·Ao2s«√pā rainmsd śavasnnsd hūyamānatp·Amsn«√hve  
    pibavp·Ao2s«√pā tṛpata indraNmsv āp vṛṣasvava·Ao2s«√vṛṣ 



1.  Drink Soma for the sake of ample power over affections,
    drink for Vṛtra to be slain, O having the most power to change one!
    Drink for the sake of the treasure, being summoned for the power to change!
    Drink to thy satisfaction, O Indra, pour [it into thy belly]¹!



asyá piba kṣumátaḥ prástʰitasyéndra sómasya váramā́ sutásya |
svastidā́ mánasā mādayasvārvācīnó reváte saúbʰagāya || 2||



2.  ayamr3msg pibavp·Ao2s«√pā kṣumantjmsg prastʰitajmsg  
    indraNmsv somanmsg varanmsa āp sutajmsg |
    (svastinns-dājms)jmsn manasnnsi mādayasvavaCAo2s«√mad  
    arvācīnajmsn revatjmsd saubʰagannsd 



2.  Drink this nourishing prepared extracted Soma
    to thy heart's content, O Indra!
    Bestowing well-being, mentally exhilarate thyself,
    turned hitherward for the sake of plentiful fortune.



mamáttu tvā divyáḥ sóma indra mamáttu yáḥ sūyáte pā́rtʰiveṣu |
mamáttu yéna várivaścakártʰa mamáttu yéna niriṇā́si śátrūn || 3||



3.  mamattuvp·Ao3s«√mad tvamr2msa divyajmsn somanmsn indraNmsv  
    mamattuvp·Ao3s«√mad yasr3msn sūyatevp·A·3s«√su pārtʰivanmpl |
    mamattuvp·Ao3s«√mad yasr3msi varivasnnsa cakartʰavp·I·2s«√kṛ  
    mamattuvp·Ao3s«√mad yasr3msi niriṇāsivp·A·2s«ni~√rī śatrunmpa 



3.  May divine Soma exhilarate thee, O Indra,
    may that one, which is pressed among earthlings, exhilarate [thee]!
    May that exhilarate [thee] with which thou have created mental space,
    may that exhilarate [thee] with which thou scatter enemies!



ā́ dvibárhā aminó yātvíndro vṛ́ṣā háribʰyāṃ páriṣiktamándʰaḥ |
gávyā́ sutásya prábʰṛtasya mádʰvaḥ satrā́ kʰédāmaruśahā́ vṛṣasva || 4||



4.  āp (dviu-barhasjms)jmsn aminajmsn yātuvp·Ao3s«√yā indraNmsn  
    vṛṣannmsn harijmdi parisiktajnsa andʰasnnsa |
    gonfsl āp sutajmsg prabʰṛtajnsg madʰunnsg  
    satrāa kʰedānfsa (aruśajns-hanjms)jmsn āp vṛṣasvava·Ao2s«√vṛṣ 



4.  May twice-swollen, fortifying himself [with overwhelming strengths]² bull Indra
    journey here using two tawny ones towards sprinkled Soma juice!
    [May thou drink] offered placed pressed-out into milk [Soma], the ``honey''!
    May thou, in every way dispersing non-luminous [states of mind], shed the feeling of being exhausted!



ní tigmā́ni bʰrāśáyanbʰrā́śyānyáva stʰirā́ tanuhi yātujū́nām |
ugrā́ya te sáho bálaṃ dadāmi pratī́tyā śátrūnvigadéṣu vṛśca || 5||



5.  nip tigmajnpa bʰrāśayanttp·Amsn«√bʰraṃś bʰrāśyajnpa  
    avap stʰirannpa tanuhivp·Ao2s«√tan (yātunms-jūjms)jmpg |
    ugrajmsd tvamr2msd sahasnnsa balannsa dadāmivp·A·1s«√dā  
    pratītyatp·A???«prai~√i śatrunmpa vigadanmpl vṛścavp·Ao2s«√vraśc 



5.  Undermining scorching to-be-overthrown [darkening emotions³],
    loosen the resistance of those which are impelled by infatuations!
    I give to ferocious thee overwhelming strength [and] force.
    Opposing enemies midst confused shouting, hew [them] into pieces!



vyàryá indra tanuhi śrávāṃsyója stʰiréva dʰánvano'bʰímātīḥ |
asmadryàgvāvṛdʰānáḥ sáhobʰiránibʰṛṣṭastanvàṃ vāvṛdʰasva || 6||



6.  vip arijmsg indraNmsv tanuhivp·Ao2s«√tan śravasnnpa  
    ojasnnsa stʰirannpa ivac dʰanvannnsg abʰimātinfpa |
    asmadryaka vāvṛdʰānata·Imsn«√vṛdʰ sahasnnpi  
    anibʰṛṣṭajmsn tanūnfsa vavṛdʰasvava·Ao2s«√vṛdʰ 



6.  O Indra, pervade auditory impressions of rising upwards one⁴!
    [Weaken] plotting [against us enemies], [their] vigour --- like the resistance of a bow⁵!
    [Turning obstacles] away from us, having become augmented by overwhelming strengths,
    unabating, thou should have made thyself stronger!



idáṃ havírmagʰavantúbʰyaṃ rātáṃ práti samrāḷáhṛṇāno gṛbʰāya |
túbʰyaṃ sutó magʰavantúbʰyaṃ pakvò'ddʰī̀ndra píba ca prástʰitasya || 7||



7.  ayamr3nsn havisnnsn magʰavanjmsv tvamr2msd rātajnsa  
    pratip samrājnmsv ahṛṇānajmsn gṛbʰāyavp·Ao2s«√gṛbʰāy |
    tvamr2msd sutajmsn magʰavanjmsn tvamr2msd pakvajmsn  
    addʰivp·Ao2s«√ad indraNmsv pibavp·Ao2s«√pā prastʰitajmsg 



7.  Receive without being angered this granted to thee,
    O generous one, oblation, O joint ruler [of drawing to themselves⁶]⁷!
    For thee, O generous one, [this is] pressed out, for thee [this is] cooked.
    Eat and drink what is set forth, O Indra!



addʰī́dindra prástʰitemā́ havī́ṃṣi cáno dadʰiṣva pacatótá sómam |
práyasvantaḥ práti haryāmasi tvā satyā́ḥ santu yájamānasya kā́māḥ || 8||



8.  addʰivp·Ao2s«√ad idc prastʰitajnpa ayamr3npa havisnnpa  
    canasnnsa dadʰiṣvava·Ao2s«√dʰā pacatajnpa utac somanmsa |
    prayasvantjmpn pratip haryāmasivp·A·1p«√hṛ tvamr2msa  
    satyajmpn santuvp·Ao3p«√as yajamānatp·Amsg«√yaj kāmanmpn 



8.  Eat these set forth oblations,
    make cooked [things] and Soma [thy] delight!
    We, offering libations, procure thee ---
    may desires of the sacrificer be realized!



préndrāgníbʰyāṃ suvacasyā́miyarmi síndʰāviva prérayaṃ nā́vamarkaíḥ |
áyā iva pári caranti devā́ yé asmábʰyaṃ dʰanadā́ udbʰídaśca || 9||



9.  prap (indraNmd-agniNmd)Nmdi suvacasyānfsa iyarmivp·A·1s«√ṛ  
    sindʰunmsl ivac īrayamvpCAE1s«√īr naunfsa arkanmpi |
    ayanmpn ivac parip carantivp·A·3p«√car devanmpn  
    yasr3mpn vayamr1mpd (dʰananns-dājms)jmpn udbʰidjmpn cac 



9.  For Indra and Agni I set in motion beautiful phrase.
    With hymns of illumination I shall make the ship⁸ to move as if on a river.
    Deva-s move around like dice, [those deva-s]
    that are bursting through and giving the prize to us.


1 on the basis of 10.96.13d
2 on the basis of 6.19.1b
3 rajāṃsi
4 inner Soma
5 that is, loosening fueling them emotions, like bow's tension is lessened by removing the bowstring
6 senses
7 on the basis of 8.16.1a
8 Indra


Sūkta 10.117 

ná vā́ u devā́ḥ kṣúdʰamídvadʰáṃ dadurutā́śitamúpa gacʰanti mṛtyávaḥ |
utó rayíḥ pṛṇató nópa dasyatyutā́pṛṇanmarḍitā́raṃ ná vindate || 1||











yá ādʰrā́ya cakamānā́ya pitvó'nnavānsánrapʰitā́yopajagmúṣe |
stʰiráṃ mánaḥ kṛṇuté sévate purótó citsá marḍitā́raṃ ná vindate || 2||











sá ídbʰojó yó gṛháve dádātyánnakāmāya cárate kṛśā́ya |
áramasmai bʰavati yā́mahūtā utā́parī́ṣu kṛṇute sákʰāyam || 3||











ná sá sákʰā yó ná dádāti sákʰye sacābʰúve sácamānāya pitváḥ |
ápāsmātpréyānná tádóko asti pṛṇántamanyámáraṇaṃ cidicʰet || 4||











pṛṇīyā́dínnā́dʰamānāya távyāndrā́gʰīyāṃsamánu paśyeta pántʰām |
ó hí vártante rátʰyeva cakrā́nyámanyamúpa tiṣṭʰanta rā́yaḥ || 5||











mógʰamánnaṃ vindate ápracetāḥ satyáṃ bravīmi vadʰá ítsá tásya |
nā́ryamáṇaṃ púṣyati nó sákʰāyaṃ kévalāgʰo bʰavati kevalādī́ || 6||











kṛṣánnítpʰā́la ā́śitaṃ kṛṇoti yánnádʰvānamápa vṛṅkte carítraiḥ |
vádanbrahmā́vadato vánīyānpṛṇánnāpírápṛṇantamabʰí ṣyāt || 7||











ékapādbʰū́yo dvipádo ví cakrame dvipā́ttripā́damabʰyèti paścā́t |
cátuṣpādeti dvipádāmabʰisvaré sampáśyanpaṅktī́rupatíṣṭʰamānaḥ || 8||











samaú ciddʰástau ná samáṃ viviṣṭaḥ sammātárā cinná samáṃ duhāte |
yamáyościnná samā́ vīryā̀ṇi jñātī́ citsántau ná samáṃ pṛṇītaḥ || 9||












Sūkta 10.118 

ágne háṃsi nyàtríṇaṃ dī́dyanmártyeṣvā́ |
své kṣáye śucivrata || 1||











úttiṣṭʰasi svā̀huto gʰṛtā́ni práti modase |
yáttvā srúcaḥ samástʰiran || 2||











sá ā́huto ví rocate'gnírīḷényo girā́ |
srucā́ prátīkamajyate || 3||











gʰṛténāgníḥ sámajyate mádʰupratīka ā́hutaḥ |
rócamāno vibʰā́vasuḥ || 4||











járamāṇaḥ sámidʰyase devébʰyo havyavāhana |
táṃ tvā havanta mártyāḥ || 5||











táṃ martā ámartyaṃ gʰṛténāgníṃ saparyata |
ádābʰyaṃ gṛhápatim || 6||











ádābʰyena śocíṣā́gne rákṣastváṃ daha |
gopā́ ṛtásya dīdihi || 7||











sá tvámagne prátīkena prátyoṣa yātudʰānyàḥ |
urukṣáyeṣu dī́dyat || 8||











táṃ tvā gīrbʰírurukṣáyā havyavā́haṃ sámīdʰire |
yájiṣṭʰaṃ mā́nuṣe jáne || 9||












Sūkta 10.119 

íti vā́ íti me máno gā́máśvaṃ sanuyāmíti |
kuvítsómasyā́pāmíti || 1||











prá vā́tā iva dódʰata únmā pītā́ ayaṃsata |
kuvítsómasyā́pāmíti || 2||











únmā pītā́ ayaṃsata rátʰamáśvā ivāśávaḥ |
kuvítsómasyā́pāmíti || 3||











úpa mā matírastʰita vāśrā́ putrámiva priyám |
kuvítsómasyā́pāmíti || 4||











aháṃ táṣṭeva vandʰúraṃ páryacāmi hṛdā́ matím |
kuvítsómasyā́pāmíti || 5||











nahí me akṣipáccanā́cʰāntsuḥ páñca kṛṣṭáyaḥ |
kuvítsómasyā́pāmíti || 6||











nahí me ródasī ubʰé anyáṃ pakṣáṃ caná práti |
kuvítsómasyā́pāmíti || 7||











abʰí dyā́ṃ mahinā́ bʰuvamabʰī̀mā́ṃ pṛtʰivī́ṃ mahī́m |
kuvítsómasyā́pāmíti || 8||











hántāháṃ pṛtʰivī́mimā́ṃ ní dadʰānīhá vehá vā |
kuvítsómasyā́pāmíti || 9||











oṣámítpṛtʰivī́maháṃ jaṅgʰánānīhá vehá vā |
kuvítsómasyā́pāmíti || 10||











diví me anyáḥ pakṣò'dʰó anyámacīkṛṣam |
kuvítsómasyā́pāmíti || 11||











ahámasmi mahāmahò'bʰinabʰyámúdīṣitaḥ |
kuvítsómasyā́pāmíti || 12||











gṛhó yāmyáraṃkṛto devébʰyo havyavā́hanaḥ |
kuvítsómasyā́pāmíti || 13||












Sūkta 10.120 

tádídāsa bʰúvaneṣu jyéṣṭʰaṃ yáto jajñá ugrástveṣánṛmṇaḥ |
sadyó jajñānó ní riṇāti śátrūnánu yáṃ víśve mádantyū́māḥ || 1||



1.  tadr3nsn idc āsavp·I·3s«√as bʰuvanannpl jyeṣṭʰajnsn  
    yatasc jajñeva·I·3s«√jan ugrajmsn (tveṣajns-nṛmṇanns)jmsn |
    sadyasa jajñānatp·Imsn«√jan nip riṇātivp·A·3s«√rī śatrunmpa  
    anup yasr3msa viśvajmpn madantivp·A·3p«√mad ūmanmpn 



1.  Just that among places of existence is excellent,
    from which he, whose courage is vehement, was born ferocious.
    Having been born, in the very moment, he, 
    whom all helpers cheer¹ on, scatters enemies.



vāvṛdʰānáḥ śávasā bʰū́ryojāḥ śátrurdāsā́ya bʰiyásaṃ dadʰāti |
ávyanacca vyanácca sásni sáṃ te navanta prábʰṛtā mádeṣu || 2||



2.  vavṛdʰānata·Imsn«√vṛdʰ śavasnnsi (bʰūrijns-ojasnns)jmsn  
    śatrunmsn dāsanmsd bʰiyasnmsa dadʰātivp·A·3s«√dʰā |
    avyanantjnsa cac vyanantjnsa cac sasninnsa  
    samp tvamr2msd navantava·AE3p«√nu prabʰṛtinfsl madanmpl 



2.  Having become stronger through the power to change, having abundant vigour,
    the overthrower brings fear to the demon.
    During intoxications, at bringing [thee] forth, for thy sake,
    [helpers] find their way towards procuring [thee abode] --- whether it ``divides the breath''² or not.



tvé krátumápi vṛñjanti víśve dvíryádeté trírbʰávantyū́māḥ |
svādóḥ svā́dīyaḥ svādúnā sṛjā sámadáḥ sú mádʰu mádʰunābʰí yodʰīḥ || 3||



3.  tvamr2msl kratunmsa apip vṛñjantivp·A·3p«√vṛj viśvajmpn  
    dvisa yadc etasr3mpn trisa bʰavantivp·A·3p«√bʰū ūmanmpn |
    svādunnsb svādīyaṃsjnsn svādujnsi sṛjavp·Ao2s«√sṛj samp  
    asaur3nsa sua madʰunnsa madʰunnsi abʰip yodʰīsvp·UE2s«√yudʰ 



3.  Into thee they all bundle resourcefulness
    when those helpers come into being twice, [or] thrice.
    ``Mingle sweeter than sweet one³ with the palatable one⁴!
    Thou should have acquired that honey⁵ by fighting, using [this] honey⁶,''



íti ciddʰí tvā dʰánā jáyantaṃ mádemade anumádanti víprāḥ |
ójīyo dʰṛṣṇo stʰirámā́ tanuṣva mā́ tvā dabʰanyātudʰā́nā durévāḥ || 4||



4.  itia cidc hic tvamr2msa dʰanannpa jayanttp·Amsa«√ji  
    (madanmsl-madanmsl)a anumadantivp·A·3p«anu~√mad viprajmpn |
    ojīyaṅsjnsa dʰṛṣṇujmsv stʰirannsa āp tanuṣvava·Ao2s«√tanc tvamr2msa dabʰanvp·AE3p«√dabʰ (yātunms-dʰānajms)jmpn durevajmpn 



4.  since verily thus inwardly excited ones cheered thee,
    who is winning prizes, on, in rapture-after-rapture,
    do thou, O daring one, overspread the fiercest resistance!
    May not those who are ill-disposed, cursed with an infatuation, deceive thee!



tváyā vayáṃ śāśadmahe ráṇeṣu prapáśyanto yudʰényāni bʰū́ri |
codáyāmi ta ā́yudʰā vácobʰiḥ sáṃ te śiśāmi bráhmaṇā váyāṃsi || 5||



5.  tvamr2msi vayamr1mpn śāśadmaheva·I·1p«√śad raṇannpl prapaśyanttp·Ampn«pra~√paś yudʰenyajnpa bʰūria |
    codayāmivpCA·1s«√cud tvamr2msg āyudʰannpa vacasnnpi  
    samp tvamr2msd śiśāmivp·A·1s«√śo brahmannnsi vayasnnpa 



5.  We, foreseeing many to-be-overcome [obstacles],
    together with thee have distinguished ourselves in battles.
    By means of utterances I make thy weapons to move quickly,
    by means of a formulation, for thee, I sharpen together energies of the mind and the body.



stuṣéyyaṃ puruvárpasamṛ́bʰvaminátamamāptyámāptyā́nām |
ā́ darṣate śávasā saptá dā́nūnprá sākṣate pratimā́nāni bʰū́ri || 6||



6.  stuṣeyyajmsa (purua-varpasnns)jmsa ṛbʰujmsa  
    inatamajmsa āptyajmsa āptyajmpg |
    āp darṣatevp·Ue3s«√dṝ śavasnnsi saptau dānunmpa  
    prap sākṣatevp·Ue3s«√sah pratimānannpa bʰuria 



6.  [I call upon him, who is] praiseworthy, having multiple assumed forms, skillful, most invigorating,
    of [all] to-be-obtained ones [the one] to-be-obtained,
    so that by the power to change he would make accessible the seven liberal ones⁷,
    so that he would overpower many well-matched opponents.



ní táddadʰiṣé'varaṃ páraṃ ca yásminnā́vitʰā́vasā duroṇé |
ā́ mātárā stʰāpayase jigatnū́ áta inoṣi kárvarā purū́ṇi || 7||



7.  nip tadr3nsa dadʰiṣeva·I·2s«√dʰā avarajnsa parajnsa cac  
    yasr3msl āvitʰavp·I·2s«√av avasnnsi duroṇannsl |
    āp mātṛnfda stʰāpayasevaCA·2s«√stʰā jigatnujfda atasc inoṣivp·A·2s«√inv karvarannpa purujnpa 



7.  That dwelling⁸ thou have accepted,
    in which thou have animated with [thy] aid the prior and the later [vital airs⁹].
    Thou cause two ever-in-motion parents¹⁰ to be stable,
    [and,] in this case, thou invigorate numerous actions.



imā́ bráhma bṛháddivo vivaktī́ndrāya śūṣámagriyáḥ svarṣā́ḥ |
mahó gotrásya kṣayati svarā́jo dúraśca víśvā avṛṇodápa svā́ḥ || 8||



8.  ayamr3npa brahmannnsa (bṛhatjms-divanms)Nmsn vivaktivp·A·3s«√vac  
    indraNmsd śūṣajnsa agriyajmsn (svarnns-sājms)jmsn |
    mahjnsg gotrannsg kṣayativp·A·3s«√kṣi svarājnmsg  
    durnfpa cac viśvajfpa avṛnotvp·Aa3s«√vṛ apap svajfpa 



8.  Bṛhaddiva, principal [and] gaining-sva`r [sacrificer],
    utters these [verses] [and] high-spirited formulation for Indra.
    He governs a mighty lineage of the self-ruling one¹¹,
    and opened all his own doors.



evā́ mahā́nbṛháddivo átʰarvā́vocatsvā́ṃ tanvàmíndramevá |
svásāro mātaríbʰvarīrariprā́ hinvánti ca śávasā vardʰáyanti ca || 9||



9.  evac mahatjmsn (bṛhatjms-divanms)Nmsn atʰarvanNmsn avocatvp·U·3s«√vac svājfsa tanūnfsa indraNmsa evac |
    svasṛnfpn mātaribʰvarījfsn ariprājfpn  
    hinvantivp·A·3p«√hi cac śavasnnsi vardʰayantivpCA·3p«√vṛdʰ cac 



9.  Just so mighty Atʰarvan Bṛhaddiva
    declared his own self to Indra, just so.
    Arising-in-the-mother¹² having-no-impurities sisters¹³
    urge [him¹⁴] with the impulse to change, and make [him] grow stronger.


1 prob. deva-s
2 prob. a breathing technique in which inhalation and exhalation are visualized as originating in a particular cakra
3 beta-endorphins
4 Soma
5 beta-endorphins
6 Soma
7 prob. cakras or inner waters
8 cakra
9 prob. prāṇa and apāna
10 the Earth and the Heaven
11 Indra
12 here ``mother'' means ``the body''
13 inner waters
14 Atʰarvan Bṛhaddiva


Sūkta 10.121 

hiraṇyagarbʰáḥ sámavartatā́gre bʰūtásya jātáḥ pátiréka āsīt |
sá dādʰāra pṛtʰivī́ṃ dyā́mutémā́ṃ kásmai devā́ya havíṣā vidʰema || 1||











yá ātmadā́ baladā́ yásya víśva upā́sate praśíṣaṃ yásya devā́ḥ |
yásya cʰāyā́mṛ́taṃ yásya mṛtyúḥ kásmai devā́ya havíṣā vidʰema || 2||











yáḥ prāṇató nimiṣató mahitvaíka ídrā́jā jágato babʰū́va |
yá ī́śe asyá dvipádaścátuṣpadaḥ kásmai devā́ya havíṣā vidʰema || 3||











yásyemé himávanto mahitvā́ yásya samudráṃ rasáyā sahā́húḥ |
yásyemā́ḥ pradíśo yásya bāhū́ kásmai devā́ya havíṣā vidʰema || 4||











yéna dyaúrugrā́ pṛtʰivī́ ca dṛḷhā́ yéna svà stabʰitáṃ yéna nā́kaḥ |
yó antárikṣe rájaso vimā́naḥ kásmai devā́ya havíṣā vidʰema || 5||











yáṃ krándasī ávasā tastabʰāné abʰyaíkṣetāṃ mánasā réjamāne |
yátrā́dʰi sū́ra údito vibʰā́ti kásmai devā́ya havíṣā vidʰema || 6||











ā́po ha yádbṛhatī́rvíśvamā́yangárbʰaṃ dádʰānā janáyantīragním |
táto devā́nāṃ sámavartatā́surékaḥ kásmai devā́ya havíṣā vidʰema || 7||











yáścidā́po mahinā́ paryápaśyaddákṣaṃ dádʰānā janáyantīryajñám |
yó devéṣvádʰi devá éka ā́sītkásmai devā́ya havíṣā vidʰema || 8||











mā́ no hiṃsījjanitā́ yáḥ pṛtʰivyā́ yó vā dívaṃ satyádʰarmā jajā́na |
yáścāpáścandrā́ bṛhatī́rjajā́na kásmai devā́ya havíṣā vidʰema || 9||











prájāpate ná tvádetā́nyanyó víśvā jātā́ni pári tā́ babʰūva |
yátkāmāste juhumástánno astu vayáṃ syāma pátayo rayīṇā́m || 10||












Sūkta 10.122 

vásuṃ ná citrámahasaṃ gṛṇīṣe vāmáṃ śévamátitʰimadviṣeṇyám |
sá rāsate śurúdʰo viśvádʰāyaso'gnírhótā gṛhápatiḥ suvī́ryam || 1||











juṣāṇó agne práti harya me váco víśvāni vidvā́nvayúnāni sukrato |
gʰṛ́tanirṇigbráhmaṇe gātúméraya táva devā́ ajanayannánu vratám || 2||











saptá dʰā́māni pariyánnámartyo dā́śaddāśúṣe sukṛ́te māmahasva |
suvī́reṇa rayíṇāgne svābʰúvā yásta ā́naṭ samídʰā táṃ juṣasva || 3||











yajñásya ketúṃ pratʰamáṃ puróhitaṃ havíṣmanta īḷate saptá vājínam |
śṛṇvántamagníṃ gʰṛtápṛṣṭʰamukṣáṇaṃ pṛṇántaṃ deváṃ pṛṇaté suvī́ryam || 4||











tváṃ dūtáḥ pratʰamó váreṇyaḥ sá hūyámāno amṛ́tāya matsva |
tvā́ṃ marjayanmarúto dāśúṣo gṛhé tvā́ṃ stómebʰirbʰṛ́gavo ví rurucuḥ || 5||











íṣaṃ duhánsudúgʰāṃ viśvádʰāyasaṃ yajñapríye yájamānāya sukrato |
ágne gʰṛtásnustrírṛtā́ni dī́dyadvartíryajñáṃ pariyánsukratūyase || 6||











tvā́mídasyā́ uṣáso vyùṣṭiṣu dūtáṃ kṛṇvānā́ ayajanta mā́nuṣāḥ |
tvā́ṃ devā́ mahayā́yyāya vāvṛdʰurā́jyamagne nimṛjánto adʰvaré || 7||











ní tvā vásiṣṭʰā ahvanta vājínaṃ gṛṇánto agne vidátʰeṣu vedʰásaḥ |
rāyáspóṣaṃ yájamāneṣu dʰāraya yūyáṃ pāta svastíbʰiḥ sádā naḥ || 8||












Sūkta 10.123 

ayáṃ venáścodayatpṛ́śnigarbʰā jyótirjarāyū rájaso vimā́ne |
imámapā́ṃ saṃgamé sū́ryasya śíśuṃ ná víprā matíbʰī rihanti || 1||











samudrā́dūrmímúdiyarti venó nabʰojā́ḥ pṛṣṭʰáṃ haryatásya darśi |
ṛtásya sā́nāvádʰi viṣṭápi bʰrā́ṭ samānáṃ yónimabʰyànūṣata vrā́ḥ || 2||











samānáṃ pūrvī́rabʰí vāvaśānā́stíṣṭʰanvatsásya mātáraḥ sánīḷāḥ |
ṛtásya sā́nāvádʰi cakramāṇā́ rihánti mádʰvo amṛ́tasya vā́ṇīḥ || 3||











jānánto rūpámakṛpanta víprā mṛgásya gʰóṣaṃ mahiṣásya hí gmán |
ṛténa yánto ádʰi síndʰumastʰurvidádgandʰarvó amṛ́tāni nā́ma || 4||











apsarā́ jārámupasiṣmiyāṇā́ yóṣā bibʰarti paramé vyoman |
cáratpriyásya yóniṣu priyáḥ sánsī́datpakṣé hiraṇyáye sá venáḥ || 5||











nā́ke suparṇámúpa yátpátantaṃ hṛdā́ vénanto abʰyácakṣata tvā |
híraṇyapakṣaṃ váruṇasya dūtáṃ yamásya yónau śakunáṃ bʰuraṇyúm || 6||











ūrdʰvó gandʰarvó ádʰi nā́ke astʰātpratyáṅcitrā́ bíbʰradasyā́yudʰāni |
vásāno átkaṃ surabʰíṃ dṛśé káṃ svàrṇá nā́ma janata priyā́ṇi || 7||











drapsáḥ samudrámabʰí yájjígāti páśyangṛ́dʰrasya cákṣasā vídʰarman |
bʰānúḥ śukréṇa śocíṣā cakānástṛtī́ye cakre rájasi priyā́ṇi || 8||












Sūkta 10.124 

imáṃ no agna úpa yajñáméhi páñcayāmaṃ trivṛ́taṃ saptátantum |
áso havyavā́ḷutá naḥ purogā́ jyógevá dīrgʰáṃ táma ā́śayiṣṭʰāḥ || 1||











ádevāddeváḥ pracátā gúhā yánprapáśyamāno amṛtatvámemi |
śiváṃ yátsántamáśivo jáhāmi svā́tsakʰyā́dáraṇīṃ nā́bʰimemi || 2||











páśyannanyásyā átitʰiṃ vayā́yā ṛtásya dʰā́ma ví mime purū́ṇi |
śáṃsāmi pitré ásurāya śévamayajñiyā́dyajñíyaṃ bʰāgámemi || 3||











bahvī́ḥ sámā akaramantárasminníndraṃ vṛṇānáḥ pitáraṃ jahāmi |
agníḥ sómo váruṇasté cyavante paryā́vardrāṣṭráṃ tádavāmyāyán || 4||











nírmāyā u tyé ásurā abʰūvantváṃ ca mā varuṇa kāmáyāse |
ṛténa rājannánṛtaṃ viviñcánmáma rāṣṭrásyā́dʰipatyaméhi || 5||











idáṃ svaridámídāsa vāmámayáṃ prakāśá urvàntárikṣam |
hánāva vṛtráṃ niréhi soma havíṣṭvā sántaṃ havíṣā yajāma || 6||











kavíḥ kavitvā́ diví rūpámā́sajadáprabʰūtī váruṇo nírapáḥ sṛjat |
kṣémaṃ kṛṇvānā́ jánayo ná síndʰavastā́ asya várṇaṃ śúcayo bʰaribʰrati || 7||











tā́ asya jyéṣṭʰamindriyáṃ sacante tā́ īmā́ kṣeti svadʰáyā mádantīḥ |
tā́ īṃ víśo ná rā́jānaṃ vṛṇānā́ bībʰatsúvo ápa vṛtrā́datiṣṭʰan || 8||











bībʰatsū́nāṃ sayújaṃ haṃsámāhurapā́ṃ divyā́nāṃ sakʰyé cárantam |
anuṣṭúbʰamánu carcūryámāṇamíndraṃ ní cikyuḥ kaváyo manīṣā́ || 9||












Sūkta 10.125 

aháṃ rudrébʰirvásubʰiścarāmyahámādityaírutá viśvádevaiḥ |
aháṃ mitrā́váruṇobʰā́ bibʰarmyahámindrāgnī́ ahámaśvínobʰā́ || 1||











aháṃ sómamāhanásaṃ bibʰarmyaháṃ tváṣṭāramutá pūṣáṇaṃ bʰágam |
aháṃ dadʰāmi dráviṇaṃ havíṣmate suprāvyè yájamānāya sunvaté || 2||











aháṃ rā́ṣṭrī saṃgámanī vásūnāṃ cikitúṣī pratʰamā́ yajñíyānām |
tā́ṃ mā devā́ vyadadʰuḥ purutrā́ bʰū́ristʰātrāṃ bʰū́ryāveśáyantīm || 3||











máyā só ánnamatti yó vipáśyati yáḥ prā́ṇiti yá īṃ śṛṇótyuktám |
amantávo mā́ṃ tá úpa kṣiyanti śrudʰí śruta śraddʰiváṃ te vadāmi || 4||











ahámevá svayámidáṃ vadāmi júṣṭaṃ devébʰirutá mā́nuṣebʰiḥ |
yáṃ kāmáye táṃtamugráṃ kṛṇomi táṃ brahmā́ṇaṃ támṛ́ṣiṃ táṃ sumedʰā́m || 5||











aháṃ rudrā́ya dʰánurā́ tanomi brahmadvíṣe śárave hántavā́ u |
aháṃ jánāya samádaṃ kṛṇomyaháṃ dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ ā́ viveśa || 6||











aháṃ suve pitáramasya mūrdʰánmáma yónirapsvàntáḥ samudré |
táto ví tiṣṭʰe bʰúvanā́nu víśvotā́mū́ṃ dyā́ṃ varṣmáṇópa spṛśāmi || 7||











ahámevá vā́ta iva prá vāmyārábʰamāṇā bʰúvanāni víśvā |
paró divā́ pará enā́ pṛtʰivyaítā́vatī mahinā́ sáṃ babʰūva || 8||












Sūkta 10.126 

ná támáṃho ná duritáṃ dévāso aṣṭa mártyam |
sajóṣaso yámaryamā́ mitró náyanti váruṇo áti dvíṣaḥ || 1||











táddʰí vayáṃ vṛṇīmáhe váruṇa mítrā́ryaman |
yénā níráṃhaso yūyáṃ pātʰá netʰā́ ca mártyamáti dvíṣaḥ || 2||











té nūnáṃ no'yámūtáye váruṇo mitró aryamā́ |
náyiṣṭʰā u no neṣáṇi párṣiṣṭʰā u naḥ parṣáṇyáti dvíṣaḥ || 3||











yūyáṃ víśvaṃ pári pātʰa váruṇo mitró aryamā́ |
yuṣmā́kaṃ śármaṇi priyé syā́ma supraṇītayó'ti dvíṣaḥ || 4||











ādityā́so áti srídʰo váruṇo mitró aryamā́ |
ugráṃ marúdbʰī rudráṃ huveméndramagníṃ svastáyé'ti dvíṣaḥ || 5||











nétāra ū ṣú ṇastiró váruṇo mitró aryamā́ |
áti víśvāni duritā́ rā́jānaścarṣaṇīnā́máti dvíṣaḥ || 6||











śunámasmábʰyamūtáye váruṇo mitró aryamā́ |
śárma yacʰantu saprátʰa ādityā́so yádī́mahe áti dvíṣaḥ || 7||











yátʰā ha tyádvasavo gauryàṃ citpadí ṣitā́mámuñcatā yajatrāḥ |
evó ṣvàsmánmuñcatā vyáṃhaḥ prá tāryagne prataráṃ na ā́yuḥ || 8||












Sūkta 10.127 

rā́trī vyàkʰyadāyatī́ purutrā́ devyàkṣábʰiḥ |
víśvā ádʰi śríyo'dʰita || 1||











órvaprā ámartyā niváto devyùdvátaḥ |
jyótiṣā bādʰate támaḥ || 2||











níru svásāramaskṛtoṣásaṃ devyā̀yatī́ |
ápédu hāsate támaḥ || 3||











sā́ no adyá yásyā vayáṃ ní te yā́mannávikṣmahi |
vṛkṣé ná vasatíṃ váyaḥ || 4||











ní grā́māso avikṣata ní padvánto ní pakṣíṇaḥ |
ní śyenā́saścidartʰínaḥ || 5||











yāváyā vṛkyàṃ vṛkaṃ yaváya stenámūrmye |
átʰā naḥ sutárā bʰava || 6||











úpa mā pépiśattámaḥ kṛṣṇáṃ vyaktamastʰita |
úṣa ṛṇéva yātaya || 7||











úpa te gā́ ivā́karaṃ vṛṇīṣvá duhitardivaḥ |
rā́tri stómaṃ ná jigyúṣe || 8||












Sūkta 10.128 

mámāgne várco vihavéṣvastu vayáṃ tvéndʰānāstanvàṃ puṣema |
máhyaṃ namantāṃ pradíśaścátasrastváyā́dʰyakṣeṇa pṛ́tanā jayema || 1||











máma devā́ vihavé santu sárva índravanto marúto víṣṇuragníḥ |
mámāntárikṣamurúlokamastu máhyaṃ vā́taḥ pavatāṃ kā́me asmín || 2||











máyi devā́ dráviṇamā́ yajantāṃ máyyāśī́rastu máyi deváhūtiḥ |
daívyā hótāro vanuṣanta pū́rvé'riṣṭāḥ syāma tanvā̀ suvī́rāḥ || 3||











máhyaṃ yajantu máma yā́ni havyā́kūtiḥ satyā́ mánaso me astu |
éno mā́ ní gāṃ katamáccanā́háṃ víśve devāso ádʰi vocatā naḥ || 4||











dévīḥ ṣaḷurvīrurú naḥ kṛṇota víśve devāsa ihá vīrayadʰvam |
mā́ hāsmahi prajáyā mā́ tanū́bʰirmā́ radʰāma dviṣaté soma rājan || 5||











ágne manyúṃ pratinudánpáreṣāmádabdʰo gopā́ḥ pári pāhi nastvám |
pratyáñco yantu nigútaḥ púnastè'maíṣāṃ cittáṃ prabúdʰāṃ ví neśat || 6||











dʰātā́ dʰātṝṇā́ṃ bʰúvanasya yáspátirdeváṃ trātā́ramabʰimātiṣāhám |
imáṃ yajñámaśvínobʰā́ bṛ́haspátirdevā́ḥ pāntu yájamānaṃ nyartʰā́t || 7||











uruvyácā no mahiṣáḥ śárma yaṃsadasmínháve puruhūtáḥ purukṣúḥ |
sá naḥ prajā́yai haryaśva mṛḷayéndra mā́ no rīriṣo mā́ párā dāḥ || 8||











yé naḥ sapátnā ápa té bʰavantvindrāgníbʰyāmáva bādʰāmahe tā́n |
vásavo rudrā́ ādityā́ uparispṛ́śaṃ mográṃ céttāramadʰirājámakran || 9||












Sūkta 10.129 

nā́sadāsīnnó sádāsīttadā́nīṃ nā́sīdrájo nó vyomā paró yát |
kímā́varīvaḥ kúha kásya śármannámbʰaḥ kímāsīdgáhanaṃ gabʰīrám || 1||











ná mṛtyúrāsīdamṛ́taṃ ná tárhi ná rā́tryā áhna āsītpraketáḥ |
ā́nīdavātáṃ svadʰáyā tádékaṃ tásmāddʰānyánná paráḥ kíṃ canā́sa || 2||











táma āsīttámasā gūḷhámágre'praketáṃ saliláṃ sárvamā idám |
tucʰyénābʰvápihitaṃ yádā́sīttápasastánmahinā́jāyataíkam || 3||











kā́mastádágre sámavartatā́dʰi mánaso rétaḥ pratʰamáṃ yádā́sīt |
sató bándʰumásati níravindanhṛdí pratī́ṣyā kaváyo manīṣā́ || 4||











tiraścī́no vítato raśmíreṣāmadʰáḥ svidāsī́dupári svidāsīt |
retodʰā́ āsanmahimā́na āsansvadʰā́ avástātpráyatiḥ parástāt || 5||











kó addʰā́ veda ká ihá prá vocatkúta ā́jātā kúta iyáṃ vísṛṣṭiḥ |
arvā́gdevā́ asyá visárjanenā́tʰā kó veda yáta ābabʰū́va || 6||











iyáṃ vísṛṣṭiryáta ābabʰū́va yádi vā dadʰé yádi vā ná |
yó asyā́dʰyakṣaḥ paramé vyomansó aṅgá veda yádi vā ná véda || 7||












Sūkta 10.130 

yó yajñó viśvátastántubʰistatá ékaśataṃ devakarmébʰirā́yataḥ |
imé vayanti pitáro yá āyayúḥ prá vayā́pa vayétyāsate taté || 1||











púmām̐ enaṃ tanuta útkṛṇatti púmānví tatne ádʰi nā́ke asmín |
imé mayū́kʰā úpa sedurū sádaḥ sā́māni cakrustásarāṇyótave || 2||











kā́sītpramā́ pratimā́ kíṃ nidā́namā́jyaṃ kímāsītparidʰíḥ ká āsīt |
cʰándaḥ kímāsītprá uga.m ki'muktha'.m ya'ddevaa' deva'ma'yajanta vi'"sve || 3||











agnérgāyatryàbʰavatsayúgvoṣṇíhayā savitā́ sáṃ babʰūva |
anuṣṭúbʰā sóma uktʰaírmáhasvānbṛ́haspáterbṛhatī́ vā́camāvat || 4||











virā́ṇmitrā́váruṇayorabʰiśrī́ríndrasya triṣṭúbihá bʰāgó áhnaḥ |
víśvāndevā́ñjágatyā́ viveśa téna cākḷpra ṛ́ṣayo manuṣyā̀ḥ || 5||











cākḷpré téna ṛ́ṣayo manuṣyā̀ yajñé jāté pitáro naḥ purāṇé |
páśyanmanye mánasā cákṣasā tā́nyá imáṃ yajñámáyajanta pū́rve || 6||











sahástomāḥ sahácʰandasa āvṛ́taḥ sahápramā ṛ́ṣayaḥ saptá daívyāḥ |
pū́rveṣāṃ pántʰāmanudṛ́śya dʰī́rā anvā́lebʰire ratʰyò ná raśmī́n || 7||












Sūkta 10.131 

ápa prā́ca indra víśvām̐ amítrānápā́pāco abʰibʰūte nudasva |
ápódīco ápa śūrādʰarā́ca uraú yátʰā táva śármanmádema || 1||



1.  apap prāñcjmpa indraNmsv viśvajmpa amitranmpa  
    apap apāñcjmpa abʰibʰūtijmsv nudasvavp·Ao2s«√nud |
    apap udañcjmpa apap śūranmsv adʰarāñcjmpa  
    urujnsl yatʰāc tvamr2msg śarmannnsl mademavp·Ai1p«√mad 



1.  Push away, O Indra, hostiles coming from the front, 
    away those coming from the behind, O overwhelming one, away those coming from above,
    O agent of change, away those coming from below,
    so that we might rejoice in thy wide shelter!



kuvídaṅgá yávamanto yávaṃ cidyátʰā dā́ntyanupūrváṃ viyū́ya |
ihéhaiṣāṃ kṛṇuhi bʰójanāni yé barhíṣo námovṛktiṃ ná jagmúḥ || 2||



2.  kuvida aṅgac yavamantjmpn yavanmsa cidc  
    yatʰāc dāntivp·A·3p«√dā anupūrvama viyūyatp·A???«vi~√yu |
    (ihaa-ihaa)a ayamr3mpg kṛṇuhivp·Ao2s«√kṛ bʰojanannpa  
    yasr3mpn barhisnnsg (namasnns-vṛktinfs)jfsa nac jagmurvp·I·3p«√gam 



2.  Would having barley ones give up, for instance,
    even a [single] barley-corn while separating [grains from stem] one-after-another?
    Make here and there sources of pleasure theirs
    who have not set out to adore [thee] with just a bundle of sacrificial grass!



nahí stʰū́ryṛtutʰā́ yātámásti nótá śrávo vivide saṃgaméṣu |
gavyánta índraṃ sakʰyā́ya víprā aśvāyánto vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ vājáyantaḥ || 3||



3.  nahic stʰūrijnsn ṛtutʰāa yātajnsn astivp·A·3s«√as  
    nac utac śravasnnsa vivideva·I·3s«√vid saṃgamannpl |
    gavyanttp·Ampn«√gavy indraNmsa sakʰyannsd viprajmpn  
    aśvayanttp·Ampn«√aśvay vṛṣaṇajmsa vājayanttp·Ampn«√vājay 



3.  Since what is drawn by one ``animal'' does not proceed properly,
    and one does not find fame in assemblies ---
    desiring cows, desiring horses, inwardly excited ones, [call upon] Indra for a companionship,
    practising-rushes-of-vigour ones [call upon] him who is impregnating.¹



yuváṃ surā́mamaśvinā námucāvāsuré sácā |
vipipānā́ śubʰaspatī índraṃ kármasvāvatam || 4||



4.  tvamr2mdn surāmanmsa aśvinaNmdv  
    namuciNmsl āsuranmsl sacāa |
    vipipānajmdn śubʰnfsg patinmdv  
    indraNmsa karmannnpl āvatamvp·Aa2d«√av 



4.  In the presence of one of guiding spirits --- Namuci,
    you two, O Aśvin-s, drinking up the intoxicating brew²,
    favoured Indra in [his] actions,
    O two masters of reinforcement!



putrámiva pitárāvaśvínobʰéndrāvátʰuḥ kā́vyairdaṃsánābʰiḥ |
yátsurā́maṃ vyápibaḥ śácībʰiḥ sárasvatī tvā magʰavannabʰiṣṇak || 5||



5.  putranmsa ivac pitṛnmdn aśvinNmdn ubʰajmdn indraNmsv āvatʰurvp·Aa3d«√av kāvyajnpi daṃsanajnpi |
    yadc surāmanmsa vip apibasvp·Aa2s«√pā śacīnfpi sarasvatīNfsn tvamr2msa magʰavanjmsv abʰiṣṇakvp·Aa3s«√bʰiṣaj 



5.  As two parents [help] a son, both Aśvin-s helped [thee], O Indra,
    with [their] poetic inspiration [and] wonderful powers ---
    when thou drank the intoxicating brew;
    by using [her] enabling powers Sarasvatī healed thee, O generous one!
------



índraḥ sutrā́mā svávām̐ ávobʰiḥ sumṛḷīkó bʰavatu viśvávedāḥ |
bā́dʰatāṃ dvéṣo ábʰayaṃ kṛṇotu suvī́ryasya pátayaḥ syāma || 6||



6.  indraNmsn sutrāmanjmsn svavasjmsn avasnnpi  
    sumṛḷīkajmsn bʰavatuvp·Ao3s«√bʰū (viśvanns-vedasnns)jmsn |
    bādʰatāmvp·Ao3s«√bādʰ dveṣasnnsa abʰayannsa kṛnotuvp·Ao3s«√kṛ  
    suvīryannsg patinmpn syāmavp·Ai1p«√as 



6.  Let Indra become a good protector, a good helper by means of [his] favours,
    a very compassionate one whose knowledge is embracing everything!
    Let he repel hostility, let he effect fearlessness
    [so that] we could be masters of the manly vigour!



tásya vayáṃ sumataú yajñíyasyā́pi bʰadré saumanasé syāma |
sá sutrā́mā svávām̐ índro asmé ārā́cciddvéṣaḥ sanutáryuyotu || 7||



7.  tasr3msg vayamr1mpn sumatinfsl yajñiyajmsg  
    apip bʰadrajmsl saumanasajmsl syāmavp·Ai1p«√as |
    sasr3msn sutrāmanjmsn svavasjmsn indraNmsn vayamr1mpd  
    ārāta cidc dveṣasnnsa sanutara yuyotuvp·Ao3s«√yu 



7.  May we be in good graces of him [who is] worthy of sacrifice
    and also in auspicious cheerfulness!
    Let Indra --- such good protector, good helper for us ---
    even from afar drive away [any] hostility.,³


1 lines cd are the same as 4.17.16ab
2 prob. containing alcohol
3 last two stanzas are the same as 6.47.12-13


Sūkta 10.132 

ījānámíddyaúrgūrtā́vasurījānáṃ bʰū́mirabʰí prabʰūṣáṇi |
ījānáṃ devā́vaśvínāvabʰí sumnaíravardʰatām || 1||











tā́ vāṃ mitrāvaruṇā dʰārayátkṣitī suṣumnéṣitatvátā yajāmasi |
yuvóḥ krāṇā́ya sakʰyaírabʰí ṣyāma rakṣásaḥ || 2||











ádʰā cinnú yáddídʰiṣāmahe vāmabʰí priyáṃ rékṇaḥ pátyamānāḥ |
dadvā́m̐ vā yátpúṣyati rékṇaḥ sámvārannákirasya magʰā́ni || 3||











asā́vanyó asura sūyata dyaústváṃ víśveṣāṃ varuṇāsi rā́jā |
mūrdʰā́ rátʰasya cākannaítā́vataínasāntakadʰrúk || 4||











asmínsvètácʰákapūta éno hité mitré nígatānhanti vīrā́n |
avórvā yáddʰā́ttanū́ṣvávaḥ priyā́su yajñíyāsvárvā || 5||











yuvórhí mātā́ditirvicetasā dyaúrná bʰū́miḥ páyasā pupūtáni |
áva priyā́ didiṣṭana sū́ro ninikta raśmíbʰiḥ || 6||











yuváṃ hyapnarā́jāvásīdataṃ tíṣṭʰadrátʰaṃ ná dʰūrṣádaṃ vanarṣádam |
tā́ naḥ kaṇūkayántīrnṛmédʰastatre áṃhasaḥ sumédʰastatre áṃhasaḥ || 7||












Sūkta 10.133 

pró ṣvasmai puroratʰámíndrāya śūṣámarcata |
abʰī́ke cidu lokakṛ́tsaṃgé samátsu vṛtrahā́smā́kaṃ bodʰi coditā́ nábʰantāmanyakéṣāṃ jyākā́ ádʰi dʰánvasu || 1||



1.  prap uc sua ayamr3msd (purasa-ratʰanms)jmsa  
    indraNmsd śūṣajmsa arcatavp·AE2p«√ṛc |
    abʰīkannsl cidc uc (lokanms-kṛtjms)jmsn  
    saṃganmsl samadnfpl (vṛtranns-hanjms)jmsn  
    vayamr1mpg bodʰivp·Ao2s«√bʰū coditṛnmsn  
    nabʰantāmva·Ao3p«√nabʰ anyakajmpn  
    jyākānfpn adʰip dʰanvannnpl 



1.  To this one ye shall well praise in a verse, to Indra, high-spirited one¹ whose chariot is in front.
    Creating wide [mental] space even in face-to-face encounter,
    Vṛtra-slayer in a conflict, in clashes,
    do thou become our inciter!
    May others tear themselves ---
    [as] bowstring on bows!



tváṃ síndʰūm̐rávāsṛjo'dʰarā́co áhannáhim |
aśatrúrindra jajñiṣe víśvaṃ puṣyasi vā́ryaṃ táṃ tvā pári ṣvajāmahe nábʰantāmanyakéṣāṃ jyākā́ ádʰi dʰánvasu || 2||



2.  tvamr2msn sindʰunmpa avap asṛjasvp·Aa3s«√sṛj  
    adʰarāñcjmpa ahanvp·Aa2s«√han ahinmsa |
    aśatrujmsn indraNmsv jajñiṣeva·U·2s«√jan  
    viśvajnsa puṣyasivp·A·2s«√puṣ vāryannsa  
    tasr3msa tvamr2msa parip svajāmaheva·A·1p«√svaj  
    nabʰantāmva·Ao3p«√nabʰ anyakajmpn  
    jyākānfpn adʰip dʰanvannnpl 



2.  Thou send rivers off [to be] tending downwards,
    thou slayed the snake.
    O Indra, thou have manifested thyself [as being] without a rival.
    Thou foster everything to-be-chosen ---
    such thee we embrace.
    May others tear themselves ---
    [as] bowstring on bows!



ví ṣú víśvā árātayo'ryó naśanta no dʰíyaḥ |
ástāsi śátrave vadʰáṃ yó na indra jígʰāṃsati yā́ te rātírdadírvásu nábʰantāmanyakéṣāṃ jyākā́ ádʰi dʰánvasu || 3||



3.  vip sua viśvājfpn arātijfpn  
    arijmsb naśantava·AE3p«√naś vayamr1mpg dʰīnfpn |
    astṛnmsn asivp·A·2s«√as śatrunmsd vadʰanmsa  
    yasr3msn vayamr1mpa indraNmsv jigʰāṃsativpDA·3s«√hanr3fsn tvamr2msg rātinfsn dadinfsn vasunnsa  
    nabʰantāmva·Ao3p«√nabʰ anyakajmpn  
    jyākānfpn adʰip dʰanvannnpl 



3.  All holding [us] back from the tending upwards one
    visions shall come to nothing.
    Thou will shoot deadly weapon at the enemy
    who seek to hurt us, O Indra!
    The gift which is thy is the bestowing of the treasure.
    May others tear themselves ---
    [as] bowstring on bows!



yó na indrābʰíto jáno vṛkāyúrādídeśati |
adʰaspadáṃ támīṃ kṛdʰi vibādʰó asi sāsahírnábʰantāmanyakéṣāṃ jyākā́ ádʰi dʰánvasu || 4||



4.  yasr3msn vayamr1mpa indraNmsv abʰitasa jananmsn  
    vṛkayujmsn ādideśativp·Ae3s«ā~√diś |
    adʰaspadajmsa tasr3msa īmc kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ  
    vibādʰajmsn asivp·A·2s«√as sasahijmsn  
    nabʰantāmva·Ao3p«√nabʰ anyakajmpn  
    jyākānfpn adʰip dʰanvannnpl 



4.  Which rapacious person
    would set everywhere his aim on us, O Indra,
    that one make under the feet!
    Having ways to prevail, thou are who scares away [such men].
    May others tear themselves ---
    [as] bowstring on bows!



yó na indrābʰidā́sati sánābʰiryáśca níṣṭyaḥ |
áva tásya bálaṃ tira mahī́va dyaúrádʰa tmánā nábʰantāmanyakéṣāṃ jyākā́ ádʰi dʰánvasu || 5||



5.  yasr3msn vayamr1mpa indraNmsv abʰidāsativp·A·3s«abʰi~√dās  
    sanābʰijmsn yasr3msn cac niṣṭyajmsn  
    avap tasr3msg balannsa tiravp·Ao2s«√tṝ  
    mahinjmsn ivac dyunmsn adʰac tmanāa  
    nabʰantāmva·Ao3p«√nabʰ anyakajmpn  
    jyākānfpn adʰip dʰanvannnpl 



5.  Who, O Indra, considers and treats us as an enemy,
    who, though kindred, [is] an outsider,
    do thou degrade his [physical] strength ---
    then indeed [become] as possesses the might Heaven²!
    May others tear themselves ---
    [as] bowstring on bows!



vayámindra tvāyávaḥ sakʰitvámā́ rabʰāmahe |
ṛtásya naḥ patʰā́ nayā́ti víśvāni duritā́ nábʰantāmanyakéṣāṃ jyākā́ ádʰi dʰánvasu || 6||



6.  vayamr1mpn indraNmsv (tvamr2msa-yujms)jmpn  
    sakʰitvannsa āp rabʰāmaheva·A·1p«√rabʰ |
    ṛtannsg vayamr1mpa patʰinnnsi nayavp·Ao2s«√nī  
    atip viśvajnpa duritannpa  
    nabʰantāmva·Ao3p«√nabʰ anyakajmpn  
    jyākānfpn adʰip dʰanvannnpl 



6.  We, seeking thee, O Indra,
    cling to companionship [with thee].
    Lead us by the path of ṛta
    beyond all difficulties!
    May others tear themselves ---
    [as] bowstring on bows!



asmábʰyaṃ sú tvámindra tā́ṃ śikṣa yā́ dóhate práti váraṃ jaritré |
ácʰidrodʰnī pīpáyadyátʰā naḥ sahásradʰārā páyasā mahī́ gaúḥ || 7||



7.  vayamr1mpd sua tvamr2msn indraNmsvr3fsa śikṣavpDAo2s«√śakr3fsn dohateva·A·3s«√duh pratip varanmsa jaritṛnmsd |
    acʰidrodʰnījfsn pīpayatvp·Ae3s«√pī yatʰāc vayamr1mpd  
    sahasradʰārājfsn payasnnsi mahījfsn gonfsn 



7.  For our sake, do thou, O Indra, wish to help that [cow]
    which will yield milk to the praiser according to [our] wish,
    so that she, having flawless udder, would swell for us with the vital spirit
    [she,] great having-thousand-streams cow.


1 worshiper
2 that is, throwing thunderbolts


Sūkta 10.134 

ubʰé yádindra ródasī āpaprā́tʰoṣā́ iva |
mahā́ntaṃ tvā mahī́nāṃ samrā́jaṃ carṣaṇīnā́ṃ devī́ jánitryajījanadbʰadrā́ jánitryajījanat || 1||



1.  ubʰajnda yadc indraNmsv rodasnnda  
    āpaprātʰavp·I·2s«ā~√prā uṣasnfsn ivac |
    mahāntajmsa tvamr2msa mahījfpg  
    samrājnmsa carṣaṇinfpg  
    devīnfsn janitrīnfsn ajījanatvp·U·3s«√jan  
    bʰadrājfsn janitrīnfsn ajījanatvp·U·3s«√jan 



1.  When thou, O Indra,
    have filled both Rodas-es like Dawn [does],
    [it means that] the genitrix devī has produced [thee],
    [thee,] mighty joint ruler of those mighty ones
    that draw to themselves¹, 
    the auspicious genitrix has produced [thee].



áva sma durhaṇāyató mártasya tanuhi stʰirám |
adʰaspadáṃ támīṃ kṛdʰi yó asmā́m̐ ādídeśati devī́ jánitryajījanadbʰadrā́ jánitryajījanat || 2||



2.  avap smac durhaṇāyattp·Amsg«√durhaṇāy  
    martajmsg tanuhivp·Ao2s«√tan stʰirannsa |
    adʰaspadajmsa tasr3msa īmc kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ  
    yasr3msn vayamr1mpa ādideśativp·Ae3s«ā~√diś  
    devīnfsn janitrīnfsn ajījanatvp·U·3s«√jan  
    bʰadrājfsn janitrīnfsn ajījanatvp·U·3s«√jan 



2.  Loosen the resolve 
    of contemplating-harm mortal!
    Make under the feet him
    who would set his aim on us!
    [Thee] the genitrix devī has produced,
    [thee] auspicious genitrix has produced.



áva tyā́ bṛhatī́ríṣo viśváścandrā amitrahan |
śácībʰiḥ śakra dʰūnuhī́ndra víśvābʰirūtíbʰirdevī́ jánitryajījanadbʰadrā́ jánitryajījanat || 3||



3.  avap tyadr3fpn bṛhatījfpn iṣnfpn (viśvajms-candrajms)jfpn (amitrajms-hanjms)jmsv |
    śacīnfpi śakrajmsv dʰūnuhivp·Ao2s«√dʰū indraNmsv viśvājfpi ūtinfpi  
    devīnfsn janitrīnfsn ajījanatvp·U·3s«√jan  
    bʰadrājfsn janitrīnfsn ajījanatvp·U·3s«√jan 



3.  By using [thy] enabling powers, O empowering one,
    with all [thy] side-effects, O Indra,
    shake down [as a fruit from a tree]
    those potent radiating-through-everything libations, O slayer of hostiles!
    [Thee] the genitrix devī has produced,
    [thee] auspicious genitrix has produced.



áva yáttváṃ śatakratavíndra víśvāni dʰūnuṣé |
rayíṃ ná sunvaté sácā sahasríṇībʰirūtíbʰirdevī́ jánitryajījanadbʰadrā́ jánitryajījanat || 4||



4.  avap yadc tvamr2msn (śatau-kratunms)jmsv  
    indraNmsv viśvajnpa dʰūniṣevp·A·2s«√dʰū |
    rayinmsa nac sunvanttp·Amsd«√su  
    sacāa sahasriṇījfpi ūtinfpi  
    devīnfsn janitrīnfsn ajījanatvp·U·3s«√jan  
    bʰadrājfsn janitrīnfsn ajījanatvp·U·3s«√jan 



4.  When thou, O having hundred wiles Indra,
    shake down everything
    as a treasure to pressing [Soma worshiper]
    together with thousandfold side-effects, [it means that]
    [thee] the genitrix devī has produced,
    [thee] auspicious genitrix has produced.



áva svédā ivābʰíto víṣvakpatantu didyávaḥ |
dū́rvāyā iva tántavo vyàsmádetu durmatírdevī́ jánitryajījanadbʰadrā́ jánitryajījanat || 5||



5.  avap svedanmpn ivac abʰitasa  
    (viṣua-añcjms)a patantuvp·Ao3p«√pat didyunmpn |
    dūrvānfpg ivac tantunmpn  
    vip vayamr1mpb etuvp·Ao3s«√i durmatinfsn  
    devīnfsn janitrīnfsn ajījanatvp·U·3s«√jan  
    bʰadrājfsn janitrīnfsn ajījanatvp·U·3s«√jan 



5.  Everywhere, like drops of sweat, on both sides,
    may lightning[-like missiles] fall down
    like blades of dūrvā grass!
    May the noxious mood depart from us!
    [Thee] the genitrix devī has produced,
    [thee] auspicious genitrix has produced.



dīrgʰáṃ hyaṅkuśáṃ yatʰā śáktiṃ bíbʰarṣi mantumaḥ |
pū́rveṇa magʰavanpadā́jó vayā́ṃ yátʰā yamo devī́ jánitryajījanadbʰadrā́ jánitryajījanat || 6||



6.  dīrgʰajmsa hic aṅkuśanmsa yatʰāc  
    śaktinfsa bibʰarṣivp·A·2s«√bʰṛ mantumatjmsv |
    pūrvajmsi magʰavanjmsv padnmsi  
    ajanmsn vayānfsa yatʰāc yamasvp·AE2s«√yam  
    devīnfsn janitrīnfsn ajījanatvp·U·3s«√jan  
    bʰadrājfsn janitrīnfsn ajījanatvp·U·3s«√jan 



6.  Since thou, O rich in counsel one,
    carry [this] energy like a long hook,
    thou, O generous one, shall control [it]
    like goat [controls] a [bush-]branch with a forefoot.
    [Thee] the genitrix devī has produced,
    [thee] auspicious genitrix has produced.



nákirdevā minīmasi nákirā́ yopayāmasi mantraśrútyaṃ carāmasi |
pakṣébʰirapikakṣébʰirátrābʰí sáṃ rabʰāmahe || 7||



7.  nakisc devanmpv minīmasivp·A·1p«√mī  
    nakisc āp yopayāmasivpCA·1p«√yup  
    (mantranms-śrutyaa)a carāmasivp·A·1p«√car |
    pakṣanmpi apikakṣanmpi  
    atrac abʰip samp rabʰāmaheva·A·1p«√rabʰ 



7.  O deva-s, we never diminish [it], we never make it concealed;
    hearing the mantra, we conduct ourselves.
    Together with ``wings''² [and] with ``shoulders''³,
    in this matter we cling to [this energy].


1 the senses
2 flanking core troops
3 core troops


Sūkta 10.135 

yásminvṛkṣé supalāśé devaíḥ sampíbate yamáḥ |
átrā no viśpátiḥ pitā́ purāṇā́m̐ ánu venati || 1||











purāṇā́m̐ anuvénantaṃ cárantaṃ pāpáyāmuyā́ |
asūyánnabʰyàcākaśaṃ tásmā aspṛhayaṃ púnaḥ || 2||











yáṃ kumāra návaṃ rátʰamacakráṃ mánasā́kṛṇoḥ |
ékeṣaṃ viśvátaḥ prā́ñcamápaśyannádʰi tiṣṭʰasi || 3||











yáṃ kumāra prā́vartayo rátʰaṃ víprebʰyaspári |
táṃ sā́mā́nu prā́vartata sámitó nāvyā́hitam || 4||











káḥ kumārámajanayadrátʰaṃ kó níravartayat |
káḥ svittádadyá no brūyādanudéyī yátʰā́bʰavat || 5||











yátʰā́bʰavadanudéyī táto ágramajāyata |
purástādbudʰná ā́tataḥ paścā́nniráyaṇaṃ kṛtám || 6||











idáṃ yamásya sā́danaṃ devamānáṃ yáducyáte |
iyámasya dʰamyate nāḷī́rayáṃ gīrbʰíḥ páriṣkṛtaḥ || 7||












Sūkta 10.136 

keśyàgníṃ keśī́ viṣáṃ keśī́ bibʰarti ródasī |
keśī́ víśvaṃ svàrdṛśé keśī́dáṃ jyótirucyate || 1||











múnayo vā́taraśanāḥ piśáṅgā vasate málā |
vā́tasyā́nu dʰrā́jiṃ yanti yáddevā́so ávikṣata || 2||











únmaditā maúneyena vā́tām̐ ā́ tastʰimā vayám |
śárīrédasmā́kaṃ yūyáṃ mártāso abʰí paśyatʰa || 3||











antárikṣeṇa patati víśvā rūpā́vacā́kaśat |
múnirdevásyadevasya saúkṛtyāya sákʰā hitáḥ || 4||











vā́tasyā́śvo vāyóḥ sákʰā́tʰo devéṣito múniḥ |
ubʰaú samudrā́vā́ kṣeti yáśca pū́rva utā́paraḥ || 5||











apsarásāṃ gandʰarvā́ṇāṃ mṛgā́ṇāṃ cáraṇe cáran |
keśī́ kétasya vidvā́nsákʰā svādúrmadíntamaḥ || 6||











vāyúrasmā úpāmantʰatpináṣṭi smā kunannamā́ |
keśī́ viṣásya pā́treṇa yádrudréṇā́pibatsahá || 7||












Sūkta 10.137 

utá devā ávahitaṃ dévā únnayatʰā púnaḥ |
utā́gaścakrúṣaṃ devā dévā jīváyatʰā púnaḥ || 1||











dvā́vimaú vā́tau vāta ā́ síndʰorā́ parāvátaḥ |
dákṣaṃ te anyá ā́ vātu párānyó vātu yádrápaḥ || 2||











ā́ vāta vāhi bʰeṣajáṃ ví vāta vāhi yádrápaḥ |
tváṃ hí viśvábʰeṣajo devā́nāṃ dūtá ī́yase || 3||











ā́ tvāgamaṃ śáṃtātibʰirátʰo ariṣṭátātibʰiḥ |
dákṣaṃ te bʰadrámā́bʰārṣaṃ párā yákṣmaṃ suvāmi te || 4||











trā́yantāmihá devā́strā́yatāṃ marútāṃ gaṇáḥ |
trā́yantāṃ víśvā bʰūtā́ni yátʰāyámarapā́ ásat || 5||











ā́pa ídvā́ u bʰeṣajī́rā́po amīvacā́tanīḥ |
ā́paḥ sárvasya bʰeṣajī́stā́ste kṛṇvantu bʰeṣajám || 6||











hástābʰyāṃ dáśaśākʰābʰyāṃ jihvā́ vācáḥ purogavī́ |
anāmayitnúbʰyāṃ tvā tā́bʰyāṃ tvópa spṛśāmasi || 7||












Sūkta 10.138 

táva tyá indra sakʰyéṣu váhnaya ṛtáṃ manvānā́ vyadardirurvalám |
yátrā daśasyánnuṣáso riṇánnapáḥ kútsāya mánmannahyàśca daṃsáyaḥ || 1||



1.  tvamr2msg tyadr3mpn indraNmsv sakʰyannpl vahninmpn  
    ṛtannsa manvānata·Ampn«√man adardirurvpIAa3p«√dṝ valanmsa |
    yatrac daśayanttp·Amsn«√daśasy uṣasnfsg riṇanttp·Amsn«√rī apnfpa  
    kutsaNmsd manmannnsl ahīnmpa cac daṃsayasvp·AE2s«√daṃs 



1.  In fellowships with thee, O Indra, these bearers of oblations,
    setting mind on ṛta, did split open the cavern,
    wherein thou, rendering [them] service, releasing waters of the Dawn,
    shall also destroy for a Kutsa snakes in [his] manic thought.



ávāsṛjaḥ prasvàḥ śvañcáyo girī́núdāja usrā́ ápibo mádʰu priyám |
ávardʰayo vaníno asya dáṃsasā śuśóca sū́rya ṛtájātayā girā́ || 2||



2.  avap asṛjasvp·Aa2s«√sṛj prasūjfpa śvañcvpCAE2s«√śvañc girinmpa  
    udc ājasvp·Aa2s«√aj usranfpa apibasvp·Aa2s«√pā madʰunnsa priyajnsa |
    avardʰayasvpCAa2s«√vṛdʰ vaninnmpa ayamr3nsg daṃsasnnsi  
    śuśocavp·I·3s«√śuc sūryanmsn ṛtajātājfsi girnfsi 



2.  Thou send off fecund [waters] [so that] thou would make ``mountains'' receive [thee];
    thou drove out appearing at dawn [waters], thou drank [thy] favorite honey.
    Thou made those, who desire, stronger by means of the marvelous power of this one¹.
    With the help of born-of-ṛta chant the sun has become shining.



ví sū́ryo mádʰye amucadrátʰaṃ divó vidáddāsā́ya pratimā́namā́ryaḥ |
dṛḷhā́ni píprorásurasya māyína índro vyā̀syaccakṛvā́m̐ ṛjíśvanā || 3||



3.  vip sūryanmsn madʰyannsl amucatvp·Aa3s«√muc ratʰanmsa dyunmsg  
    vidatvp·UE3s«√vid dāsanmsd pratimānannsa āryajmsn |
    dṛḷhannpa pipruNmsg asuranmsg māyinnmsg  
    indraNmsn vip āsyatvp·Aa3s«√as cakṛvaṃstp·Imsn«√kṛ ṛjiśvanNmsi 



3.  The sun² unharnessed the chariot in the middle of the Heaven.
    Conducting [him] upwards [worshiper] shall find a a well-matched opponent to the demon ---
    Having acted through Ṛjiśvan, Indra dispersed
    strongholds of Pipru, of having the power to frame [ideas and perception] guiding spirit.



ánādʰṛṣṭāni dʰṛṣitó vyāsyannidʰī́m̐rádevām̐ amṛṇadayā́syaḥ |
māséva sū́ryo vásu púryamā́ dade gṛṇānáḥ śátrūm̐raśṛṇādvirúkmatā || 4||



4.  anādʰṛṣṭajnpa dʰṛṣitajmsn vip āsyatvp·Aa3s«√as  
    nidʰinmpa adevajmpa amṛṇatvp·Aa3s«√mṛṇ ayāsyajmsn |
    māsnmsi ivac sūryanmsn vasunnsa puryajnsa āp dadeva·I·3s«√dā  
    gṛṇānata·Amsn«√gṝ śatrunmpa aśṛṇātvp·Aa3s«√śṛ virukmantjmsi 



4.  He, challenged, dispersed [yet] unchallenged [strongholds],
    the dexterous one crushed lacking deva-s receptacles.
    As the sun together with the moon, he took situated in a stronghold treasure;
    extolled, he crushed enemies with shining [thunderbolt].



áyuddʰaseno vibʰvā̀ vibʰindatā́ dā́śadvṛtrahā́ tújyāni tejate |
índrasya vájrādabibʰedabʰiśnátʰaḥ prā́krāmacʰundʰyū́rájahāduṣā́ ánaḥ || 5||



5.  (ayuddʰajms-senajms)jmsn vibʰūjmsi vibʰindattp·Amsi«vi~√bʰid  
    dāśatvp·AE3s«√dāś (vṛtranns-hanjms)jmsn tujyajnpa tejateva·A·3s«√tij |
    indraNmsg vajranmsb abibʰetvp·Aa3s«√bʰī abʰiśnatʰajmsb  
    prap akrāmatvp·Aa3s«√kram śundʰyujfsn ajahātvp·Aa3s«√hā uṣasnfsn anasnnsa 



5.  He, whose weapons are irresistible, shall render service with breaking-into-pieces penetrating [thunderbolt].
    Vṛtra-slayer sharpened to-be-focused [vital airs];
    she was afraid of Indra's piercing thunderbolt;
    he³, seeking to be free of doubts, strode forwards; Dawn abandoned [her] cart.



etā́ tyā́ te śrútyāni kévalā yádéka ékamákṛṇorayajñám |
māsā́ṃ vidʰā́namadadʰā ádʰi dyávi tváyā víbʰinnaṃ bʰarati pradʰíṃ pitā́ || 6||



6.  etadr3npn tyadr3npn tvamr2msg śrutyajnpa kevalajnpa yadc ekajmsn ekajmsa akṛṇosvp·Aa2s«√kṛ ayajñajmsa |
    māsnmpg vidʰānannsa adadʰāsvp·Aa2s«√dʰā adʰip dyunmsl  
    tvamr2msi vibʰinnajmsa bʰarativp·A·3s«√bʰṛ pradʰinmsa pitṛnmsn 



6.  These [are] thy famous, not connected with anything else [deeds]
    [performed] when thou, being alone, made him, who lacks fire offerings, [to be] alone.
    Thou placed above, in the sky, the order of months,
    the father⁴ wears broken-by-thee-into-two orb⁵.


1 prob. maṇipūra cakra
2 prob. maṇipūra cakra
3 Indra or, may be, Viṣṇu
4 Rudra
5 prob. refers to the young moon which shows both the vast dark shadow and bright and growing segment of light


Sūkta 10.139 

sū́ryaraśmirhárikeśaḥ purástātsavitā́ jyótirúdayām̐ ájasram |
tásya pūṣā́ prasavé yāti vidvā́nsampáśyanvíśvā bʰúvanāni gopā́ḥ || 1||











nṛcákṣā eṣá divó mádʰya āsta āpaprivā́nródasī antárikṣam |
sá viśvā́cīrabʰí caṣṭe gʰṛtā́cīrantarā́ pū́rvamáparaṃ ca ketúm || 2||











rāyó budʰnáḥ saṃgámano vásūnāṃ víśvā rūpā́bʰí caṣṭe śácībʰiḥ |
devá iva savitā́ satyádʰarméndro ná tastʰau samaré dʰánānām || 3||











viśvā́vasuṃ soma gandʰarvámā́po dadṛśúṣīstádṛténā vyā̀yan |
tádanvávaidíndro rārahāṇá āsāṃ pári sū́ryasya paridʰī́m̐rapaśyat || 4||











viśvā́vasurabʰí tánno gṛṇātu divyó gandʰarvó rájaso vimā́naḥ |
yádvā gʰā satyámutá yánná vidmá dʰíyo hinvānó dʰíya ínno avyāḥ || 5||











sásnimavindaccáraṇe nadī́nāmápāvṛṇoddúro áśmavrajānām |
prā́sāṃ gandʰarvó amṛ́tāni vocadíndro dákṣaṃ pári jānādahī́nām || 6||












Sūkta 10.140 

ágne táva śrávo váyo máhi bʰrājante arcáyo vibʰāvaso |
bṛ́hadbʰāno śávasā vā́jamuktʰyàṃ dadʰāsi dāśúṣe kave || 1||











pāvakávarcāḥ śukrávarcā ánūnavarcā údiyarṣi bʰānúnā |
putró mātárā vicárannúpāvasi pṛṇákṣi ródasī ubʰé || 2||











ū́rjo napājjātavedaḥ suśastíbʰirmándasva dʰītíbʰirhitáḥ |
tvé íṣaḥ sáṃ dadʰurbʰū́rivarpasaścitrótayo vāmájātāḥ || 3||











irajyánnagne pratʰayasva jantúbʰirasmé rā́yo amartya |
sá darśatásya vápuṣo ví rājasi pṛṇákṣi sānasíṃ krátum || 4||











iṣkartā́ramadʰvarásya prácetasaṃ kṣáyantaṃ rā́dʰaso maháḥ |
rātíṃ vāmásya subʰágāṃ mahī́míṣaṃ dádʰāsi sānasíṃ rayím || 5||











ṛtā́vānaṃ mahiṣáṃ viśvádarśatamagníṃ sumnā́ya dadʰire puró jánāḥ |
śrútkarṇaṃ saprátʰastamaṃ tvā girā́ daívyaṃ mā́nuṣā yugā́ || 6||












Sūkta 10.141 

ágne ácʰā vadehá naḥ pratyáṅnaḥ sumánā bʰava |
prá no yacʰa viśaspate dʰanadā́ asi nastvám || 1||











prá no yacʰatvaryamā́ prá bʰágaḥ prá bṛ́haspátiḥ |
prá devā́ḥ prótá sūnṛ́tā rāyó devī́ dadātu naḥ || 2||











sómaṃ rā́jānamávase'gníṃ gīrbʰírhavāmahe |
ādityā́nvíṣṇuṃ sū́ryaṃ brahmā́ṇaṃ ca bṛ́haspátim || 3||











indravāyū́ bṛ́haspátiṃ suhávehá havāmahe |
yátʰā naḥ sárva íjjánaḥ sáṃgatyāṃ sumánā ásat || 4||











aryamáṇaṃ bṛ́haspátimíndraṃ dā́nāya codaya |
vā́taṃ víṣṇuṃ sárasvatīṃ savitā́raṃ ca vājínam || 5||











tváṃ no agne agníbʰirbráhma yajñáṃ ca vardʰaya |
tváṃ no devátātaye rāyó dā́nāya codaya || 6||












Sūkta 10.142 

ayámagne jaritā́ tvé abʰūdápi sáhasaḥ sūno nahyànyádástyā́pyam |
bʰadráṃ hí śárma trivárūtʰamásti ta āré híṃsānāmápa didyúmā́ kṛdʰi || 1||











pravátte agne jánimā pitūyatáḥ sācī́va víśvā bʰúvanā nyṛ̀ñjase |
prá sáptayaḥ prá saniṣanta no dʰíyaḥ puráścaranti paśupā́ iva tmánā || 2||











utá vā́ u pári vṛṇakṣi bápsadbahóragna úlapasya svadʰāvaḥ |
utá kʰilyā́ urvárāṇāṃ bʰavanti mā́ te hetíṃ táviṣīṃ cukrudʰāma || 3||











yádudváto niváto yā́si bápsatpṛ́tʰageṣi pragardʰínīva sénā |
yadā́ te vā́to anuvā́ti śocírvápteva śmáśru vapasi prá bʰū́ma || 4||











prátyasya śréṇayo dadṛśra ékaṃ niyā́naṃ bahávo rátʰāsaḥ |
bāhū́ yádagne anumármṛjāno nyàṅṅuttānā́manvéṣi bʰū́mim || 5||











útte śúṣmā jihatāmútte arcírútte agne śaśamānásya vā́jāḥ |
úcʰvañcasva ní nama várdʰamāna ā́ tvādyá víśve vásavaḥ sadantu || 6||











apā́midáṃ nyáyanaṃ samudrásya nivéśanam |
anyáṃ kṛṇuṣvetáḥ pántʰāṃ téna yāhi váśām̐ ánu || 7||











ā́yane te parā́yaṇe dū́rvā rohantu puṣpíṇīḥ |
hradā́śca puṇḍárīkāṇi samudrásya gṛhā́ imé || 8||












Sūkta 10.143 

tyáṃ cidátrimṛtajúramártʰamáśvaṃ ná yā́tave |
kakṣī́vantaṃ yádī púnā rátʰaṃ ná kṛṇutʰó návam || 1||











tyáṃ cidáśvaṃ ná vājínamareṇávo yámátnata |
dṛḷháṃ grantʰíṃ ná ví ṣyatamátriṃ yáviṣṭʰamā́ rájaḥ || 2||











nárā dáṃsiṣṭʰavátraye śúbʰrā síṣāsataṃ dʰíyaḥ |
átʰā hí vāṃ divó narā púna stómo ná viśáse || 3||











cité tádvāṃ surādʰasā rātíḥ sumatíraśvinā |
ā́ yánnaḥ sádane pṛtʰaú sámane párṣatʰo narā || 4||











yuváṃ bʰujyúṃ samudrá ā́ rájasaḥ pārá īṅkʰitám |
yātámácʰā patatríbʰirnā́satyā sātáye kṛtam || 5||











ā́ vāṃ sumnaíḥ śaṃyū́ iva máṃhiṣṭʰā víśvavedasā |
sámasmé bʰūṣataṃ narótsaṃ ná pipyúṣīríṣaḥ || 6||












Sūkta 10.144 

ayáṃ hí te ámartya índurátyo ná pátyate |
dákṣo viśvā́yurvedʰáse || 1||



1.  ayamr3msn hic tvamr2msd amartyajmsn  
    indunmsn atyanmsn nac patyateva·A·3s«√pat |
    dakṣasvp·AE2s«√dakṣ (viśvajns-āyusnns)nnsa vedʰasnmsd 



1.  Since this imperishable Indu¹
    like the courser² is fit for thee,
    thou shall energize all-pervading life-force for an adept.



ayámasmā́su kā́vya ṛbʰúrvájro dā́svate |
ayáṃ bibʰartyūrdʰvákṛśanaṃ mádamṛbʰúrná kṛ́tvyaṃ mádam || 2||



2.  ayamr3msn vayamr1mpl kāvyanmsn  
    ṛbʰujmsn vajranmsn dāsvantjmsd |
    ayamr3msn bibʰartivp·A·3s«√bʰṛ (ūrdʰvajns-kṛśananms)nmsa madanmsa  
    ṛbʰujmsn nac kṛtvyajmsa madanmsa 



2.  This one in us [effects] poetry,
    [this one effects] skillful thunderbolt for him who is disposed to give.
    This one brings excitement of which the beating of the pulse is in the upper regions
    as the skillful one [brings] efficacious exhilaration.



gʰṛ́ṣuḥ śyenā́ya kṛ́tvana āsú svā́su váṃsagaḥ |
áva dīdʰedahīśúvaḥ || 3||



3.  gʰṛṣujmsn śyenanmsd kṛtvanjmsd  
    ayamr3fpl svājfpl vaṃsaganmsn |
    avap dīdʰetvp·Aa3s«√dʰī ahīśuvanmsn 



3.  Agile, [like] an ox among these his own [cows],
    swelled like a snake['s hood],
    he did lie in wait for an active hawk.



yáṃ suparṇáḥ parāvátaḥ śyenásya putrá ā́bʰarat |
śatácakraṃ yò'hyò vartaníḥ || 4||



4.  yasr3msa suparṇajmsn parāvatnfsb  
    śyenanmsg putranmsn āp abʰaratvp·Aa3s«√bʰṛ |
    (śatau-cakranns)jmsa yasr3msn ahīnmsg vartaninfsn 



4.  Whom having-beautiful-wings 
    young hawk brought here from afar,
    him, [as if] having hundred wheels, who is [like] a track for the snake,



yáṃ te śyenáścā́rumavṛkáṃ padā́bʰaradaruṇáṃ mānámándʰasaḥ |
enā́ váyo ví tāryā́yurjīvása enā́ jāgāra bandʰútā || 5||



5.  yasr3msa tvamr2msd śyenanmsn cārujmsa avṛkajmsa padnmsi āp abʰaratvp·Aa3s«√bʰṛ  
    aruṇajmsa mānanmsa andʰasnnsb |
    enar3msi vayasnnsn vip tārivp·UE3s«√tṝ āyusnnsn jīvasev···D··«√jīv  
    enar3msi jāgāravp·I·3s«√jāgṛ bandʰutānfsn 



5.  who is pleasant, non-tearing, whom the hawk brought here for thee [grasping him] with a foot,
    who is giving-a-chance-to-move-upwards decoction from the herb,
    by means of which mental and bodily vigour is transferred,
    life-force [for us] to live, by means of which kinsfolk remained watchful.



evā́ tádíndra índunā devéṣu ciddʰārayāte máhi tyájaḥ |
krátvā váyo ví tāryā́yuḥ sukrato krátvāyámasmádā́ sutáḥ || 6||



6.  evac tadr3nsa indraNmsn indunmsi  
    devanmpl cidc dʰārayātevpCAe3s«√dʰṛ mahijnsa tyajasnnsa |
    kratunmsi vayasnnsn vip tārivp·UE3s«√tṝ āyusnnsn sukratujmsv  
    kratunmsi ayamr3msn vayamr1mpb āp sutajmsn 



6.  So since Indra would maintain with the help of Indu that ---
    the great alienation --- even among deva-s,
    through [his,] O having good designs one, resourcefulness the mental and bodily vigour, the life-force is transferred,
    through [his] resourcefulness this extracted [Soma] [removes] from us [guarding impulse and any all-consuming fear]³.


1 inner Soma
2 Soma extract
3 on the basis of 9.104.6ab


Sūkta 10.145 

imā́ṃ kʰanāmyóṣadʰiṃ vīrúdʰaṃ bálavattamām |
yáyā sapátnīṃ bā́dʰate yáyā saṃvindáte pátim || 1||











úttānaparṇe súbʰage dévajūte sáhasvati |
sapátnīṃ me párā dʰama pátiṃ me kévalaṃ kuru || 2||











úttarāhámuttara úttarédúttarābʰyaḥ |
átʰā sapátnī yā́ mámā́dʰarā sā́dʰarābʰyaḥ || 3||











nahyàsyā nā́ma gṛbʰṇā́mi nó asmínramate jáne |
párāmevá parāvátaṃ sapátnīṃ gamayāmasi || 4||











ahámasmi sáhamānā́tʰa tvámasi sāsahíḥ |
ubʰé sáhasvatī bʰūtvī́ sapátnīṃ me sahāvahai || 5||











úpa te'dʰāṃ sáhamānāmabʰí tvādʰāṃ sáhīyasā |
mā́mánu prá te máno vatsáṃ gaúriva dʰāvatu patʰā́ vā́riva dʰāvatu || 6||












Sūkta 10.146 

áraṇyānyáraṇyānyasaú yā́ préva náśyasi |
katʰā́ grā́maṃ ná pṛcʰasi ná tvā bʰī́riva vindatīm̐ || 1||











vṛṣāravā́ya vádate yádupā́vati ciccikáḥ |
āgʰāṭíbʰiriva dʰāváyannaraṇyānírmahīyate || 2||











utá gā́va ivādantyutá véśmeva dṛśyate |
utó araṇyāníḥ sāyáṃ śakaṭī́riva sarjati || 3||











gā́maṅgaíṣá ā́ hvayati dā́rvaṅgaíṣó ápāvadʰīt |
vásannaraṇyānyā́ṃ sāyámákrukṣadíti manyate || 4||











ná vā́ araṇyānírhantyanyáścénnā́bʰigácʰati |
svādóḥ pʰálasya jagdʰvā́ya yatʰākā́maṃ ní padyate || 5||











ā́ñjanagandʰiṃ surabʰíṃ bahvannā́mákṛṣīvalām |
prā́háṃ mṛgā́ṇāṃ mātáramaraṇyānímaśaṃsiṣam || 6||












Sūkta 10.147 

śrátte dadʰāmi pratʰamā́ya manyávé'hanyádvṛtráṃ náryaṃ vivérapáḥ |
ubʰé yáttvā bʰávato ródasī ánu réjate śúṣmātpṛtʰivī́ cidadrivaḥ || 1||



1.  śratnnsa tvamr2msg dadʰāmivp·A·1s«√dʰā pratʰamajmsd manyunmsd  
    ahanvp·Aa2s«√han yadc vṛtrannsa naryajnsa vivesvp·AE2s«√viṣ apnfpa |
    ubʰajndn yadc tvamr2msa bʰavatasvp·A·3d«√bʰū rodasnndn anup  
    rejateva·A·3s«√rej śuṣmanmsb pṛtʰivīnfsn cidc adrivatjmsv 



1.  I put trust into thy primal rage.
    When thou slay manly Vṛtra thou shall became contained in the waters.
    When both Rodas-es experience thee,
    even the Earth trembles from [thy] fervor.



tváṃ māyā́bʰiranavadya māyínaṃ śravasyatā́ mánasā vṛtrámardayaḥ |
tvā́mínnáro vṛṇate gáviṣṭiṣu tvā́ṃ víśvāsu hávyāsvíṣṭiṣu || 2||



2.  tvamr2msn māyānfpi anavadyajmsv māyinjmsa  
    śravasyattp·Ansi«√śravasy manasnnsi vṛtraNmsa ardayasvpCAE2s«√ard |
    tvamr2msa idc nṛnmpn vṛṇateva·A·3p«√vṛ (gonfs-iṣṭinfs)nmpl  
    tvamr2msa viśvājfpl havyājfpl iṣṭinfpl 



2.  Thou, by means of powers to frame [cognition], O flawless one, with mind employing auditory impression,
    shall make agitated having the power to frame [ideas and perception] Vṛtra.
    In forays for cows, men choose only thee,
    thee --- in all called-for forays.



aíṣu cākandʰi puruhūta sūríṣu vṛdʰā́so yé magʰavannānaśúrmagʰám |
árcanti toké tánaye páriṣṭiṣu medʰásātā vājínamáhraye dʰáne || 3||



3.  āp ayamr3mpl cākandʰivp·I·2s«√kan (purujms-hūtajms)jmsv sūrinmpl  
    vṛdʰajmpn yasr3mpn magʰavanjmsv ānaśurvp·I·3p«√aś magʰannsa |
    arcantivp·A·3p«√arc tokannsl tanayajnsl pariṣṭinfpl  
    (medʰanms-sātinfs)nfsl vājinnmsa ahrayajnsl dʰanannsl 



3.  Thou, O much invoked one, should have been satisfied with these institutors of sacrifice
    who, strengthening [thee], O generous one, have attained the gift.
    In matters of propagating family children, in distress, during obtaining the nourishing drink,
    in a no-hold-barred contest, they commend possessing-the-rush-of-vigour [thee].



sá ínnú rāyáḥ súbʰṛtasya cākananmádaṃ yó asya ráṃhyaṃ cíketati |
tvā́vṛdʰo magʰavandāśvàdʰvaro makṣū́ sá vā́jaṃ bʰarate dʰánā nṛ́bʰiḥ || 4||



4.  sasr3msn idc nuc rainmsg subʰṛtajmsg cākanatvp·IE3s«√kan  
    madanmsa yasr3msn ayamr3msg raṃhyama ciketativp·A·3s«√cit |
    (tvamr2msa-vṛdʰajms)jmsn magʰavanjmsv (dāśunms-adʰvaranms)jmsn  
    makṣūa sasr3msn vājanmsa bʰarateva·A·3s«√bʰṛ dʰanannpa nṛnmpi 



4.  Indeed, just he should have enjoyed a well-maintained treasure
    who eagerly fixed [his] mind on his¹ exhilaration.
    [Who,] strengthening thee, O generous one, piously proceeds with the sacrifice,
    he promptly brings for himself the rush of vigour, [and,] together with men --- prizes.



tváṃ śárdʰāya mahinā́ gṛṇāná urú kṛdʰi magʰavañcʰagdʰí rāyáḥ |
tváṃ no mitró váruṇo ná māyī́ pitvó ná dasma dayase vibʰaktā́ || 5||



5.  tvamr2msn śardʰanmsd mahimannmsi gṛṇānata·Amsn«√gṝ  
    urujnsa kṛdʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ magʰavanjmsv śagdʰivp·Ao2s«√śak rainmpa |
    tvamr2msn vayamr1mpd mitraNmsn varuṇaNmsn nac māyinnmsn  
    pitunmsg nac dasmajmsv dayasevp·A·2s«√de vibʰaktṛnmsn 



5.  Do thou, being extolled, using [thy] power to increase in size,
    create for the swarm a wide [space], O generous one, be capable [to bestow] riches!
    Thou [are] a benefactor² to us, like Varuṇa [thou] have the power to frame [ideas and perception],
    thou, O accomplishing wonderful deeds one, defend [us] as a distributor of the food [feeds us].


1 Indra's
2 Mitra


Sūkta 10.148 

suṣvāṇā́sa indra stumási tvā sasavā́ṃsaśca tuvinṛmṇa vā́jam |
ā́ no bʰara suvitáṃ yásya cākántmánā tánā sanuyāma tvótāḥ || 1||



1.  suṣvāṇatp·Impn«√su indraNmsv stumasivp·A·1p«√stu tvamr2msa  
    sasavaṅstp·Insa«√san cac (tuvia-nṛmṇanns)jmsv vājanmsa |
    āp vayamr1mpd bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ suvitannsa yasr3msg cākanvp·IE3s«√kan  
    tmannmsi tannfsi sanuyāmavp·AI1p«√san (tvamr2msi-ūtajms)jmpn 



1.  Pressing [Soma] well, we extol thee, O Indra,
    also, [we extol thee] having obtained the rush of vigour, O having much courage one!
    Bring here for us an easy passage [for him] with whom thou should have been satisfied,
    so that we, helped by thee, would obtain [the easy passage] for ourselves and [our] offsprings.



ṛṣvástvámindra śūra jātó dā́sīrvíśaḥ sū́ryeṇa sahyāḥ |
gúhā hitáṃ gúhyaṃ gūḷhámapsú bibʰṛmási prasrávaṇe ná sómam || 2||



2.  ṛṣvajmsn tvamr2msn indraNmsv śūranmsv jātajmsn  
    dāsījfpa viśnfpa sūryanmsi sahyāsvp·AI2s«√sah |
    guhāa hitajmsa guhyajmsa gūḷhajmsa apnfpl  
    bibʰṛmasivp·A·1p«√bʰṛ prasravaṇannsl nac somanmsa 



2.  Thou, O Indra, were born helping-in-dire-straights, O agent of change,
    so that thou together with the sun would prevail over demonic tribes,
    [and over] situated in a hiding place kept-secret concealed-in-waters one¹.
    We bring Soma as if in a gush.



aryó vā gíro abʰyàrca vidvā́nṛ́ṣīṇāṃ vípraḥ sumatíṃ cakānáḥ |
té syāma yé raṇáyanta sómairenótá túbʰyaṃ ratʰoḷha bʰakṣaíḥ || 3||



3.  arijmsgc girnfsg abʰip arcavp·Ao2s«√arc vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid  
    ṛṣinmpg viprajmsn sumatinfsa cakānata·Amsn«√kan |
    tasr3mpn syāmavp·Ai1p«√as yasr3mpn raṇayantavaCAE3p«√raṇ somanmpi  
    enar3msi utac tvamr2msd ratʰoḷhajmsv bʰakṣanmpi 



3.  Having become acquainted with rising upwards one², with the chant,
    inspired, striving after effective mental gesture of seers, do thou³ praise in song [Indra]!
    ``May we be those who will delight [thee] with drops of Soma ---
    with this one and with portions for thee, O carried on a chariot!''



imā́ bráhmendra túbʰyaṃ śaṃsi dā́ nṛ́bʰyo nṛṇā́ṃ śūra śávaḥ |
tébʰirbʰava sákraturyéṣu cākánnutá trāyasva gṛṇatá utá stī́n || 4||



4.  ayamr3npn brahmannnsn indraNmsv tvamr2msd śaṃsivp·UE3s«√śaṃs  
    dāsvp·AE2s«√dā nṛnmpd nṛnmpg śūranmsv śavasnnsa |
    tasr3mpi bʰavavp·Ao2s«√bʰū sakratujmsn yasr3mpi cākanvp·IE3s«√kan  
    utac trāyasvava·Ao2s«√trai gṛṇanttp·Ampa«√gṝ utac stinmpa 



4.  These [verses] [and] the formula are recited for thy sake, O Indra!
    Thou, O agent of change, will give to the men of men the impulse to change.
    Become of one accord with those with whom thou have become satisfied,
    and defend [those] extolling [thee] and [their] dependents!



śrudʰī́ hávamindra śūra pṛ́tʰyā utá stavase venyásyārkaíḥ |
ā́ yáste yóniṃ gʰṛtávantamásvārūrmírná nímnaírdravayanta vákvāḥ || 5||



5.  śrudʰivp·Ao2s«√śru havanmsa indraNmsv śūranmsv pṛtʰīNmsg  
    utac stavateva·A·3s«√stu venyaNmsg akranmpi |
    āp yasr3msn tvamr2msg yoninmsa gʰṛtavantjmsa asvārvp·U·3s«√svṛ  
    ūrminmsn nac nimnannpi dravayantava·AE3p«√dravay vakvajmpn 



5.  Hear the call of Pṛtʰī, O agent of change Indra,
    for he praises with hymns of illumination of Venya
    who made thy rich-in-ghee womb resound.
    Like a wave [of water] through depressions, bubbling [sounds] shall be speeding.


1 Vṛtra
2 inner Soma
3 invoker


Sūkta 10.149 

savitā́ yantraíḥ pṛtʰivī́maramṇādaskambʰané savitā́ dyā́madṛṃhat |
áśvamivādʰukṣaddʰúnimantárikṣamatū́rte baddʰáṃ savitā́ samudrám || 1||











yátrā samudrá skabʰitó vyaúnadápāṃ napātsavitā́ tásya veda |
áto bʰū́ráta ā úttʰitaṃ rájó'to dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ apratʰetām || 2||











paścédámanyádabʰavadyájatramámartyasya bʰúvanasya bʰūnā́ |
suparṇó aṅgá savitúrgarútmānpū́rvo jātáḥ sá u asyā́nu dʰárma || 3||











gā́va iva grā́maṃ yū́yudʰirivā́śvānvāśréva vatsáṃ sumánā dúhānā |
pátiriva jāyā́mabʰí no nyètu dʰartā́ diváḥ savitā́ viśvávāraḥ || 4||











híraṇyastūpaḥ savitaryátʰā tvāṅgirasó juhvé vā́je asmín |
evā́ tvā́rcannávase vándamānaḥ sómasyevāṃśúṃ práti jāgarāhám || 5||












Sūkta 10.150 

sámiddʰaścitsámidʰyase devébʰyo havyavāhana |
ādityaí rudraírvásubʰirna ā́ gahi mṛḷīkā́ya na ā́ gahi || 1||











imáṃ yajñámidáṃ váco jujuṣāṇá upā́gahi |
mártāsastvā samidʰāna havāmahe mṛḷīkā́ya havāmahe || 2||











tvā́mu jātávedasaṃ viśvávāraṃ gṛṇe dʰiyā́ |
ágne devā́m̐ ā́ vaha naḥ priyávratānmṛḷīkā́ya priyávratān || 3||











agnírdevó devā́nāmabʰavatpuróhito'gníṃ manuṣyā̀ ṛ́ṣayaḥ sámīdʰire |
agníṃ mahó dʰánasātāvaháṃ huve mṛḷīkáṃ dʰánasātaye || 4||











agnírátriṃ bʰarádvājaṃ gáviṣṭʰiraṃ prā́vannaḥ káṇvaṃ trasádasyumāhavé |
agníṃ vásiṣṭʰo havate puróhito mṛḷīkā́ya puróhitaḥ || 5||












Sūkta 10.151 

śraddʰáyāgníḥ sámidʰyate śraddʰáyā hūyate havíḥ |
śraddʰā́ṃ bʰágasya mūrdʰáni vácasā́ vedayāmasi || 1||











priyáṃ śraddʰe dádataḥ priyáṃ śraddʰe dídāsataḥ |
priyáṃ bʰojéṣu yájvasvidáṃ ma uditáṃ kṛdʰi || 2||











yátʰā devā́ ásureṣu śraddʰā́mugréṣu cakriré |
eváṃ bʰojéṣu yájvasvasmā́kamuditáṃ kṛdʰi || 3||











śraddʰā́ṃ devā́ yájamānā vāyúgopā úpāsate |
śraddʰā́ṃ hṛdayyàyā́kūtyā śraddʰáyā vindate vásu || 4||











śraddʰā́ṃ prātárhavāmahe śraddʰā́ṃ madʰyáṃdinaṃ pári |
śraddʰā́ṃ sū́ryasya nimrúci śráddʰe śráddʰāpayehá naḥ || 5||












Sūkta 10.152 

śāsá ittʰā́ mahā́m̐ asyamitrakʰādó ádbʰutaḥ |
ná yásya hanyáte sákʰā ná jī́yate kádā caná || 1||



1.  śāsanmsn ittʰāc mahatjmsn asivp·A·2s«√as  
    (amitrajms-kʰādajms)jmsn (atc-bʰutajms)jnsn |
    nac yasr3msg hanyatevp·A·3s«√han sakʰinmsn  
    nac jīyateva·A·3s«√jyā kadāc canac 



1.  Thou are really a great commander,
    preying-upon-hostiles marvelous one,
    whose companion is neither slayed,
    nor ever overpowered.



svastidā́ viśáspátirvṛtrahā́ vimṛdʰó vaśī́ |
vṛ́ṣéndraḥ purá etu naḥ somapā́ abʰayaṃkaráḥ || 2||



2.  (svastinns-dājms)jmsn viśnfsg patinmsn  
    (vṛtranns-hanjms)jmsn vimṛdʰnmsg vaśinjmsn |
    vṛṣannmsn indraNmsn purasa etuvp·Ao3s«√i vayamr1mpg  
    (somanms-pājms)jmsn (abʰayannsa-karajms)jmsn 



2.  Bestowing-well-being protector of the tribe,
    exerting his will over the foe Vṛtra-slayer ---
    let effecting-fearlessness Soma-drinker,
    bull Indra, go in front of us!



ví rákṣo ví mṛ́dʰo jahi ví vṛtrásya hánū ruja |
ví manyúmindra vṛtrahannamítrasyābʰidā́sataḥ || 3||



3.  vip rakṣasnnsa vip mṛdʰnfpa jahivp·Ao2s«√han  
    vip vṛtraNmsg hanunmda rujavp·Ao2s«√ruj |
    vip manyunmsa indraNmsv (vṛtranns-hanjms)jmsv amitrajmsg abʰidāsanttp·Amsg«abʰi~√dās 



3.  Shatter defensiveness, [shatter] inhibitions!
    Tear asunder jaws of Vṛtra!
    [Disperse] the rage, O Vṛtra-slayer Indra,
    of [anyone] hostile, considering and treating [us] as an enemy!



ví na indra mṛ́dʰo jahi nīcā́ yacʰa pṛtanyatáḥ |
yó asmā́m̐ abʰidā́satyádʰaraṃ gamayā támaḥ || 4||



4.  vip vayamr1mpg indraNmsv mṛdʰnfpa jahivp·Ao2s«√han  
    nīcāa yacʰavp·Ao2s«√yam pṛtanyanttp·Ampa«√pṛtany |
    yasr3msn vayamr1mpa abʰidāsativp·A·3s«abʰi~√dās  
    adʰarajnsa gamayavpCA·2s«√gam tamasnnsa 



4.  Shatter our inhibitions, O Indra!
    Hold down those fighting [against us]!
    Him, who considers and treats us as an enemy,
    make set out to tending downwards darkness!



ápendra dviṣató mánó'pa jíjyāsato vadʰám |
ví manyóḥ śárma yacʰa várīyo yavayā vadʰám || 5||



5.  apap indraNmsv dviṣanttp·Amsg«√dviṣ manasnnsa  
    apap jijyāsanttpDAmsg«√jyā vadʰanmsa |
    vip manyunmsb śarmannnsa yacʰavp·Ao2s«√yam  
    varīyasa yavayavp·Ao2s«√yu vadʰanmsa 



5.  O Indra, [disjoin] the mind of him who is hating [us]!
    [Repel] deadly weapon of him who seeks to overpower [us]!
    Stretch out a shelter from the anger!
    Ward the deadly weapon farther off!






Sūkta 10.153 

īṅkʰáyantīrapasyúva índraṃ jātámúpāsate |
bʰejānā́saḥ suvī́ryam || 1||



1.  īṅkʰayantītp·Afpn«√īṅkʰ (apasnns-yūjfs)jfpn  
    indraNmsa jātajmsa upap āsateva·Ae3s«√ās |
    bʰejānata·Ifpn«√bʰaj suvīryajmsa 



1.  Swaying restless [streams]¹,
    having partook of the manly vigour,
    attend to manifested Indra.
------



tvámindra bálādádʰi sáhaso jātá ójasaḥ |
tváṃ vṛṣanvṛ́ṣédasi || 2||



2.  tvamr2msn indraNmsv balannsb adʰip  
    sahasnnsb jātajmsn ojasnnsb |
    tvamr2msn vṛṣannmsv vṛṣannmsn idc asivp·A·2s«√as 



2.  Thou, O Indra, [are] born from the presence
    of force, of overwhelming strength, of a frenzy.
    Thou, O bull, are the only bull!



tvámindrāsi vṛtrahā́ vyàntárikṣamatiraḥ |
úddyā́mastabʰnā ójasā || 3||



3.  tvamr2msn indraNmsv asivp·A·2s«√as (vṛtranns-hanjms)jmsn  
    vip (antara-īkṣajms)nnsa atirasvp·Aa2s«√tṝ |
    udc dyunmsa astʰabʰnāsvp·Aa3s«√stambʰ ojasnnsi 



3.  Thou, O Indra, are Vṛtra-slayer,
    thou traversed the intermediate space,
    by means of [thy] frenzy thou propped up the Heaven.



tvámindra sajóṣasamarkáṃ bibʰarṣi bāhvóḥ |
vájraṃ śíśāna ójasā || 4||



4.  tvamr2msn indraNmsv sajoṣasjmsa  
    arkanmsa bibʰarṣivp·A·2s«√bʰṛ bāhunmdl |
    vajranmsa śiśānata·Amsn«√śi ojasnnsi 



4.  Thou, O Indra, carry in two arms
    acting in harmony [with the thunderbolt] flash of lightning,
    [thou are] vigorously sharpening the thunderbolt.



tvámindrābʰibʰū́rasi víśvā jātā́nyójasā |
sá víśvā bʰúva ā́bʰavaḥ || 5||



5.  tvamr2msn indraNmsv abʰibʰūjmsn asivp·A·2s«√as viśvajnpa jātajnpa ojasnnsi |
    sasr3msn viśvajnpa bʰūnnpa āp abʰavasvp·Aa2s«√bʰū 



5.  Thou, O Indra, by means of a frenzy
    are predominating everything manifested.
    From arising such, thou assisted everything.


1 on the basis of 9.56.2


Sūkta 10.154 

sóma ékebʰyaḥ pavate gʰṛtáméka úpāsate |
yébʰyo mádʰu pradʰā́vati tā́m̐ścidevā́pi gacʰatāt || 1||











tápasā yé anādʰṛṣyā́stápasā yé svaryayúḥ |
tápo yé cakriré máhastā́m̐ścidevā́pi gacʰatāt || 2||











yé yúdʰyante pradʰáneṣu śū́rāso yé tanūtyájaḥ |
yé vā sahásradakṣiṇāstā́m̐ścidevā́pi gacʰatāt || 3||











yé citpū́rva ṛtasā́pa ṛtā́vāna ṛtāvṛ́dʰaḥ |
pitṝ́ntápasvato yama tā́m̐ścidevā́pi gacʰatāt || 4||











sahásraṇītʰāḥ kaváyo yé gopāyánti sū́ryam |
ṛ́ṣīntápasvato yama tapojā́m̐ ápi gacʰatāt || 5||












Sūkta 10.155 

árāyi kā́ṇe víkaṭe giríṃ gacʰa sadānve |
śirímbiṭʰasya sátvabʰistébʰiṣṭvā cātayāmasi || 1||











cattó itáścattā́mútaḥ sárvā bʰrūṇā́nyārúṣī |
arāyyàṃ brahmaṇaspate tī́kṣṇaśṛṇgodṛṣánnihi || 2||











adó yáddā́ru plávate síndʰoḥ pāré apūruṣám |
tádā́ rabʰasva durhaṇo téna gacʰa parastarám || 3||











yáddʰa prā́cīrájagantóro maṇḍūradʰāṇikīḥ |
hatā́ índrasya śátravaḥ sárve budbudáyāśavaḥ || 4||











párīmé gā́maneṣata páryagnímahṛṣata |
devéṣvakrata śrávaḥ ká imā́m̐ ā́ dadʰarṣati || 5||












Sūkta 10.156 

agníṃ hinvantu no dʰíyaḥ sáptimāśúmivājíṣu |
téna jeṣma dʰánaṃdʰanam || 1||











yáyā gā́ ākárāmahe sénayāgne távotyā́ |
tā́ṃ no hinva magʰáttaye || 2||











ā́gne stʰūráṃ rayíṃ bʰara pṛtʰúṃ gómantamaśvínam |
aṅdʰí kʰáṃ vartáyā paṇím || 3||











ágne nákṣatramajáramā́ sū́ryaṃ rohayo diví |
dádʰajjyótirjánebʰyaḥ || 4||











ágne ketúrviśā́masi préṣṭʰaḥ śréṣṭʰa upastʰasát |
bódʰā stotré váyo dádʰat || 5||












Sūkta 10.157 

imā́ nú kaṃ bʰúvanā sīṣadʰāméndraśca víśve ca devā́ḥ || 1||











yajñáṃ ca nastanvàṃ ca prajā́ṃ cādityaíríndraḥ sahá cīkḷpāti || 2||











ādityaíríndraḥ ságaṇo marúdbʰirasmā́kaṃ bʰūtvavitā́ tanū́nām || 3||











hatvā́ya devā́ ásurānyádā́yandevā́ devatvámabʰirákṣamāṇāḥ || 4||











pratyáñcamarkámanayañcʰácībʰirā́dítsvadʰā́miṣirā́ṃ páryapaśyan || 5||












Sūkta 10.158 

sū́ryo no diváspātu vā́to antárikṣāt |
agnírnaḥ pā́rtʰivebʰyaḥ || 1||











jóṣā savitaryásya te háraḥ śatáṃ savā́m̐ árhati |
pāhí no didyútaḥ pátantyāḥ || 2||











cákṣurno deváḥ savitā́ cákṣurna utá párvataḥ |
cákṣurdʰātā́ dadʰātu naḥ || 3||











cákṣurno dʰehi cákṣuṣe cákṣurvikʰyaí tanū́bʰyaḥ |
sáṃ cedáṃ ví ca paśyema || 4||











susaṃdṛ́śaṃ tvā vayáṃ práti paśyema sūrya |
ví paśyema nṛcákṣasaḥ || 5||












Sūkta 10.159 

údasaú sū́ryo agādúdayáṃ māmakó bʰágaḥ |
aháṃ tádvidvalā́ pátimabʰyàsākṣi viṣāsahíḥ || 1||











aháṃ ketúraháṃ mūrdʰā́hámugrā́ vivā́canī |
mámédánu krátuṃ pátiḥ sehānā́yā upā́caret || 2||











máma putrā́ḥ śatruháṇó'tʰo me duhitā́ virā́ṭ |
utā́hámasmi saṃjayā́ pátyau me ślóka uttamáḥ || 3||











yénéndro havíṣā kṛtvyábʰavaddyumnyùttamáḥ |
idáṃ tádakri devā asapatnā́ kílābʰuvam || 4||











asapatnā́ sapatnagʰnī́ jáyantyabʰibʰū́varī |
ā́vṛkṣamanyā́sāṃ várco rā́dʰo ástʰeyasāmiva || 5||











sámajaiṣamimā́ aháṃ sapátnīrabʰibʰū́varī |
yátʰāhámasyá vīrásya virā́jāni jánasya ca || 6||












Sūkta 10.160 

tīvrásyābʰívayaso asyá pāhi sarvaratʰā́ ví hárī ihá muñca |
índra mā́ tvā yájamānāso anyé ní rīramantúbʰyamimé sutā́saḥ || 1||



1.  tīvrajmsg abʰivayasjmsg ayamr3msg pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā  
    sarvaratʰāa vip harijmda ihac muñcavp·Ao2s«√muc |
    indraNmsvc tvamr2msa yajamānatp·Ampn«√yaj anyajmpn  
    nip rīramanvp·A·3p«√ram tvamr2msd ayamr3mpn sutajmpn 



1.  Drink this pungent, promoting mental and bodily vigour [Soma]!
    Unharness here two tawny ones through the entire chariot¹!
    O Indra, may not other sacrificers detain thee!
    These extracted [Soma drops] are for thee.



túbʰyaṃ sutā́stúbʰyamu sótvāsastvā́ṃ gíraḥ śvā́tryā ā́ hvayanti |
índredámadyá sávanaṃ juṣāṇó víśvasya vidvā́m̐ ihá pāhi sómam || 2||



2.  tvamr2msd sutajmpn tvamr2msd uc sotvajmpn  
    tvamr2msa girnfpn śvātryājfpn āp hvayantivp·A·3p«√hve |
    indraNmsv ayamr3nsa adyaa savanannsa juṣānata·Amsn«√juṣ  
    viśvannsg vidvaṅstp·Imsn«√vid ihac pāhivp·Ao2s«√pā somanmsa 



2.  For thee [are] extracted [Soma drops], for thee to be extracted ones.
    Helping-thee-to-swell chants summon [thee].
    O Indra! Today delighting in this pressing,
    having a correct notion of everything, drink Soma here!



yá uśatā́ mánasā sómamasmai sarvahṛdā́ devákāmaḥ sunóti |
ná gā́ índrastásya párā dadāti praśastámíccā́rumasmai kṛṇoti || 3||



3.  yasr3msn uśatjnsi manasnnsi somanmsa ayamr3msd (sarvajns-hṛdnns)a (devanms-kāmanms)jmsn sunotivp·A·3s«√su |
    nac gonfpa indraNmsn tasr3msg parāa dadātivp·A·3s«√dā  
    praśastajmsa idc cārujmsa ayamr3msd kṛṇotivp·A·3s«√kṛ 



3.  Who, longing for the deva, wholeheartedly,
    with desiring mindset presses Soma for this one,
    Indra does not give away his cows,
    he makes [Soma] just auspicious [and] dear to him².



ánuspaṣṭo bʰavatyeṣó asya yó asmai revā́nná sunóti sómam |
níraratnaú magʰávā táṃ dadʰāti brahmadvíṣo hantyánānudiṣṭaḥ || 4||



4.  anuspaṣṭajmsn bʰavativp·A·3s«√bʰū eṣasr3msn ayamr3msg  
    yasr3msn ayamr3msd revanjmsn nac sunotivp·A·3s«√su somanmsa |
    nisp aratninmsl magʰavanjmsn tasr2msa dadʰātivp·A·3s«√dʰā  
    (brahmannns-dviṣjms)nmpa hantivp·A·3s«√han ananudiṣṭajmsn 



4.  That one become regarded as his [prey],
    who, being rich, does not press Soma for him ---
    generous one holds him out at arm's length.
    He kills those who are hostile to formulations without being assigned [to do so].



aśvāyánto gavyánto vājáyanto hávāmahe tvópagantavā́ u |
ābʰū́ṣantaste sumataú návāyāṃ vayámindra tvā śunáṃ huvema || 5||



5.  aśvayanttp·Ampn«√aśvay gavyanttp·Ampn«√gavy vājayanttp·Ampn«√vājay  
    havāmaheva·A·1p«√hū tvamr2msa upagantavaiv···D··«upa~√gam uc |
    ābʰūṣantjmpn tvamr2msd sumatinfsl navājfsl vayamr1mpn indraNmsv tvamr2msa śunama huvemavp·Ai1p«√hū 



5.  Desiring horses, desiring cows, practicing rushes of vigour,
    we call upon thee to approach.
    Acting according to new effective for thee mental gesture,
    we happily call upon thee, O Indra!


1 =``body''
2 the presser


Sūkta 10.161 

muñcā́mi tvā havíṣā jī́vanāya kámajñātayakṣmā́dutá rājayakṣmā́t |
grā́hirjagrā́ha yádi vaitádenaṃ tásyā indrāgnī prá mumuktamenam || 1||











yádi kṣitā́yuryádi vā páreto yádi mṛtyórantikáṃ nīta evá |
támā́ harāmi nírṛterupástʰādáspārṣamenaṃ śatáśāradāya || 2||











sahasrākṣéṇa śatáśāradena śatā́yuṣā havíṣā́hārṣamenam |
śatáṃ yátʰemáṃ śarádo náyātī́ndro víśvasya duritásya pārám || 3||











śatáṃ jīva śarádo várdʰamānaḥ śatáṃ hemantā́ñcʰatámu vasantā́n |
śatámindrāgnī́ savitā́ bṛ́haspátiḥ śatā́yuṣā havíṣemáṃ púnarduḥ || 4||











ā́hārṣaṃ tvā́vidaṃ tvā púnarā́gāḥ punarnava |
sárvāṅga sárvaṃ te cákṣuḥ sárvamā́yuśca te'vidam || 5||












Sūkta 10.162 

bráhmaṇāgníḥ saṃvidānó rakṣohā́ bādʰatāmitáḥ |
ámīvā yáste gárbʰaṃ durṇā́mā yónimāśáye || 1||











yáste gárbʰamámīvā durṇā́mā yónimāśáye |
agníṣṭáṃ bráhmaṇā sahá níṣkravyā́damanīnaśat || 2||











yáste hánti patáyantaṃ niṣatsnúṃ yáḥ sarīsṛpám |
jātáṃ yáste jígʰāṃsati támitó nāśayāmasi || 3||











yásta ūrū́ viháratyantarā́ dámpatī śáye |
yóniṃ yó antárāréḷhi támitó nāśayāmasi || 4||











yástvā bʰrā́tā pátirbʰūtvā́ jāró bʰūtvā́ nipádyate |
prajā́ṃ yáste jígʰāṃsati támitó nāśayāmasi || 5||











yástvā svápnena támasā mohayitvā́ nipádyate |
prajā́ṃ yáste jígʰāṃsati támitó nāśayāmasi || 6||












Sūkta 10.163 

akṣī́bʰyāṃ te nā́sikābʰyāṃ kárṇābʰyāṃ cʰúbukādádʰi |
yákṣmaṃ śīrṣaṇyàṃ mastíṣkājjihvā́yā ví vṛhāmi te || 1||











grīvā́bʰyasta uṣṇíhābʰyaḥ kī́kasābʰyo anūkyā̀t |
yákṣmaṃ doṣaṇyàmáṃsābʰyāṃ bāhúbʰyāṃ ví vṛhāmi te || 2||











āntrébʰyaste gúdābʰyo vaniṣṭʰórhṛ́dayādádʰi |
yákṣmaṃ mátasnābʰyāṃ yaknáḥ plāśíbʰyo ví vṛhāmi te || 3||











ūrúbʰyāṃ te aṣṭʰīvádbʰyāṃ pā́rṣṇibʰyāṃ prápadābʰyām |
yákṣmaṃ śróṇibʰyāṃ bʰā́sadādbʰáṃsaso ví vṛhāmi te || 4||











méhanādvanaṃkáraṇāllómabʰyaste nakʰébʰyaḥ |
yákṣmaṃ sárvasmādātmánastámidáṃ ví vṛhāmi te || 5||











áṅgādaṅgāllómnolomno jātáṃ párvaṇiparvaṇi |
yákṣmaṃ sárvasmādātmánastámidáṃ ví vṛhāmi te || 6||












Sūkta 10.164 

ápehi manasaspaté'pa krāma paráścara |
paró nírṛtyā ā́ cakṣva bahudʰā́ jī́vato mánaḥ || 1||











bʰadráṃ vaí váraṃ vṛṇate bʰadráṃ yuñjanti dákṣiṇam |
bʰadráṃ vaivasvaté cákṣurbahutrā́ jī́vato mánaḥ || 2||











yádāśásā niḥśásābʰiśásopārimá jā́grato yátsvapántaḥ |
agnírvíśvānyápa duṣkṛtā́nyájuṣṭānyāré asmáddadʰātu || 3||











yádindra brahmaṇaspate'bʰidroháṃ cárāmasi |
prácetā na āṅgirasó dviṣatā́ṃ pātváṃhasaḥ || 4||











ájaiṣmādyā́sanāma cā́bʰūmā́nāgaso vayám |
jāgratsvapnáḥ saṃkalpáḥ pāpó yáṃ dviṣmástáṃ sá ṛcʰatu yó no dvéṣṭi támṛcʰatu || 5||












Sūkta 10.165 

dévāḥ kapóta iṣitó yádicʰándūtó nírṛtyā idámājagā́ma |
tásmā arcāma kṛṇávāma níṣkṛtiṃ śáṃ no astu dvipáde śáṃ cátuṣpade || 1||











śiváḥ kapóta iṣitó no astvanāgā́ devāḥ śakunó gṛhéṣu |
agnírhí vípro juṣátāṃ havírnaḥ pári hetíḥ pakṣíṇī no vṛṇaktu || 2||











hetíḥ pakṣíṇī ná dabʰātyasmā́nāṣṭryā́ṃ padáṃ kṛṇute agnidʰā́ne |
śáṃ no góbʰyaśca púruṣebʰyaścāstu mā́ no hiṃsīdihá devāḥ kapótaḥ || 3||











yádúlūko vádati mogʰámetádyátkapótaḥ padámagnaú kṛṇóti |
yásya dūtáḥ práhita eṣá etáttásmai yamā́ya námo astu mṛtyáve || 4||











ṛcā́ kapótaṃ nudata praṇódamíṣaṃ mádantaḥ pári gā́ṃ nayadʰvam |
saṃyopáyanto duritā́ni víśvā hitvā́ na ū́rjaṃ prá patātpátiṣṭʰaḥ || 5||












Sūkta 10.166 

ṛṣabʰáṃ mā samānā́nāṃ sapátnānāṃ viṣāsahím |
hantā́raṃ śátrūṇāṃ kṛdʰi virā́jaṃ gópatiṃ gávām || 1||











ahámasmi sapatnahéndra ivā́riṣṭo ákṣataḥ |
adʰáḥ sapátnā me padórimé sárve abʰíṣṭʰitāḥ || 2||











átraivá vó'pi nahyāmyubʰé ā́rtnī iva jyáyā |
vā́caspate ní ṣedʰemā́nyátʰā mádádʰaraṃ vádān || 3||











abʰibʰū́rahámā́gamaṃ viśvákarmeṇa dʰā́mnā |
ā́ vaścittámā́ vo vratámā́ vo'háṃ sámitiṃ dade || 4||











yogakṣemáṃ va ādā́yāháṃ bʰūyāsamuttamá ā́ vo mūrdʰā́namakramīm |
adʰaspadā́nma údvadata maṇḍū́kā ivodakā́nmaṇḍū́kā udakā́diva || 5||












Sūkta 10.167 

túbʰyedámindra pári ṣicyate mádʰu tváṃ sutásya kaláśasya rājasi |
tváṃ rayíṃ puruvī́rāmu naskṛdʰi tváṃ tápaḥ paritápyājayaḥ svàḥ || 1||



1.  tvamr2msd ayamr3nsn indraNmsv parip sicyatevp·A·3s«√sic madʰunnsn  
    tvamr2msn sutajmsg kalaśanmsg rājasivp·A·2s«√rāj |
    tvamr2msn rayinfsa puruvīrājfsa uc vayamr1mpd kṛḍʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ  
    tvamr2msn tapasnnsa paritapyatp·A???«pari~√tap ajayasvp·Aa2s«√ji svarnnsa 



1.  For thee, O Indra, this honey is sprinkled around,
    thou rule over a jar of extracted [Soma].
    Do thou effect for us possessed of many male offsprings treasure!
    Thou, kindling the heat [of spiritual practices], won sva`r.



svarjítaṃ máhi mandānámándʰaso hávāmahe pári śakráṃ sutā́m̐ úpa |
imáṃ no yajñámihá bodʰyā́ gahi spṛ́dʰo jáyantaṃ magʰávānamīmahe || 2||



2.  (svarnns-jitjms)jmsa mahia mandānata·Amsa«√mand andʰasnnsb  
    havāmaheva·A·1p«√hū parip śakrajmsa sutajmpa upap |
    ayamr3msa vayamr1mpg yajñanmsa ihac bodʰivp·Ao2s«√budʰ āp gahivp·Ao2s«√gam  
    spṛdʰnfpa jayanttp·Amsa«√ji magʰavanjmsa īmaheva·A·1p«√i 



2.  [Him,] winning-sva`r, becoming very much inflamed from herb,
    all around empowering one we summon to extracted [drops of Soma].
    ``Become aware of this here our fire offering! Come here!''
    [thus] we ask defeating adversaries generous one.



sómasya rā́jño váruṇasya dʰármaṇi bṛ́haspáteránumatyā u śármaṇi |
távāhámadyá magʰavannúpastutau dʰā́tarvídʰātaḥ kaláśām̐ abʰakṣayam || 3||



3.  somanmsg rājannmsg varuṇaNmsg dʰarmannnsl  
    bṛhaspatiNmsg anumatinfsg uc śarmannnsl |
    tvamr2msg ahamr1msn adyaa magʰavanjmsv upastutinfsl  
    dʰātṛnmsv vidʰātṛnmsv kalaśanmsa abʰakṣyamvp·Aa1s«√bʰakṣy 



3.  Given an arrangment of king Soma, [and] of Varuṇa,
    yet in the shelter of Bṛhaspati,'s unfolding [of the scope of awareness],
    today, during invitatory praise of thee, O generous one,
    I consumed a goblet [of Soma], O supporter [and] distributor [of the treasure]!
    [Indra:]



prásūto bʰakṣámakaraṃ carā́vápi stómaṃ cemáṃ pratʰamáḥ sūrírúnmṛje |
suté sāténa yádyā́gamaṃ vāṃ práti viśvāmitrajamadagnī dáme || 4||



4.  prasūtajmsn bʰakṣanmsa akaramvp·Aa1s«√kṛ carujmsl apip  
    stomanmsa cac ayamr3msa pratʰamajmsn sūrinmsn udp mṛjeva·A·1s«√mṛj |
    sutajmsl sātannsi yadic agamamvp·U·1s«√gam tvamr2mdg pratip (viśvāmitraNmd-jamadagniNmd)Nmdv damanmsl 



4.  Born, I also had a drink at the pot,
    and, as the primary institutor of the sacrifice, I will polish up this hymn of praise,
    if with the help of what was granted in the extracted Soma
    I come back to the house of you two, O Viśvāmitra and Jamadagni,!






Sūkta 10.168 

vā́tasya nú mahimā́naṃ rátʰasya rujánneti stanáyannasya gʰóṣaḥ |
divispṛ́gyātyaruṇā́ni kṛṇvánnutó eti pṛtʰivyā́ reṇúmásyan || 1||











sáṃ prérate ánu vā́tasya viṣṭʰā́ aínaṃ gacʰanti sámanaṃ ná yóṣāḥ |
tā́bʰiḥ sayúksarátʰaṃ devá īyate'syá víśvasya bʰúvanasya rā́jā || 2||











antárikṣe patʰíbʰirī́yamāno ná ní viśate katamáccanā́haḥ |
apā́ṃ sákʰā pratʰamajā́ ṛtā́vā kvà svijjātáḥ kúta ā́ babʰūva || 3||











ātmā́ devā́nāṃ bʰúvanasya gárbʰo yatʰāvaśáṃ carati devá eṣáḥ |
gʰóṣā ídasya śṛṇvire ná rūpáṃ tásmai vā́tāya havíṣā vidʰema || 4||












Sūkta 10.169 

mayobʰū́rvā́to abʰí vātūsrā́ ū́rjasvatīróṣadʰīrā́ riśantām |
pī́vasvatīrjīvádʰanyāḥ pibantvavasā́ya padváte rudra mṛḷa || 1||











yā́ḥ sárūpā vírūpā ékarūpā yā́sāmagníríṣṭyā nā́māni véda |
yā́ áṅgirasastápasehá cakrústā́bʰyaḥ parjanya máhi śárma yacʰa || 2||











yā́ devéṣu tanvàmaírayanta yā́sāṃ sómo víśvā rūpā́ṇi véda |
tā́ asmábʰyaṃ páyasā pínvamānāḥ prajā́vatīrindra goṣṭʰé rirīhi || 3||











prajā́patirmáhyametā́ rárāṇo víśvairdevaíḥ pitṛ́bʰiḥ saṃvidānáḥ |
śivā́ḥ satī́rúpa no goṣṭʰámā́kastā́sāṃ vayáṃ prajáyā sáṃ sadema || 4||












Sūkta 10.170 

vibʰrā́ḍbṛhátpibatu somyáṃ mádʰvā́yurdádʰadyajñápatāvávihrutam |
vā́tajūto yó abʰirákṣati tmánā prajā́ḥ pupoṣa purudʰā́ ví rājati || 1||











vibʰrā́ḍbṛhátsúbʰṛtaṃ vājasā́tamaṃ dʰármandivó dʰarúṇe satyámárpitam |
amitrahā́ vṛtrahā́ dasyuhántamaṃ jyótirjajñe asurahā́ sapatnahā́ || 2||











idáṃ śréṣṭʰaṃ jyótiṣāṃ jyótiruttamáṃ viśvajíddʰanajíducyate bṛhát |
viśvabʰrā́ḍbʰrājó máhi sū́ryo dṛśá urú papratʰe sáha ójo ácyutam || 3||











vibʰrā́jañjyótiṣā svàrágacʰo rocanáṃ diváḥ |
yénemā́ víśvā bʰúvanānyā́bʰṛtā viśvákarmaṇā viśvádevyāvatā || 4||












Sūkta 10.171 

tváṃ tyámiṭáto rátʰamíndra prā́vaḥ sutā́vataḥ |
áśṛṇoḥ somíno hávam || 1||



1.  tvamr2msn tyadr3msa iṭatNmsg ratʰanmsa  
    indraNmsv prap āvasvp·Aa2s«√av sutāvantjmsg |
    aśṛṇosvp·Aa2s«√śru sominnmsg havanmsa 



1.  Thou favoured the chariot 
    of possessing extracted [Soma] Iṭat, O Indra!
    Thou heard the call of him who offers Soma.



tváṃ makʰásya dódʰataḥ śíró'va tvacó bʰaraḥ |
ágacʰaḥ somíno gṛhám || 2||



2.  tvamr2msn makʰanmsg dodʰattp·Ansg«√dudʰ  
    śirasnnsa avap tvacnfsg bʰarasvp·AE2s«√bʰṛ |
    agacʰasvp·Aa2s«√gam sominnmsg gṛhanmsa 



2.  Thou, [in possession] of the fighting spirit,
    shall scalp the head of an angered one.
    Thou approached the house of him who employs Soma.



tváṃ tyámindra mártyamāstrabudʰnā́ya venyám |
múhuḥ śratʰnā manasyáve || 3||



3.  tvamr2msn tyadr3msa indraNmsv martyajmsa  
    āstrabudʰnaNmsd venyajnsa |
    muhura śratʰnāsvp·AE2s«√śratʰ manasyujmsd 



3.  Thou, O Indra, yielded for a moment
    that mortal, Venya,
    to having that in mind Āstrabudʰna.



tváṃ tyámindra sū́ryaṃ paścā́ sántaṃ puráskṛdʰi |
devā́nāṃ cittiró váśam || 4||



4.  tvamr2msn tyadr3msa indraNmsv sūryanmsa paścāa santtp·Amsa«√as purasa kṛḍʰivp·Ao2s«√kṛ |
    devanmpg cidc tirasvp·AE2s«√tṝ vaśanmsa 



4.  Do thou, O Indra, make this sun
    that is behind, to be in front,
    even if thou shall overcome the will of deva-s.






Sūkta 10.172 

ā́ yāhi vánasā sahá gā́vaḥ sacanta vartaníṃ yádū́dʰabʰiḥ || 1||











ā́ yāhi vásvyā dʰiyā́ máṃhiṣṭʰo jārayánmakʰaḥ sudā́nubʰiḥ || 2||











pitubʰṛ́to ná tántumítsudā́navaḥ práti dadʰmo yájāmasi || 3||











uṣā́ ápa svásustámaḥ sáṃ vartayati vartaníṃ sujātátā || 4||












Sūkta 10.173 

ā́ tvāhārṣamantáredʰi dʰruvástiṣṭʰā́vicācaliḥ |
víśastvā sárvā vāñcʰantu mā́ tvádrāṣṭrámádʰi bʰraśat || 1||











ihaívaídʰi mā́pa cyoṣṭʰāḥ párvata ivā́vicācaliḥ |
índra ivehá dʰruvástiṣṭʰehá rāṣṭrámu dʰāraya || 2||











imámíndro adīdʰaraddʰruváṃ dʰruvéṇa havíṣā |
tásmai sómo ádʰi bravattásmā u bráhmaṇaspátiḥ || 3||











dʰruvā́ dyaúrdʰruvā́ pṛtʰivī́ dʰruvā́saḥ párvatā imé |
dʰruváṃ víśvamidáṃ jágaddʰruvó rā́jā viśā́mayám || 4||











dʰruváṃ te rā́jā váruṇo dʰruváṃ devó bṛ́haspátiḥ |
dʰruváṃ ta índraścāgníśca rāṣṭráṃ dʰārayatāṃ dʰruvám || 5||











dʰruváṃ dʰruvéṇa havíṣābʰí sómaṃ mṛśāmasi |
átʰo ta índraḥ kévalīrvíśo balihṛ́taskarat || 6||












Sūkta 10.174 

abʰīvarténa havíṣā yénéndro abʰivāvṛté |
ténāsmā́nbrahmaṇaspate'bʰí rāṣṭrā́ya vartaya || 1||











abʰivṛ́tya sapátnānabʰí yā́ no árātayaḥ |
abʰí pṛtanyántaṃ tiṣṭʰābʰí yó na irasyáti || 2||











abʰí tvā deváḥ savitā́bʰí sómo avīvṛtat |
abʰí tvā víśvā bʰūtā́nyabʰīvartó yátʰā́sasi || 3||











yénéndro havíṣā kṛtvyábʰavaddyumnyùttamáḥ |
idáṃ tádakri devā asapatnáḥ kílābʰuvam || 4||











asapatnáḥ sapatnahā́bʰírāṣṭro viṣāsahíḥ |
yátʰāhámeṣāṃ bʰūtā́nāṃ virā́jāni jánasya ca || 5||












Sūkta 10.175 

prá vo grāvāṇaḥ savitā́ deváḥ suvatu dʰármaṇā |
dʰūrṣú yujyadʰvaṃ sunutá || 1||











grā́vāṇo ápa ducʰúnāmápa sedʰata durmatím |
usrā́ḥ kartana bʰeṣajám || 2||











grā́vāṇa úpareṣvā́ mahīyánte sajóṣasaḥ |
vṛ́ṣṇe dádʰato vṛ́ṣṇyam || 3||











grā́vāṇaḥ savitā́ nú vo deváḥ suvatu dʰármaṇā |
yájamānāya sunvaté || 4||












Sūkta 10.176 

prá sūnáva ṛbʰūṇā́ṃ bṛhánnavanta vṛjánā |
kṣā́mā yé viśvádʰāyasó'śnandʰenúṃ ná mātáram || 1||











prá deváṃ devyā́ dʰiyā́ bʰáratā jātávedasam |
havyā́ no vakṣadānuṣák || 2||











ayámu ṣyá prá devayúrhótā yajñā́ya nīyate |
rátʰo ná yórabʰī́vṛto gʰṛ́ṇīvāñcetati tmánā || 3||











ayámagníruruṣyatyamṛ́tādiva jánmanaḥ |
sáhasaścitsáhīyāndevó jīvā́tave kṛtáḥ || 4||












Sūkta 10.177 

pataṃgámaktámásurasya māyáyā hṛdā́ paśyanti mánasā vipaścítaḥ |
samudré antáḥ kaváyo ví cakṣate márīcīnāṃ padámicʰanti vedʰásaḥ || 1||











pataṃgó vā́caṃ mánasā bibʰarti tā́ṃ gandʰarvò'vadadgárbʰe antáḥ |
tā́ṃ dyótamānāṃ svaryàṃ manīṣā́mṛtásya padé kaváyo ní pānti || 2||











ápaśyaṃ gopā́mánipadyamānamā́ ca párā ca patʰíbʰiścárantam |
sá sadʰrī́cīḥ sá víṣūcīrvásāna ā́ varīvarti bʰúvaneṣvantáḥ || 3||












Sūkta 10.178 

tyámū ṣú vājínaṃ devájūtaṃ sahā́vānaṃ tarutā́raṃ rátʰānām |
áriṣṭanemiṃ pṛtanā́jamāśúṃ svastáye tā́rkṣyamihā́ huvema || 1||











índrasyeva rātímājóhuvānāḥ svastáye nā́vamivā́ ruhema |
úrvī ná pṛ́tʰvī báhule gábʰīre mā́ vāmétau mā́ páretau riṣāma || 2||











sadyáścidyáḥ śávasā páñca kṛṣṭī́ḥ sū́rya iva jyótiṣāpástatā́na |
sahasrasā́ḥ śatasā́ asya ráṃhirná smā varante yuvatíṃ ná śáryām || 3||












Sūkta 10.179 

úttiṣṭʰatā́va paśyaténdrasya bʰāgámṛtvíyam |
yádi śrātó juhótana yádyáśrāto mamattána || 1||



1.  udp tiṣṭʰatavp·Ao2p«√stʰā avap paśyatavp·Ao2p«√paś  
    indraNmsg bʰāganmsa ṛtviyajmsa |
    yadic śrātajmsn juhotanavp·Ao2p«√hu yadic aśrātajmsn mamattanavp·Io2p«√mand 



1.  Do ye stand up! Look down upon
    being-just-in-time Indra's portion.
    if [it is] cooked, do ye offer it as an oblation,
    if [it is] not cooked, ye should have paused.



śrātáṃ havíró ṣvindra prá yāhi jagā́ma sū́ro ádʰvano vímadʰyam |
pári tvāsate nidʰíbʰiḥ sákʰāyaḥ kulapā́ ná vrājápatiṃ cárantam || 2||



2.  śrātajnsa havisnnsa oc sua indraNmsv prap yāhivp·Ao2s«√yā  
    jagāmavp·I·3s«√gam sūranmsn adʰvannmsg vimadʰyannsa |
    parip tvamr2msa āsateva·Ae3s«√ās nidʰinmpi sakʰinmpn (kulanns-pājms)jmsn nac (vrājanms-patinms)nmsa caranttp·Amsa«√car 



2.  O Indra, set out quickly to cooked oblation ---
    the inciter¹ has approached the middle of the journey ---
    so that companions with receptacles [for the treasure] would assemble round thee,
    they, as if protecting the community, [around thee ---] wandering protector of troops.



śrātáṃ manya ū́dʰani śrātámagnaú súśrātaṃ manye tádṛtáṃ návīyaḥ |
mā́dʰyaṃdinasya sávanasya dadʰnáḥ píbendra vajrinpurukṛjjuṣāṇáḥ || 3||



3.  śrātajnsa manyeva·A·1s«√man ūdʰannfsl śrātajnsa agninmsl suśrātajnsa manyeva·A·1s«√man tadr3nsa ṛtannsa navīyasjnsa |
    mādʰyaṃdinajnsg savanannsg dadʰannnsg pibavp·Ao2s«√pā indraNmsv vajrinjmsv (purua-kṛtjms)jmsv juṣānata·Amsn«√juṣ 



3.  Cooked [is] what is in the udder, I think, cooked [is] what is in fire,
    Well-cooked [is] that newest coherence, I think.
    Drink coagulated milk of midday pressing,
    enjoying [it], O Indra, O doing much thunderbolt-wielder!


1 the sun


Sūkta 10.180 

prá sasāhiṣe puruhūta śátrūñjyéṣṭʰaste śúṣma ihá rātírastu |
índrā́ bʰara dákṣiṇenā vásūni pátiḥ síndʰūnāmasi revátīnām || 1||



1.  prap sasahiṣeva·I·2s«√sah (purujms-hūtajms)jmsv śatrunmpa  
    jyeṣṭʰajmsn tvamr2msg śuṣmanmsn ihac rātinfsn astuvp·Ao3s«√as |
    indraNmsv āp bʰaravp·Ao2s«√bʰṛ dakṣiṇajmsi vasunnpa  
    patinmsn sindʰunfpg asivp·A·2s«√as revatījfpg 



1.  Thou have been a match to the enemies, O much invoked one!
    May thy most excellent fervor be here a gift!
    O Indra, bring here with the right [hand] treasures!
    Thou are the overseer of opulent streams.



mṛgó ná bʰīmáḥ kucaró giriṣṭʰā́ḥ parāváta ā́ jagantʰā párasyāḥ |
sṛkáṃ saṃśā́ya pavímindra tigmáṃ ví śátrūntāḷhi ví mṛ́dʰo nudasva || 2||



2.  mṛganmsn nac bʰīmajmsn kucarajmsn (girinms-stʰājms)jmsa parāvatnfsb āp jagantʰavp·I·2s«√gam parājfsb |
    sṛkanmsa saṃśāyatp·A???«sam~√śo pavinmsa indraNmsv tigmajmsa  
    vip śatrunmpa tāḷhivp·Ao2s«√takṣ vip mṛdʰnfpa nudasvavp·Ao2s«√nud 



2.  Like a wild beast --- fearsome, roaming little, residing on a mountain,¹
    thou have come here from the farther distance.
    Sharpening the spear, the pointed tip [of it],
    cleave enemies, dispel inhibitions!



índra kṣatrámabʰí vāmámójó'jāyatʰā vṛṣabʰa carṣaṇīnā́m |
ápānudo jánamamitrayántamurúṃ devébʰyo akṛṇoru lokám || 3||



3.  indraNmsv kṣatrannsa abʰip vāmannsa ojasnnsa  
    ajāyatʰāsvp·Aa2s«√jan (vṛṣannms-bʰajms)jmsv carṣaninfpg |
    apap anudasvp·Aa2s«√nud jananmsa amitrayanttp·Amsa«√amitraya urujmsa devanmpd akṛṇosvp·Aa2s«√kṛ uc lokanmsa 



3.  O Indra, thou begot the supremacy, the vigour towards what's lovely,
    O appearing as a bull of those that draw to themselves²!
    Thou pushed away having hostile intentions person,
    for deva-s thou created a wide space.


1 this line is the same as 1.154.2b where it describes Viṣṇu
2 the senses


Sūkta 10.181 

prátʰaśca yásya saprátʰaśca nā́mā́nuṣṭubʰasya havíṣo havíryát |
dʰātúrdyútānātsavitúśca víṣṇo ratʰaṃtarámā́ jabʰārā vásiṣṭʰaḥ || 1||











ávindanté átihitaṃ yádā́sīdyajñásya dʰā́ma paramáṃ gúhā yát |
dʰātúrdyútānātsavitúśca víṣṇorbʰarádvājo bṛhádā́ cakre agnéḥ || 2||











tè'vindanmánasā dī́dʰyānā yáju ṣkannáṃ pratʰamáṃ devayā́nam |
dʰātúrdyútānātsavitúśca víṣṇorā́ sū́ryādabʰarangʰarmámeté || 3||












Sūkta 10.182 

bṛ́haspátirnayatu durgáhā tiráḥ púnarneṣadagʰáśaṃsāya mánma |
kṣipádáśastimápa durmatíṃ hannátʰā karadyájamānāya śáṃ yóḥ || 1||











nárāśáṃso no'vatu prayājé śáṃ no astvanuyājó háveṣu |
kṣipádáśastimápa durmatíṃ hannátʰā karadyájamānāya śáṃ yóḥ || 2||











tápurmūrdʰā tapatu rakṣáso yé brahmadvíṣaḥ śárave hántavā́ u |
kṣipádáśastimápa durmatíṃ hannátʰā karadyájamānāya śáṃ yóḥ || 3||












Sūkta 10.183 

ápaśyaṃ tvā mánasā cékitānaṃ tápaso jātáṃ tápaso víbʰūtam |
ihá prajā́mihá rayíṃ rárāṇaḥ prá jāyasva prajáyā putrakāma || 1||











ápaśyaṃ tvā mánasā dī́dʰyānāṃ svā́yāṃ tanū́ ṛ́tvye nā́dʰamānām |
úpa mā́muccā́ yuvatírbabʰūyāḥ prá jāyasva prajáyā putrakāme || 2||











aháṃ gárbʰamadadʰāmóṣadʰīṣvaháṃ víśveṣu bʰúvaneṣvantáḥ |
aháṃ prajā́ ajanayaṃ pṛtʰivyā́maháṃ jánibʰyo aparī́ṣu putrā́n || 3||












Sūkta 10.184 

víṣṇuryóniṃ kalpayatu tváṣṭā rūpā́ṇi piṃśatu |
ā́ siñcatu prajā́patirdʰātā́ gárbʰaṃ dadʰātu te || 1||











gárbʰaṃ dʰehi sinīvāli gárbʰaṃ dʰehi sarasvati |
gárbʰaṃ te aśvínau devā́vā́ dʰattāṃ púṣkarasrajā || 2||











hiraṇyáyī aráṇī yáṃ nirmántʰato aśvínā |
táṃ te gárbʰaṃ havāmahe daśamé māsí sū́tave || 3||












Sūkta 10.185 

máhi trīṇā́mávo'stu dyukṣáṃ mitrásyāryamṇáḥ |
durādʰárṣaṃ váruṇasya || 1||











nahí téṣāmamā́ caná nā́dʰvasu vāraṇéṣu |
ī́śe ripúragʰáśaṃsaḥ || 2||











yásmai putrā́so áditeḥ prá jīváse mártyāya |
jyótiryácʰantyájasram || 3||












Sūkta 10.186 

vā́ta ā́ vātu bʰeṣajáṃ śambʰú mayobʰú no hṛdé |
prá ṇa ā́yūṃṣi tāriṣat || 1||











utá vāta pitā́si na utá bʰrā́totá naḥ sákʰā |
sá no jīvā́tave kṛdʰi || 2||











yádadó vāta te gṛhè'mṛ́tasya nidʰírhitáḥ |
táto no dehi jīváse || 3||












Sūkta 10.187 

prā́gnáye vā́camīraya vṛṣabʰā́ya kṣitīnā́m |
sá naḥ parṣadáti dvíṣaḥ || 1||











yáḥ párasyāḥ parāvátastiró dʰánvātirócate |
sá naḥ parṣadáti dvíṣaḥ || 2||











yó rákṣāṃsi nijū́rvati vṛ́ṣā śukréṇa śocíṣā |
sá naḥ parṣadáti dvíṣaḥ || 3||











yó víśvābʰí vipáśyati bʰúvanā sáṃ ca páśyati |
sá naḥ parṣadáti dvíṣaḥ || 4||











yó asyá pāré rájasaḥ śukró agnírájāyata |
sá naḥ parṣadáti dvíṣaḥ || 5||












Sūkta 10.188 

prá nūnáṃ jātávedasamáśvaṃ hinota vājínam |
idáṃ no barhírāsáde || 1||











asyá prá jātávedaso vípravīrasya mīḷhúṣaḥ |
mahī́miyarmi suṣṭutím || 2||











yā́ rúco jātávedaso devatrā́ havyavā́hanīḥ |
tā́bʰirno yajñáminvatu || 3||












Sūkta 10.189 

ā́yáṃ gaúḥ pṛ́śnirakramīdásadanmātáraṃ puráḥ |
pitáraṃ ca prayánsvaḥ || 1||











antáścarati rocanā́syá prāṇā́dapānatī́ |
vyàkʰyanmahiṣó dívam || 2||











triṃśáddʰā́ma ví rājati vā́kpataṃgā́ya dʰīyate |
práti vástoráha dyúbʰiḥ || 3||












Sūkta 10.190 

ṛtáṃ ca satyáṃ cābʰī̀ddʰāttápasó'dʰyajāyata |
táto rā́tryajāyata tátaḥ samudró arṇaváḥ || 1||











samudrā́darṇavā́dádʰi saṃvatsaró ajāyata |
ahorātrā́ṇi vidádʰadvíśvasya miṣató vaśī́ || 2||











sūryācandramásau dʰātā́ yatʰāpūrvámakalpayat |
dívaṃ ca pṛtʰivī́ṃ cāntárikṣamátʰo svàḥ || 3||












Sūkta 10.191 

sáṃsamídyuvase vṛṣannágne víśvānyaryá ā́ |
iḷáspadé sámidʰyase sá no vásūnyā́ bʰara || 1||



1.  ṛtannsa«√ṛ cac satyannsa«√as cac abʰīddʰāttp·Ansb«abʰi~√idʰ tapasnnsb«√tap adʰip ajāyatava·Aa3s«√jan |
    tadr3nsb rātrinfsn«√ram ajāyatava·Aa3s«√jan tadr3nsb samudranmsn«sam~√ud arṇavajmsn«√ṛṇ 







sáṃ gacʰadʰvaṃ sáṃ vadadʰvaṃ sáṃ vo mánāṃsi jānatām |
devā́ bʰāgáṃ yátʰā pū́rve saṃjānānā́ upā́sate || 2||



2.  samudranmsb«sam~√ud arṇavajmsb«√ṛṇ adʰip (saṃvatjms-saranms«√sṛ)nmsn ajāyatava·Aa3s«√jan |
    (aharnns-rātrinfs«√ram)nnpa vidadʰatvp·Ae3s«vi~√dʰā viśvajmsg«√viś miṣattp·Amsg«√miṣ vaśinnmsn«√vaś 







samānó mántraḥ sámitiḥ samānī́ samānáṃ mánaḥ sahá cittámeṣām |
samānáṃ mántramabʰí mantraye vaḥ samānéna vo havíṣā juhomi || 3||



3.  (sūryanmd«√sūr-candramasnmda«√ścand)nnda dʰātṛnmsn«√dʰā (yadr3nsi-pūrvama«√pṝ)a akalpayatvp·Aa3s«√klṛp |
    dyunmsa cac pṛtʰivīnfsa«√pṛtʰ cac (antara-īkṣajms«√īkṣ)nnsa atʰāa uc svarnnsa 







samānī́ va ā́kūtiḥ samānā́ hṛ́dayāni vaḥ |
samānámastu vo máno yátʰā vaḥ súsahā́sati || 4||